DM Jan Wednesday February 5th, 2003 11:12:22 AM
At some point in the morning, Mitchum announces to everyone that their carriage is ready, and that if they're to keep their appointment at the Palace, they'd better make a move.
It is entirely possible that Nonam would have to be dragged out of his chambers while finalizing complicated scripts in his spell book, and perhaps Addinein has had time to write a letter to his family, telling them of his latest adventure. While Tericus tells the others about what he saw, he seems to remember also that the physique of the older man in the boat did not suggest a fighter, his build was slight and narrow compared with the younger man sat in front of him as they both fought the rapids.
The journey to the Palace is uneventful. Everything seems to be as normal after the Mask Day celebrations of a few days ago.
In the Palace itself, the group is led at one point past the door to the anteroom where they had to enter the Shadowlands. The handles are tied together with strong ropes, and a 'no entry' sign dangles there at an odd angle.
Beyond that - in a reception room with doors that lay open onto a balcony of the Palace, the Dragons are welcomed warmly by Alicia D'Anlaf, the Overlord. She wears a light coloured robe, and a few sparkles twinkle in her swept-up hair, as if perhaps a little sparkle and light will help wipe away those recent terrible memories of shadow and death. A pity that her eyes, tinged with sadness, suggest the memory is still very much alive.
She also appears to have acquired a new aide - the big Trash Level guy, who stands nearby, tugging uncomfortably at the stiff collar of a new jacket. He seems very pleased to see the Storms also.
There is a group of people at one end of the room - merchants mostly, by the looks of their clothes. They appear restive, on the point of argument.
Out on the balcony stands another man, ancient, with a long braid of grey hair. His cloak appears to be made of leaves, feathers and tree bark, and a faint scent of wet moss hangs nearby. He has his arm outstretched - a thick leather glove encases the hand. Suddenly, with a beat of wings, a huge bird comes to land on the glove - an owl, with magnificent, flecked plummage and huge orange eyes. The man seems to be unaware that the Storms have arrived, and is looking outward into the distance.
Beyond him lies the lake to the south - an endless stretch of water.
Nonam Wednesday February 5th, 2003 2:26:21 PM
Feeling a bit petulant about having to leave his study, Nonam frowns throughout the short trip to the palace. His spirits improve a bit as the group reaches the palace.
On meeting with the Overlord, Nonam speaks with her, "Greeting milady. I hope the day finds you in good spirits. I never really had the chance to welcome you into office the other day, and I just wanted to say that I wish you the best. I also brought a gift."
Nonam fishes a potion out of a pocket and presents it with a flourish, "A potion that will help you discern the thoughts of others. I'm certain that it could one day prove useful to someone in your position."
Tericus Wednesday February 5th, 2003 3:05:37 PM
"So why are we here?" Tericus asks the Overlord
Jus Thursday February 6th, 2003 10:19:45 AM
Jus needles Nonam the whole way, trying to get Nonam to blow his top. He even suggests that Nonam take a spell-casters class, as Nonam's writing looks like it was done by a feebleminded Ogre.
When they arrive and finally meet the Overlord, Jus is completely shocked at Nonam's behavior. "Okay, guys," Jus whispers to the others near him, "who is this fellow talking with the Overlord?"
Stepping up, Jus bows deeply to the Overlord, then to the new-clothed merchant. "It is good to see both of you," he says. "I hope the new strength you've found in your trials leads you upwards." With a forced chuckle, Jus quietly adds, "Although I hope I never have the chance to find 'strength' in that place again."
DM Jan Thursday February 6th, 2003 4:01:39 PM
((OOC - Tim has lost his access temporarily and is working on a solution, and David is currently working long hours, but hopefully the rest of us can keep things rolling until we're back to normal.))
Alicia graciously thanks everyone for their kind words and their support, her face lighting up with a look of pleasant surprise as Nonam hands her the potion. "Oh, thank you!" she says, a slight touch of colour warming her cheeks. She slips the vial into a pocket. To Jus, she adds - "I never knew that place existed. If you hadn't arrived when you did..."
Tericus's question breaks into a moment of serious thought. "Ah," she says, switching quickly to business, "it appears we have a serious problem. I'd like you to sit in at this meeting, and perhaps help out with a solution." She beckons to the man stood outside on the balcony who has now turned and is looking at the Storms, his face unreadable. The Overlord continues - "I have asked Aerashkiel here, one of the members of the Circle of Alder to join us, too. The man nods; his owl, perched sedately on his arm, merely blinks.
As for the meeting - it soon gets very heated -
"Our trade is nearly at a standstill!" "Plateau City is starting to look East for its business, instead of the Float! That fat dragon Parnoth and Aisildur will be getting all our trade. I bet they're even trading with Izen." "No one knows where we are, and so they're afraid we won't pay our debts!" "Yes! They're afraid the portal will close and they'll lose their money, so consequently the price of imports has skyrocketed. We can't possibly hope to be competitive. We're losing money hand over fist!" (To a smirking Barracks Level guard nearby) - "It's trade that pays your wages, you young fool, and don't you forget it!"
There is an awkward moment where steel is slid part way from its scabbard, but a quick glance at who's in the room, and the guard backs down.
The argument continues, primarily from the merchants. They do have a point. It is obvious that until the Floating City gets back on the map, there will be trouble and hardship ahead.
The Overlord turns to the druid. "Aerashkiel - any news?"
The grey haired man scratches the owl's neck for a moment, and then nods. "Perhaps," he answers, deadpan, unemotive. "We have the maps supplied to us by these distinguished gentlemen here." He gives the Storm Dragons a nod of acknowledgment. "However, this cloud cover makes things very difficult, it stretches in all directions, we cannot see the stars and the magic emanating from the nearby jungle seems purposefully keen on stopping any navigational attempts - magic or otherwise. Something out here wants to stay lost - or so it would seem.
He continues - "But - I sent Hergerathe south a few days ago. He returned to me just before this meeting. Through his eyes I have seen many things - the most startling of which - was sunlight. "South - beyond the lake, there are rapids - a strong river, and there is a crack in the clouds. It could well herald normal skies. If someone could travel...
"Well, I'm not going!" shouts one of the merchants. "We've all heard what it's like in that jungle - who knows what else is out there!"
Tercus Thursday February 6th, 2003 7:30:27 PM
"Thats the way Byron and his companion fled." Tericus whispers to Nonam and Jus. "I lost contact with them when they entered the sunlight."
Gareth Thursday February 6th, 2003 10:50:12 PM
Always the problem solver, the warrior listens to the banter. "If we know there is a something to the south then perhaps we'd do well to go see if it turns up any clues? I'd be happy to find that murdering traitor again anyway... Any ideas on method of travel? The turtles, a boat?".
Addinein Friday February 7th, 2003 8:08:55 AM
Addinein listens to the merchants tale with a little bit of disbelief. Hearing them complain about a little extra work convinces Addinein that most of the merchants in the city are not made for this new environment. Looking at him you see there's no sympathy from him for the merchants.
"Since we would be the ones to forge a path south. I'm thinking the Storms should get a percentage of the profits from the trade."
Nonam Friday February 7th, 2003 11:46:48 AM
Nonam hisses at Gareth, "We're trying to keep that murdering traitor bit a secret, remember?"
He beams approval at Addinein's suggestion though. He keeps his own mouth shut during the conversation. The group doesn't need everyone to speak. He does take plenty of notes, sizing up just who is in the room, the organizations they represent, their political alliances, or anything else that seems obvious to him from the discussion.
Clangden Saturday February 8th, 2003 6:57:36 PM
the doors open, and in walks Clangden. dressed in his full plate armor, shield floating and axe in hand, and the guards behind him looking very uneasy. looking left and right then straight ahead, as if looking for the enemy, he spies the rest of the group. walking up to Tericus he asks: so, what did I miss? is the battle over with already? seeing that in fact it's a meeting of sorts, he sheepishly looks at the Overlord saying: sorry milady, but you see, every time we have been summoned to this place, we've had to overcome adversarys of one thing or another, and i figured it was happening again. my apologies (bowing to the Overlord) he then goes and stands next to the smirking guard. placing the bottom of the handle on the ground, he leans on the head and asks the guard: so, what did I miss?
DM Jan Saturday February 8th, 2003 10:51:54 PM
The Overlord indicates to Clangden that nothing is amiss, and he is most welcome. In terms of location, it definitely appears that both Tericus and the druid's owl have spied the same thing.
Gareth's suggestion that the Storms travel south is met by a great deal of warm enthusiam from the group as a whole - right up until the point when Addinein suggests a cut of the profits.
This sends the merchants into a paroxysm of outraged chatter, primarily among themselves.
The guard next to Clangden gives a sigh. "Oh, you haven't missed much. What you see here are a group of people way out of their comfort zones and unable to line their own pockets like they usually can. Although I have to admit, if food prices start going up there'll be a few on the lower levels who'll start finding it tough."
One of the Fence Level reps approaches Gareth. "If what he says is right," the man says, indicating the druid. "You'll need two boats for a journey like that. The turtles are fast across the lake, but they won't survive rapids."
Nonam's perusal of the meeting tells him that all levels appear to be represented here. They are all stood in groups, the merchants group being the largest. The smallest group, containing four people, are extremely well attired, suggesting that these people live on the uppermost, Open Air level. They all look quite wealthy, if clothing is anything to go by. One of them is female - very attractive, perhaps in her late twenties; her long sweep of jet black hair glistens as though it has been polished; she has light brown skin, dark brown eyes; her black slubbed silk dress accentuates every curve. A grey silk shawl is draped artfully across one shoulder. In the folds can be seen an embroidered design that looks like a huge black griffon, or maybe a dragon.
This lady raises her hand - "If someone else discovers the location of the Float, before our esteemed heroes here - would they get a share of the profits instead?" Her tone is slightly mischievous - an implied challenge perhaps.
Jus Sunday February 9th, 2003 12:24:31 AM
Jus smiles when he hears of a possible trip into the jungle. He definitely wanted to make the first trip with his friends. Having another chance is welcome news.
When the well dressed woman speaks, Jus smiles, "Black Dragons?" Jus gives the woman a curt nod, impressed by her demeanor -- even if he dislikes the blacks.
Gareth Sunday February 9th, 2003 7:33:33 PM
The warrior smiles at the challenge, suspecting that the woman is the one trying to buy their place. "I'm not interested in any race. You either want us to do the job or you don't. Just let us know..."
He whispers to Nonam, "I bet she is referring to Byron who is now clearly ahead of us. So what do you think?"
Addinein Monday February 10th, 2003 10:42:29 AM
Looking at the other members of the Storms Addinein asks, "Are all the merchants represented here? I would not someone else to have a jump on what we are about to do. Because if someone has gotten a jump on us, there is no time to lose! Even less time to debate about our percentage cut of trade!"
Pausing to let that sink in for a few seconds Addinein looks to his the length of his fingernails as he states, " Now of course we could keep a map along with all the trade items we might find and either give them to the Overlord or sell them to the highest bidder. So if you really want to be outraged about all merchants being able to find a market for their goods because they offered us a percentage of all trade then that is your right. I'm sure that if something is not workalbe that I could just end up going to my Matron mother since I know that she'll appreciate the value of what we propose."
When Addinein is done he'll briefly glance at the Overlord to get her impression of what he said. After that he glances as his fellow Storms and then puts his serious face on as he finishes his glance towards the merchants.
Tericus Monday February 10th, 2003 12:17:48 PM
Tericus walks next to Clangden and says "Im not much for all this talk about profits, though im a bit worried about our people not being able to eat."
Clangden Monday February 10th, 2003 1:19:42 PM
nods in agreement. especially the children. patting his belly, and then pointing at all the bigwigs here he remarks: those people there, myself included, could stand to eat less so food might spread out longer, I don't care if I do eat, as long as the children in this town get fed.
listening to all the bickering about who gets what, how and who gets what share makes Clangden's cheeks rise with redness. after listening to all the bickering he can't stand it no more and walks over to the table and SLAMS his fist hard on the table.
W H A M
when everyone looks at him Clangden says: all im hearing here is oh no, im not gonna make a profit this quarter or oh no, I might not get my favorite supper tonight or oh no, I won't be able to grease the political wheels like im accustomed to. how come I don't hear We need to make sure EVERYONE is fed, how come I don't hear the Children comes FIRST, make sure they have food, how come I don't hear Anything about rationing or Groups <staring at the Lady and then at the Storms> joining forces, putting their differences aside for the betterment of our fair city??????? it irritates me to no end, that in time of trouble, everyone starts pointing fingers, shuffling for the front of the line, and most irritatingly, who gets in favor with the new overlord. if we ALL can't work together in this, then this city will one day fall into ruin and who will you blame then?
turning to the lady with the shawl he says: milady (bows) if you do be a member of the Black Dragons, then you know what I say is truthful, and I have traveled with the Black one time and know they too are an honorable lot. in their own special way (winks). but what say you, will the Black help the city?
Nonam Monday February 10th, 2003 4:59:22 PM
Still convinced too many cooks in the kitchen would spoil the cooking, Nonam keeps his mouth shut and keeps an eye on the room. Using his ability to see invisibility and detect magic, he studies the room again, especially the woman in the shawl, to see what might lie hidden.
DM Jan Monday February 10th, 2003 7:47:57 PM
The elegant, dark haired lady raises an eyebrow toward Jus, and gives a gracious nod in return. "You think you're up to the task?" she then challenges Gareth, in a silky voice.
Addinein's further comments seem to unsettle just about everyone, and he notes that even the Overlord appears to be shocked at what he has just said.
After a quick word with Tericus - who voices his concerns about the mood of the room, Clangden walks to the centre and brings all conversation to a standstill. His words seem to bite deep, and there are more than a few sheepish glances tossed back and forth.
The Overlord takes advantage of the silence.
"Very well, then," she states, her head high, her voice pitched low - carrying across the entire room. "I see shame on some of your faces - as well there should be! "I gathered you all here so we might discuss ways of protecting and lessening the hardships of our great City. This is a time when the needs of the individual mean little - where we must all work together, as one, and find a solution. "I realise that some of you are fearful for your livelihoods, and are uncertain of what the future holds, but take heart, and have faith in your fellow citizens. Those on the Trash level are experts on recycling and making the most of what we already have. Those on the Fence level - our dockworkers, turtle handlers, fishermen, skilled workers, and our... guilds - their hard work and ingenuity in our new surroundings will be invaluable now. It is a whole new world out there, and we will have to learn how to tame it and how to successfully use its resources. Those on the Barracks level - our guards will keep order, and protect us from anything both inside and outside that wishes us harm. Those on the Merchant level - despite their misgivings, I have the utmost faith that our merchants and storekeepers will continue to ensure the flow of goods and services in and out of the City, and make the best deals possible that are in all our interests. Those on the Gold level - our physicians, our clerics, our druids, our adventurers, our mages, our professors, our entreprenuers - their wealth of talent, courage and learning will prove invaluable. Those on the Open Air level - our Temples, our philanthropists, and those with political clout in other lands - I expect them to use what they have in both skills and finance, to ease hardship here, and promote our City elsewhere. As for myself, I will meet with the high Lord Sturdavent, of Plateau City, and see if anything can be done about stabilizing our trade."
As she pauses, a glance around the room will reveal a few folk nodding their heads, and a few animated whispers of "Well, perhaps we can...." "Maybe if we..." etc etc. Positive seems to be overtaking the negative.
"Alright, ladies and gentlemen. I need contingency plans - from each level, that will help the City through this - you have two days, and if the Storm Dragons wish to volunteer to travel into the wild unknown and help put us on the map, then I for one will welcome their help, and have absolutely no doubt whatsoever that they are up to the task."
Alicia then steps back and beckons to Gareth, the Storm's leader. "Master Justinian, am I correct in presuming that your colleague's comments were merely a jest, or perhaps a taunt leveled at our merchants?" she asks quietly and discreetly, apart from flashing a firey look toward the dark elf, clearly mystified by Addinein's approach. "We need help and support here, from 'all' our citizens. Every one of us may well have to dig deep into our own pockets. I too can see the need for intimidation sometimes, but these are good people on the whole, they're just afraid for their families, and for the future."
In another part of the room, Clangden and Jus are met with a rich laugh. "You presume much about my family, but the past is the past. Be assured that we will do as we see fit to protect the City. We are part of it, too. Let me introduce myself - I am Lady Dolores Solara. I would introduce you to my brother, but unfortunately, he had to leave."
The druid with the owl on his shoulder approaches Tericus, Nonam and Addinein. "I should warn you," he says gravely. "Through Hergerathe's eyes, far south - I saw... well, it was difficult to say what I saw. A dark shadow in the sky. It was brief - but enough to startle Hergerathe here, and my owl is not easily startled."
Nonam's examination of Dolores reveals a number of magical auras, some of which appear to be VERY strong.
Two of the Fence level men are already discussing boats, how many turtles would it take, etc..
Clangden Tuesday February 11th, 2003 1:27:10 AM
bowing deeply to Lady Solara he reaches out to take her hand, lightly, in his, and brushing the back of her hand lightly with a kiss, he says: I am Clangden Swiftaxe at your service, and might I add, I hope that whatever misgivings both groups might have, that we can put them aside for now, until order is restored. a challenge between Dragon groups is healthy, until it starts getting innocents hurt. bowing again, he excuses himself and goes back over to the guard. again, leaning on his axe he quietly says: meetings are ok I guess, if it's cold outside, you never have to worry about freezing, all the hot air coming out and all. standing up and almost letting the axe hit the floor, he looks at the guard. reaching into his pack he retrieves his leather pitcher and 2 cups. pouring a thick, dark liquid into both cups he offers one to the guard and keeps the other. then, lighting touching cups together he says: a toast to you and me, may we never become politicians and may our swords always remain sharp.
then he slams it home.
Tericus Tuesday February 11th, 2003 2:11:58 PM
looking at the druid, Tericus says "Did it happen near that ray of sunshine? I was scrying Bryon and lost contact with him near a ray of sunshine."
Nonam Tuesday February 11th, 2003 2:57:54 PM
Nonam looks over at the door and wonders when this wretched meeting is going to be over with. How did he get dragged into this sort of thing anyway?
He writes down a description of Lady Solara along with which of her items might be magical.
How do politicians sit through this sort of thing everyday and like it?
Then he puts down a list of who was at the meeting, at least the names that he knows. Followed with a transcript of the conversation.
The wizard glances over at the guard and wonders who is more bored with the meeting.
Nonam also comes up with some quick sums about his estimates on how much trade Floating City does and what even a 1% share would be. Helping is all well and good, but his spells are expensive. Nonam looks over at Clangden and thinks to himself, "That dwarf will drink anywhere. Maybe I could get away with reading a book."
Jus Tuesday February 11th, 2003 8:10:01 PM
Jus listens to Clangden, splitting his attention between the Dwarf and the "Lady" (as if the term could be given to a Black Bladder). While doing so, he tries to remember what Byron looked like, and if this women bears any family resemblance to him.
Unsure if Clangden is joking or not, Jus refrains from letting out the guffaw that is yearning to get out. The speech over, and Clangden returned to his drinking self, Jus is still a bit confused over the matter, but lets it pass for now.
Addinein Wednesday February 12th, 2003 1:44:38 AM
Addinien wonders about these surface dwellors sometimes. Pausing to observe how the Overlord conducts herself. Addinein listens in as the druid tells of what he's seen.
DM Jan Wednesday February 12th, 2003 2:16:47 AM
While the Overlord talks to Gareth, Nonam spends time writing down everything he thinks might be helpful, while perhaps realising that for a hero of the realm, its not all guts and glory, and that sometimes, bone-grinding tedium is a necessary part of the job. The Lady Solara possesses two rings and an amulet at the very least.
Jus will note that yes - there is a resemblance between Dolores and Byron from what he can remember. A few mannerisms, the same hair colour and accent, the same nose. Strange.... or perhaps not.
The guard stood next to Clangden looks ruefully at the drink offered. "Gotta be when I'm off duty," he says," but I'll certainly drink to that, the first chance I get."
The druid's owl turns its head through a disconcerting 180 degrees and back again, and its orange eyes blink curiously at Addinein as Tericus asks about the shadow and the sunlight. Aerashkiel shakes his head - "I don't think so. The sunlight and gap in the clouds seemed to be far ahead, down the river. The shadow appeared when Hergerathe was flying over the lake. It was far south of here, to be sure - but whatever it was - it was big."
The Fence level boatmen want to know whether or not to prepare a boat/boats for the Storms and what supplies they might need.
Clangden Wednesday February 12th, 2003 9:48:16 AM
after pouring the offered Guard his cup back into the pitcher then placing both cups and pitcher back in his pack, he reaches in to his pocket and pulls out 10 gold pieces. handing them to the guard he says: I like someone who sticks to his guns. handing him the 10 gold pieces he says: well then, after your shift, take this money and your friends and go have a few rounds on me. and when I get back, we'll go get so snipped, that it'll take 20 days to sleep off our hangovers. (smile)
walking up to Addenien, Clangden pats him on his back and says: Dragon groups aren't in it to make a profit or get paid for their services my dark skinned friend, we are here because we are good at what we do. we are here to protect and to serve, not to be hired mercenaries. if payment is what you'd like, then i'll pay you 50% of whatever my share is on each adventure. (smiles widely at Addenien, not in a mean way, in a brotherly way)
to the rest of the Storms he says: I knew that whenever we get summoned to this place, it means we are on our way out to adventure. anyways, i'll meet you all at the docks in 2 hours? that should give the men at the docks time to get some boats ready and the supplies you all think we need. gives me time to go get ripped in anticipation of another boat trip.
did I ever tell anyone how much I hate the water and boats? he says as he walks out of the hall.
Nonam Wednesday February 12th, 2003 2:48:30 PM
Nonam takes his chance and follows Clangden out of the hall.
Addinein Thursday February 13th, 2003 12:58:51 AM
Commenting to Clangden, " So our residence is free? How about the eyes and ears you may have about this place, are they free?"
Having not had to deal with a city wide type of emergency before. Addinein is reminded once again that the surface dwellers do not seem to think in the way of the families. With all the odd looks and mutterings that he's heard around the area Addinein is not sure anyone understood anything about what he was doing. He'll have to write his family about this and see whether they can give some guidance.
DM Jan Thursday February 13th, 2003 2:38:13 AM
The guard tucks away the cash Clangden gives him and tells him thanks.
Differences between life in various realms becomes apparent as the dwarf talks to his dark elf colleague. The contrast between the loose democracy of the Float, and the savage matriarchies of the Underdark is a stark one and difficult to reconcile. The behaviour here in the Float would probably be untenable where Addinein came from and could possibly mean death to a family, having left themselves wide open to treachery; although a milder version of the game of houses was perhaps emerging, courtesey of the lady in the dragon shawl. Certainly the criteria of a hero above ground, was vastly different in some respects at least, to that below. There were things to be learned here, from both sides, but when in Rome...
The meeting appears to be dissolving. Clangden and Nonam leave at the earliest opportunity. The Lady Solara, aware of Jus's scrutiny, smiles and sweeps her shawl over her shoulders. "Till we meet again," she says, her voice rich and deep. She heads for the exit, too.
Gareth can be seen talking to the Overlord. He appears to have been making assurances that no percentage will be demanded, and that the group will set off on their journey as soon as they have supplies. The discussion continues, however, with another subject.
The druid has no further information to give Tericus and Addinein, other than to wish them a safe journey and a plea to share anything that they may learn about the local flora and fauna.
Down at the docks, Clangden discovers that its going to be the following morning before the turtle handlers can get the transport organised.
It leaves the evening free for the Storm Dragons to prepare for their journey. However - Gareth returns to the mansion later than the others, and quietly tells Tericus, Nonam and Jus that he has made arrangements for 'the ceremony' and that the entire group should return to the Palace in the evening.
((OOC - my apologies gentlemen, I'm going to be away now till Sunday. JK has graciously agreed to step into the breach in the meantime. DEH also sends his apologies - he is unable to post until next week.))
Tericus Thursday February 13th, 2003 7:01:04 AM
"Ok Gareth, ill be back then. I have to go pick something up." Tericus tells Gareth as he walks out the door
Jus Thursday February 13th, 2003 8:44:47 AM
Jus is a bit pleased that the trip won't begin until the morrow. He may actually have a chance to cast those permanencies that he's not found the time for.
Humming to himself, Jus leaves with the others to begin preparations for the two appointments before them.
Clangden Thursday February 13th, 2003 8:44:58 AM
not til tomorrow eh he asks of the Boatmen. great, just enough time to get some libation in me system, and teach the bird some more words of wisdom.
(heads off to the Mansion for drink and time with Sam)
Addinein Friday February 14th, 2003 1:41:12 AM
Not knowing what to do at this point Addinein will just concentrate on getting his gear put together. He decides to put some notes together about his interaction with the City council and pass them on to his family.
Nonam Friday February 14th, 2003 2:29:33 PM
Nonam heads back to his study and gets to work.
Invitations (JK for Jan) Friday February 14th, 2003 2:35:25 PM
In the afternoon, letters arrive for Addinein and Clangden. They are sealed formal invitations. The seal features a dragon stamped in gold wax.
Each one reads:
The Dragon Council requests your presence at a celebration in your honor this evening at the Palace of the Overlord in Floating City. A carriage will arrive for you at the evening bell. Please make every effort to attend.
Formal Attire.
Addinein Sunday February 16th, 2003 11:55:56 PM
Not wanting to get on anyone's bad side. Addinein decided to find Meechum and find out what is the proper gear to weat to something like this.
Clangden Monday February 17th, 2003 2:00:34 AM
thinks to himself when he receives the notice at the Overlords Palace. hmmm, proper attire at that place. gotta go clean up my armor. and make sure my bags are packed. oh, and cant forget to bring my shield and Axe. you never know who or what might show up.
Scratching his head, Clangden wonders just what the heck is going on. He doesnt remember doing anything out of the ordinary. He wonders just why anyone would throw a shindig in his honor.
If it werent for the seal on the invitation, Clangden probably wouldnt show up. But being the officialness of the invitation, he decides to show up. Even goes so far as to take a bath and braids his beard and puts on clean, unrumpled clothes.
When all is done, and he waits for the carriage to arrive, he sits in the parlor, and drinks out of his Pitcher of Endless Dwarven Ale and talks to Sam. When the carriage does arrive, he leaves the Pitcher with Mitchum saying: don't know what is going on, dont know if something will happen tonight, but if you would be so kind as to hang on to this until I return, i'd be grateful. Then he gets in with his Dark Elf companion saying: dont know whats going on Add, but I think that whatever it is, its all your fault and thats what i'm gonna tell em.
(smiles)
Nonam Monday February 17th, 2003 10:08:46 AM
Nonam keeps an eye on the time while in his study. He checks to make sure that Clangden and Addinein accepted the invitation that Gareth told him about. Once they're in the carriage he gets ready himself.
Tericus Monday February 17th, 2003 8:36:49 PM
coming back from the shop, Tericus catches up with Nonam and says "Am I late?
DM Jan Monday February 17th, 2003 9:21:56 PM
((Back - thanks, JK!))
After a moment's thought, Mitchum suggests to Addinein that some weapons might be appropriate, perhaps his more ceremonial ones, and for dress, he suggests something understated but obviously expensive. "The cut and the cloth are everything, any more and its overdone."
He promises to take good care of Clangdens ale mug.
Meanwhile, Gareth mentions quietly to Tericus, Nonam and Jus that he's sent an invite to the Gold Dragons, too, and that hopefully this should be quite an occasion. Then he's off to get changed into something formal.
The evening draws close. Natural light starts to fade and disappear on the levels, and the lamps flicker on here and there.
Up on the Open Air Level - the Palace lights flicker brightly. Even from a distance, there is a sense of anticipation in the air. At once it is both intimidating and welcoming.
The carriages set off...
Clangden Tuesday February 18th, 2003 1:13:53 AM
sitting back on the seat of the carriage, Clangden closes his eyes and within minutes a light snoring can be heard coming from him.
Nonam Tuesday February 18th, 2003 9:05:27 AM
Nonam shaves his head down nice and smooth to rid himself of any stubble, and he dons his typical outfit: black leather pants of plenty and a loose black shirt. He wears his mithril chain shirt beneath it all. Black boots, a black cloak with a silver lining, and a black skullcap touch off the outfit. He polishes up his jewelry and puts it back on. On each of his hands, he has the 3 rings on the 3 middle fingers. Over his shirt on his right arm, he wears the armband fashioned in the shaped of a dragon that was a gift from the dwarves. He wears a pair of matching bracers on his wrists, and an amethyst pendant hangs about his neck. The wizard grabs his gloves too, but decides there isn't a need for them and tucks them into a pocket.
He leaves his shield and crossbow in his room but takes along the usual complement of wands, daggers, scrolls, and potions, that are secreted in his magical pockets.
Then Nonam heads down the stairs and hops into a carriage.
Gareth Tuesday February 18th, 2003 9:01:48 PM
The warrior prepares himself best he can, takes a deep breath, and goes and gets into the carriage.
Addinein Tuesday February 18th, 2003 10:54:13 PM
Unsure as to what would be considered understated. Addinein rummages through his things and the stuff at the mansion to see if there is anything other than his padded armor. He's not really had any time to consider this 'formal' thing that has suddenly come up. If he cannot find anything more suitable as far as he can tell, he'll suit up with just his Keen rapier, his rings, his 4 leaf clover, and he'll make sure he's well groomed for the occasion. Not sure if he should wear his cloak or not, he opts against it and hopes that the surface worlders will be able to tolerate his countenance during this 'formal' thing.
DM Jan Wednesday February 19th, 2003 11:11:39 AM
Back at the mansion, Mitchum ponders the correct form of reply to the Lady Solara's offer to buy the place. The parrot offers some suggestions, which has Mitchum muttering about teaching it some other phrases.
Outside, the carriage finally arrives at the Palace. The guards stood outside are in their best uniforms. Some of them don't appear to know whats going on, other than something big.
The Overlord is at the top of the steps, waiting. She is wearing a dark blue, silk satin gown, closely fitted to the waist, which then flares outward. The foot of it is richly embroidered with silver thread. She has a velvet cloak in the same colour, lined with silver silk, that sweeps the floor. Some of her sandy hair is piled on top of her head, and interwoven with jewels, while the remainder falls down her back in a river of curls.
"Welcome, gentlemen!" she says with a grin. "It's been so long."
Alongside is her aide, who nods a gruff welcome. He still seems uncomfortable, and not looking forward to suffering an evening of pergatory in his stiff, uncomfortable jacket.
Clangden Wednesday February 19th, 2003 11:28:55 AM
waking up with a start just as the carriage comes to a stop. Clangden rubs his eyes and stretches. climbing out of the carriage, and seeing the Overlord dressed finely and the guards out in their finery, Clangden realizes its time to be courtly. making a slight bow, Clangden proceeds up the steps to the Overlord. he takes her right hand and kisses it lightly, thanking her for her hospitality and commenting on how nice she looks this evening. he returns her assistants nod with a gruff one of his own.
(since everyone else described what they were wearing, I will too: full battle dress: highly polished full plate armor, fresh, crisp, clothes underneath, axe firmly secured to his side, but in case something happens this evening, easily attainable for him, cloak with clasp, on chest and around neck: various medals and awards from different kings and countries for services on their behalfs including an isignia as advisor to the King of the Red Dwarves, and tied to his belt, his mug of holding)
Nonam Wednesday February 19th, 2003 6:19:20 PM
Nonam smiles at the Overlord when the group arrives, "You look radiant this evening. You must be expecting company."
Addinein Thursday February 20th, 2003 9:24:09 AM
As the carriage pulls up and the overloard steps out Addinein breifly wonders about all this show. Then he remembers that his Grandmother might like this lady. He smiles up to the overlord.
Having not been involved in social things that much Addinein doesn't realize that he's under dressed a little bit.
Tericus Thursday February 20th, 2003 9:43:35 AM
dressed in his ceremonial robes, Tericus makes his way past the guards and enters the room
An Evening to Remember
DM Jan Thursday February 20th, 2003 12:14:13 PM
Alicia's nerves are forgotten for a moment, and she breaks into a delighted smile at the entire group. "Why, thank you," she says to Clangden. A slight rose tint colours her cheek as Nonam offers a similar compliment. "Thank you, and yes - we do have quite a few distinguished guests this evening, yourselves included." The Overlord beckons everyone inside, through a brightly lit hall, and along a passageway lined with mirrors. "Please forgive me if I seem a little nervous," she tells them, her cloak trailing behind her slightly along the floor as she walks. "The High Lord Mayor Sturtavent is expected at any moment, along with the Gold Dragons. This will be the first time I have met any of them face to face. Have any of you met the Gold Dragons before? What are they like?"
The passage ends with a set of floor to ceiling double doors that are pulled open by two men in Palace livery. Beyond lies a warm and inviting reception room - tapestries depicting pastoral scenes adorn the walls, over stuffed velvet and leather covered chairs, and small tables are scattered about. A fire crackles, many lamps flicker; there is a long buffet table containing fruit and hors d'oeuvres, and two barmen serving wine, beer and champagne.
"Make yourselves at home," Alicia tells them. "Our other guests are expected at any moment. She takes a deep breath, clenches and relaxes her fists a few times, and attempts to assume an aura of calm anticipation.
Her aide stands nearby, but looks longingly toward the bar.
Clangden Thursday February 20th, 2003 1:20:53 PM
walking up to the Overlord's aid he asks: would you mind showing me around? (whispers: lets start with the bar)
Answering the Overlord's question, The Gold Dragons are like anyone else. Nothing to worry about or to be nervous about, especially that upstart Valdor. He bleeds just like everyone else, sleeps like a baby, and puts his pants on one leg at a time. Just be yourself, don't kiss up and they will respect you even more. As far as I am concerned, they are just like us, except they've been around alot longer. Well, maybe not as long as me but still. (smiles)
The Arrival of the Gold Dragons [DM Jerry] Thursday February 20th, 2003 8:35:22 PM
With a loud popping sound and a "whoosh" on the side of the Overlord's Palace entryway, light and smoke appear blinding and deafening those nearby for a second.
A moment later the smoke and light is gone and the Gold Dragons appear facing each other in a circle.
Nonam Thursday February 20th, 2003 8:40:52 PM
Nonam opens his mouth to tell Alicia... er the Overlord that the Gold Dragons that he's met have a flair for the dramatic but are quite easy to get to know. Then they make their popping entrance, and he clamps his mouth shut again. He whispers, "That about says it all."
Dahlia Thursday February 20th, 2003 9:32:13 PM
Among all the tall circle of Gold Dragons stands a 2 1/2 ft tall halfling lass dressed all in black and charcoal trimmed in silver. She has a sword and dagger at her waist both capped with large purple amethysts that match her large purple eyes. On top of it all is a bright gold and red fril trimmed cloak. As she turns her eyes sparkle with a mischevious glint.
Joe Of The Hand Thursday February 20th, 2003 10:09:13 PM
At one point in the circle is a elf, unremarkable except for his haunted eyes and long white hair, pulled back and wraped with golden ribbons. He wears a black shirt that laces up the front and over that a black leather vest. Black leather pants finish the ensamble. Running up the side legs of the pants, the arms of the shirt and the sides of the vest is silver piping. Over his heart there is stiched a blood red hand print. He takes his place behind Mordrid and Valdor. The seriousness of his face comunicating everything. He would follow these two men anywhere.....even to a party.
Valdor Friday February 21st, 2003 12:28:42 AM
Upon arriving, Valdor takes in the scene: then whispers to the other Gold Dragons,"We really need to make our way around. Get to know those you haven't met. It is important that we, and I mean the Dragon Groups, show the courtesy that we show each other, except the Blacks, but anyway, let's have fun."
He walks over to Nonam, holds his hand out in greeting and says,"Good to see you all again. Where is the Overlord? I haven't seen him since the big war, and would like to thank him for all his help during that terrible time."
Nick Friday February 21st, 2003 1:06:32 AM
As usual, the teleport does horrible things to Nick's stomach and he has to take in a couple of slow, deep breaths to overcome the nausea. After that, his eyes move quickly to whatever view their vantage point allows of the City. "Wow," he whispers to himself, having never been to the Floating City before. He has to catch up with the others as they enter the Palace.
Mirrors in the passageway reflect the image of a tall, human male, about 30 years old; of lean build, with blue eyes, high cheekbones and a hawkish nose. His hair and beard are almost black in colour, and clipped very short. He wears the distinctive, brilliant white robes of a Shepherd of Alemi.
Once in the reception room, he smiles at those he recognises from their previous meeting at the Dragon Consortium Tower - Gareth, Nonam, Jus, Clangden, Tericus and Addinein. The only people he doesn't recognise are a pretty young woman, with long sandy hair and delicate features, stood next to Nonam, and a big, tough-looking fellow talking to Clangden. He wonders if this guy is the Overlord, after listening to what Valdor said.
Mordo Friday February 21st, 2003 2:49:43 AM
The smoke clears and reveils a massive figure of a minotaur over 8-ft tall. Mordo stands rigid and statuesque. His body is lean and muscular. His grooming is immaculate. Braids stream down from the back of and sides of his head. Not a hair out of place. A majestic crown of polished horns grace the top of his head. His appearance is a testiment to his daily exercise of discipline that appeals to his meticulas nature.
Mordo wears a loose black satin shirt. Along the right arm, across the shoulder and down his chest is an embroidered dragon with golden thread. Its brilliant glimmer is a stark contrast to the deep black satin. A great belt is buckled around his waist. Masterfully crafted leather with jade inlays. A scene of two dragons locked in the heat of battle are portrayed on the front. From the belt hangs a scabbard containing a massive dagger. It hints of great power and glows with a holy light. It bares the symbol of Domi.
On either arm are bracers of equal quality. Encrusted with tiny jewels, they depict images of legendary animals. One bracers has a roaring dire tiger; the other a fiery phoenix with its wings spread out wide.
Mordo stands silently with the rest of the Gold Dragons. He doesnt know what to expect. He has only met the Storms once and it was a brief meeting at that.
Dae'lin Friday February 21st, 2003 3:15:13 AM
Standing next to the massive minotaur is a slim elf whose appearance and bearing can only be described as pure sunshine. Beautiful to the point of looking somewhat exotic, Dae'lin has long platinum hair braided back at the temples, and liquid blue eyes. His tunic is the same blue as his eyes, and is embroidered with silver runes of power; a silvery-gray cloak crests his narrow shoulders, and envelopes his frame. A rapier adorns his left hip, and a silvery staff bearing the head of a great dragon rests easily in his left hand. A pseudo-dragon whose coloration seems to shift with the scenery lounges about his shoulders, even as Dae'lin gently strokes the creature to calm it after teleportation. Whispering to Mordo, "I don't remember who is who."
Bryndal Friday February 21st, 2003 10:46:01 AM
After a few moments of irritability after being whisked goodness knows where, Bryndal settles and begins to purr softly, her scales reflecting the blue and grey of Dae'lin's garments.
Addinein Friday February 21st, 2003 12:45:59 PM
Not quite expecting the sudden arrival of the new guests. Addinein tenses unconsciously with wariness at the unexpected intrusion. Quickly glancing around at those that have arrived Addinein vaguely remembers those he met when the Gold's were outlawed at one point. Not exactly knowing why they should appear Addinein nods his head in the direction of those he recognizes.
Those new to the area see a Drow Male Elf standing 4'8" tall. Seeing his white hair and lavendar eyes out in the open is a litte bit of a shock for most people looking.
Clangden Friday February 21st, 2003 1:31:28 PM
turns to the bartender and orders a full round of Dwarven Ale, the darker the better, for the whole room.
leaning on the bar, he raises his mug to the Gold Dragons, then goes back to drinking. mid gulp he stops and then spits it up when it finally dawns on him why he and Add has been summoned here. turning he looks at Add, seeing the uneasiness on his face, then smiles and says to the Overlord's Aid: see that young man (pointing to Addenien), see that look on his face, just wait til they call him forward to bestow the honor on him and watch it grow 10fold. this should be fun to watch.
Tericus Friday February 21st, 2003 2:29:49 PM
"Cant anyone use the door anymore?" Tericus mutters to himself as the Gold Dragons appear. the young cleric with curly red hair is dressed in the robes of a High Cleric of Alemi. the only other thing visible besides his robes is a bracer in the shape of a dragon and two holy symbols hanging on his neck, one of Alemi and the other of his fallen goddess, Terisalia. moving through the crowd, Tericus begins to look for Shirri, wanting very much to talk with her
Mordrid Friday February 21st, 2003 3:42:53 PM
Mordrid has aged. The gray in his hair has multiplied, however he looks well rested. At least in comparison to the last encounter with the Storms. Sure he is dressed up in his fineries for the occassion, but who really cares.
Looking around the room, "It would be foolish for evil to rear its ugly head in Elenna these days."
Mordrid leaves Valdor's side and moves forward, looking for a comfortable place to sit, that affords a good view of everyone in the hall.
"This is a very important day."
Nonam Friday February 21st, 2003 4:38:52 PM
Nonam shakes Valdor's hand and offers an answer, "We've had an election since you were here last. It is my honor to present to you the new Overlord of Floating City, Alicia Gabriella D'Anlaf."
He indicates the woman next to him and says, "Milday, might I introduce you to the mighty Valdor of the Gold Dragons."
Nonam leaves the Overlord to talk with Valdor and moves about the room visiting ... and studying.
Alicia Gabriella D'Anlaf - the Overlord (NPC Jan) Friday February 21st, 2003 4:56:12 PM
Alicia looks up at Valdor as the Gold Dragon leader addresses Nonam, examining him while he speaks to the Storm Dragon stood next to her. She has never seen him before, but she recognises that voice immediately.
So this was the one. The one who's voice she had heard when she was just a merchants daughter, cowering in her bed, two levels down, wondering what would become of everyone during that time when the very Gods were tearing the Wold apart. The V insignia on his armour confirmed it. On that night her strength and resolve had returned and she, along with others who had heard that rallying call, decided that they would try and make a difference, so that the people here would never be afraid again.
After thanking Nonam, she smiles up at the big warrior. "I'm very sorry, but after the assassination of the Underlord, the man who you speak of had to descend to the Underlevel and take the murdered Underlord's place. We had the ceremony a few days ago. He was a good man, very kind - and we shall miss him a great deal until he retires and his place is taken by the new Overlord in twenty years time. "As for the newly elected Overlord, yes - that would be me," she ends with a grin, " and I would bid you all welcome."
Alicia is a five and a half feet tall female human, slender, delicate, pale-skinned. Part of her wavy, sandy-coloured hair is caught up and woven with tiny jewels, while the rest falls down her back, almost to her waist. She is dressed in a formal gown of dark blue silk trimmed with silver embroidery, and a heavy, dark blue velvet cloak adorns her shoulders.
Valdor Friday February 21st, 2003 7:28:30 PM
Valdor takes the Overlord's hand, lowers himself to one knee and says,"It is my pleasure to meet you and, on behalf of the Gold Dragons, I thank you for your hospitality." He stands back up, keeping his knees slightly bent in order to not tower over her, and adds," The last time we came here, it was during a stressful and dire time, and I am excited that we can come together as friends, instead of just a war alliance. We hope that our friendship does not simply end once we are gone. Hopefully we, Plateau City and Floating City, can put aside any petty differences, forget the past, and begin a new, better relationship together. But tonight is not a time to discuss such business, we're here to celebrate. May I have a dance later?"
Another Arrival [DM Jerry] Friday February 21st, 2003 9:13:12 PM
A huge heavy shape towers over the entrance area. A shadow descends as if to squash all present. A terror enters the soul of each person as another being approaches.
Then suddenly the shadow and the feeling is gone, as if forcibly diminished.
A tall regal man appears at the top of the steps. Wearing a flowing golden garment trimmed in silver and black. He wears a simple circlet on his head. His eyes glitter golden for a moment and then settle into a more normal appearance.
He stands there at the edge of the stairs as if he's not sure what to do or where to go.
He looks the embarassed stranger--the stranger known in his homeland as Sturtavent.
Jus Friday February 21st, 2003 9:44:14 PM
Jus, the ever-smiling elf, greets the gold dragons wearing a curiously coordinated ensemble consisting of clothes from his home port city, his ceremonial Drow Dagger, the Dwarven circlet, the cap given him by the Gold Dragons themselves, and a Ladybug pin on his collar.
"Hail and well met, friends," Jus says with a grin. When he is through reintroducing himself to the Golds, Jus returns to talk with Alicia [the Overlord, he forcibly corrects himself]. "Ah... umm..." Jus is clearly having trouble finding words (a rarity in itself). "You are quite beautiful tonight."
"Anyhow", Jus continues, finding more comfortable things to talk about. "Thank you for honoring us tonight. I..."
Jus' comments are cut off, as Sturtavent arrives and pulls Jus' attention away.
Gareth Friday February 21st, 2003 10:06:37 PM
The warrior moves around the room adressing each one of the Golds with a friendly handshake and a warm greeting. He pauses a bit longer with Valdor but immediately moves to Sturatavent whenever he arrives with a huge smile. "I wondered what had become of you after the - 'reshaping'. What of Oratai?".
Joe Of The Hand Friday February 21st, 2003 10:21:07 PM
Joe stays at the edges of this joyus gathering and watches. He is no stranger to political events. To the pomp and circumstance of regailia, however it seems as if he has had his fill of such events to last his life time. While not impolite he is certianly reserved and quiet. Although every once and a while somones punch is turned to water, or vinager, or flaming gomeish. Or perhaps the floor becomes slipery or a chair moves of its own accord, all the while the stoic elf watches the proceedings with a slight glint in his eye.
Valdor Saturday February 22nd, 2003 12:16:58 AM
Involuntarily reaching for his sword and stepping a pace in front of the Overlord, Valdor relaxes and realizes that he's a bit jumpy when he sees Sturdevant. He then semi-pretends that he was raising his arm to wave 'hello' to Styrdevant and continues his conversations.
He warmly greets Jus and Gareth, squeezing the large man's hand to measure a bit and remember the strength of this human. He then stops in mid-sentence with Gareth, turns to Nonam and says with a smile,"Did I hear you right? Did you just compliment me? I'm appalled." He laughs good naturedly and gives Nonam a wink to make sure he knows he's just joking.
Tericus Saturday February 22nd, 2003 7:02:24 AM
nodding his head to Studervent, Tericus walks up to Mordred and asks him "Where is Shirri? I wanted to see how she's dealing with the death of our goddess."
Mordo Saturday February 22nd, 2003 1:34:30 PM
Mordo bends down to Dae'lin and whispers, "Is it customary for us to stand here .. are we to be introduced? I wish not to offend unknowingly due to my ignorance to what is acceptable etiquette."
DM Jan Saturday February 22nd, 2003 7:14:15 PM
The Overlord gives her aide a nod, and the man escapes to the bar with Clangden and downs a pint at great speed. "Nervous," he explains. "My name is Terran, by the way," and offers the dwarf a hand the size of giant croquet mallet. He looks near the point of falling over in shock when the Gold Dragons enter - "Is that Valdor?" he squeaks. "You know, down on the Trash level we painted his name on the -" He stops, aware that he's babbling.
The barmen work the room. Experienced, seen it all before, they make sure everyone has a drink and something to eat if they need it, although at one point, one of them appears to be dancing with a chair while trying to balance a tray of drinks aloft. He tries this way and that way, in an attempt to get past, but the chair seems to move and block him, as if it has a life of its own.
On the arrival of Sturtavent, Terran looks crestfallen. "I've forgotten what I'm supposed to say, and we rehearsed it and everything," he says to Clangden, before speeding off to introduce the Overlord.
Obviously nervous, he steps between the man at the door and the approachng Alicia. "Welcome High Lord Mayor Sturtavent," he says. "May I present the Overlord, Alicia Gabriella D'Anlaf." Terran then steps back with an obvious sigh of relief that he's done his duty.
Alicia - the Overlord (NPC Jan) Saturday February 22nd, 2003 7:15:53 PM
Turning serious for an instant as Valdor mentions past differences between the two cities, the Overlord answers - "I hope very much for that, too. We are never so weak than when we stand alone. Growth and strength come from combined friendships and I hope that will be the future for us all."
The comment makes her wonder, though - about these Gold Dragons. To whom was their primary allegiance? To Sturtavent? Would there come a dark day when they would be considered a foe? Or were they part of something greater? Bah - politics, more slippery than an eel and never twisting the way you'd expect. Pushing that thought firmly to one side, she breaks into a smile. "I would consider it an honour to dance with you later," she says, and she means it. "Please, tell the others of your party to make themselves at home. Dinner will be served shortly, and we'll all have a chance to formally introduce ourselves."
She begins to relax a little, talking to Jus. "Thank you," she says quietly, " and the honour is mine." She means that, too - the only reason she was stood here, alive and breathing was because Jus, Nonam, Tericus, Gareth, Addinein and Clangden had braved the terrors of the Shadowlands in order to rescue her. What a start to a reign. Only a few days and there had been one attempt on her life already.
On that note... For a moment she thinks her lungs have stopped working. Out of the corner of her eye, Alicia sees Valdor move, blocking whatever could bring such a wave of terror with it into the room. Forcing herself to breathe, she looks upon the tall man at the door who could only be Sturtavent. Going off the reaction of others, they had seen him before. A quick flick of her fingers, to flatten a slight wrinkle in the silk of her skirts, and she steps forward to greet him. Did she look regal enough, to carry the title of Overlord? First impressions meant a lot, and there were a lot of serious negotiations to be had with this man in the coming weeks. Well, if she looked like a barmaid in his eyes, it was far too late to worry about it now. The heck with it.
"Greetings, High Lord Mayor - it is a pleasure to meet you at last," she says in a low, calm voice, and giving him a bow that she would give an equal - no more, no less.
Dahlia Saturday February 22nd, 2003 10:49:22 PM
Momentarily subdued by the number of important people she is currently surrounded by, Dahlia hesitates and then remembers who she is to be a part of and shakes it off. As each of the Storm dragons introduces themselves to her she Smiles and lightly flirts with each momentarily. Impressed by the air of competance coming from each of them she can't help but grin as she meets Nonan and thinks that he would have fit right in with her Gypsy friends.
Then the shadow comes and then as quickly it is gone and Sturtevant makes his entrance Dahlia takes this moment, while all eyes are on him to step into the nearest shadow and just observe the room and its inhabitants. (Supernatural ability Hide in plain sight)
Valdor Saturday February 22nd, 2003 11:21:56 PM
Valdor motions to Mordo and Dae'lin to get out and mingle. He heads over to the bar and slaps his old buddy Clangden across the back.
"Well, I see you're back in full form my old friend, and that's a sight for these sore eyes. I've always admired the way you protect the weak and children, in particular, and that, at times, has given me strength as well, just knowing and remembering that you're out there somewhere. I've missed you, even if you are the most stubborn dwarf I've ever laid eyes upon, and that's saying something!"
He downs an ale, pats Clangden's shoulder again and heads over towards Addenein.
Clangden Sunday February 23rd, 2003 12:43:40 AM
takes all in stride, even Sturtevants arrival. almost sighing when all the extravegant entrances are made. he laughs and drinks with Valdor, nods affirmatives with the Aid, and then, taking a fresh drink, he wanders around, renewing old friendships, and making new ones.
Dae'lin Sunday February 23rd, 2003 12:02:49 PM
Dae'lin smiles at Mordo, "I think this is an introduce-your-darn-self affair. As for me, I see someone I'd like to meet." With that Dae'lin strides across the room, stern look crossing his face, but as he approaches the dark elf Addinein, it becomes one of extreme curiosity. Putting his hand out to the drow, Dae'lin smiles, "Greetings cousin, it seems that you've found good fortune among heroes, and so it is safe for me to count you among them. Peace and well met." Dae'lin's smile seems to radiate out from his face, "I am Dae'lin Shadowstep, newly appointed Gold Dragon, and this is Bryndal." Dae'lin reaches back to scratch between the pseudodragon's wings.
Valdor Sunday February 23rd, 2003 1:55:28 PM
Valdor arrives at Addenein about the time Dae'lin is making his intro and whispers,"That will be part of the ceremony later, pretty boy."
He greets the drow warmly and says,"My memory is not what it once was. I know we have met, but did you fight in the grand melee with Qualde? I believe she is your sister, yes? I haven't seen her with you all the last two times I've seen you, is she well?"
Addinein Sunday February 23rd, 2003 3:53:54 PM
WIth all the activities that are going on Addinein feels a little bit like a cat that's been noticed in the middle of a family reunion. He's half tempted to bolt out of sheer volume of noise. ( ;) )
When Dae-lin introduces himself Addinein focuses on him for just long enough to get the feeling of panic out of his system. Realizing that he's being talked to Addinein takes a moment to consider his 'cousin'.
"Heroes..... It is such an uncommon term to me. I am here at my Matron's request and so I follow these people that helped my family come to the surface. I do not know if my actions are of heroic porportions. All I know is that I help my family by learning what I can of this surface world."
When Valdor mentions Addinein's sister a look of longing comes over his face for a little bit. Facing Valdor Addinein says, " I have not seen my sister in some time. If you have any information of her I would be happy to hear of it for my family. My memory of that time is blurred at best, though I know we moved in the same direction at that time."
Dae'lin Sunday February 23rd, 2003 7:43:51 PM
With a mischievious glance toward Valdor, Dae'lin whispers, "Sorry, just trying it on for size... if ya know what I mean."
Then back to Addinein, "Proportions are relative. You have stepped forward when others would gladly step back, then no matter how large the step you took, it was the gesture that marked you hero." Leaning forward conspiratorially, "There are times though when I think that my steps forward occur when I'm paying the least amount of attention as to where I'm going."
Bryndal Sunday February 23rd, 2003 7:49:07 PM
Bryndal is proving to be a bit of a handful on Dae'lin's shoulder. She had been settled and behaving well, right up until Sturtavent arrived.
Now she moves from his left shoulder, to his right, and back again. There are flashes of gold in amongst the silver blue of her current skin colour. Dragons. Yes. Excitement.
Nick Sunday February 23rd, 2003 8:11:46 PM
Nick walks over to Nonam and offers a handshake.
"Hi, I'm Nick. We met once before at the Dragon Consortium. I just want to say, from the little I've just seen outside - what a beautiful city this is. I've never had the chance to visit before. Where do you guys live?"
Nonam Monday February 24th, 2003 9:12:43 AM
Nonam competently moves around the room. He has a smile and a handshake for everyone. His friends must be thinking that they're looking at a whole different person. Nevertheless, he seems right at home in the crowd, and his actions seems natural.
After greeting Mordo, the wizard falls into a conversation with Nick, "We have a mansion on the Gold Level. There's been some talk of building a castle where the Black Dragons lived, but the house seems big enough to me. It would be nice to be up here on the Open Air level, but you're subject to a lot more attention up here."
Joe Of The Hand Monday February 24th, 2003 9:26:53 AM
Joe speaks to Sturdavant briefly. It still seems difficult for the elf to stand in a room with a dragon. Even one he admires and respects.
Dae'lin Monday February 24th, 2003 10:28:29 AM
At first taking her increased activity as a sign of wakefulness, Dae'lin's eyes arch as Bryndal continues pacing across his shoulders. Concentrating, he reaches out to his familiar with his feelings, and immediately understands the cause of her activity. He then reaches back, and plucking the dragon from his shoulders, holds her in front of him, allowing her a view of Sturtavent while attempting to calm her with gentle touch, "Yes Bryndal, dragons. What did you expect is such august company?" Dae'lin smiles playfully at his familiar and companion, and then back up to Addinein.
Mordrid Monday February 24th, 2003 11:03:39 AM
Mordrid rubs at his mustache as Valdor and the Overlord converse around the politics.
Upon Sturtavent's arrival Mordrid stands, and bows at the waste. It is clear where Mordrid's allegiance lies.
Tericus Monday February 24th, 2003 1:44:57 PM
giving up his search, Tericus goes over to the bar with Clangden. getting himself a glass of wine, Tericus leans back and relaxes. "Well, I guess we dont have to worry about our little party being interupted." he says to Clangden. "Not with this much power in one room."
Valdor Monday February 24th, 2003 2:59:36 PM
Valdor answers Addenein,"I'm sorry, but I did not know she was still gone. I have heard nothing. You might ask Nonam to Scry her whereabouts, as he is quite an expert mage. Just don't tell him I said so, it'll go to his head. If I hear anything, though, I will indeed contact you."
Clangden Monday February 24th, 2003 3:38:51 PM
turning to Tericus he says: are you kidding, with this much fire power? i'm expecting any moment some yahoo who wants to make a name for himself, or some long lost god or who knows what else to step through those doors with some small army. so, in case of war, and they destroy the kegs, lets drink some more before it's all gone.
turning to the bartender he says: beer, for both of us, and keep em coming til i either pass out, or we get in combat.
Mordo Monday February 24th, 2003 9:27:44 PM
Mordo tries his hand at mingling. He regrets he hasn't spent the time learning the art of the schmooze. He goes around introducing himself and shaking hands when a hand was offered. However he preferrs the slight bow of the head, as is the custom he is most familiar with.
Mordo walks over to the bar where Clangden is because he is the only face among the Storms that he recognizes. "Hello Clangden ... it is Clangden right. Excuse my poor memory. Remember me, it is I, Mordo. I was there the day you .. umm ... regurgitated on Valdor's boots at the Red Wurm Inn. I hope you're feeling better."
Sturtavent [DM Jerry] Monday February 24th, 2003 11:13:24 PM
Sturtavent steps forward, looking almost shy as well as a bit cornered.
He thinks to himself, much is the same, yet much has changed. I wonder if I can tell my old friends how exactly I have changed. Not yet. Not yet.
Well time to put ones best claw forward. Let's meet this new upstart Overlo....
He sees her. Young, strong, beautiful. And for a moment, another visage swims before his eyes, that of a beautiful silver dragon woman, long gone....long dead.
"Mi..milady. I'm.....
I'm honored to meet you."
He drops to one knee before her and then after a few moments, rises.
After a few awkward moments he whispers, "We have to talk later. It's important."
Later, in response to Gareth's question, he responds, "She expired before the end of things. She was not renewed."
He then grabs a Green Gnomish and moves over to stand beside Joe for a time, feeling a kindred spirit in him.
Gareth Tuesday February 25th, 2003 12:03:50 AM
The warrior sighs heavily at the loss of Oratai. "Such an awesome ally - gone. She will be missed...". After a moment he returns to the conversations. He raises and eyebrow at Addinein's humility. "Your actions are no less heroic and deserving of honor than anyone else in this room, my friend. You and I may not have the stories of some of the others yet - and may never. But ours are no less important to those we protect. Your famly should be proud. You deserve it.".
Valdor Tuesday February 25th, 2003 12:04:34 AM
Valdor watches Sturdevant with much concern. He has never seen him stutter or be anything short of completely regal and his nobility, or lack of, stands out. He watches for other signs in his actions. When he orders an alcoholic beverage, Valdor's jaw almost hits the floor.
He heads over to Mordrid and says,"Does anything seem not quite right to you, brother, or is it just this atmosphere messing with my head?"
Jus Tuesday February 25th, 2003 12:35:14 AM
Jus is less encumbered today than he's been in ages -- his grin is out and he feels a bit mischevious. Apparently, noticing the subtle pranks going on throughout the room, someone else feels the same.
Keeping his smile intact, Jus works the edge of the room. He's never liked the politics of formal parties, and rather enjoys socializing with the bakers, servers, cooks, and anyone else willing to chat for a while. Sure, he's a few years older than when he lived at home -- and has a bit more responsibility -- but old habits are hard to break.
Addinein Tuesday February 25th, 2003 7:25:45 AM
Noticing the bundle of energy on Dae'lin's shoulder Addinein comments, "What manner of animal is that? I have not seen one such as him before."
"I have no one to compare my actions to. Most of my family has only the previous matrons to compare to. They are almost always measured as to how the house prevailed over a long period of time and the house standing. Never have I heard my Matrons called Heros. My actions should only enhance the Matrons position and possibly my importance to her. So forgive me if this concept seems a little foreign to me"
Addinein watches as Sturtavent greets the new Overlord and wonders what has brought him out of his area.
Mordrid Tuesday February 25th, 2003 10:13:45 AM
Now standing next to Valdor, "Not at first... but come to think of it there was a funny feeling in the room as Sturtavent entered. It felt as if an evil shadow passed. Surely not our Patron. Do you think I should risk casting a spell? Detect evil?"
Valdor Tuesday February 25th, 2003 11:20:56 AM
Valdor responds to Mordrid,"Naw, I don't think so, but something is definitely different or wrong with him. Just in case, are you armed, my friend? Did you bring your magic pitchfork? No, seriously, I have my bag of goodies, just in case we needed them." Valdor elbows him semi-gently in the ribs and cracks up quietly, then pats the bag of holding he carries on his hip.
Clangden Tuesday February 25th, 2003 11:24:23 AM
sits down at one of the tables, pulls out a block of wood, some tools, and starts carving on it while watching the political games being played.
Nick Tuesday February 25th, 2003 11:30:24 AM
The cleric nods during his conversation with the Storm Dragon's wizard. "I agree, too much attention can get in the way of what you're trying to do. So, the Black Dragons live here also? Interesting. That's a group I haven't had the chance to meet yet, either - although going off some of the tales told by my friends here, encounters with that group can be a little risky, to say the least."
Nonam Tuesday February 25th, 2003 11:36:26 AM
Nonam responds to Nick, "Well, they have a castle here, but they haven't openly shown themselves in town since before the recent Time of Troubles."
Seeing that Clangden doesn't look too eager to entertain Mordo, Nonam excuses himself for a moment and glides over to the minotaur. He walks him back toward Nick, "I understand that you were an orphan. I was too. I was raised by mages who sent me to the academy to study. Tell me, do you ever wonder how your life would have turned out had your natural parents raised you? I do sometimes. I imagine that I would have been a miserable teacher in some backwater town like Edenmoor, but who knows I might have been the son of a king, eh?"
Mordrid Tuesday February 25th, 2003 11:47:37 AM
To Valdor: Mordrid points at his sword. "That's all I brought."
Hearing Nick and Nonam he shoots over a comment, "The only good Black Dragon is a dead Black Dragon. And yes, we saw some of them in the fey lands just before the cataclism. As a matter of fact they almost took Dahlia's life. Poisonous snakes."
Alicia - the Overlord (NPC Jan) Tuesday February 25th, 2003 11:59:29 AM
For a moment, Alicia is taken aback by Sturtavent's behavior. This isn't quite what she expected - after all, she was the ingenue in this power gathering.
Perhaps his humility was intended to make her feel more at ease, and a silent 'thank you' comes through in the warm smile she gives him. "I shall look forward to it," she replies, letting him go talk to those he was familiar with.
As for what he needed to discuss with her, she had her own agenda, also. If she couldn't persuade him to calm the fears of Plateau City's merchants, and get them to lower their prices to more acceptable, pre-disappearance levels, then the Big Float was in for a time of hardship.
But that was for later. Beckoning to her aide, she whispers into the former Trash man's ear. "Terran, would you check and see if dinner is ready to be served? I think we're all here now."
Turning away, her eyes settle on the formidable, 8ft form of Mordo, talking to Nonam and what looked like a cleric of Alemi. Goodness, one of the Gold Dragons, obviously. Stepping forward, she looks up and smiles. "Hello," she says, "please - tell me your name."
Mordrid Tuesday February 25th, 2003 12:20:14 PM
Mordrid elbows Valdor, and with a flick of the chin points out that Alicia is engaging Mordo.
Tericus Tuesday February 25th, 2003 1:39:25 PM
leaving Clangden to his toymaking, Tericus stays at the bar and nurses his glass of wine. after a few moments he walks up to Jus and says "When is this going to get started. We have something we need to do"
Joe Of The Hand Tuesday February 25th, 2003 1:43:38 PM
Joe seems to stiffen slightly when he sees Sturdavents eyes glancing upon this new overlord and he begins to wonder. Looking at the new overlord he asks himself, does she look like someone I know? When Mordrid and Valdor begin wispering Joe over hears and pulls out the cube flashing it so that they quickly see. "To the castle and back before we know it or, I can simply grant your "wish" to be completely outfitted for war."
Mordrid Tuesday February 25th, 2003 2:29:31 PM
"Relax, I'm sure everything is fine."
Mordrid sets his drink down and heads over to Sturtavent. Before greating him he bows slightly at the waste. Then he looks him in the eyes and offers a hand. "It is good to see you again my friend. How are things now that the end days have passed? Are things better than before, or are they back to normal." Mordrid lets loose a wry smile. "In your capable hands things are sure to be improving." Mordrid looks around, "So what's next this evening? Do you know?"
Mordrid Tuesday February 25th, 2003 2:42:49 PM
"Listen... Sturtavent... I know your heart grieves. If there is anything at all I can do just ask it of me. I know things aren't the same as before, and I'm sorry I even mentioned it... now all that is left for us is to rebuild the nation and return prosperity to the people. Mordrid feels sadness as if it leaped from Sturtavent and landed right in Mordrid's throat." Mordrid eyes an abandoned mug near-by and hoists it to his lips. He throws his head back and lets it run smooth down his throat. "I hope that was ale."
Dae'lin Tuesday February 25th, 2003 2:55:17 PM
"This little bundle of agitation is my dearest companion Bryndal, and she is a small dragon... some would refer to her as a psuedo dragon, but trust me when I say, she has all the heart of a great wyrm.
As to whom a heroe's actions benefit... I really like to think that they benefit more than a single individual. Working toward the benefit of one seems rather slavish to me, though I'm not much of a philosopher. I assure you that though your actions bring honor to your home and family, the benefit is felt on a much larger scale." Dae'lin's face settles into serious concentration, "At least that is how I'd like to think of it."
Dahlia Tuesday February 25th, 2003 7:13:28 PM
Having watched from the shadows a bit and made some observations of her own she steps through a couple of shadows (Shadow Jump - Supernatural ability)and from apparently out of nowhere steps out next to Jus and Tericus. "So, Is there any way a little lady can get a tall drink around here?" Hi, My name is Dahlia. The tension in this room needs cutting really badly." So tell me, are all dragon Groups always so serious, ALL the time? Does noone know how to have fun anymore. There is an extremely mischevious sparkle in here eye as she says this.
Bryndal Tuesday February 25th, 2003 7:15:35 PM
More than content to be the centre of attention, Bryndal flexes her wings, arches her tail and sends a brief ripple of gold across her scaled body, working hard at the illusion of being much larger, and far more grand.
Yes, she was a dragon alright. Oh yes she was...
DM Jan Tuesday February 25th, 2003 7:17:09 PM
At that moment, another set of doors, on the wall to the left of the entryway, swing wide open, and there is a loud - BONG!!! - coming from a giant gong just inside those doors. "Dinner is served!" announces a man in palace livery.
Beyond the doors lies an elegant, octagonal room with a high, domed ceiling. The dome is made of stained glass, depicting an intricate design of strange, almost alien purple flowers and bright green leaves.
At the far end of the room, is a raised dais, empty for now, except for a giant vase of lilac flowers.
On the polished marble floor in the centre of the room is the dining table, adorned with shining plates, sparkling glasses and highly polished silverware. Table centrepieces of fruit and flowers pick up the colours in the dome overhead.
There are no places designated, and there is no obvious head to the table, no position of power, for it is perfectly round.
Mordo Tuesday February 25th, 2003 9:12:16 PM
Mordo gives a bow and says, "My name is Mordo, I am glad to make your acquantance, your Highness, um ... Overlord. Excuse me, if I had addressed you improperly. I mean no disrespect. Please forgive my ignorance."
Gareth d20=20 Tuesday February 25th, 2003 10:15:11 PM
The warrior notices the talking of the Golds as they have noted the unusual behavior of Sturtavent (Perception - natural 20). He decides to take the initiative and not allow another to be closer to the new Overlord than he in case of trouble - having had to fight 3 liches to save her. He walks up to her, smiles, and offers his arm. "May I have the honor of sitting next to you at dinner?". He escorts her to her seat if she is willing.
Sturtavent [DM Jerry] Tuesday February 25th, 2003 10:20:19 PM
Sturtavent puts a hand on Mordrid's shoulder. "I overheard. I'm ok. I've been walking a lonely road lately. One I have to tell you about and soon. Things are coming to a head in a very unexpected way."
Then he pulls Mordrid and Valdor together with seemingly hardly a touch.
"But that's not all. Something else is happening. Subtle. Do you sense it too? There. Shh."
It almest seems as if as a spark of intuition passes from Sturtavent's feelings and buries itself in the souls of the two heroes. In a single moment, it's as if the worls slows down for a moment and all the possibilities of future action are laid bare. Too fast to remember anything, yet definitely there.
With almost a look of horror on his face he quietly adds, "I've been dreaming...of you two. I must tell you. Later."
He gets a faraway look in his eyes like he's not really here right now.
"Yes....later."
He smiles and you realize that for a few seconds there, his eyes were whirling with golden specks. He quickly regains his composure and smiling a broad smile, enters the banquet room, one arm around Valdor and one on Mordrid's near shoulder.
Clangden Tuesday February 25th, 2003 11:22:36 PM
putting away a slightly carved statue, and shooing away the scraps, Clangden gets up from the table. walking up next to the Minotaur he pats him on his forearm saying: yes, now I think I do remember you, of course, I wasn't full of sense that time. (winks and smiles) will you do me the priviledge of sitting beside me? I can sit with the Storms any other day, but someone new, not very often. sides, we can get to know each other, and share a frothy beverage or 5.
Tericus Tuesday February 25th, 2003 11:55:49 PM
a little startled by Dahila's appearance, Tericus quickly recovers and says "Well, what kind of tall drink do you want? Whatever you want, Im sure we have." then, after getting her her drink, he says "Well, dragon groups have always been in competition with each others. Even though we're allies, we still think of each other as competitors. Thats why its so serious in here."
Valdor Wednesday February 26th, 2003 12:10:51 AM
Valdor listens with intent as Sturdevant talks. After the moment and they start heading into the banquet hall, Valdor says with a smile,"And Dahlia wonders why we're always so serious. I can't get away from serious, no matter how hard I seem to try. Of course, it would probably help me if I knew what had become of Lilennia. She is an amazing woman, and I miss her greatly. I was much more relaxed when she was around. Oh well, one of these days I'll go find her. Maybe she's out there...somewhere..waiting...Anyway, we'll help you Sturdevant, anthing you need. We owe you much, many times over. Now, it's time to eat and drink. And drink some more."
Joe Of The hand Wednesday February 26th, 2003 9:05:07 AM
Joe follows the others inot the room.
Mordrid Wednesday February 26th, 2003 10:07:11 AM
"You want to talk about serious. Try attending to a pony with colic."
Mordid looks around, "Joe, get over here will you.? Stop being so coy. You're not fooling anyone."
Mordid sits next to Sturtavent, two chairs to the right of Valdor, who sits to immediate left of Sturtavent.
Addinein Wednesday February 26th, 2003 10:19:08 AM
Looking at the preening Bryndal Addinein vaguely hears the call to dinner. Hoping the creature doesn't mind close scrutiny Addinein continues to study the pseudo dragon, "It sounds like the food is all prepared at this time. Shall we enter?". Addinein doesn't look back at Daelin but he understands that it is him that is being addressed, not the pseudo dragon. ( ;) )
Nonam Wednesday February 26th, 2003 11:00:49 AM
Nonam looks around the table for a minute before selecting a seat. Frankly he wants to sit next to the Overlord for his own personal reasons, but he doesn't want to make a negative diplomatic presentation. Ultimately, he's able to fulfill both goals. When he notices that Valdor and Mordrid flank Sturtevent, he decides that gives him an excuse to do much the same and he takes the other seat next to the Overlord.
Still, he wants to be friendly, and he motions to Nick to take up the other seat next to him.
Clangden Wednesday February 26th, 2003 1:30:06 PM
upon entering the dining hall, he witnesses everyone positioning themselves in diplomatic positions even though the table is completely round and no placemats have been set. watching the Golds pretty much forming up on one half of the table and the Storms doing the same to the other. shaking his head back and forth, he frowns slightly and takes a seat nearest the door, in the middle. just before sitting down, a look of contemplation overshadows his face, and with a quick nod he sits down.
Valdor Wednesday February 26th, 2003 1:46:04 PM
As soon as evryone is seated, Valdor stands back up and says,"I may not be in charge of this meeting, but before we get started eating, there needs to be a few changes made. This is not an 'us' and 'them' meeting. Everyone needs to stand back up and move until we are alternating evry other one, Storm and Gold, and I believe our leaders should sit together."
He moves over to the Overlord, graciously extending his hand to trade seats with her.
Joe of the hand Wednesday February 26th, 2003 1:51:17 PM
joe looks at Mordrid and says, "Whos being coy, I just cant be discreet in front, and boy aret your feet tired?" With that Mordrids boots animate and begin to bark with every step he takes for a bit.
Dae'lin Wednesday February 26th, 2003 3:38:25 PM
"Come now Bryndal, time to eat I suppose." Dae'lin follows Addinein in, and sits next to the drow elf, in the hopes of continuing their conversation.
Mordrid Wednesday February 26th, 2003 3:59:29 PM
Sideways to Valdor as he rises to move seats, "What is this a cotillion, or a gathering of Politik elite?"
Shirri the Hooded d20+6=16 d20+6=26 Wednesday February 26th, 2003 4:14:22 PM
(OOC: my apologies to all for the tardiness in my posting.)
Five and a half feet tall, the Troubadour of Flower is dressed mostly in white silk with gold embroidery on the vestments, a large holy symbol inscribed with a beautiful white dove as her only obvious adornment to her clothing. Her head has its customary covering (though the closth doesn't completely hide the ebony hair beneath it) and her omnipresent veil hides the lower half of her face. The shimmering ivory silks contrast nicely with the amethyst of her eyes. She takes the time to personally greet each and every person not in the Gold Dragons, her voice melodious and warm.
Shirri--while engaging in small talk--takes care to listen and look very carefully at the other people in the room, noting the reactions of the new Overlord and the Lord High Mayor of Plateau City in particular. (OOC: made Listen and Spot checks of 16 and 26, respectively.)
When it comes time to go in to the meal, Shirri approaches Mordrid and, with a gesture that is paradoxically both shy and bold, lays one of her delicately-tapered hands upon his forearm.
"Wouldst thou honor me by being mine escort into dinner..?" Shirri asks of the bounty hunter.
Mordrid Wednesday February 26th, 2003 5:21:40 PM
Mordrid is blasted off his feet when Shirri approaches him. His face turns white, and his thoughts turn into a circus of activity. His palms sweat.
"Uh... ya... ya.... sure," he offers his arm and they walk together a few steps before, "wait, Shirri..." he turns to face her, whispering for privacy, "I've slew dragons all across the lands. I've fought and killed creatures from both hell and other dimensions. But none of them have ever made me weak at the knees... or caused my heart to race... like you make me do. I wan't you to know that I am scared of this. Take care of my heart, I beg you. It is the only thing I have that can't be protected by swords or shields. It is both intangible, yet real... and my only weakness." Mordid stops looking her in the eyes and looks briefly away, "I can't find the words."
Nonam Wednesday February 26th, 2003 6:55:46 PM
Nonam sighs to himself about the seat switching. And takes a brief moment to watch the Overlord walk away. As Valdor sits down he says, "No offense, but she was better looking."
Valdor Wednesday February 26th, 2003 7:22:31 PM
Valdor leans over and whispers,"I agree, but if we're going to heal the rift between cities, this needs to be done."
Dahlia Wednesday February 26th, 2003 8:15:37 PM
With a twinkle still in her eyes, She gladly accepts a tall dwarven dark ale from Tericus and then as the dinner gong is rung, turns with them and walks with them to the table.
Hearing Valdor's comment she smiles as she was already sitting between Tericus and Jus. "So tell me about your group. I know you are a fairly new Dragon group, although you have been around forever it seems. I have heard tales of some of your exploits. Is that the same Nonam who has the multi-colored hair? Does he shave it now, all the time? And what happened to Onrad? I remember hearing a funny story about him once too.
Tericus Wednesday February 26th, 2003 8:49:45 PM
"Well, Onrad left about 3 years ago, I belive. I cant remember why he left, though. Nonam and always kept his head shaved, so I cant really tell you if its multi-colored or not, though ive heard that it is." Tericus tells Dahila. "As you can see, our group isnt nearly as big as yours, but we're pretty tight-knitted and we cover each other's weaknesses very well. We've only been Dragons for about a year, but we've been thrown into the thick of things."
Gareth Wednesday February 26th, 2003 9:31:22 PM
Even though the Dragonslayer makes the unexpected seating change, the warrior makes sure the Overlord is no more than a few seats from his side. The prospect of dealing with something unexpected from the Black Dragons or an unexpected source runs high in his mind. He leans over and whispers to Valdor "I do not want the Overlord too far. There has been trouble from a common enemy of ours. You mentioned them earlier. We must be vigilant with strange things afoot.".
DM Jan / Alicia - Overlord Wednesday February 26th, 2003 10:16:39 PM
"No disrespect was given, Mordo, and I'm very pleased to meet you. I am the Overlord, but my name is Alicia. We try to keep titles and rank to a minimum here, and treat all citizens as equals wherever possible." Her smile echoes her delight at meeting her first minotaur. How magnificent he was, and so formal, so polite!
All set to mingle further, Alicia stops as the gong is sounded. On taking Gareth's arm, he may notice that her grip is quite firm - an outward sign of being on edge and nervous. "Thank you," she says, " and yes you may, with pleasure."
She finds herself sat directly opposite Sturtavent, looking him in the eye, but reassuringly with Gareth and Nonam on either side of her. That is, until Valdor decides to take it upon himself to reorganise everyone. For her, there is an awkward moment of silence. Was this man always so bold and forthright? Well of course, he had to be, she supposed. Sit next to Sturtavent, hmm? Well, she could handle that. Of course she could. She stands as Valdor approaches. "What an excellent idea," she tells him, giving him a smile.
Taking a seat next to the Mayor, she is relieved to note that Gareth switches places, too. As for the man she was now sat next to, could she be imagining it? Her skin seemed to tingle slightly, as though a great power emanated from him, outwardly hidden, but like a great volcano about to blow.
The first course arrives.
An artfully arranged salad, with a tangy dressing that appears to have pink smoke rising from it, along with heaps of hot bread rolls, white wine, or ale if preferred.
Valdor Wednesday February 26th, 2003 11:42:48 PM
Valdor winks at Gareth and replies patting his sword,"Don't worry my friend, her safety is foremost on my mind as well. You know that Sturdevant can take care of himself, and I would stand beside you Storms in the face of Marteus himself to defend her. Anyway, this looks tasty, and it seems like years since I ate a solid, planned out meal....oh, by the way, after Sturdevant arrived, did anyone take the precaution of making sure this place was closed to teleporting, if such a spell exists? And scrying too, I suppose."
Clangden Thursday February 27th, 2003 1:25:34 AM
looking at Valdor when he rearranges everyone, he makes an approving nod towards him.
when the first course arrives, Clangden just looks at it, then pushes it aside and instead, continues to nurse his mug. watching everyone and noone in particular, then, with the brashness that everyone has come to know him for, he asks Sturdevant: so, mi'lord, I felt a tension in the air when you arrived, almost an aura of fear emminating from you. could you shed some light on this for me? why do some look at you then turn and whisper? is there some secret about you that others fear? I mean you no disrespect. I just like to put everything out on the table before others start getting the wrong idea.
Nonam Thursday February 27th, 2003 1:48:36 AM
Overhearing Dahlia, Nonam offers, "I started shaving my head because of the color changing hair, but I've since corrected the problem that caused the hair to change color in the first place. Now I keep shaving it because I'm used to it. As for Onrad, he chose to remain in Myth Drannor last time we were there so that he could help a friend of ours. We haven't heard from him since. I've been thinking of him recently. I hope that he's ok."
The wizard makes certain that he gets some water to drink, and he starts in on the salad. But then he hears Clangden talking to Sturtevent, and he nearly chokes on his food.
Shirri the Hooded Thursday February 27th, 2003 6:24:26 AM
"Canst thou..?" the half-elf maiden teases Mordrid softly, then uses a gentle yet insistent touch to the underside of his chin to get the famous bounty hunter to look at her once more. "Words be the purview of my profession, dear Sir Mordrid, that I may weaveth a tapestry of divine beauty and grace for thee should it be thy wish. For me, however, 'tis the truth of thy emotion that doth sway me. True love doth shore up any shortcomings perceived by thyself, so if thou sayeth that thou hast not words, ask for them of me, my love, and never shalt thou lack for speech." Shirri glances towards the table.
"Now, then, my lord," she says, "Let us sup with our friends and colleagues...duty doth call."
Jus Thursday February 27th, 2003 9:06:26 AM
Jus was about to answer Tericus regarding their impending "business", when Dahlia enters the conversation. Deferring to her, Jus listens quietly. Dahlia reminds him quite a bit of his sisters growing up -- a casual conversationist; someone who could be a good friend upon your first meeting. This is a luxury Jus hasn't had since Addinein's sister left.
Sitting to one side of Dahlia, Jus laughs when she mentions Nonam's hair. "I would say his hair let us know how he's feeling, but we've never had trouble with that in Nonam."
Addinein Thursday February 27th, 2003 9:42:38 AM
Having followed the others around the table Addinein finds that he didn't have to change his seat much since he had intended on keeping an eye on this pseudo dragon.
Catching Dae'lin's eye Addinein comments, "I find that I still have some trouble with the surface world's foods. "
Dae'lin Thursday February 27th, 2003 2:39:33 PM
Intrigued by this last statement, Dae'lin responds, "What do you eat at home?"
Joe Of The Hand Thursday February 27th, 2003 2:53:41 PM
Joe watches Mordrid and Shirri, making quite sure that his friend and comrade never sees him looking. His gaze wanders from those two to Sturdavent and the new overlord. Suddenly there is pain and sadness in his eyes. Looking at his food he pushes it away and crosses to Valdor. Leaning down he quietly wispers into the mans ear. "Dear friend I seem to have taken ill, i feel the need for fresh air. When the ceramony comences call me through the ring and I will return." With that the mage dissapears.
Mordrid Thursday February 27th, 2003 4:09:47 PM
Mordrid pulls the chair back for Shirri to sit. Once she does, he begins to take his place next to her. But then he sees Joe take his leave. Mordid gives Valdor the "what the hell is that all about" look?
Sturtavent [DM Jerry] Thursday February 27th, 2003 10:15:02 PM
Sturtavent sighs and turns a weary eye to Clangden. After a moment, his stare becomes sharp. He then relaxes and drinks the rest of his water in one swallow holding it up for a refill.
Turning to The Overlord, he begins to speak to her in low tones.
Gareth Thursday February 27th, 2003 10:25:29 PM
The warrior makes polite conversation with around him but casts a wary eye around the area from time to time, hoping his natural suspicion is not warranted and that the scrying and teleport thing was taken care of by the casters since he has no way to resist any of that. He enjoys the evening and meal immensly. "So how fare things in Plateau City? Have things returned to normal there or is intrigue and backstabbing still the normal order of things? I never heard how things turned out with the council. Are you still banished?".
Clangden Thursday February 27th, 2003 10:40:12 PM
sighs with disgust when his question to Sturtavent is sluffed off. looking in Tericus' direction he coughs quietly, but loud enough to gain his attention. when Tericus looks, he nods to the doors that lead outside. getting up he bows slightly to the Overlord, then, pushing his seat back in he walks out through those doors.
if Tericus follows him out, he is found leaning against a stone column, picking at his fingernail. if Tericus doesn't show up, (well, that would be another post)
DM Jan Thursday February 27th, 2003 11:36:30 PM
The evening progresses, the salad plates are whisked away, only to be replaced by the next course.
This turns out to be poached fish - one whole fish on each plate, and a rather strange looking fish it is, too - gold with black spots and sharp, spiny fins. However, once it is cut open, it proves to be white and flaky, with a pleasant, mild taste. It is served with a small pile of steamed vegetables.
"Fish is becoming a staple food, here in the City," explains the Overlord to the Golds. "Our fishermen tell me the lake is plentiful, and most of what they catch is perfectly edible. Right now, the jungle across the water will not allow us to clear land for crops and grazing - it has a mind of it's own, and dislikes intrusion immensely. In fact I've been told the jungle is quite dangerous."
Bryndal Thursday February 27th, 2003 11:40:42 PM
The tiny dragon finally settles and drapes herself across Dae'lin's shoulders, her eyes following the dark elf's movements as he talks to her companion.
Valdor Friday February 28th, 2003 1:05:43 AM
Valdor eats everything on his plate, trying his best to use good manners, but enjoying the meal anyway.
He answers Gareth as he awaits the next course,"Of course there's still the political nonsense and back stabbing, just as there will always be. And just as there is in this fine city as well. Anywhere people populate, there will be those who wish what others have and those who are jealous of others. And no, we are no longer banished. I still don't know why I haven't taken their heads for that. We were slandered, falsely accused, and they tried to kill us. Yet, I suppose, it wouldn't do any good to become assassins and I simply refuse to stoop to their level. And, is Clangden grumpier than normal, or is it just me?"
Tericus Friday February 28th, 2003 7:08:30 AM
"Umm, excuse me for a moment. Ill go check on our friend." Tericus says as he stands up and goes to check on Clangden. when he catches up with the dwarf he says "Whats up?"
Mordrid Friday February 28th, 2003 9:08:43 AM
Mordrid grumbles softly to whoever will listen, "sentimental group we have here. I wonder if there will be anyone left in here by the end of the evening."
Mordid will make a listen check to catch any of what Surtavent and the Alicia.
Clangden Friday February 28th, 2003 9:29:26 AM
(ooc, sorry for this ooc, but I need Tericus' email address, figure what I need to say to him should be done via email)
Nonam Friday February 28th, 2003 9:51:11 AM
Nonam looks at Gareth and Valdor, "Don't worry about teleportation, gentlemen. I had the furniture rearranged." The wizard laughs and looks at the two warriors, "Come on. That's funny."
Valdor Friday February 28th, 2003 10:19:09 AM
Valdor involuntarily snorts while drinking his water and gets a little choked up. When he finally gets it down, he laughs and replies,"Wait until I'm done drinking next time, will you?"
He laughs aloud, not bothered at all by the 'political incorrectness' he's displaying. He's known most of these people for quite a long time, and he isn't concerned about being prim and proper to the point of ridiculous. He momentarily remebers Gareth running to fight fire giants, then poof! The floor drops out from under him......oh well, time for such conversation later.
He replies to the Overlord,"This fish is indeed tasty. I haven't ever been a big fan of fish or chicken, tending toward beef myself, but this is delicious. I guess, though, I've never really given fish a chance, since I have to eat an entire whale normally to get full, where only a single cow can almost sate my hunger."
He winks at Mordrid, who knows his mighty appetite is not too far off from this statement. He's grinning when he says it.
Mordrid Friday February 28th, 2003 12:15:08 PM
Mordrid leans over to Shirri, "So tell me what you've been doing lately."
Dahlia Friday February 28th, 2003 6:10:04 PM
About to respond to Jus, she stops as Tericus excuses himself and watches him follow the dwarf out the doors. Turning back to Jus, she looks at her fish and then tries it. Hmmm, "Not Bad. Though I do prefer coneys or pheasant." We we're just in Fae Skiener ourselves, Tis a very strange place, though very beautiful, indeed and one I was glad to return from.
As she hears Nonan's comment down the table and Valdor's laugh , she smiles. "Now that is how everyone should be, frequently. It is good for the heart and soul." Moving the furniture is good, but I think raising the floor about 6- 8 inches might be more amusing."
Tericus Friday February 28th, 2003 8:58:30 PM
its samsandmaries@aol.com tim
Gareth Friday February 28th, 2003 11:00:58 PM
The warrior smiles as Valdor describes the state of things in Plateau City - and in the Big Float. "I'd say you've got the politics thing right, Valdor. No reason to lose any sleep over the junk they do - just keep them from going off the deep end is all we can hope for... I wonder how this new High Lord Mayor will be? She seems up for the task - and she sure isn't hard to look at. Maybe she'll be different? So what do you think about figuring out where this place is exactly? Any idea if Joe could help out in that area. I imagine if he can't find it then we really have a problem.".
Addinein Saturday March 1st, 2003 12:44:52 AM
ooc sorry for delay. Was waiting on a little guidance and haven't had a reply just yet.
Nick Saturday March 1st, 2003 12:52:16 AM
Nick takes a seat next to Nonam, and for the most part - eats what is put in front of him and listens to the conversations around the table. He wonders a little about the newly elected Overlord. To him, she didn't seem old enough to have the experience necessary, although - if he was to be fair, looks were the last thing to go by, and maybe thats the way they did things, here. Youth had it's merits, too. Interesting. Even more interesting are the various comings and goings within both parties. He wonders what made Joe just cut out like that. The elf had had a strange look in his eyes right before he left.
DM Jan Saturday March 1st, 2003 1:12:56 AM
The fish is followed by the main course - beef chateaubriand, served with tiny roast potatoes tossed in herbs, and a variety of steamed vegetables. Gravy boats, filled to the brim with a tasty mushroom gravy, are placed on the table, whereupon they immediately sprout tiny legs and begin to walk around, occasionally bashing into one another and spilling a little of their contents on the table cloth.
Hot on the heels of that, comes dessert - vanilla mousse, molded in the shape of a flower, with caramel sauce. The vanilla flavouring is exquisite, leaving a lasting impression of wellbeing.
Once everyone has had their fill, the table is cleared, and drinks are served before the ceremony begins. It is almost time....
Sturtavent [DM Jerry] Saturday March 1st, 2003 10:31:14 AM
Sturtavent holds in a grin as Clangden covers up the message he sent to him so well. [sent via email] He thinks, 'boy that dwarf can act.'
He looks around the room and spots Daelin and her dragon. Making a decision, he gets up and goes over to her.
"I don't believe I've had the pleasure of meeting your honorable companion?"
He lets a bit of his nature show through his eyes to be sure the dragon knows who he is and bows before the small beast.
"It is pleasurable to meet you Bryndal."
Valdor Saturday March 1st, 2003 3:37:24 PM
After eating his meal, Valdor leans over to Nonam and says, while pointing at the beef,"You gonna eat that? If not..."
He winks at Gareth with a smile on his face. He continues to watch Sturdevant ever now and then, and his eyes constantly dart to the exits and entrances, expecting the Black Dragons or something like them to come in any time.
Clangden Sunday March 2nd, 2003 8:23:38 AM
re enetering the hall, Clangden foes and retakes his seat just when Valdor starts spying other peoples plates for any leftovers. picking up his plate, and getting up, he walks over to Valdor and places his plate in front of him saying: here ya go m'boy, you need this more than I do, considering you are still a young pup and you'll need all the nutrition for your still growing bones. he can be heard saying as he walks back to his seat: and that small brain of yours. when drinks are served, he foregoes his usual mug of ale, and asks for a sniffer of brandy, aged 10 years to the day. and does what noone expects, he "sips" it, savoring every taste. closing his eyes, and leaning back in his chair, you'd think he was going to sleep again except the motion of the sniffer going from the table, to his lips and back makes you realize he aint.
Valdor Sunday March 2nd, 2003 12:48:47 PM
Grinning at Clangden, Valdor says,"Now that's more like it, and I was just kidding, but, if you're not going to eat it...okay, can't let this delicious food go to waste."
Dae'lin Sunday March 2nd, 2003 10:03:27 PM
Dae'lin eats the delicious food that has been prepared, alternating between bites to feed Bryndal delicate bits of fish and beef.
Jus Sunday March 2nd, 2003 10:08:36 PM
Jus muses over the fish and Dahlia's comments, "It is good, I suppose." With a grin Jus adds, "I had something made of fresh fish everyday growing up -- it practically spoiled me against it ever since."
Jus finishes this and the other courses, relishing food that hasn't been dried to a leathery toughness. "I've always preferred a lighter, vegetable meal -- but our leader", Jus jokes, indicating Gareth, "tends to choose places that only serve barely-cooked red meat."
Alicia - The Overlord Sunday March 2nd, 2003 11:47:40 PM
Alicia keeps her topic of conversation with Sturtavent to non-confrontational subjects. It's small talk for the most part that Mordrid overhears - two strangers trying to break the ice.
Far too nervous to eat much, she pushes her plate of beef away after a couple of bites. "There's a little more here, too," she says, "if anyone is still hungry." The meal at least was proving to be a relaxed affair, not quite what she was used to, but the lack of formality was a good thing, she decided. Gods, she needed to loosen up. Her mother would have been appalled at seeing food being passed to and fro between plates, but to Alicia, the freedom of petty restriction was becoming more attractive by the hour.
As Sturtavent excuses himself, she takes the opportunity to just sit and observe for a little while. These were good people and it was an honour to share the same table.
As for her aide, Terran - she notices he is hanging on to Valdor's every word, completely awestruck.
Addinein Monday March 3rd, 2003 1:55:44 AM
Throughout the meal one might think that Addinein was a picky eater since he forks his way through a lot of the dishes and eats very sparingly. It seems to take him a long time to eat. Speaking to Dae'lin in between mouthfuls, "There are the obvious differences that one can see with the foods. That helps to unnerve one to a certain extent. There also seems to be a very different flavor to the way the meal is prepared. Granted you cannot find some of the funguses and mushrooms that we typically use for flavoring. Some of the cave slugs and stuff which are highly prized do not come on your list either."
ooc Last time I looked at the repose Dae'lin's sheet said 'him, his'. ;)
Shirri the Hooded Monday March 3rd, 2003 8:02:58 AM
Shirri speaks with Mordrid in low, lilting tones--after the bounty hunter had decided to give farm life a try, she had gone back to the location of her temple's headquarters to study and meditate upon which of the "new" Woldian gods she would be best suited to follow. It had soon become clear to her that Flower was the goddess whose philosophy Shirri wholeheartedly believed in, and so the half-elf had applied herself to qualifying for the specific tenets of becoming a Troubadour for the goddess of love. Soon after attaining that position, however, Shirri had been summoned to the aid of Dirt City, where she'd met with the other Gold Dragons active in the group. The rest of the story Mordrid knew already, so the veiled priestess didn't repeat it.
Her amethyst eyes--while dwelling mostly upon Mordrid himself during dinner--didn't miss Joe's withdrawal, nor Alicia's admirable handling of the current situation.
"What dost thou think of the new Overlord of the City, my lord..?" she asked Mordrid. "The lass doth possess mettle, methinks..."
Dae'lin Monday March 3rd, 2003 10:44:11 AM
Dae'lin nods approvingly with regards to the mushrooms, "Good mushrooms are incredibly hard to come by unless you know how to grow them yourself... which I don't." However, he obviously blanches at the idea of eating cave slugs, but approaches the subject diplomatically, "Cave slug is not something I've ever had the opportunity to enjoy."
Bryndal Monday March 3rd, 2003 11:52:14 AM
Swallowing a few slivers of beef, Bryndal continues to observe, as Dae'lin's conversation with the dark elf continues, registering a little confusion as he balks at the thought of eating cave slug. Bryndal had a more primal attitude toward food - if it was meat, then it could be eaten. Meat was good. Meat meant survival.
Thoughts of sustinance disappear in a flash however, as Sturtavent approaches, and she rears up, her hind claws gripping Dae'lin's shoulder tightly, her eyes glittering with curiosity and excitement.
Dragon... dragon... dragon...
The scales on her tiny hide turn pure gold.
Mordrid Monday March 3rd, 2003 12:21:34 PM
Leaning to Shirri, "She reminds me of Claudia." Although Mordrid tries to hide it, these words resound of an old pain inside. The statement doesn't sound too much like a compliment.
Dae'lin Monday March 3rd, 2003 12:48:06 PM
Dae'lin winces at Bryndal's grip, and his eyes flash silver as Sturtevant speaks to him. The draconic blood within the elf sorcerer ignites in the presence of such a powerful dragon, and Dae'lin smiles, his eyes continuing to flash silver, "This is Bryndal, and she seems to like you. Which of course makes perfect sense my lord." Dae'lin stands briefly and extends his hand to the dragon.
Nonam Monday March 3rd, 2003 2:40:01 PM
Nonam stares at Clangden in uncomprehending confusion for a moment, then he offers his beef to Valdor (or Gareth if Valdor has enough with his and Clangden's food) "Here take it. I thought the fish was the main course! I can't eat more than one animal per meal." Then he looks over at Nick to see if his other eating companion has a more normal appetite than these musclebound warriors.
Dahlia Monday March 3rd, 2003 7:42:17 PM
Picking through her food and trying a little bit of everything, dahlia listens to her dining companion and chuckles at Jus's comment about Gareth and then looks popintedly at Valdor. "I think our leaders are quite a bit more alike than perhaps they would like to admit. In fact I would wager that each of us has someone in the other group that have more than suurface similarities.
The Table is Cleared [DM Jerry] Monday March 3rd, 2003 7:53:20 PM
After all are filled, the staff being hardly notices, clears the table. A podium is brought out.
A man in coattails asks Gareth, "Sir, do you need a podium? A stand? A spotlight? What are your needs sir for the meeting portion of this event?"
The staff with a bow excuses itself locking all the doors so as to insure privacy. Guards can be seen to take positions around all the entrances as the security is set.
A worker approaches Joe and says, "Sir do you want to come in before we secure the room?"
Finally a worker comes to Nonam and says, "Sir, all is ready and secure. You may start your meeting when you are ready."
Tericus Monday March 3rd, 2003 9:14:01 PM
"I'm back," Tericus says as he takes his seat. "Did I miss anything?"
Valdor Tuesday March 4th, 2003 12:44:12 AM
Seeing the formalities about to begin, Valdor grabs a seat on the back row, allowing the High Lord Mayor and the Overlord the front row seats. He thinks of some things to say, even if in his own mind, these had been accepted as true members months ago.
Clangden Tuesday March 4th, 2003 1:21:57 AM
Even though no one else does, he stops and thanks the serving folks on a job well done. Then, seeing Valdor assuming a position near the rear, Clangden grabs 2 mugs of ale, and goes and sits beside Valdor, offering him one of the mugs.
Turning to Valdor he says, "Val, old friend, I just HATE these things. If I find out it was you that got this to happen, you and me are gonna go outside and have a loooong talk."
Then Clangden turns back, facing the front with a 'Hrmph.'
Shirri the Hooded Tuesday March 4th, 2003 6:08:00 AM
Shirri thanks the servants for the excellent meal (OOC: shame on you, Tim, for assuming that she wouldn't!) and seats herself where indicated. She also resolves to have words with the Wildmage as soon as the opportunity presents itself.
Addinein Tuesday March 4th, 2003 7:17:08 AM
Addinein becomes quiet as the exchange goes on with Bryndal. As the meal finishes Addinein moves to wherever he is motioned to.
Valdor Tuesday March 4th, 2003 10:24:14 AM
Valdor gladly accepts the mug of ale and replies innocently, "Who, me? I would never think up something like this."
Nonam Tuesday March 4th, 2003 11:28:46 AM
Nonam looks a bit suprised that he was singled out to start the meeting, but he thanks the servant for his efficiency and gets up and heads to the podium.
"Well, I guess we should get this meeting of the Dragon Consortium started. First of all, I'd like to thank the Overlord of Floating City for hosting this gathering. Now, the last time we all met, it was a time of trepidation. We reorganized the Dragon Consortium to end corruption, and we laid plans for war. Tonight, our reason for gathering is much more joyous. We're here for something that is long overdue, the induction of two new members to the Consortium: Clangden Swiftaxe and Addinein of house Millithor. My apologies that this took so long to do officially, gentlemen, but as you know, we've been pretty busy lately."
"Clangden and Addinein have been adventuring with the Storm Dragons for some time and have proved their worthiness for full participation in the Dragon Consortium on countless occasions. I'll now turn the floor over to my fellows Jus, Tericus, and Gareth, so that they may recount some of the tales of the brave dwarf and the friendly drow. Then I suppose it would be appropriate for our government leaders to say a few remarks, and then the Dragonstone may conduct the official swearing in."
Nonam grins at everyone and turns the podium over to the next speaker.
Clangden Tuesday March 4th, 2003 1:06:43 PM
elbowing Valdor hard in his side he remarks out of the side of his mouth: I knew this was your doing. i'm gonna throttle you when this is over.
(whispering to Valdor)
don't you think I have enough titles on my shoulder, now this? <sigh> when I retire, i'm gonna go live on a mountain and not let anyone know so I wont have people cheering at me, offering me gifts or calling me sir.
Sturtavent Tuesday March 4th, 2003 1:46:03 PM
Sturtavent grins as he overhears Clangden's comments to Gareth. He thinks, 'Now there would be a grand battle...if it was done in fun.'
He sighs.
It is a nice thing to not be in charge of a meeting for once.
Gareth Tuesday March 4th, 2003 1:46:36 PM
The warrior nods to the wild mage as he makes a very eloquent speech and get things rolling.
With a seldom seen big grin, Gareth begins. "I must say I never expected to be doing this sort of thing whenever we all first began adventuring together. I was all about swinging a sword and killing the bad guys - nothing more. Life as a Knight is different and one of those differences is that we get to "officially" recognize those who become not only our friends, but fellow fighters for good and justice. There is something that happens between friends when somebody saves your life a few times and you save theirs. A bond not easily defined or broken. Clangden and Addinien have been doing just that with this group for a long time now and we have been remiss in our duties to say for all the Wold to hear that they are our fellows and our equals in every way, even though there has been much to do in the recent past.".
With a flair, the warrior stands to his full height, bristling with purpose and intensity that comes from being a seasoned adventurer. His voice booms over the audience. "Those who are here in attendace, know this - and take the message far and wide!". Addinien and Clangden are Storm Dragons and the existing members of this group have all agreed that they are not only worthy of the title as they have earned it in their day to day efforts, but are our closest companions and friends.". He steps back and surrenders the podium to the next speaker.
Valdor Tuesday March 4th, 2003 2:42:19 PM
As Gareth heads to the podium, Valdor leans back over and whispers back,"My, aren't you the humble one. Your new title will be Sir Vomit-a-lot! That way, you can be sure people will give you your proper due. Enjoy the moment, knucklehead."
After Gareth's speech, Valdor claps and gives a 'Bravo!'
Mordo Tuesday March 4th, 2003 3:43:50 PM
After enjoying his meal, Mordo finishes off his favorite beverage ... mint tea. He has kept quiet. Mordo rarely talks during his meals. The act of talking while ingesting food was always seen as vulgar behavior back at the monastery. However, he realizes that with different cultures comes different ways. So he tolerates it. However, he thought it was comical that they believed making slurping sounds was rude instead. Mordo smiles to himself after remembering the time he sat down at a dinner table surrounded by common folk. How everyone stared at him for drinking his soup straight from the bowl. It embarrassed him so ... but now he looks back on it as a funny lesson of life.
When the Dragon Consortium meeting begins, Mordo starts to get up from his chair. He thought it wasnt his place to be a part of such procedings. However, no one else was getting up to leave and no one asked him to. His ears perks up in interest. He relaxes back down into his seat and continues to listen.
Sturtavent [DM Jerry] Tuesday March 4th, 2003 4:37:51 PM
Sturtavent stands and turns where he is.
"I approve of this informal handling of the formalities so to speak. There, however, remains one final thing. Do Addenein and Clangden accept this position which is sometimes an honor and much of the time a burden. If they would one at a time stand and speak from their heart."
Nick Tuesday March 4th, 2003 7:56:19 PM
While still at the dinner table, Nick chuckles at Nonam's comments.
"My father is a plantation owner near Plateau City. I remember he once held a 20 course banquet to honour his cousin's marriage to some fair lady or other. Alas I was too young to attend, so I hung around the kitchens instead. That seemed to be where all the action was. You should have seen the leftovers. I think I made myself quite sick that day, and it taught me a good lesson - to take just a little. I also learned that food from tables such as these is never wasted. I suspect that once it leaves this room, it will be distributed far and wide, with alarming efficiency."
A little later, Nick takes a seat somewhere in the midst of everyone. After the Dragon Consortium business a few months ago, he'd paid a visit to his elders at the Temple of Alemi on Plateau City in order to recieve their blessing. After all he was part of their order too, and had been well before meeting the Dragons. This was serious business.
Alicia - Overlord Tuesday March 4th, 2003 9:15:39 PM
A smile and a nod passes between Alicia and those who had waited the tables tonight. They had done an excellent job this evening and the food had been delicious.
Then, it was on to business. She had left orders for the group not to be disturbed, and for the outer doors to be well guarded against intrusion. Hopefully that would be enough.
Alicia takes a seat, content to wait and watch for the moment, and take her cue from Sturtavent. Nonam's thanks brings a warm smile to her face, and Gareth's proclamation makes her feel thankful that they were there when she needed them. They had all earned that accolade, as far as she was concerned.
If the truth be known....
She was still having nightmares about all that - thinking she had woken up in her bedroom, to find that the far wall had disappeared, and instead there was nothing but a grey mist, cold, shifting; shadows shuffling toward her, gaining substance, bones, and rotting flesh, and that awful scent of blood. Sometimes it took a while to awaken from it, as if the Shadowlands was still there, deep in her soul, unwilling to let go. She remembered the escape, clinging to Tericus like a barnacle on a boat, someone's mad laughter; it seemed that half the group had gone crazy at one point, until at last they were back in the light.
Oh yes, anyone willing to go there deserved the highest honour.
Realising she was dwelling on it, bringing it back to life, Alicia shrugs her shoulders, and focusses on what is being said.
Valdor Wednesday March 5th, 2003 2:04:55 AM
Valdor elbows Clangden in the side and says softly,"Hey, wake up, he's talking to you. And don't vomit on the stage, please. I have to go up there in a little while."
Dae'lin Wednesday March 5th, 2003 3:22:09 AM
Dae'lin listens attentively to the proceedings, smiling, and in good spirits to be among such noble heroes and good folk that are present. Noting Valdor's 'back of the class' antics, the elf catches his leader's eye briefly, and sticks his tongue out at the warrior, smiling all the while. Dae'lin then retracts his tongue and turns back to pay attention without missing a beat.
Valdor Wednesday March 5th, 2003 11:07:34 AM
Valdor smiles at Dae'lin, stands up and says,"Before anyone else takes the stand, there are a few things I'd like to say, as well."
He walks up to the podium with purpose, suddenly with a very serious look on his face.
Valdor Wednesday March 5th, 2003 11:44:19 AM
Valdor takes a deep breath, letting his eyes fall on all assembled. After a minute, he smiles greatly and begins, "My friends, we meet in this room as equals and friends. Regardless of our position, ability, or any other factor, we are equals. We enjoyed a fabulous dinner, amusing and entertaining conversation, but we are really here for the purpose of adding, officially anyway, new members to each of our groups.
"Most of you, I have known for many years, some only recently met. You all know that I was named the Dragonstone at the last Dragon Consortium by none other than Lady Maab, herself, an honor known by only two others. I didn't feel worthy then and do not now. However, I accepted this responsibility, out of necessity and obligation.
"Part of being a member of any group, at any level, is based on friendship, honor, obligation, and responsibility. We establish bonds that, as Gareth so well stated, cannot be broken, even by death.
"Being a member of a Dragon Group means being above pettiness. Protecting those who cannot protect themselves. Being noble and honorable, in ALL things. Being unselfish and kind. All these traits and more are necessary to carry the mantle that is to be laid upon you. None of us is perfect, me least of all. Will we make mistakes? Yes. Errors in judgment? Yes. What sets a group or person apart, is their ability to stand up and take responsibility and correct any problem. Are there times we will disagree? Of course. But we must make a stand for what is good and right. We must be examples to all. As such high level adventurers, there are always eyes watching, wanting us to fail, or watching us succeed. Children want to be like us, some politicians want to manipulate us or cause our downfall.
"My friends, we must not fail. There are times for new beginnings. This is such a time. I submit and ask, if you feel that I, Mordrid, Joe Hand, and all other Gold Dragons are worthy, that Father Nick, Dae'lin, Shirri, Mordo, and Dahlia, officially become members of our group, with knowledge of what is expected and required of them, if they choose to join us."
He steps back and then says, "I need some ale, that's a lot to say."
Clangden Wednesday March 5th, 2003 12:31:27 PM
Reluctantly Clangden rises from the back row, and walks up to the podium, whereupon he hands Valdor a mug, whispering, "Drink this, it'll keep your mouth closed and out of trouble."
He closes his eyes for a few seconds, then opens them to scan everyone and everything in the room, stopping for a brief second while looking at Alicia, and giving her a quick smile.
"Before I accept this honor there is something I need to get out in the open. It's not just directed at the Storm Dragons, but to everyone else in attendance.
"I, in my heart, had a large battle going on in anticipation of tonight, and as Tericus can attest to, I almost turned the honor, nay, privilege, down, but what Valdor spoke of rang true in my heart, and by not accepting the position would've been less than honorable. It is true that everyone makes mistakes, and I have made my own and seen many as well by others, but by not accepting the honor that is being bestowed upon me tonight, would have done no one any good. Instead I find myself wanting to accept, if nothing else, to help us all realize just who and what we are. To make us all better Dragons. We all must come to terms that first and foremost we are here to Serve. We are not here for personal gain nor are we here for recognition. If that is why you are here, you need to reevaluate your position. I accept the offer to join the Dragon Consortium by becoming a full member of the Storm Dragons for the main reason of: by doing so, I can Serve more people."
Walking up to Alicia, then kneeling in front of her, he places his axe on the ground beside her, and says, "I swear loyalty to you, mi'lady, where you deem me to go, I will go, and serve unerringly til my last breath."
Then, rising, he goes to Sturtevant. Kneeling in front of him, he places his axe on the ground beside him, and says, "I swear loyalty to you, mi'lord. Where you deem me to go, I will go, and serve unerringly til my last breath."
Then to the Storm Dragons: Jus, Tericus, Gareth, Nonam, Addenein. Running the palm of his hand along his axe until blood drips on the ground at their feet he says, "With my last drop of blood, I will serve with you."
Clangden then goes up to Valdor, takes the mug from him, and goes and retakes his seat.
And wraps his bloodied hand.
Valdor Wednesday March 5th, 2003 1:15:23 PM
Clangden notices that the mug is empty.
Eyes [DM Jerry] Wednesday March 5th, 2003 1:36:24 PM
As Valdor hands the mug to Clangden the words he spoke come back to him. "As such high level adventurers, there are always eyes watching, wanting us to fail, or watching us succeed."
At that moment, time freezes for a moment. Just for an instant, he sees those eyes. Eyes full of Power. Dozens of them. Focused upon this room. This night.
Then behind those eyes he sees possibilities. He sees them in the form of puppet strings. Some broken by the hearts of those in the room. Others tugging upon the hearts therein. Pulling them in various directions to achive varying results.
Just for a moment, he realizes that his speech cut some cords and strengthen others. He notices thick ropes connecting him and those he loves: Mordrid, Joe. Lessor ropes connecting the rest of the Gold Dragons--more tenuous, in danger of being cut.
A new string shoots from him to Clangden and takes hold pulling on both hearts. And strangely enough a red string shooting from the Overlord to the High Lord Mayor warm with feeling.
As the vision fades, he sees cords sprout from Clangden to each of the Storm Dragons. Tight cords. At the same time, many cords are broken between Clangden and the eyes that ever watch. Ever manipulate.
Jerry Wednesday March 5th, 2003 1:38:38 PM
[OOC: You may post as needed until the meeting is done. I am truly enjoying this. I hope you are too.]
Dahlia Wednesday March 5th, 2003 7:26:37 PM
Taking a deep breath Dahlia stands, and then hops up on her chair so that she can see the others at the table. Looking slowly at each person assembled and holding their eyes for a few seconds each, she ends catching and holding Valdor's eyes.
"I have been part of two families in my life time. The first, my gypsy clan, is where I come from and has lead me to where and who I am today in many ways. My second family I have come upon quite recently, but am no less, and in many ways am more attached to in more meaningful ways - are the Gold Dragons. From the moment Valdor peeled of the blindfold and ropes holding me, I could feel that these people were special in more than just normal ways. They not only accepted me for who I am, but embraced me for it and made me feel welcome and a part of the big things they were doing. I have never thought of myself as a 'hero' or as a person who would do 'great things,' but even near death, by a Black Dragon's hand, I felt myself wanting to be with and helping the Gold Dragons, however I possibly could. I truly can say that I love and trust everyone of them with my life and am honored that they find that same trust in me.
"Much of my life has been spent looking for something, and now I know what that was and and where it is. I have found my true family and it is you.
"As for the rest of those in this room -- some of you I have met in passing and other are new aquaintances -- know that as long as you call the Gold Dragons friend, know that I will do what I can to aid any needing help or succor."
Tericus Wednesday March 5th, 2003 8:41:22 PM
"I can take care of that for you," Tericus says to Clangden as he sits back down. Then he whispers to the dwarf, "I didn't know about the Gold Dragons omitting the others. We may be here all night!"
Nick Wednesday March 5th, 2003 10:08:34 PM
Nick stands and gives Dahlia a warm smile after her declaration. He then speaks to the group as a whole.
"Many of my thoughts and feelings echo those of my friend Dahlia, here. I feel greatly honoured to be a part of this group, this family. They have helped strengthen my faith in not only my God, and myself, but in the power of good, and what can be done together, even when the odds seem insurmountable.
"Together we have achieved what some would consider impossible. Of course, Valdor is right when he says we are not infallible; that sometimes we falter, and make mistakes. But, good comes from the will to do what is right. Together, we have that will; it has shone in the face of many an evil foe until they have cowered beneath it. It is strong enough to lift and strengthen those of us who have stumbled, and put us back on the right path. It enables us to protect, and turn the tide of destruction and chaos.
"It is the will of those who would call themselves Dragons, and I am humbled, in awe of the title bestowed upon me, and willing to sacrifice anything I have to become its servant. The will to do good shall prevail."
The Shepherd of Alemi then gives a formal bow, and sits down.
Dae'lin Thursday March 6th, 2003 4:12:13 AM
Dae'lin stands, smiling, and shakes his head in wonder, silver flashes in the bright elf's eyes, and his face grows quickly somber, "Much has been said regarding the ties that bind us... and many are the words that have already passed these lips in deep regard for the good, the friendship, and the love present here today. I look upon those assembled and must wonder, in the great balance, the larger skein of life, is there such an assemblage of evil taking place elsewhere this very day? For what are we without those who have threatened over and over again, the lives and happiness of all. Many, have the choices been made, and it is no small duty which these respective groups demand of their constituent members, but know that as long as there are those who would slink out from that midnight realm, I will be there to oppose them. And in that struggle, I can ask for no better company than that arrayed before me now." Dae'lin sinks into his chair.
Nonam Thursday March 6th, 2003 10:06:34 AM
Nonam takes out three small boxes. He gives one to Clangden and another to Addinein. He holds on to the third one for now.
"Friends, these are just a couple of little welcome gifts. They aren't artifacts or anything, but I hope they'll serve you in time of need. But most of all, I hope they remind you of our friendship." Clangden's box contains a masterfully crafted +1 dagger with a pearl handle, and Addinein's has an amulet of natural armor +1.
He hands the third box to the Overlord and waits for her to open it. Once she does, he explains the gift. "That is a bracelet of friends milady. There are seven charms upon it. When you pluck a charm it will summon one of your friends to your side. Four of the charms are already keyed to Gareth, Jus, Tericus, and myself, so that we might be there should you ever have need. I imagined that Clangden and Addinein would want to be bound tonight to two of the other charms, but I leave that choice to them. That will leave the 7th charm for whomever you might wish."
Joe Of The Hand Thursday March 6th, 2003 11:20:38 AM
At the end of Valdor's speech Joe steps out of the shadow and speaks softly. "Well spoken my friend, well spoken." Joe goes and stands behind Valdor and Mordrid, a hand resting on each shoulder. Softly so only they can hear, he speaks. "Madness and the very great seem tied hand in hand. It seems that those two things are two sides of the same coin, without the two of you mine would have swallowed me long ago. That cannot be bought or stolen. Even in the moment where two of us left on very diffrent roads and almost came to war you should know that I . . . I . . . I was lost without your council and friendship. I would not lose that again for all the Wold." His hand seems to grip Mordrid's shoulder tightly and then relax. He lightly smooths the great man's doublet and seems slightly embarrassed. "Nothing would be worth that loss to me, ... all I have now and nothing would be worth it." Then he quietly moves back to his seat and rests. He seems distant and lost, but more THERE than he's been in a long, long time.
Valdor Thursday March 6th, 2003 12:04:37 PM
Valdor says from the back of the room,"Oh, I almost forgot the gifts I have brought." He hands a voucher to Clangden and Addenein both.
He says,"Take these to the Catacombs and they will make you each a ring, or other communication device that you guys use."
He looks over at Nonam, Gareth, and Jus, and says,"I have another gift for you guys being worked on right now, but it won't be ready for a few weeks yet. I'll send it to your mansion when it's ready."
He says,"Alas, I have brought no gifts for our own new members. Mordrid, how in the Wold did I let that happen? Joe, any ideas? Your the brains."
Clangden d20+17=26 Thursday March 6th, 2003 12:58:52 PM
Clangden graciously accepts the box and the voucher.
Then having a gift of his own, he reaches down to the figure he was carving earlier and sands off the rough spots. He hands it to Alicia and says, "Yes, I would not object to being atuned to one of your charms."
The Figure made out of polished wood is a likeness of her. (27 toymaking roll, forgot my skill is +18)
He then goes, fills his mug with the pitcher he brought, pours a mug for Valdor too, and then sits down in the back.
Addinein Thursday March 6th, 2003 1:26:16 PM
Watching and listening, listening and watching. Addinein listens to the speeches given by the various people at the table. All of the people he at least recognizes, but not all does he know. But as he watches the speeches delivered and their affect on those gathered, Addinein realizes that there is something special at work here. Having lived for so long within his families estates and learning his life lessons at the cruel hands of the houses, Addinein wonders about how he grew up and where his family is going.
When someone taps him on the shoulder trying to get him to make a speech it takes two or three tries before he understands that he is expected to speak.
Addinein stands and then hesitates as he tries to figure out what he wants to say. In a whisper he starts, "I wish that my sister was here to see this banquet and what it may represent.
Before the Storms touched our family, both her and I shared a bond that could not be explained within our family. We were ever worried about what would happen to us if that bond were to be exposed. Yet from your word and deed here today, you say that kind of bond is what makes the world go around."
Addinein is not comfortable talking about this so he shakes off his doubt and strengthens his voice and continues on,
"I would first like to thank the Storms for coming to my family's aide in helping us come to the surface.
I would also like to thank the Storms for accepting my sister and I into their ranks after my matron sent my sister and I to them. Sadly my sister had another direction to go and could not be here with us.
You talk of family and friends and how they affect you. This concept is not something I am used to sharing with anyone outside of my sister. Forgive me if it seems like this doesn't matter to me because it does. I am duty bound to bring favor upon my family. To have friends"
here Addinein pauses for a second as if to say the word 'friends' was a word he's not really comfortable with,
"does not seem to translate well between my family and anyone not tied to my family. But at the same time my family is now solidly tied to the surface world and I try to make sense of what will happen from there.
But my friends......... the Storms do not see me as just a drow. They see me as their comrade and friend..... In this way I can see what friendship means to other surface people. So if accepting these offerings and such mean that I am to spread friendship around, then I feel duty bound that I must support this in all that I do."
Addinein pauses as he considers whether he wants to say something more or not. When he decides not to, he then sits down. This makes for very awkward moment as people realize that he's done with his speech. Obviously there seems to have been some problems with his translating abilities. Maybe he was a little nervous or something.
Addinein Thursday March 6th, 2003 1:32:17 PM
Taking the voucher and the ring Addinein deposits them in his bag for the moment as he wonders about their meaning.
When asked about whether he would attune to the feather or not. Addinein waits until Alicia looks his way and then he nods his permission.
Valdor Thursday March 6th, 2003 3:11:08 PM
Having been a bitter enemy with drow in the past, Valdor listens intently, wondering how a drow elf could actually be so different from his heritage. He watches the difficulty with which he speaks and is very impressed, knowing that the drow have no word for 'love' and the word for 'friend' is more like companion, but with no feeling to it.
When Addenein finishes and makes his way back to his seats, Valdor walks over to him and extends his hand and says,"I never in my life thought I would say this to a drow elf, but...well, I'm glad to know you."
Sturtavent Thursday March 6th, 2003 5:12:43 PM
"Valdor, Addenein is from House Millithor the same house you went to Menzoberranzan years ago to save from attack. The Storms rescued them a few years ago killing off House Baenre and letting House Millithor appear to have been obliterated in the repurcussions, but instead, they made their way to the surface and now live on the 2nd plateau."
He turns to Gareth, "Does Madam Overlord have a Dragon ring so she can call for help in the traditional way of the Consortium?"
Mordrid Thursday March 6th, 2003 5:13:36 PM
Mordrid has been sitting very quietly, listening to each and every person in turn, with his hands pushed together at his lips, something between prayer and contemplation.
He shifts in his chair when Clangden speaks, for Mordrid is openly moved by the dwarf's words this night.
After Joe approaches from behind and places his hand on Mordrid's shoulder, Mordrid reassuredly grips his hand, and releases. With just a look saying "all is well."
As the speaches come to a close, Mordrid looks to Shirri, scanning her eyes to sense her emotion. Why has she not spoken?
Shirri the Hooded Thursday March 6th, 2003 5:49:00 PM
The half-elf troubadour finds that her heart is so full that even she must take extra time to rein her emotions in and to find the proper verbiage to give voice to them. Shirri glances at Mordrid, squeezing one of his hands with her own, then stands to speak herself.
"Words be my meat and drink, yet am I starved for the means that doth express mine humility and gratitude." she says in her musical voice. "Indeed, the august company present hath robbed me of the opportunity to do more than add mine own vow to hold true the tenets of the Dragon Consortium...I pray that Flower doth grant me the strength and wisdom to e'er uphold the charge given us here this day."
Gareth Thursday March 6th, 2003 11:00:58 PM
The warrior shrugs. "I have not thought to ask. The previous Overlord did so I assumed this one would too.". He looks to Alicia questionlingly.
Dahlia Thursday March 6th, 2003 11:01:45 PM
Throwing a smile Shiri's way, Dahlia turns quietly to her dining partners, a grin on her face. "Now that is truly amazing. I have never seen her at a loss for words."
Valdor Friday March 7th, 2003 12:27:57 AM
Valdor nods his head as Sturdevant reveals the identity of the House that Addenein was from.
"Ah, yes, I see now. I remember that day with all clarity." His eyes go distant, as if viewing the battles that day. Almost in a whisper, he says, "I killed over fifty drow that day. I'll never forget that. They were evil incarnate. Of course they were just doing what they were raised from birth to do. They don't see it as evil, just a way of life in their city. One day, I would very much like to meet the Mother of the House that was strong enough to leave that vile place."
Clangden Friday March 7th, 2003 1:19:59 AM
gets up and goes over and sits down beside Addenien. shifting in hs seat so he is facing him, he says: I want you to know something, for many years prior to me coming here, I stood guard with many whom I call friends. over the entrance to the Drow city where your house came from. Unlike Valdor there, I have known a Drow whom I swore to serve with. maybe you have heard of him. His name is Belgos Yo' Illrimmen. his house was that of Baenre, but he left before they were destroyed and now I consider him not a Drow, but as a friend, as I consider you. (firmly grasps Addeniens' hand in his) I know dwarves and elves have always not seen eye to eye, but, if there is anything ever I can do to make you more comfortable here, with us or abroad, I want you to promise me that you will come to me. (leaning forward to look Add right in his eyes) I swore Loyalty to the Storm Dragons and that means you too, and when someone does you wrong, calls you names, treats you like you are less than them, well, they are doing the same to me. You remind me so much of Belgos, and I am sure that he would be honored to know that someone else from that den of evil has risen above that, and has come forth to answer the call of that which is good and right. matter of fact, I think I will write him and tell him all about you. perhaps one day, I will take you to him.
then, Clangden turns back, and watches everyone else.
Joe Of the Hand Friday March 7th, 2003 10:06:54 AM
Joe wispers to Valdo in answer to the question. "Yes my friend I took care of gifts." From his cloak he pulls out a wooden box for each new member. the box is made of deep red wood stained to look like dark wine. An inlaid gold dragon is carved into the top of each box and has been leaved in gold. The inside when opened is covered in black velvet and in each one lies three things. The frist is a dagger made form prescious metals and jewles, formed into a shape of one mythical beast or another. The second items is an earring clasp that fits over the edge of the ear. The gold dragons all waer such an earring at all times. In fact it painfuly and mostly permanately attached its self to their ears. The third item is a small silver mirrior keyed to the mirrors of all the others. Shapes as if the fmaw of a golder dragon was open and in its teeth it held the mirror.
"I thought these would be the most appropriate gift."
Alicia - Overlord Friday March 7th, 2003 11:15:17 AM
Alicia is greatly moved by what everyone - both Storm and Gold, has to say, and although her face remains serene, there are times when the occasional tear would fall, had she lost her concentration.
She bows graciously as Clangden kneels and swears loyalty, and is torn by Addinein's inner struggle. The gift Nonam presents to her renders her speechless, and the look she gives him, and the others, is one of surprise and deep gratitude. This was no mere trinket and she fully realised its implications. She does of course wait for Clangden's and Addinein's acknowledgment before adding them to the power in the charms. As for the 7th charm... for the moment, she leaves it empty. Binding someone to a charm deserved some discussion at least before it was activated.
She accepts Clangden's very well crafted carving with a warm smile. "It's beautiful," she says. "Thank you."
As for the ring -
Alicia's aide, Terran, stood nearby, whispers something to her. "Oh, the dragon ring!" she exclaims with a smile to Gareth. "I believe I should have it by the morrow. We recieved a note from the Underlord just yesterday. With all the excitment of Mask Day, he forgot to pass it on to me. Apparently the ring will be delivered tomorrow morning by courier, and under guard."
The Overlord will wait until the speeches have been made, and the meeting closed, before asking if everyone wishes to move back into the other room.
There - some of the sofas have been cleared, the bar has been re-stocked, and there's a lively quintet just waiting to play.
Nonam Friday March 7th, 2003 11:25:35 AM
Nonam hoists a glass and declares, "I think it's time for a toast. Dragon friends, here's to you and yours and to mine and ours and if mine and ours ever come across you and yours I hope you and yours will do as much for mine and ours as mine and ours have done for you and yours."
Valdor Friday March 7th, 2003 12:07:51 PM
"What he said!" Valdor says as he raises his mug and downs it.
Gareth Friday March 7th, 2003 7:31:08 PM
The warrior's head begins to hurt a little as he tries to figure out what the mage said - but gives up and just drinks. "Here, Here. To new titles for old friends. May we all stand together for the realm!".
Sturtavent Friday March 7th, 2003 7:56:09 PM
Sturtavent stands, "Well then friends, let's adjurn to the room Lady Alicia has planned; however, as you do so, I have a gift of my own to give Lady Alicia if she trusts me to accept."
He turns to Alicia and his eyes are spinning with mischief.
"Have you ever seen your grand city at night....from the sky?"
Without waiting for an answer, he winks at Joe and begins leading her to the entrance balcony again.
Valdor Saturday March 8th, 2003 1:28:33 AM
Valdor smiles and removes himself from the formal room, a mug of fresh ale in hand. He follows Sturdevant and Alicia to the balcony.
"This, I would like to watch," he says. He gives Joe a head nod to the side, implying he'd like Joe to come outside as well. Joe notices that he has his hand in his bag as he watches them.
Gareth Saturday March 8th, 2003 12:35:09 PM
The warrior smiles as he knows what's coming next. He heads to the balcony with the great dragon and activates his boots but stays land bound for now, waiting for Sturtavent to lead.
Clangden Saturday March 8th, 2003 4:03:04 PM
Following the grand procession, Clangden walks up beside Tericus and says, "There is something I think we should do tomorrow before anything else. I have a bad feeling and I think we should be the ones to guard the ring being brought up." His eyes are shifting left and right, as if he's expecting trouble at any second.
Dahlia Sunday March 9th, 2003 1:59:50 PM
Toasting with the rest, Dahlia can't help feeling something is amiss. As the others head out to the balcony, she follows but as they step outside she steps into a shodow so as to watch inside and out from concealment.
Alicia Monday March 10th, 2003 12:08:22 AM
Alicia joins in with the toast. " - to the Consortium of Dragons!" she adds.
She allows Sturtavent to escort her toward the balcony, his words - 'if she trusts me', 'if she trusts me' running over and over in her mind. Did she trust him? Oh, it was far too soon to talk of trust - but then, that was the Overlord talking, not Alicia the merchant's daughter.
She saw that glint of mischief, and the wink he gave one of the Golds. Glancing toward Gareth, she saw him smile - so perhaps there was nothing to worry about. Perhaps she could leave politics alone for a moment.
"Lord Mayor, I don't believe I've ever had that opportunity," she answers with a confident mask of a smile. "What did you have in mind?"
DM Jan Monday March 10th, 2003 12:12:57 AM
The balcony offers a grand view of the City below; its lights reflect off the surrounding water, and city noise can be heard, drifting upward - a distant, lively, multi-voiced whisper.
A short distance away, out in the water - spots of lamplight - turtlemen, fishing.
As for the horizon - blackness, all around. There were no distant Plateau City shorelights here, and due to the omnipresent cloud cover, no stars in the sky. The closest shoreline held the jungle, naturally dark, bereft of civilization, guarding its whereabouts in the inky blackness.
It seemed as though the Float was a lone, glittering beacon, in a darkness that had no end.
Addinein Monday March 10th, 2003 6:12:09 AM
Taking Valdor's hand Addinein returns the shake even though his rythm is a little off. When Valdor comments about killing 50 drow Addinein stares as it him for a moment trying to decipher what he means. Addinein doesn't agree with many of other houses out there. He may have even killed 50 drow himself. He just wonders about Valdor's motivations. Shelving those ideas for a little bit, Addinein turns attention briefly to Clangdon when he comes and speaks to him.
Listening to Clangdon's little story Addinein doesn't comment as everyone gets shuffled to the next room before there's time to really comment. Addinein would have to search his memory to see if he recognizes the name of said drow that Clangdon has mentioned.
Glad to know that there are many different sources to go to. Addinein just sort of clicks everything to the back of his mind to ponder over.
When the toasts starts Addinein throws his in, "May Wardd grants us the ability to be in the right place at the right time."
Tericus Monday March 10th, 2003 9:47:52 AM
"You're right," Tericus tells Clangden. "Let's make sure at least one of us is there."
Clangden Monday March 10th, 2003 10:45:19 AM
"Not one of us brother, all of us," he answers Tericus, waving a hand at both Dragon groups.
"What better way to start off the new friendship between the groups than for Both groups to provide escort for the ring? If the town saw both the Storm and Gold Dragons providing escort of the ring, it would have purposes: 1. We in our minds would know the ring was safely brought up and 2. It would show unity between the Dragons AND the two cities and 3. Think of the moral boost the city would get."
Turning to Valdor he says, "What say you Valdor, what do you think of the idea?"
Valdor Monday March 10th, 2003 11:14:48 AM
Responding to Clangden, Valdor says,"I think that's a great idea. One purpose, one attitude, two groups as one. Let's watch the High Lord and Overlord enjoy their moment and then go get it."
He seems lost in thought for a moment, then adds to Addenein,"I saw some questions on your face my friend. Speak them, I will answer and hide nothing from a friend."
Nonam Monday March 10th, 2003 3:08:01 PM
Nonam nods his approval of Clangden's suggestion and hangs back inside while everyone else heads out to the balcony. Afterall, the mosquitos on this new lake tend to be a bit thick at this hour.
Sturtavent Revealed [DM Jerry] Monday March 10th, 2003 3:56:07 PM
Sturtavent puts both his hands on Alicia's shoulders as if to say stay right here. Then he moves about 30 paces forward and gives a big sigh as if releasing all the stress in his body. Then he turns looking back at Alicia and the rest of the consortium present.
An ultimate calmess comes over his features and he begins to change shape. Growing and undulating, elongating and enlarging, he, over the course of a few seconds, changes into a mighty Gold Dragon, although he looks a bit thin, just maybe.
He lowers himself down on his front knees and extends one leg towards Alicia.
He thinks at her, "Coming aboard?"
Jus Monday March 10th, 2003 9:21:24 PM
Jus, who had wandered down to the kitchens to talk with the staff and help clean up, finally eases some of the staff's nerves by succumbing to their polite, but insistent, pleas for him to return to the party. The staff's comments about everyone stepping outside is what finally persuaded Jus. Saying a few more goodbye's, and nodding towards the women present, Jus heads back upstairs.
His footsteps fall short, however, as he heads towards the balcony only to see a Gold Dragon -- not one of the members led by Valdor, but a real Gold Dragon -- towering above everyone.
It takes Jus but a moment to recognize the unnatural calmness and security he feels when he looks upon this mighty creature... Sturtavent. From times seemingly eons ago, Jus recalls seeing this True Form, and considers himself blessed once again.
Looking for the Overlord and the once-merchant aide of hers, Jus grins in anticipation of their reaction.
Gareth Monday March 10th, 2003 10:21:10 PM
The warrior watches in amazement as the dragon takes his true form once again. He hides his mild surprise at the look of him as even in an apparently weakened state he is still indeed incredible. "A ride with Sturtavent is an amazing thing! Enjoy yourself!". The warrior watches the spectacle and thinks to the Gold. "I would fly with invisibly to insure no treachery, if it's OK. I have my boots and I will go invisibly.".
Alicia - Overlord Tuesday March 11th, 2003 12:36:00 AM
Alicia takes a step back. She had imagined something different. After all, she had seen people fly by magic more than once. But this...
A dragon. Fine. No problem.
Alemi's sandals, he was a dragon! My, oh my, oh my...
Well, she didn't see anyone else screaming and running, so - she steps forward, and places a heeled foot gently on Sturtavent's leg.
A thought - You're not dressed for this - so utterly mundane, brings a grin to her face, and for a moment, she wrestles with yards of silk and the leg of a creature she'd only seen before in books and dreams.
Finally, she climbs aboard, her heart racing. "What do I hold on to?" she risks asking.
DM Jan Tuesday March 11th, 2003 12:44:49 AM
Jus will arrive just in time to see complete and utter shock register on the face of the tall, bulky figure of the Overlord's aide. Terran looks around uncertainly. "Will - will she be all right?" he asks, not sure exactly whether he was supposed to object or not.
After a few attempts at the same question to all he can meet eyes with, the others might get him to calm enough to go into detail about the dragon ring.
"The Underlord was going to have it delivered into guards' custody at first bell tomorrow, at the entrance to the Underlevel, down on the Trash level. If you wish to escort the ring, you're going to have to get up early," he says. "You all been down the Trash Level before? I know it very well. Worked and lived there for fifteen years."
Valdor Tuesday March 11th, 2003 1:48:00 AM
Valdor puts a reassuring hand on Terran's shoulder and says loudly enough for Gareth to hear, "She'll be fine. Besides, what aid can we give, if the most powerful Gold Dragon in the Wold can't take care of it? Besides, Nonam or Joe can levitate her down, if something happens. And Terran, it's been a long time since I've been down there, so, if you don't mind and can be spared for a short time, we'd appreciate an escort."
Mordo Tuesday March 11th, 2003 2:25:09 AM
Mordo sits motionless. He fights his emotions and a virtual strangle hold after fully realizing what the banquet is about. Mordo an actual Gold Dragon. His hands begin to shake again. He quickly puts his cup down and places his hands below the table. Containing his joy quickly turns to concealing his shame. However he is able to form a slight smile to show his appreciation to the others.
Dahlia Tuesday March 11th, 2003 7:06:08 AM
A slight gasp can be heard eminating from the shadows where Dahlia is posted. Whic is followed by the thought, I can't believe I let that out. Followed by; Sturdevant is a REAL Gold Dragon. Gosh He is beautiful. Oh what it must feel like to really fly.
Clangden Tuesday March 11th, 2003 8:46:25 AM
Spitting up a mouthful of ale, Clangden stares in awe of the real Sturdavent. Even though he saw in his mind what he was, seeing the real thing is something more.
After the shock of the transformation, and knowing Alicia is in the best possible hands in the area, Clangden snaps back to reality, and agrees with Valdor, asking Terran to escort us down in the morning.
After Sturdavent takes flight, Clangden watches for a few moments, then, with the approval of everyone else, he excuses himself from the proceedings and heads out, explaining to Tericus to tell the others that he's gonna go do some stuff before the escort in the morning and that he will talk to him when he gets back.
Clangden leaves.
Dae'lin Tuesday March 11th, 2003 10:18:45 AM
Dae'lin remains with the group as they adjourn to where Sturtavent reveals himself as a gold dragon. While others are shocked and amazed, Dae'lin stands there expressionless, and all he can feel is envy... to the core of his being.
Nonam Tuesday March 11th, 2003 10:25:37 AM
Nonam wonders just why Sturtevent would reveal himself as a dragon out on the balcony in plain sight of any who care to see. He kept his true nature a secret for so long, so why now? Why not in his own city? The wizard sits inside and tries to puzzle out an answer while the others hang out on the balcony.
Mordrid Tuesday March 11th, 2003 1:25:02 PM
Mordrid looks at Nonam and shrugs. "I think the whole affair is unnecessarily risky. If something were to happen to those two right now, two great cities would be without leaders. But, who am I." Mordrid leans against the railing and looks out into the night. "That's OK, if something goes wrong, we can fix it." Mordrid's last comment drips with sarcasm.
Shirri the Hooded Tuesday March 11th, 2003 2:10:10 PM
The ghost of memory stirs in the mind of the veiled troubadour as Shirri sees Sturtavent's true form. Her indulgent smile remains hidden as she catches Mordrid's ironic words. Placing a dainty hand upon one of the bounty hunter's shoulders, she voices agreement in Nonam's direction:
"Aye, 'tis the ordained task of all Dragons to do so."
Addinein Tuesday March 11th, 2003 2:45:42 PM
When Valdor asks about what Addinein was thinking he turns his gaze towards Valdor. Considering his words and his thoughts carefully Addinein resonds, "Your choice of words when describing what happened on that fateful day of our family coming to the surface confused me a little bit. You talk of the fifty drow that you killed and then you talk of how they are evil incarnate.
By what you have said then one might consider that I must be evil incarnate?! But having lived there I take it that you must mean that those drow, or individuals of drow descent must have belonged to houses that were evil or that they couldn't be trusted? I just wish to find the distinction of what you said. I am still getting used to some of these new distinctions that I didn't know existed."
As an after thought Addinein smiles and adds, "I am thinking that if you wish to meet my Matron you may have to be very careful how you say things if she asks your opinion about Drows."
As Sturtavent reveals himself, Addinein has a moment of panic sweep over him. He quickly remembers that he's seen the dragon before but never up this close and personal with time to touch and stare. There was a matter of his own neck being in the noose at the time.
Now that he has time to sit and stare he'll just sit there stunned of the impossibility of it all. Dragons weren't unknown when he was below. But they are even more rare to be seen below than from above, from the talks that he's had with the some of the surface people.
Valdor Tuesday March 11th, 2003 3:25:14 PM
A look of relief crosses Valdor's face and he responds, placing a large arm around Addenein's shoulders. "Ah, you misundestand me. I was re-living that moment when we were talking and remembering how I felt at that time. Let me clarify, I had always believed all drow were purely evil, but I also felt like that was just a result of the way they were raised, and their parents before them and so on. We are all... victims... if you will, of our surroundings. I have changed my viewpoint because of you and your sister. I met her a long time ago and was very impressed. She was not what I remembered drow to be like. So please understand, I never believe ill of anyone, until they prove to me that they are not to be trusted as a friend. Then, however... well, let's just say I'm much better as a friend. Anyway, I'm glad you've joined the Storms. They are good and have their hearts in the right places."
Gareth Tuesday March 11th, 2003 8:51:50 PM
The warrior makes sure that the Overlord makes it onto Sturtavent's back, just simply amazed yet again at his size. He backs away and activates his ring of invisibility as he does, trying to not interrupt the moment but being prepared for anything.
Bryndal Wednesday March 12th, 2003 1:59:26 AM
Once again, the tiny dragon is caught a little unawares by the emotions of her companion.
Pride..... be proud... this is what we are...
Encouragement? A fact, as she sees it, sat there purring on the Dae'lin's shoulder.
Nick Wednesday March 12th, 2003 2:10:04 AM
Nick solemnly thanks Valdor, Mordrid and Joe for the gift. This had been a poignant ceremony, making him think of his family, especially as Addinein's kin were mentioned, and the thought slipped out before he could stop it. Would this be enough, in his father's eyes, to rank him alongside his brothers?
Bah. He was beyond all that now. None of that mattered. Just an old ghost come to haunt him.
With a smile, he joined in with the toast, and ventured toward the balcony. Sturtavent's transformation was a little disquieting, but Nick had seen a dragon before, impressive though the Mayor was, and he was fairly sure all would be well.
At the mention of a trip down to the Trash Level to escort the ring, Nick's eyes light up. "Would we be able to see the whole City? Level by level?" he asked.
DM Jan Wednesday March 12th, 2003 2:19:07 AM
"I would be honoured to take everyone down there," says Terran the aide, glowing with pride. "We should meet an hour before first bell, at the front gate of the palace. That will give us plenty of time."
He nods at the departing Clangden, and says to Valdor, "I just want you to know... during the dark times, me and my brothers - we heard your message. We knew you would win. We painted your name on the walls, and told folks - even when some wanted to make a deal with Plateau...."
The man tails off, realising what he just said, and his eyes shift toward the form of the giant dragon. "Forgive me. I talk too plain."
Back inside the room, one of the staff approaches Nonam. "Are these other ladies and gentlemen staying the night, sir? Only we'll have to make arrangements if they are."
Nonam Wednesday March 12th, 2003 9:31:04 AM
Nonam looks a bit suprised that he spoke his thoughts out loud. He silently vows that he'll be a bit more careful in the future.
When the servant speaks to him, he replies, "I cannot speak for the Overlord's hospitality, but I think that it is likely." Nonam looks over at Shirri and Mordrid, "Of course, you may all stay with us too. Of course the mansion isn't quite as fancy as the Overlord's Palace, but it's a pretty nice place."
Joe Of The Hand Wednesday March 12th, 2003 9:44:13 AM
Joe watches the Gold Dragon prepare to take flight and he shivers a bit. Then looking at Mordrid he smiles. Love makes the wise foolish, a coward brave, and a boy a man. It does not allow the mind to rule, in fact it can make you foolish enough to make a demand of Gargul himself, but then perhaps soon you may see what I mean.
Mordrid's Vision [DM Jerry] Wednesday March 12th, 2003 11:41:37 AM
When Mordrid says the words, "I think the whole affair is unnecessarily risky," two heads whip around to stare at him with surprise: Sturtavent, and Valdor.
At that instant, Mordrid's face goes blank. A moment later, so do the faces of Sturtavent and Valdor.
For Mordrid, his world explodes around him. For a moment, he sees nothing, but then his vision clears and he sees what must be an alternate Wold, for in this Wold, he is the center. Leading out from Mordrid are roads in all directions.
For a moment, these roads are like possibilities, choices he can make and future paths he can try to make real. Almost instantly, however, some of the roads begin to be blocked, as Mordrid senses the awareness of others moving to protect themselves and their interests from his awareness.
Along one road he sees Sturtavent, with Alicia on his back. Sturtavent says, "Amazing! You can see it too! Now, try to change your focus. Try to make me the center. Try to look at the Wold through my eyes. Concentrate!"
However, no matter how hard he tries, Mordrid cannot shift the center of the possibility roads to Sturtavent. He does see however see a couple of possibilities on the road leading to Sturtavent. If Sturtavent and Alicia make the flight alone, indefinite good things can come of it. However, if others tag along, one or both of the leaders will start a set of circumstances that way down the road may lead to some sort of funeral.
Then as suddenly as it began, it ends. Mordrid is slapped back into the normal Wold.
For an instant, Valdor sees a tenuous cable connecting Sturtavent and Mordrid. Almost instantly it is broken.
All that the rest of the assemblage sees is Valdor, Mordrid, and Sturtavent freezing for a moment with their eyes glazing over. Then they are aware again.
Tericus Wednesday March 12th, 2003 12:02:36 PM
"Clangden will be back soon." Tericus says to Nonam.
Valdor Wednesday March 12th, 2003 12:04:48 PM
Snapping back to himself, Valdor says,"Whoa, what is in this ale that you guys have here in the Float? That was intense."
He remembers then that he was conversing with Terran, and responds with surprise on his face, and even a bit of red tint shwing as close to a blush as you will ever see,"You painted my name? By Domi's Hammer am I ever honored. I sure didn't expect such notoriety. I didn't win anything, though. We all did it. It was for everyone, that I did that message...to give people hope who hadn't seen anything to hope for in a long time. To let them know that there were people fighting for good. Oh, and we will be there ready to go in the morning."
Valdor pats him on the shoulder and heads over to Mordrid and says,"Uh, what was that about?"
Shirri the Hooded d20+25=39 Wednesday March 12th, 2003 12:22:23 PM
Shirri looks intently into the face of Mordrid, concern rife in her very stance as the bounty hunter suddenly looks blank. She tries to judge whether he is either being ensorceled or having a mystic experience of some kind. (OOC: rolled a voluntary Spellcraft check of 39.)
"My lord..." she asks when consciousness once more shows in his expression. "Art thou all right? Art thou in need of healing...or rest..?"
Mordrid Wednesday March 12th, 2003 12:33:34 PM
Looking Valdor dead in the eyes, "I don't know. I never claimed to be a smart man, however the moments previous I experienced a glimpse of high reality. I have never experienced such a thing before."
Mordrid turns to face the entire assembledge on the ledge. Raising his voice he speaks loud enough for all to hear. "Sturtavent and Alicia must be allowed to travel alone. Gareth, where-ever you may be, I fear that our interference on this night would have dire consequences."
Mordrid grabs Shirri, "You must trust me. You must tell them. Use your words. make them believe."
Turning to Valdor, "You were there too. What did you see?"
Addinein d20+6=9 Wednesday March 12th, 2003 6:18:59 PM
Watching the proceedings Addinein quickly tries to see if he recognizes anything familiar about what has happened to the three. (spellcraft check of 9).
Gareth Wednesday March 12th, 2003 9:55:37 PM
The warrior calls out to Mordrid. "OK, I'll wait here...". He stands ready to fly on a moments notice.
Dahlia Wednesday March 12th, 2003 10:11:23 PM
Feeling the tension suddenly peek for some reason, Dahlia looks around to see what is about. Other than seing Sturtevant taking off with the overlord, nothing seems to be amiss, and yet..... loosening her sword and daggers, she waits and watches from the shadows.
Nonam Thursday March 13th, 2003 8:43:25 AM
Nonam narrows his eyes and looks around the room at everyone, but he keeps his mouth shut. He really hates not understanding something. And now there are two things that he doesn't understand. Why Sturtevent wants to fly over the city and what just happened to Mordrid?
Joe Of The Hand Thursday March 13th, 2003 9:21:11 AM
Joe looks worried but not frightened. The Wold is affter all a puzzling place.
Jus Thursday March 13th, 2003 10:01:29 AM
Jus listens, curious as to what passed between Sturtavent and Mordrid. However, with a Dragon present, Jus isn't too surprised that strange things are afoot.
"So, what time do we wake tomorrow?"
Tericus Thursday March 13th, 2003 10:57:41 AM
Tericus just shakes his head. "I guess we can expect trouble now."
DM Jan Thursday March 13th, 2003 11:25:19 AM
What just happened? Something wonderful? Or something terrible?
Alicia is watching closely the reaction of the Storm Dragons to all of this. She trusts them, and if they appear apprehensive or worried, then there's no way she will go through with this.
To the Palace man, who was concerned as to whether he should prepare rooms for the Golds, this was an uneasy situation. There was a dragon on the balcony, and folk were beginning to act a little strange. This was an ordinary man, loyal to the Palace, loyal to the Overlord. The kind of magic he employed was the kind that got breakfast on tables, kept the floors polished, and made sure the floral arrangements on various tables were kept fresh. If this situation was a little unnerving to those used to the fantastic, then perhaps it might seem incomprehensible and a little frightening to those who were not.
This man says something about getting some rooms ready, and heads for the door. Fast.
The question remains - are the Golds to stay over at the Storm Dragon Mansion, or here at the Palace?
Meanwhile - on the lower levels, Clangden works his way through various taverns, drinking a quantity of ale that would floor an ordinary man, but of course this was no ordinary man, this was Clangden. Engaging in tittle tattle, chat, gossip, just letting off steam after a grand night... maybe.
Shirri the Hooded Thursday March 13th, 2003 1:53:46 PM
Concern floods the depths of Shirri's amethyst eyes as she contemplates the earnestness of Mordrid's expression. She glances curiously at Valdor--obviously wondering if the leader of the Gold Dragons had, as the bounty hunter seems to assert, shared whatever experience that Mordrid just lived through.
"Methinks there be nothing amiss with allowing my lord Sturtavent and my lady Alicia their flight...such an event wouldst aid in the bonding between not just the two cities, but--of most import--twixt the two people themselves."
Mordrid Thursday March 13th, 2003 2:37:20 PM
Mordrid glances at Shirri, He speaks, "aye"; seconding Shirri's comment.
Up Up and Away [DM Jerry] Thursday March 13th, 2003 5:33:27 PM
Immediately and with no warning, Sturtavent, as if he can't wait another momene longer, leaps into the air.
Soon they disappear into the sky.
About 5 minutes later he sweeps around the side of the Overpalace and lands, quickly transforming back into human form. He nods at her seriously smiles a woeful smile and says, "I'll be in touch soon. Be careful. I'll push that trade declaration through the Council as best as I can."
He turns to the assemblage. "Thank you for the memorable evening. I will treasure it for a long time. Good night all. Duty presses. He bows, and gives Mordrid a reassuring handshake.
"We'll talk soon Mordrid in perhaps...in a short time down the road."
Once again he bows. As he straightens, he vanishes.
Alicia - Overlord Thursday March 13th, 2003 11:43:25 PM
All over before it was begun. That was how it seemed.
Alicia gives Sturtavent a bow, and a warm smile. "The entire City will be indebted to you," she says, and gives a sigh as he leaves. Supressing the urge to run shrieking along the corridors like a school girl after a wild turtle ride, she turns to her guests.
"I believe you will all be staying with us this evening? You are more than welcome. The Palace is yours unless you have made other arrangements. Now I don't know about anyone else, but I could do with a glass of wine."
DM Jan Thursday March 13th, 2003 11:58:52 PM
Compared to the ceremony, the wild dragon rides, and for some - a sudden, jolting 'awareness', like a third eye had just opened for the very first time - the rest of the evening passes in relative calm.
((OOC - Apologies in advance, I'm away now till Sunday))
Valdor Friday March 14th, 2003 2:45:47 AM
"Um, I just caught a glimpse of a contact between you and Sturdevant, Mordrid. It broke off and I kinda woke up, if you know what I mean. That was weird."
He watches the ride with amusement and says to Alicia," Thank you for your offer. I'm not sure where we're planning to stay the night actually. We must get up very early to escort the 'ring-bearer' to your palace. If it's not too much trouble, we'd be honored to stay here. If it's a lot of trouble, the Storms have offered a room at their place as well. Of course, I could grab a couch and be perfectly at home."
Gareth Friday March 14th, 2003 9:06:07 AM
The warrior watches with intensity as the leaders take their flight. Once they return he reappears with relief and bows to Sturtavent before he vanishes. The warrior immediately moves to Alicia's side and offers to escort her "I think wine would be a wonderful idea. Pretty amazing being in the presence of the most magnificent gold in the Wold, isn't it? Several of us had the opportunity to ride on him as he sped away from Plateau City to escape death. It wasn't nearly as joyous as this, but it was awesome nonetheless.".
Joe Of The Hand Friday March 14th, 2003 9:09:53 AM
Joe bows deeply to the Overlord and smiles. "Your offer is genourous to a fault dear lady but there are things that must be done and things that must be checked. I thank you for your hospitality but I must be going." Then looking around at the other Gold Dragons he reacheds into his pocket and pulls out a cube of black glass, turning it over in his palm he finds the side he is looking for and rubs his thumb over it dropping it to the ground. Suddenly there is a huge gate where the cube was and through the gate you can see the meeting hall of the Gold Dragons. "Any one else need or want to go home?"
Nonam Friday March 14th, 2003 9:18:55 AM
Nonam looks up at Joe, "I need to go home, but I'll just walk. Well, maybe I'll take a carriage. You are all welcome to stay the night with us or wherever else you might wish. Goodnight all, I'll see you in the morning when we escort the ring."
The Morning After
Soon [DM Jerry] Friday March 14th, 2003 1:39:33 PM
The night passes uneventfully. Early the next morning the call to awaken comes to all. It is time. The ring is due to leave the Undercity soon.
Nonam Friday March 14th, 2003 3:00:13 PM
Nonam has himself a crust of bread, one egg, and a small cup of juice and waits for the group to head down to the Undercity.
He goes loaded for bear with his full set of adventuring gear. He doesn't really think that he'll need it, but it's good to give the public a show every now and then.
Clangden Friday March 14th, 2003 6:16:12 PM
before sunrise, Clangden returns and fills everyone in on what he found out. (sent an email to everyone but Nonam, dont seem to have his email address. including sending one to Valdor, who I would of contacted as well) getting a few hours of sleep, Clangden wakens before everyone else and gathers all this things. you'd think he was getting ready for a war, but as all of you know, it's his way. always prepared for the worst. and today is no different. when everyone is ready to go, he leads em (like they dont know where they are going) to the ramp to the undercity, showing everyone along the way possible ambush sites and such.
he seems rather nervous, if not paranoid today.
Tericus Friday March 14th, 2003 10:28:58 PM
"Well, im ready to go." Tericus says to the others. like everyone else, hes wearing his normal traveling cloths and armed with all his items and weapons
Gareth Saturday March 15th, 2003 12:57:52 PM
After a short night the warrior awakens, prepares for the mission with his full compliment of weapons and equipment, and joins the others. "Let's get this done...".
Dahlia Saturday March 15th, 2003 2:19:59 PM
After a restless night Dahlia attends to her things and finds herself with the others, loaded for bear, and ready to go.
Jus Saturday March 15th, 2003 5:11:24 PM
Jus awakes and prepares, taking his time and getting his full gear ready. Trusting Clangden's intuition, Jus isn't going to leave any of his gear behind.
Joining the others, Jus once again congradulates Addenien and Clangden, if they can be found.
"Everyone ready?" Jus asks, barely keeping his excitement in check. "I don't know if Clangden's suspicions are contagious, but it sure feels like something is going to happen today."
Valdor Saturday March 15th, 2003 7:49:38 PM
Valdor sleeps solidly, as always and gets up earlier than usual. When his wakeup call comes, they find him in his room stretching out his muscles. Upon seeing his waker, he says with an easy smile,"Oh sorry, getting a little older, you know. If there's to be any trouble, I don't want to tear a muscle or something."
He gets cleaned up, eats a large breakfast(big surprise), and meets up with everyone. When everyone is together, he asks,"I was thinking in between snores last night. Can anyone here cast illusions well? I have an idea and we may or may not need it. I think that someone else may have plans for this ring and will try something stupid. It could come from a teleporter, an invisible person, someone under the street or from above. I need an illusion of myself walking along with the group and laughing, talking, etc. I will scout the roof tops completely invisible on one side of the street. And Dahlia could possibly scout the other side. Any thoughts?"
Dae'lin Sunday March 16th, 2003 8:26:10 PM
After rising from his reverie, and spending the larger portion of the early morning hours in meditation, Dae'lin appears before the group, looking much the same as he did the night before. Though, being that he doesn't rely a great deal on physical weaponry, that isn't to say that he hasn't prepared for the day's errand. Smiling at Valdor's question, "Sorry big guy. You know that I just kill things... or blow them up... or... well... illusions aren't my bag." The elf sorcerer stands by with a knowing smirk on his face.
Addinein Monday March 17th, 2003 12:47:56 AM
Spending the night reviewing the various conversations that happened thruout the hall. Addinein gets up in the morning refreshed and prepares his equipment as he meets up with everyone else. Addinein nods his head in acknowledgement of Jus's compliment.
Ready or Not, Here We Come! [DM Jerry] Monday March 17th, 2003 10:28:25 AM
Soon the grand party of 14 Dragon adventurers are all gathered and ready for the morning's expedition.
A contingent of elite soldiers begin to head down to the Underramp, being the official guard of such things. In the center is a place for one representative for the Overlord who will hold the ring.
The Seargeant of the guard comes up to Gareth and says, "The Overlord would honor you by asking that you be the ringbearer. Your position is in the center of the guard. Just there. Do you accept?"
Gareth Monday March 17th, 2003 7:08:01 PM
Feeling that if he can't get it to the Overlord not many others could, the warrior smiles at the opportunity. "I will be pleased to bear the ring. It is a great honor in such noble and able company.".
Valdor Monday March 17th, 2003 8:58:50 PM
"Well, I've got something I must take care of, so I'll see you all down there. Don't worry about starting without me. I'll catch up later. Mordrid, you might even have some fun about me to Clangden about him out-drinking me or something, in case someone is listening in, and they'll think me ill. I'm 'disappearing' for a while."
He heads out of the room. Once out of the room, he walks unsteadily down the hallway. He asks a maid if she could guide him to his room, as he's taken ill suddenly. When he's at his room, he instructs her that he wishes to not be disturbed for any reason, unless the Overlord herself wishes to see him for some reason. He gags just a little and gently pushes the lass away, muttering,"Sorry, I must be getting old or something. Please ask the other kind folks here not to disturb me either. I really feel si...oooh."
He puts his hand over his mouth as he's slightly doubled over, and pulls his door shut. Once inside alone, he makes a sound like he's wretching a couple of times, then discards his armor , making sure to drop it, not attempting to be quite. He then plops down on the bed like a sack of potatoes, with only a scroll in hand. He lays there for several minutes, listening intently for footsteps or creaks in the hallway.
Mordo (concerned) Tuesday March 18th, 2003 1:29:01 AM
"Mordrid, is there something troubling you and Valdor. Is there anything I can do?"
Nick Tuesday March 18th, 2003 2:31:03 AM
Nick thanks the Overlord for her hospitality and then retires when he thinks its polite to do so. Secretly he would have liked to have stayed at the Storm's place down on the Gold Level, as it would have given him a chance to explore, but he stays near the others at the Palace, just in case.
In the early morning, after prayer, he manages to have a quick stroll around the Palace grounds at least before joining the others, admiring the Teucri architecture.
As they gather, he raises an eyebrow as Valdor leaves, but presumes there is a good reason.
Bryndal Tuesday March 18th, 2003 2:35:07 AM
The tiny psuedodragon is draped lazily over her companion's shoulder, resting perhaps, and some may pause to wonder if the 'reverie' of a dragon lasts longer than that of an elf.
Jus Tuesday March 18th, 2003 3:09:32 AM
Jus smiles at Gareth's good fortune, proud to be counted as a fellow Storm Dragon, and -- more importantly -- as his friend.
Staying towards the back of the group, Jus looks around to see if any of the kids he knows have managed to find this congregation of heroes. Even if he can't see any, Jus is sure there are many little eyes watching. After all, they're one of his best sources in town.
Addinein Tuesday March 18th, 2003 9:39:45 AM
Addinein is happy for the groups leader that he's been selected for this honor. Addinein will find his place in line and then follow and keep an eye out as the procession starts.
Joe Of The Hand Tuesday March 18th, 2003 10:57:45 AM
Joe follows.............
Valdor(Silent, Invisible-Dust, cloak of Arachnid)) d20+25=34 Tuesday March 18th, 2003 1:25:11 PM
Valdor, very quietly reads the scroll he is holding. (Silence, 15 ft radius)(dc check 34)
He quickly gets up from the bed, puts his armor on, and loads up his weapons. He then applies a measure of his Dust of Disappearance over his body and armor and moves to the window in his room.
After getting Clangden's report, he knows something's up and wants any spies in the palace to think he's not going with the group. He also doesn't want them to hear him when he exits through the windows.
He moves to his window, opens it enough to get out, then activates his cloak. He climbs out, shuts the window, and climbs down the walls to the ground.
DM Jan Tuesday March 18th, 2003 1:57:48 PM
The procession begins.
Its early. The grey haze of the morning is beginning to brighten. Morning dew glitters like diamonds on the grass of the Open Air level, and there is a slight chill in the air. Apart from guards, a few delivery boys, and the occasional gardener, the Open Air level is very quiet.
The Gold level is a little more active. Here the lamps are still lit, waiting for more light to filter through from the outside. Here, people are beginning to take notice, and stop and stare as the procession continues downward. By the time everyone reaches the Merchant level, a crowd is starting to gather - curiosity mixed with surprise at just who this is, passing in their midst. The Barracks level brings wild cheers from the guards, and as for the Fence Level - the crowd is greatest here, folk stopping to wave as they go about their early morning business, gangs of kids wearing big grins and scruffy clothes, and amongst the crowd - a few hard, calculating eyes, and more than one youth dashing off, perhaps to tell someone who was here. As for the Trash Level..... the smell hits everyone like a wall. It's not bad, exactly - but its not good either. Here there is no daylight, and the street lamps burn furiously. People are working hard in various buildings, although some have stepped out to wave and cheer. Strange crunching noises come from some of the buildings, and overhead pipes and vents litter the high ceiling, some sending out plumes of steam. Terran, the Overlord's aide waves at those he knows and looks as proud as Punch.
This is as far as it goes - the ramp to the Underlevel seems like a quiet ghost in the midst of the hubbub, and the guards there await.
Meanwhile, back at the Palace - there's a heated, pot throwing argument going on in the kitchen as to whether the cook's breakfast has made Valdor sick. On a higher level, is a discussion between a worried head of the household and the Palace physician - and soon both are heading toward Valdor's room...
Mordrid Tuesday March 18th, 2003 3:56:04 PM
Mordrid walks slowly and quietly along with the progression. His weapons remain in their resting place. Was there any reason to expect trouble? Maybe. He watches the goings and comings with great care.
Gareth Tuesday March 18th, 2003 7:19:01 PM
The warrior takes his place in the procession and does his part in waving to the populace. He espcially salutes to guards as they pass. He does, however, keep an eye out for any trouble he that may be afoot.
Tericus Tuesday March 18th, 2003 8:39:15 PM
as he's walking along, Tericus keeps his eyes out for any trouble
Dahlia Tuesday March 18th, 2003 9:56:08 PM
Walking along with Joe, Dahlia flits off to one side to look at something and then comes back, almost as if she were a little girl on her first trip to the big city. Every now and again she will bend down and pick something up and put it in her pocket with a soft exclamation, like: "Oh, now that one's perfect," and "Now this will do nicely." This is of course an act, but a very convining one. In reality she is taking these side trips to lure any spotters out into the open or to try and spot anyone that seems to be following the group. When along side Joe she simply asks, "Is Valdo sick very often?"
Valdor(silent, invis, spider climb) Wednesday March 19th, 2003 12:16:38 AM
Valdor follows the group from a short distance, sometimes on foot on the edges near buildings, sometimes alleyways, but mostly across rooftops, keeping an eye from above to make sure there is no ambush coming. He watches all the alleyways and rooftops, in particular.
Dae'lin (fly) Wednesday March 19th, 2003 2:14:03 AM
As the procession begins, Dae'lin utters a few arcane words, and then floats a few inches above the ground, propelling himself forward at walking speed. The elf sorcerer appraises the crowd, remaining ever vigilant to possible trouble.
Joe Of The Hand Wednesday March 19th, 2003 11:26:44 AM
Joe follows . . .
Mordo Wednesday March 19th, 2003 4:37:52 PM
Mordo follows ...
DM Jan Wednesday March 19th, 2003 11:35:24 PM
There is a small contingent of guards waiting at the head of the ramp leading down to the Underlevel. No one else is near. The Trash Level folk are very superstitious about the level beneath them, which is echoed throughout the City as a whole. Indeed, there is a certain 'neck-tingling' feel about what lies below, which can't be explained.
The ceremony is short, and Gareth is in possession of the dragon ring (held in a small, velvet covered box) in a matter of moments. Salutes are made, the Underlevel guards breathe a sigh of relief as their burden is taken from them.
All that is left to do, is to retrace steps taken and return to the Palace with the ring.
The entire party heads back up the ramp, out of the Trash Level, and onto the Fence level where the crowd has not dissipated. They cheer once more as everyone emerges. It's a big crowd - men, women, children - with a few guards to hold them back.
Then, all hell breaks loose as everything suddenly goes completely dark. Something, or someone attempts to knock Gareth over. He keeps his grip on the ring.
The crowd starts to mill about in a panic. There are a few screams.
Valdor and Dahlia will see what looks like a 60' dome of blackness surrounding the rest of the party. ----------------------------------------------- NOTES - EARLIER:
Dahlia - seen and overheard on the Fence level on the way down - a man dressed in dark, drab clothing talking sharply to four boys who look in their early teens. The boys clothes are similar to those of the man. Dahlia has missed a large part of the conversation, but she hears the man tell the boys - "It isn't possible now." He walks away, and the boys begin signing a peculiar thieves cant amongst themselves immediately, which Dahlia cannot decipher. They seem excited.
Valdor - also on the Fence level, on the way downward - he will have noticed, standing away from the crowd - a very elegant, attractive, dark-haired lady, watching the goings on from a distance. Her clothes are plain but expensive looking, certainly well above the normal Fence level quality, which made her stand out. She seemed... disappointed. A man approached her and shook his head, and she shrugged and gave a sigh.
Storm Dragons - anyone checking out the surroundings on the way down, roll a Spot check DC 18, and you will have recognised who this lady is.
Valdor(silent, invisible-dust of disappearance, spider climb) Thursday March 20th, 2003 12:50:28 AM
Trusting that the mages or clerics can dispel the darkness, Valdor climbs down silently to stand behind the woman.
Just before he scoots too closely though, he tosses up his ioun stone of spell absorption, and moves to about 4 feet behind her, hand on sword hilt, waiting and watching.
Dae'lin (fly) d20+17=37 Thursday March 20th, 2003 3:11:01 AM
Annoyed at the darkness, Dae'lin shoots straight up into the air ninety feet, flying above the scene, he casts Greater Dispelling on the darkness spell. (OOC: Caster level check for the dispelling is DC 37 which would dispel any spell cast by a 26th level caster or lower)
Tericus d20+18=36 Thursday March 20th, 2003 9:23:16 AM
(made spot check of 36) after the darkness falls, Tericus quickly casts true seeing on himself. looking around, Tericus decides to go to the podium and help Gareth defend the ring. once he gets there, Tericus says "Im here with you Gareth."
Joe Of The Hand Thursday March 20th, 2003 10:39:13 AM
Joe casts dispell magic on the darkness and readys his bow.
Nonam Thursday March 20th, 2003 3:16:51 PM
Nonam snaps from his daydreaming with a start when the world goes black.
Vaguely aware of a struggle near Gareth, Nonam surmises that some idiot tried to steal the ring, and he casts Wall of Force in a dome over the party's center.
He thinks to himself: There now. Nothing in and nothing out. That should be enough to stop any attempts at the ring til I figure out what exactly is going on.
(wall of force in a hemisphere with 16ft radius)
Addinein Thursday March 20th, 2003 3:33:00 PM
Doing his best to close in on Gareth, Addinein will cast comprehend languages in order to see if he can pick up any nearby conversations.
Dahlia (Speed, 10ft tall) Thursday March 20th, 2003 8:36:08 PM
Keeping a loose eye on the boys Dahlia draws her short sword of speed and keeps watch on the man as he walks away. As the darkness falls she activates two of her items and with a puff of smoke she vanishes and with another puff of smoke there is a 10 ft tall Dahlia suddenly standing right behind the darkly dressed man.
Dahlia will attempt to keep the man from leaving.
Jus d20+19=32 d20+19=30 Thursday March 20th, 2003 10:13:02 PM
Jus notices the well dressed woman. His suspicions are verified as he realizes just who she is. figuring that this means trouble is coming, Jus prepares himself for a sneak attack. Mentally signaling through the Dragon Rings, Jus lets the others know her identity (Spot=21).
When darkness hits, Jus activates his Glove and nocks an arrow.
Since Gareth can be relied on to take care of the ring, Jus assumes the grab is a diversion and quickly scans the ground, then the crowd (Spot=30).
Mordo (ac 52, spell resist. 26, greater magic fang +5 d20+6=19 d20+12=27 Friday March 21st, 2003 12:13:59 AM
Mordo takes a Greater Magic Fang potion from his handy haversack. He hesitantly drinks it. He isnt sure if these potions are the fault for his nervious ticks but the their benefit is worth having at the moment until an alternative can be found. He feels the wild magic course through his body. The feral energies creep up his spine and makes his hair stand on end. His eyes become glassy and reflect the slightest amount of light ... like an animal.
He draws his mighty Holy Defender Dagger. Its power adds to his defense. He gives it a slight twirl as he positions its blade in a favorable direction.
Mordo takes on a defensive stance as he moves into an unknown situation. His eyes and ears scan the area. (Spot 19, Listen 27)
Nick d20+6=18 Friday March 21st, 2003 12:22:26 AM
Because this is his first visit - Nick's attention is focussed on his surroundings as they traverse the levels. It was like a cake - each level having a different flavour and, going off the buildings and people's clothes - the lower the level, the less well off people seemed to be. Interesting.
On the way back, he is just thinking how smoothly everything is going, when the lights go out..... and then come back on again.
Quickly, he tries to spot the source of the immediate threat. ((Spot DC18))
DM Jan Friday March 21st, 2003 1:25:40 AM
Everything happens in quick succession -
Outside the blackened area -
Valdor stands silently and undetected near the richly dressed female human. She looks shocked, surprised, but breaks into a delighted, throaty laugh as the darkness spell erupts. This is quickly followed by a sigh of disappointment as it is quickly dissipated.
This lady has been spotted by Tericus and Jus - who recognise her as the very same Lady Dolores Solara, who tried to purchase their mansion after they had dashed off into the Shadowlands in order to rescue the Overlord. Maybe she dabbled in real estate, although a suspicious mind would wonder about certain things...
Not too far away, a 10ft tall Dahlia suddenly appears, and a collective "Woah!" erupts from the folk immediately surrounding her. Her quarry stops and turns around to face her. This man's eyes dart left and right, and then he smiles, assured - perhaps because he is surrounded by ordinary Fence Level folks. Dahlia will note that his teeth are filed to points. A small tattoo of a burning candle adorns the well-worked deltoids of his left shoulder. His clothes are drab, nondescript, with an equally drab cloak thrown back over his shoulder. "Yes?" he asks, steely-eyed and unruffled.
Another "Ooooooooh!" is heard, as the elegant, pale haired, elf Dae'lin rises above the darkness and hovers near the Level ceiling. Dae'lin is able to see Dahlia quite clearly from his position, but can't see anything that might resemble an attack coming in from the crowd.
The dark spell is completely blown away by a combination of powerful counter spells, revealing a number of guards, Storm, and Gold Dragons, fully on their guard - knives brandished, arrows nocked in bows, eyes scanning the crowd, positioned to defend themselves and the ring that Gareth carries against who knows what. The crowd starts to back away. Those stood in front of Mordo back away even faster as he undergoes some kind of Dr Jekyll and Mr Hyde transformation, and right now - he's not Dr Jekyll.
Tericus almost stumbles over a lad - human, about 14 years old, sprawled on the ground at Gareth's feet. The boy grins up at him. His teeth are filed to points and look extremely weird.
There is another boy close by, maybe 8 or 10 years old, who attempts to run up and pull the other boy away. "We got pushed, we did!" says the younger. His teeth are also filed, and he has a tattoo visible on one shoulder - it looks like a candle. "Hey Mr!" he says to Addinein. "Can you spare a copper or two?" These boys should be frightened, one would imagine - they aren't. They already show the beginnings of the charisma and guile required to make an extremely effective rogue.
Nonam's spell unfortunately fails as there are too many folk milling about, interfering with its intended plane.
Jus, Nick, Mordo, Joe and anyone else looking out will see a crowd of startled folk, but no one on the attack.
Tericus Friday March 21st, 2003 8:47:55 AM
figuring out what the boy is, Tericus cant bring himself to turn the lad in. "Get out of here." he whispers to the boy "Your in way over your head." the Tericus continues on toward Gareth
Mordrid Friday March 21st, 2003 9:37:18 AM
Mordrid tightens rank with Gareth momentarily. "Gareth... I suggest we quickly continue forward. One or two of the others can investigate these rogues. The ring however is due at the castle. And there may be a lot worse things waiting."
Mordid turns toward the strange lady, and nods at her. "Well met my lady. Strange under these circumstances. Duely noted. Good day to you."
Nonam d100=68 d100=44 Friday March 21st, 2003 10:25:43 AM
Nonam curses a bit about the spell failure. He should have realized there were too many people, but then again, he's not used to so many people being in a fight... if that's what this was.
He briefly notes the boys by Gareth, but he imagines that the warrior and Tericus are up to the task of dealing with them.
He scans the crowd with his permanent powers to detect magic and see invisible to try to determine what sorts of threats might be lurking out there.
As he looks, he decides to give the crowd a little bit of a show and casts fire shield on himself. He uses the chill version, and he suddenly appears to be immolated by blue flames. As the flames go up, the wizard grins to himself. It's probably an unneccesary spell unless someone hurls a fireball, but it looks good for the crowd.
Valdor(Invisible, silent,spell res.) Friday March 21st, 2003 10:41:05 AM
Valdor scans the crowd for any others either looking suspicious, or not surprised by the events. He stays right behind the lady, just in case, but doesn't make his presence known yet.
Joe Of The Hand Friday March 21st, 2003 10:42:55 AM
"Is there anyreason we need to walk there? Or can I just get us all there now?"
Dahlia d20+18=38 d20+13=27 Friday March 21st, 2003 7:22:55 PM
Looking down upon the dark man with the filed teeth, Dahlia grins ferraly.
"I find it quite interesting that you are seen and overheard having a conversation with a few wannabe rogues and then these same lads try to nick something from my friends. Now either they have an extremely high opinion of themsleves, aren't really controlable yet, or you aren't much of a leader. I mean, you did tell them to not go for it now as, let's see how did you put it? Ah yes, you said, (mimicking his voice perfectly - Perform nat 20 - DC 38)"It isn't possible now." "Now in my expertise that is enough evidence to get you 5 years in the mines. Lucky for you I have other business to attend to. Know, that you are marked, and if you are seen by myself or any of my friends we will probably get in the way of your not so well laid plans. Now have a nice day" (bluff dc27)
Stepping into a nearby shadow, Dahlia steps back to where the other are waiting. Looking back to see the Dark man, she waves at him if he is still there.
Addinein d20+4=9 Saturday March 22nd, 2003 3:49:37 PM
Trying to feign ignorance of the surface ways, Adddinein tries his best to glare at the boys and points out, "Should you have interupted my Matron's parade, you would be dead by now." (intimidate=9)
Waiting to see if they are disturbed at all, Addinein peeks around to the others to see what the group wishes to do. If it appears as if there is nothing going to happen, then Addinein will move on with the rest of the group.
Clangden d20+30=42 Monday March 24th, 2003 11:42:49 AM
(ooc sorry for the lack of posting, had problems here at home but everything is fixed)
Once the darkness is lifted, his first thought is to Gareth. Spying the lad at his feet, and seeing the tattoo and filed teeth, Clangden knows these arent the normal trappings of children and speculates they are involved in the attempted theft of the ring. (grab check of 42) Grabbing the young lad by the scruff of his neck, he raises him up to eye level saying: (with spittle flying out of his mouth) IF you werent a young lad, i'd throttle you where you stand. What and Who you are working for is only going to get you killed! Even by me one day if you keep walking this path. Now, point out the ring leader of this fiasco, or tell me his or her name, or by Domi i'll rip you open now and you can see what your innerds look like just before you pass into Gargul's realm. (Clangden stands there, wild eyed, almost in a beserker like state)
DM Jan Monday March 24th, 2003 12:09:52 PM
Addinein's reply to the younger boy wipes the cheeky grin off the lad's face. He stands there - a fight or flight struggle drawn on his features. Flight seems to be the preferred route however when Clangden gets a hold of him. He points in Dahlia's direction. The elder boy, who would appear to have a more realistic grasp of the situation, and after giving a swift nod to Tericus, grabs the other boy and drags him off, and soon they're gone, melted into the crowd.
There's a collective sigh of relief, although Nonam lighting himself up brings forth another "OOOOH" from the crowd. Those detecting magic throughout the crowd detect plenty here and there, but nothing ominous. Nonam will recognise the magic he saw before at the palace surrounding a lady in the crowd, and perhaps catches sight of Valdor standing nearby. Gareth quickly agrees at Mordrid's suggestion, and soon the party is moving at a swift pace back to the palace.
The master thief confronted by Dahlia raises an eyebrow as she mimics a snippet of his conversation with the boys. He laughs and gives the giant sized halfling a bow with a flourish, acknowledging her prowess. He then walks off into the crowd.
Mordrid's comment to Lady Solara is answered by a polite smile that is not shared by her eyes. Once he's passed by - "Your arrogance will be your undoing," she mutters aloud. "One day I'll have you all begging for mercy." She gives Valdor no indication that she is aware of his presence, and with a dark, mischief grin, she walks off toward a small, waiting carriage.
Back at the Palace, the group is greeted by the Overlord and her staff, who will be pleased to see Valdor after the scare he gave them.
Here, it appears the path of both Storm and Gold Dragon is about to diverge and head off in different directions. Much has been done here. Both dragon groups have become stronger, their fully acknowledged members are now larger in number. The Wold is the stronger for it. The integrity of the dragon rings has been maintained despite a plot to ensure otherwise, and as for the Big Float - stories in the taverns will go on for weeks.
Valdor(Invis, spell prot, spider climb) Monday March 24th, 2003 12:31:39 PM
With the silence spell lifted by the time the procession starts moving again, Valdor leans forward, just before the Lady leaves, and says,"I'm really glad you had nothing to do with this attempt. I wouldn't have wanted to split in half a woman as beautiful as you. Have a nice day."
Before she can find him, he disappears into the crowd, maneuvering without touching anyone. After he's a ways back, he rubs Dust of Appearance over himself to nullify the Invisibility and waits for the procession to catch up. He walks with the others back to the castle, where he apologizes to the cooks and explains that his ruse was necessary as he had to scout for possible thieves and he wanted noone to know he was outside the castle.
Addinein Monday March 24th, 2003 5:21:11 PM
Addinein keeps watching the boys as they move off. Putting on an air of disdain, he'll rejoin Gareth and the group as the continue their progression. Meanwhile Addinein will do his best to keep his ears open since he has the languages spell up and in effect.
Dahlia Monday March 24th, 2003 6:12:47 PM
Back with the the group Dahlia updates everyone on what she saw and heard, passing on an extremely accurate description of the Leader's looks and voice.
Dae'lin Monday March 24th, 2003 9:17:48 PM
Dae'lin floats over the remainder of the proceedings, and when all is settled peacefully, he lands near the other Gold Dragons, "Should we be getting home?"
Gareth Monday March 24th, 2003 11:17:25 PM
The warrior snarls at the foolish attempt at the ring - but doublechecks the ring to make sure it is there. As they make it back to the palace, he makes sure that the ring is evaluated by Nonam to make sure it is the real thing, and then he hands it directly to the Overlord for her to place on her finger. Speaking through the ring (assuming it is in fact the real one) he says "You can now call us anytime and we will hear you. We are at your disposal any time day or night.".
Clangden Tuesday March 25th, 2003 9:54:23 AM
during the rest of the journey back to the Palace, Clangden is fuming, almost to the point of boiling over. once the ring is safely returned to the Overlord, Clangden immediately excuses himself, saying: I need to go break some things. heading to a store, he buys all the dishes and ceramic cups they have in stock, then goes to his room and begins his temper tantrum, throwing all the newly aquired stuff around the room, all the while mumbling about children and adults who perverse them. when his tirade is over, he goes and gets a broom and dustpan and cleans up his room, then heads to the Giggling Ghost.
Nonam Tuesday March 25th, 2003 10:17:34 AM
Nonam lets the flames go out on their own after a few minutes and trods back to the palace.
After Gareth gives it to him, he checks over the ring and makes certain that it's at the very least magical and giving off an aura similar to his own ring.
Mordrid Tuesday March 25th, 2003 12:00:26 PM
After the ring is securely delevered, Mordrid excuses himself after thanking the Storm Dragons and the Overlord for their hospitality, and congratulating all the new members; although Clangden wasn't really in the mood for Kudos, so Mordrid makes a mental note to conratulate him at a later date. [record for long sentence]
Mordrid attempts to gather the Gold Dragons together along with Joe, so that they can be effecient and modest in their use of magic transportation.
Upon meeting up with Shirri, "My lady, I have many questions that I need answered. Maybe you can help. I didn't want to seem daft at the gathering, so I kept quiet. First off... where the heck is the floating city located now? Two... what was that ring? Three... who is this mysterious Lady Salarus? Four... how was this Overlord selected? Five..." Mordrid looks at his remaining appendage, his thumb, "I guess I'll stick this in my ear." Mordrid laughs out load, "I'm afraid during my time away, I have missed out on alot."
With Thumb in Ear [DM Jerry] Tuesday March 25th, 2003 5:13:20 PM
And so goes the busy lives of our heroes.
Each group heads quickly back to their places of abode to see what dozens of requests for their assistance has arrived while they were away.
Both leave with a renewed respect for the other and for what they collectively stand for and represent.
May there many more meetings and joyous occasions to celebrate that bring this great assemblage of heroes together under one roof!
Selah!
[OOC: Gold Dragons now may return to their own board after they finish their goodbyes.]
Dahlia Tuesday March 25th, 2003 6:26:40 PM
Finding Jus and Tericus off to one side Dahlia grins a playful fare-the-well to both of them and makes more formal goodbyes to Gareth and Nonan. Not seeing Clangden around she wispers into the shadows. "Fare well Stone Kin, keep thee and yours safe." Walking up to Addenein, she stops and looks deep into his eyes. "You and I have more in common than most would believe. May you find that for which you are searching and long not for that which you can not find.
Good byes said, Dahlia finds Joe and waits for the others.
Tericus Tuesday March 25th, 2003 6:56:48 PM
after saying goodbye to everyone, Tericus says to the others "Well, whats next?"
Jus Tuesday March 25th, 2003 9:30:48 PM
Jus wishes the Golds lots of fun in their future. Jus waves to them once again as they leave, then leans to Tericus and whispers, "Now that is a fine women. I hope we get to see them again someday." After a brief pause, Jus quickly adds, "the Gold's, that is... all of them...."
"Not just her," Jus adds quietly as he attempts to contain his embarrassment.
Valdor Wednesday March 26th, 2003 12:15:30 AM
Valdor heads to the Overlord first, kneels briefly in front of her and says,"It has been my pleasure to meet you. You are indeed a fine person and will make a fine leader. If you ever need me, all you need to do is ask, and I will be here for you. Your hospitality has been fantastic."
He then leans down and kisses her lightly on the cheek. He heads over to Terran and takes his hand firmly saying,"It may be some time before our paths cross again, but it a pleasure to know you. Keep her safe, my friend."
He thanks the Storms for their consent for the meeting and mutual ceremony, taking each of their hands in friendship. As he's about to depart with the rest, he says to Gareth(or is he looking at Nonam?),"Keep an eye out for your group. There are those who would lead you down paths that heroes such as yourselves should not travel. Remember where you came from always, and what got you to where you are and will one day be. Be true."
Dae'lin Wednesday March 26th, 2003 3:28:19 AM
Smiling as Mordrid gathers the others, "Meet you at home." With a smile and a flash, the elf disappears, gone home. (OOC: Cast teleport without error)
CDM Jerry [OOC] Wednesday March 26th, 2003 2:44:39 PM
[OOC] As per the email I sent out a week or two ago and also posted on the L&B, this game needs to be considered closed at this point. I am closing it according to the players currently in the game, not the characters currently playing. So you may still continue to switch characters if you have two or develop a second one if that is your wish.
If there is anyone not currently playing in Game 1 that you feel may return or someone who you feel should be added to the "official" list of this game before I officially cap this game, email me please. Otherwise, this game will be considered officially capped as of the start of next week.
Nick Wednesday March 26th, 2003 2:53:24 PM
Nick finds an opportunity to thank the Overlord for her hospitality. "This city is one of the most beautiful I have ever seen, you must be very proud. Please do not hesitate to ask for help if needed, although I see you are already in good hands. May Alemi keep you safe, and offer you strength in times to come."
He then looks for Joe, for it seems it is time to take their leave.
Addinein Wednesday March 26th, 2003 2:53:50 PM
Addinein takes all the handshaking and congratulations in stride. After everything has calmed down somewhat Addinein decides it is time to retire and catch up his journal entries to send to his Matron about his current exploits.
Alicia - Overlord Wednesday March 26th, 2003 2:56:28 PM
The Overlord takes the ring and places it carefully on her finger after Nonam checks it out. It's the real deal.
"Oh!" she says with a grin, startled as she hears Gareth's voice in her head.
As Valdor says his farewells to her, he will note there is more trust and warmth in her eyes than when the GD's first arrived, as though her initial doubts have been put to rest.
She offers thanks to everyone, wishes all the Gold Dragons well, and a safe journey home.
DM Jan Wednesday March 26th, 2003 2:59:13 PM
As for Tericus's comment - what now?
Those of the Storm Dragons still on the Palace steps will notice one of the turtle handlers trying to catch their attention.
Nonam Wednesday March 26th, 2003 4:52:45 PM
Nonam waves goodbye to the Golds.
Then he points and says, "Hey, I think that turtle handler is trying to catch our attention."
Gareth Wednesday March 26th, 2003 9:21:51 PM
Being very partial to the turtles, the warrior goes over to see what is happening.
Tericus Wednesday March 26th, 2003 9:32:00 PM
Tericus winks at Jus and says "Dont worry, Ill keep your secret." then he goes with Gareth over to the giant turtle
Jus Wednesday March 26th, 2003 11:47:32 PM
Curious the more he thinks on it, Jus asks Tericus, "Many, many moons ago, we met a redhead in the Red Wyrm Inn. Was that she?"
As they walk towards the turtle, Jus begins to think on "what now". Keeping his voice low so that only Tericus and nearby Storm's hear, Jus asks, "During my time away from the group, did you stumble upon some source of income? I feel rich in many ways, but I wonder when our staff was last paid and who was doing the paying?" To emphasis his point, Jus adds, "The Gold's gifts were quite generous, as they always are; but I must admit that my deep pockets would dry quickly if I gave all that I truly wish to give."
One good thing about this pondering is that Jus is reminded to try and get money to his family again -- if he can figure out a way to get it to them.
Addinein Thursday March 27th, 2003 8:02:48 AM
Addinein moves with the rest the group towards the turtle handler. As they move Addinein reflects over the last couple of days.
DM Jan Thursday March 27th, 2003 11:20:51 AM
The turtle handler - a nimble half elf of indeterminate age and a long braid of brown hair - tells the Storms that a boat is ready - two boats actually, along with turtles Florice and Phoebe - two long range swimmers who are raring to go.
"My name is Holm," he says. "I'll be coming with you for the lake part of the journey, and we'll be towing the other boat behind us - you'll need that for the river, because from what you said yesterday about the rapids - we can't let Florice and Phoebe swim down there."
He is of course referring to the upcoming journey south - down the lake, and the river beyond, and the attempt to discover just where the heck the Float is. There's a little matter about the escaping Byron, too - who appears to have headed in that direction.
The Overlord tells the group that both she, and the entire Floating City, is proud of them, and acknowledges their bravery on what they are about to do. She clasps the leader's hand firmly. "Bring them back safely, Gareth, and I wish you success."
For a moment she fingers the bracelet on her wrist. "Please be careful," she says quietly to Nonam.
It's time to prepare, gear up, say goodbyes, drag Clangden out of the pub and get down to the docks on the Fence Level.
((OOC - let me know if one of you intends to take the weird gizmo you found in the forest along with you.))
Nonam d20+5=20 Thursday March 27th, 2003 12:04:38 PM
Nonam jokes with the Overlord, "I gave up trying to be careful when I met Gareth. It just doesn't seem to work very well. And you know, we're heading out on the lake, and I can barely swim.... of course I can breathe underwater."
Then Nonam smiles and lightly places a hand on Alicia's shoulder, "Still, maybe I have a reason to be a little more careful now." The wizard blushes a little bit and tries a little bluster, "Afterall, somebody has to figure out where your city is." [charisma check =20]
Nonam takes his hand away with a hint of regret and smiles again. He turns and grabs Gareth, "Let's go find Clangden. We'll start with the nearest pub. If it has a sign on the door that they've run out of ale, we'll move on to the next one til we find him."
As he goes, Nonam thinks of what spells he should memorize for the trip... water breathing would actually be a good idea, plus a could of extra stoneskins for the turtles. That should keep them safe from carnivorous fish. And the usual assortment of evocation spells, and... was the Overlord watching him? He hopes he didn't overstep his bounds. Still, he hadn't ever quite met another woman like her. Not since Erylin, and he hadn't seen her in years. Heck, it was only one day, and he never had the time to go back and visit her. Plus he sold her bracelet to buy that one for Alicia... er the Overlord. Was he making a mistake? Just have to wait and see.
Jus Thursday March 27th, 2003 7:53:42 PM
Jus watches the exchange between Nonam and the Overlord, unsure he's seeing what he thinks he may be seeing. Deciding that, either way, he can add to the situation, Jus steps up to the Overlord and, with his persistent ear-to-ear grin, gives her a big hug.
Making sure it's just long enough to bug Nonam, Jus steps back and tells the Overlord, "It's been great seeing you again. After all we went through lately, I sure hope we get to see you again on our return."
Jus nonchalantly turns away and heads to Nonam. "I'm all for visiting the pubs. It may be fun -- we always seem to get in brawls when we do. Not our fault, mind you. Seems everyone likes a challenge, I guess."
"Anyhow," Jus continues with barely a pause. "Should I take this plant thing with us? It seems like it would come in handy. Maybe we should get that bird, too. It might like the chance to get out of the house."
"So, what's the state of the web-armor? Has anyone heard? Maybe we'll find other cool stuff."
A few minutes of Jus' rambling goes by before he finally asks what was originally on his mind, "Nonam, why don't we just call Clangden with the rings?"
Addinein Thursday March 27th, 2003 10:41:01 PM
"I thought Clangden said something about going to the Giggling Ghost."
After a seconds thought Addinein adds, "Is that a place where you are supposed to get insanely drunk or something?"
Gareth Thursday March 27th, 2003 11:49:17 PM
The warrior smiles and nods to the Overlord. He is careful not to squeeze too hard when he shakes her hand. "We'll do our best to find out where we are - and bring those who deserve it to justice...". He heads out with purpose and prepares to depart.
DM Jan Saturday March 29th, 2003 4:22:12 PM
Just moving things on a little bit....
Clangden is found in the Giggling Ghost and the group collects everything they need for what could be a very long trip. Mitchum has been busy while the Storms were out escorting the dragon ring - he's sent supplies down to the docks - food mostly, some of it dried and preserved, a couple of kegs of dwarf ale, and to Gareth he gingerly hands over a big jar of what look like huge, dried, dead flies - their bodies the size of a man's fist.
"These fly over from the jungle in swarms. Once they're killed and dried, they make good snacks for the turtles. High in protein, which is what they need apparently, and the turtles love 'em."
If Jus happens to ask their manservant about how the weaving of the silk worm thread is going, he will be told they have enough cloth for about half a garment at the moment.
At the docks, everything is ready, and the black parrot is along for the ride. Folk cheer as the turtle handler, Holm, guides the two giant turtles away from the dockside, and starts to head in a south westerly direction along the length of the lake. From a Palace balcony, Alicia watches the boat become a tiny dot, and then gives a sigh and turns back indoors.
Out on the lake, the turtles' long, steady strokes reach a fairly impressive speed, and although the City still dominates the water, sounds from it gradually diminish to nothing. Out here it is easier to grasp just how big this lake is. Ahead, the horizon is just water - it looks endless. Off the starboard (right) side in the distance - is the jungle. Off to port (left) is more lake - on and on, with a few hazy mountain tops edging the horizon in that direction. The water of the lake is as clear as a bell, and looking down, its easy to get dizzy. Shoals of fish can be seen easily, shimmering like diamonds as they swim near the surface, only to turn and dive deep, disappearing in the depths.
The main barge pulled by the turtles is flat bottomed - about 15ft in length and 10ft wide. Oars, sheets, and supplies are stowed at the sides, and there is a large glass observation panel in the center, enabling one to look below. There's room to sleep, and benches to sit. Towed behind it is a smaller boat.
As the sight of the Big Float gradually diminishes, Tericus may remember his scry, where Byron seems to have covered one heck of a distance in a very short time, for as it stands right now, there's going to be plenty of time for Nonam to study spells beyond spells, and for Addinein to write an entire book for the Matron of his House.
Gareth Saturday March 29th, 2003 4:58:10 PM
The warrior watches the land and waterscapes go by. He looks at the fish and forest. When they take breaks he feeds the flies to the turtles as they desire. His mind wanders over the past several days as they have saved the new Overlord, dispatched several powerful liches, traveled the nether regions, made new enemies - and new friends, and solidified the group. Not bad, not bad at all...
"This sure is a beautiful place. Perhaps it will one day be explored and understood.".
Clangden Sunday March 30th, 2003 3:25:40 AM
sitting off to one side, with the black parrot on his pack beside him, Clangden doesn't seem too talkative during this part of the voyage, more like contemplation and from time to time you can see his lips moving as if he's talking to the bird, but no sounds can be heard. every now and again he feeds the parrot some pieces of fruit or nuts and nibbles what ever is left over. when ask if anything is wrong, all he does is look at the person, shrugs his shoulders and shakes his head at the same time. but still, without saying a word.
then, without warning, he stands up, goes over to one of the kegs of ale, picks it up and heaves it overboard, and does the same to the other one. he then can be seen pouring whatever bottles of liquor he normally carries into the lake, tossing the empty containers into the water. then finally, he is seen with his pitcher of endless dwarven ale. he's fondly touching it, looking at it deeply then, again, without warning he raises it above his head and with all his might smashes it down on to the deck, smashing it into pieces. when he looks up, and sees you all staring at him, he wipes the tears from his eyes, walks up to where everone is and says: all my life I have dedicated myself to the protection of others. I have seen to people who were strange to me yet were good in heart. I have given much so the children would not do without but this morning, something really took ahold of me. when I saw those children, with their teeth sharpened, attempting to take something of power that did not belong to them, and some adult was seeing to it that they tried it. it took everything I had to keep from tearing that man to pieces. it wasn't will power because had that been a factor, that man would be dead right now. no, something took control of me and my first reaction was to feel pity, then anger, then, all I could think about was getting drunk. it seems anymore to rid myself of the feelings I am having I find myself drinking more and more. and I know one day that drink is gonna be the end of me. my reputation will go and I will then become known as a drunkard. someone who cant be trusted, so what you just saw was me vowing never to touch a drop of alcohol for as long as I live. the day I touch a bottle of ale to these lips is the day I jump off one of these turtles in to the lake, wearing all my armor. he then raises a fist up to the sky, as if he was cursing the gods and then, looking at the group, he continues: I will need some time alone. I will be fine as long as I can sort through all these feelings I have right now. and with that, he walks back over to where the parrot is, plops down besides him, and goes back to feeding and talking to it.
Nonam Monday March 31st, 2003 2:43:00 PM
Nonam knew Clangden had an indomnitable force of will, but the dwarf's present actions prove it. After he gets over his shock, the wizard beams with pride as Clangden makes his decision. He leaves the dwarf on his own as requested, but he has rarely, if ever, been more proud of one of his companions.
Then he moves on to memorize some spells and if time permits, he'll check out the glass bottom so that he can study whatever sort of life can be found in the waters of the mysterious lake.
Gareth Monday March 31st, 2003 8:25:21 PM
The warrior nods to the elder dwarf as he makes his decision to refrain from drink and returns to his scouting and observations of the environment around him.
Tericus Monday March 31st, 2003 8:40:36 PM
knowing Clangden a bit more than the others, Tericus wonders to himself if he can do what Clangden just did. as time passes Tericus decides to rememorze some of his spells
Addinein Monday March 31st, 2003 10:26:09 PM
Addinein nods in recognition of Clangden's comments and promise. Wondering whether he should say anything, Addinein holds off until he sees others of the party start to say anything to Clangden.
DM Jan Tuesday April 1st, 2003 1:42:04 AM
The journey south west down the length of the lake continues.
Clangden's profound declaration offers everyone plenty of food for thought as the barge cuts through the water, leaving the bobbing kegs of ale - obvious metaphors - far behind in it's wake.
Other than this, the day proves to be unremarkable. There is no wind, and nothing to disturb the journey from the direction of the jungle. Shoals of fish flow like wide ribbons below the water.
Night time however, brings a glorious display of pink and blue photo-luminescence in the form of huge jellyfish - that float past the barge as big as dining tables, and as intricate as lace. In some places it's so bright - it seems as though a whole city of lights lurks beneath the surface of the water
The morning after brings the barge near a huge whale-like creature that causes the turtles to slow. A jet of water erupts from a blowhole on the creature's head, soaking everyone, harming no one, before it dives and disappears.
Eventually, the Floating City becomes a dot on the horizon, and even that disappears, leaving the group with a strong sense of isolation. Occasionally, Holm will bring the barge to a halt and rest his turtles. They seem in good spirits, enjoying the swim despite their burden.
Another grey day of nothing, another brilliant night; followed by the same all over again, and again. The group has to find various means of occupying themselves to avoid going stir crazy.
Then, on another dull cloudy morning, ahead it seems the jungle is converging. Is this the southern end of the lake? As if to herald some wonderful occasion, the group find themselves accompanied by a pod of large fish with pointed snouts, who break the surface of the water continually as they swim alongside.
The barge ploughs on through the water...
Suddenly - the fishy escort disappears, and the prow of the barge dips sharply forward, and then takes a sharp spin to the right.
Nonam Tuesday April 1st, 2003 9:56:26 AM
Deciding that whatever just happened most likely isn't good, Nonam heads to the bow of the ship, loaded crossbow in hand.
CDM Jerry Tuesday April 1st, 2003 11:01:41 AM
Hey guys, I'm guessing Jan has already approached you guys with this, but I'm not sure and I want this done quickly.
This is Jan's hard earned month off as a DM. I need someone to volunteer to take the game for the month of April and continue it onward. I can send the whole module or a scene at a time if you want to preserve your ignorance. The second option is preferable. We can even divide it up and have two people do two weeks each if that is preferable. Email me please if you can help out.
Again, I would like this to be taken care of in the next couple of days. ;) Jan totally deserves her time off.
And BTW, no emails are to go to her starting now unless you're replying to something she sent to you about DMing here. :)
((Jan - OOC)) Tuesday April 1st, 2003 2:57:11 PM
Sorry about this, fellas :( I forgot all about it until Donna reminded me yesterday. Please keep posting while we get something organised.
Gareth Tuesday April 1st, 2003 11:32:17 PM
Noticing the shift in the barge and Nonam's quick response, the warrior in turn moves to see what's happening.
Addinein Wednesday April 2nd, 2003 12:50:37 AM
Hoping that the barge hasn't become stuck on some kind of obsctruction, Addinein moves forward to if there's anything that can be done, or what the disturbance is.
Jus Wednesday April 2nd, 2003 2:38:41 AM
Expecting that their faithful turtle has decided to dive, Jus pulls out his sword and runs to the ropes, ready to cut them if the barge will be lost. As he stands ready, Jus scans the waters for anything that may be a threat to the turtles.
DM Jan Wednesday April 2nd, 2003 11:19:49 AM
The boat spins giddily, and for a horrible moment the sharp pitch forward threatens to throw everyone in the water. Luckily, Jus cuts the ropes.
Then, silence. The water all around is calm and still. There's no sign of the turtles, and those looking overboard will see deep water - no shoals of fish - nothing.
The turtle handler Holm breaks the quiet. "Something spooked Florice and Phoebe badly. They'd never have done something like that unless they were really frightened. I'm going to try and call them back." He sticks a small metal whistle between his teeth, and before anyone can stop him - the half elf dives nimbly over the side.
What follows next is breathtaking, terrifying, and one heck of a nasty surprise.
About a hundred yards away, some enormous creature abruptly breaks the surface of the water and shoots straight up into the air. It's HUGE!!
Having just witnessed a golden dragon fly over the Floating City only a few nights before - the Storms have absolutely no doubt as to what this is - but as streams of water cascade from its wings and body, and drop back into the lake, it would be fair to say this is no Sturtavent.
The dragon's black, glistening hide looks partially rotted, its wings - while obviously strong enough to power the beast high into the air, are frayed and flimsy. Clamped tightly between powerful jaws, below hideous, skeletal features - is probably the biggest fish the group have ever seen. The fish's tail and head continue to thrash, refusing to quit, as the big dragon flies higher - and then heads off in a south westerly direction.
By the time the wake hits the boat and starts to rock it back and forth - the dragon is a tiny dot in the sky.
"Hey!" The call is from Holm, bobbing up and down in the water - a turtle either side of him. "What was that??"
Clangden Wednesday April 2nd, 2003 3:12:14 PM
looks down at the fragments of his pitcher and jokingly quips, bad time to quit drinking i think.
running to the side, he throws the handler a line.
Gareth Wednesday April 2nd, 2003 6:54:19 PM
The warrior grits his teeth and prepares for battle, but realizes it is not to be as the huge dragon flies off. (Did it fly toward the big float?). "Perhaps the Black Dragons have more to them than just their name? I wonder if the party ahead of us has been aided by that creature - or maybe another like it? I'd say we need to keep going and tell the Overlord about this encounter.".
Tericus Wednesday April 2nd, 2003 8:06:10 PM
"That dragon looked like it might be dead." Tericus says as the dragon flies off. "But if it is, why would it need a fish?"
Addinein Wednesday April 2nd, 2003 11:35:34 PM
"That might not be a good thing if it turns out to be a summoned creature that is feeding something.
Knowing our luck this jungle that we've gone through could use it to take care of predators that have gotten too big."
Addinein keeps an eye on the departing dragon for as long as he can. He shivers a little bit from the thought of this creature being under someone's control. Though he highly doubts it.
Nonam Thursday April 3rd, 2003 11:02:53 AM
Putting the crossbow away, Nonam points out to Gareth that the dragon flew southwest and the Big Float is behind them to the north.
Then he pauses a second and sighs, "So basically it flew off in the direction that we're going."
Bored again (DMJK) Thursday April 3rd, 2003 11:06:35 AM
As the group stands watch, Holm manages to splice the rope and gets the turtles hooked back up to the barge.
There is no more sign of the dragon and any discussion about it is purely speculation. Other than knowing that there is at least one black colored dragon in the region... and some really big fish, you can't say much else with any degree of certainty.
With the turtles hooked up, the barge once again heads south. There is no more excitement. The day stretches on, and there's not much to do on the boat. Holm takes the time to fish a bit and offers to teach anyone that wants to learn.
Clangden Thursday April 3rd, 2003 1:31:35 PM
will accept Holms' offer to teach fishing. after learning the concept of it, Clangden actually starts enjoying himself. laughing and joking with Holm and anyone else who joins them.
after about 4 hours of this, Clangden puts down his fishing line and walks up to Gareth asking: ok, now, tell me exactly what our mission is, where we are planning on going, and what is at our disposal to accomplish this task. in addition, Clangden asks if anyone has bothered to cast any Divine spells and see what their god can tell them about the area, what is causing the jungle to act the way it is. also, has any type of other information gathering spells have been used to determine if there are any other people in the area. thinking aloud that back at the jungle, the boat was found, and there should be some village, or community in the area just waiting to be found.
Tericus Thursday April 3rd, 2003 8:20:45 PM
"When are we going to stop for the night? Or are we sailing through the night?" Tericus asks Holms
Addinein Friday April 4th, 2003 12:23:13 AM
Having never fished before Addinein is intrigued by the idea. When Addinein sees what it entails he loses some of his enthusiam for it, realizing what the name hook fisher means. He watches the others try their hands at trying to pull a fish out of this 'lake'.
Gareth Friday April 4th, 2003 8:22:08 AM
The warrior joins Nonam in his sigh. "At least it is farther away from the city. It might not even be aware of its presence yet - although I imagine it does being a dragon and all...".
As the crew continues on toward their goal, the warrior learns ro fish. "Tericus, can you divine the location of our friend Byron again? We ought to keep tabs on him best we can.".
Jus Friday April 4th, 2003 10:18:27 AM
Jus, pleased to call up long unpracticed skills, nimbly sets a small piece of bait, hoping to catch some small fish. Once that is done, he baits with the small fish, hoping to catch something a bit more substantial.
"I woudn't mind bagging a dragon like that on this trip. Now that would be a great fight! And it would rid the world of an undead abomination like that."
Nonam Tuesday April 8th, 2003 10:32:11 AM
Nonam looks over at Jus and just shakes his head. Then he tries to learn how to fish.
Waiting around (DMJK) Tuesday April 8th, 2003 10:37:38 AM
Holm proves to be a good teacher and there are plenty of fish to be had. The recreation helps to pass an otherwise uneventful trip.
You know this is almost starting to feel like a vacation. It's warm and humid out, but it's still relatively pleasant. There aren't any city noises to disturb you and no screams requiring your attention.
As for sailing through the night, Holm says, "It's probably advisable to drop anchor at night. We should let the turtles rest, and I can't stay awake to watch what's going on 24 hours a day. Rocks and things that we can't see aren't really a problem since the turtles are pulling us along. Usually the thing to do is pull up along the shore, but I think the lake might be safer. I'll leave those sorts of decisions up to you. But we should be thinking about stopping soon. The turtles are starting to get tired."
It's probably about 2 hours til dusk.
Clangden Tuesday April 8th, 2003 1:27:51 PM
seemingly frustrated, Clangden goes to the Parrott, plops down and begins talking to it again. When Holms talks about resting the turtles, Clangden pipes in: sounds like a plan Holms, since you are the expert with the turtles, not us, you decide what is best for them. if the lake is where we should rest them, saftey wise, then by all means.
saying to everyone and noone: i'll take 2nd and 3rd watch.
Clangden then lays out his bedroll, props his backpack up as a pillow, and laying on his side, facing the side of the vessel he goes to sleep.
Gareth Tuesday April 8th, 2003 10:56:06 PM
The warrior nods to the veteran turtle handler. "Seeing our experience in the forest I'd say the lake is safer. I think the shallows - maybe a cove - would be best". He looks to the others for their opinions on where they should 'dock'.
Addinein Tuesday April 8th, 2003 11:03:18 PM
"If you want I can probably shift to being awake at night, and maybe sleep during the day. Since we don't know how long this journey might take, and since I see better at night."
Tericus Wednesday April 9th, 2003 10:55:24 AM
"Thats a good idea Addinein, but you probably shouldnt do it alone, especially if there are dragons flying out of the river." Tericus says
Nonam Wednesday April 9th, 2003 2:22:49 PM
Nonam volunteers for 3rd watch with Clangden, "I get up earlier than most of you louts anyway... have to get those spells memorized everyday and all."
Secretly the wizard wonders how the fishing will be early in the morning. He's decided he likes it, but wouldn't dream of mentioning it.
The Endless (DMJK) Wednesday April 9th, 2003 2:34:31 PM
The night passes without incident.
So does the rest of the next day.
The next night Holm sings some songs and the turtles sort of hum/rasp along.
Nothing happens on the day after that.
Gareth catches a little fish.
Addinein gets a little seasick.
Clangden wishes there was still some ale on the boat.
Nonam's read everything on the boat.
5 days pass in boredom. Nothing happens except drifting idly down the river. At first it was a nice little break, but by the end everyone is tired of being cooped up. Then Holm says, "The current is changing. We're coming to a river or something."
True to prediction, the group finally reaches the south end of the great lake. A large river pulls flows out of the lake. As the barge approaches, Holm holds the boat back.
"Well there's a river, but look at it. See the current?" Looking about he doesn't see much recognition on anyone's face, "Well, it's too fast. See how you can't see very far down the river?" It fades after a quarter mile or so. "Now look back across the lake." You have good visibility. Over a mile at least. "That tells us that the river has some sort of drop off. Maybe a little waterfall or something. You can see the speed of the water too if you know what to look for."
"Anyway, the point is that the turtles can't swim down that. I can let you off and you can go by foot. Or we can let the turtles loose and try floating the barge without them. They should be able to swim back to the Float on their own. It's not really the turtles I'm worried about though. I'm not sure the barge will hold up if the current gets much stronger than what I see right here. And without the turtles, we don't be able to navigate back up river."
The man clearly has no thoughts on what would be the proper course to take.
Tericus Wednesday April 9th, 2003 9:01:55 PM
"Im for walking up the river" Tericus says. "Im tired sitting around and doing nothing."
Gareth Wednesday April 9th, 2003 11:35:23 PM
The warrior activates his boots of flying and goes to look the area over. As he leaves he offers "Wait here. I'll let you know what is over there. Maybe we can traverse it or no...".
Addinein Wednesday April 9th, 2003 11:58:32 PM
"I'd say lets see what's out there first, before we send off the turtles. Also be on the lookout for ambushes or traps. I wouldn't be surprised if there weren't some kind of surprise set up for us."
Clangden Thursday April 10th, 2003 1:05:33 AM
stretching his sore muscles, and with a few extra wrinkles on his face, Clangden admits: I'd rather walk through a mile of thorny bushes than stay a day longer on the water.
Nonam Thursday April 10th, 2003 10:09:46 AM
"I think the point is that you WILL have to walk through miles of thorny bushes if we decide to walk. Of course, now that druid is gone I can wilt about half the forest."
Heeeeeeee's Right - DMJK Thursday April 10th, 2003 10:13:46 AM
Gareth flies down to investigate and sees that Holm was right. There is a drop off in the river. Maybe 3 or 4 feet. There are 6 similar looking drop offs for the next quarter mile or so of the river, and then it turns into a whitewater rapids.
Jus Thursday April 10th, 2003 10:19:00 AM
Leaning back against a rail, Jus breathes deeply and looks around. "This isn't that bad, Clangden," Jus says. "Your thorny bushes may slow us to a crawl. Whereas Holm and his fine turtles have whisked us downstream in no time."
Walking over to Holm, Jus gives him a nod and says, "Gareth will back in but a moment, then we can decide. However, whatever he finds is inconsequential if are decision prevents you from returning home."
Tericus Thursday April 10th, 2003 9:12:21 PM
"Well, what are we going to do?"
Addinein Thursday April 10th, 2003 11:17:10 PM
Addinein waits for Gareth to report.
DMJK Friday April 11th, 2003 10:19:59 AM
Gareth returns and makes his report. He also informs the group that he sees the same sort of plants here as what the group encountered before. The strangler vines and the spear shooting purple flowers are all over the river banks.
Nonam Friday April 11th, 2003 10:22:34 AM
"I can teleport the group home, so returning us won't be a problem.
I could also teleport Holm back with us. The ship might prove a little difficult though. We'd probably have to leave it, but once I get to our destination I can teleport back to it.
So if the turtles are safe to return on their own, it wouldn't be bad to take the barge down river if Holm thinks it can hold up to the rapids. It seems better than walking along a hostile shoreline.
Holm offers (DMJK) Friday April 11th, 2003 10:26:45 AM
"You know we are pulling that extra little boat for the express purpose of using it on the rapids."
The group realizes that there is indeed a smaller boat in tow.
[sorry, Jan put that bit of information in when we met Holm, and I just now remembered.]
Gareth Friday April 11th, 2003 5:54:46 PM
"Whatever you guys think. We can brave the rapids OK, I think, in the smaller boat. Looks like the place we saw Byron a couple of days ago.".
Jus Friday April 11th, 2003 9:18:30 PM
"That sounds wonderful," Jus exclaims as he pictures everyone careening down the rapids at breakneck speed.
Tericus Sunday April 13th, 2003 9:30:30 AM
"Its alot better than walking through all those vines again." Tericus says. "I say take the small boat."
Addinein Sunday April 13th, 2003 10:04:05 PM
"Should we try to scry for Byron from here, or was this just the last place we saw him?"
Having not seen too many rivers or rapids, Addinein eyes the little boat warily.
The River
Nonam Monday April 14th, 2003 11:06:50 AM
"Umm, does anyone know anything about steering a boat down a rapids? I read a book about it once, and let's just say it's a good thing that we don't need the boat to get back."
Holm's Last Bit of Advice - DMJK Monday April 14th, 2003 11:12:09 AM
Holm helps get the smaller boat untied, and he finds an oar for everyone. "The key to navigating rapids is to have someone sitting in the front of the boat keeping an eye out for rocks. When he sees a hazard, he has to shout directions to move left or right. Then everyone paddles on the opposite side. You should also have a strong man in the back to run the rudder. And make sure that you don't get the boat turned sideways. That's a certain way to sink it in a fast current. You'll lose control and get smashed into a rock if you do."
Anything else before you set off?
Tericus Monday April 14th, 2003 5:29:08 PM
"I can try to scry Byron, but ill need a calm pool of water to do it." Tericus says. "These turtles are the only boat ive been on. I really dont know much about sailing, im afraid."
Gareth Monday April 14th, 2003 9:01:57 PM
The warrior considers the options. "I'd say Nonam on the front and Clangden or me on the back. That way maybe Nonam can use his magic to prevent any major disasters... Any chance we can find that pool for Tericus?". Turning to Holm, the warrior nods. "Your help is greatly appreciated. What are your plans? Return to the city or hang out here? I'd say the city would be the best thing for you and the turtles.". He makes sure and pet the turtles as well.
Jus Tuesday April 15th, 2003 3:26:19 AM
Jus nods to Nonam, "uh, not really." Lookout at the boats and the oars, he adds, "In principle, I know what you're supposed to do, but an ocean port is a bit different than rapids."
Thanking Holm for his excellent help, Jus promises to invite Holm up for dinner the next time the Storm's are in town. Jus then bids Holm a good trip and turns his attention to the trip ahead.
Addinein d20=13 Tuesday April 15th, 2003 7:08:25 AM
Letting the others take care of the farewell, Addinein tries to see if he can spot a calm pool of water. (spot 13) (not home for access to character sheet)
Nonam Tuesday April 15th, 2003 10:22:58 AM
Nonam isn't too sure about sitting in the front, but it sounds better than the alternatives. He takes up his seat and wonders what spells he might have to help save a boat. He decides to cast water breathing on himself before the journey gets started. That way he can cast underwater later if the need arises.
The spell should last 32 hours.
Scry - DMJK Tuesday April 15th, 2003 10:27:05 AM
After a bit of searching, Tericus finds a suitable pool for scrying. He gets a brief image of Byron in a swamp, but the vision fades quickly.
The rapids await. Nonam first, Gareth last, and everyone else in between. Any last preparations?
Clangden Tuesday April 15th, 2003 12:32:40 PM
um, i have a question, why couldnt we of wind walked or something to that effect instead of us taking the chance of drowning?
if we must ride this blasted boat, we should put all of our valuable and heavy things in a bag of holding or portable hole and someone who has the ability to stay above the water do so incase this thing flips.
Clangden looks very nervous
Tericus Tuesday April 15th, 2003 8:11:54 PM
"Windwalk would only last about an hour, and I dont think I can cast it on everyone." Tericus says to Clangden. "Just close your eyes and it will be over before you know it."
Gareth Tuesday April 15th, 2003 10:15:05 PM
The warrior considers Clangden's words. "Could we use fly, teleport or other spells to get us through this obstacle more quickly? I would think speed would be a good thing about now seeing Byron's progress.".
Clangden Wednesday April 16th, 2003 1:05:01 AM
(ooc Tericus, look in your spellbook, windwalk states it lasts 1 hour per level and effects yourself plus 1 person / 3 lvls. hence you and 5 others.)
Addinien Wednesday April 16th, 2003 8:04:19 AM
Addinein speculates, "I'm not sure you couldn't cast levitate after we get the boat in the water. that way the boat could still be moved by the water, but it might not sink?"
Jus Wednesday April 16th, 2003 9:29:29 AM
Jus patiently sits, waiting for Nonam and Tericus to decide what, if anything, to cast. None of the spells he has, save possibly Dimension Door, would help at this time.
Toying with one of the paddles, Jus reminisces of his childhood and playing sword fighting with some oars and belay pins.
"I say we take the boat. Sure, it might capsize and a few of us might drown, but we'd have a lot of fun doing it."
Nonam Wednesday April 16th, 2003 12:01:57 PM
"If I cast fly, it would last just under 3 hours, but I can't fly all of us. The spell won't work on an inanimate object, so I can't fly the boat.
Levitation might work, but I don't know it.
For teleportation to work, you have to know where you are going. That's why we didn't just teleport here in the first place.
There's a chance that I could teleport us to that swamp we saw in the scrying that Tericus just did, but it's risky. The rapids is probably safer because if the teleport spell misses, you could wind up with head stuck in the middle of a rock.
As for windwalking, Tericus is the expert there."
DMJK Wednesday April 16th, 2003 12:04:57 PM
The group talks about spell choices.
Tim is right about the windwalk spell, except I think Tericus might not be 15th level. As temp I don't have everyone's sheet. If he isn't it would be 4 extra people. That's everyone in the group but 1. Gareth and Nonam can fly without any trouble though.
Tericus Wednesday April 16th, 2003 3:16:20 PM
"I cant airwalk everyone(14thlv) and I dont have enough of them to keep us going for an entire day." Tericus says "Plus, its not like flying. You dont move any faster, your just able to walk in the air."
Gareth Wednesday April 16th, 2003 11:25:20 PM
The warrior offers "The key is the get past the rapids. After that, the boat will work fine. Can everyone but Nonam and I windwalk and perhaps together we can guide the boat with a rope down the rapids?".
Addinein Thursday April 17th, 2003 9:12:45 AM
"So someone that can fly would be the person that didn't airwalk?"
Nonam Thursday April 17th, 2003 10:08:21 AM
"I don't think that pulling the boat along with a rope would work. How about this... I cast fly on Clangden just before we get to the rapids, he can fly a little ahead of the boat and give us directions through his ring. If push comes to shove, Tericus can airwalk everyone out, and I can stay behind with waterbreathing and get our gear together."
Clangden Thursday April 17th, 2003 10:26:20 AM
(ooc Tericus, might I suggest you read the spell : Wind Walk. it states: a magical wind wafts a wind walker along at up to 600 feet per round (60mph) or as slow as 5 feet per round (1/2 mph). you at 14th level can effect yourself and 4 other people. meaning, we would travel at 60mph for 14 hours or 840 miles. who all do we have in group? Tericus Clangden Addinein Gareth Jus Nonam Gareth can fly. if you calculate how fast he can travel, and set the speed to him for the rest of us, we all can get really far in 14 hours without us having to worry about drowning.) amazing that Clangden figured this out and not the person who has the spell available to him.
DMJK Thursday April 17th, 2003 10:43:43 AM
Nonam puts forth a new plan, and unless Tericus casts his spell, it seems like what the group will do.
The group nears the rapids. If you move onto them everyone needs to make a str check and a wisdom check. If you have a skill like profession (boating) that is suitable, you can use it instead of the wisdom check.
[dm note on windwalk: it's a lot different than the 2e version. 1st it turns the subjects into "cloudlike vapor" this prohibits casting spells and pulling objects. 2nd, it lets you move 60mph (840 miles by the time Tericus' would wear off). Nonam has other means at his disposal if Tericus decides to get the rest of the group. Still, it's his choice. I merely put this here as an information service. I assume that we're using the boat unless I hear otherwise. Email each other if you want to spend anymore time discussing this.]
Tericus Thursday April 17th, 2003 12:24:49 PM
"Well, I didnt memorize the spell anyway, so I guess we're taking the boat." Tericus say to the others "I guess the thoughs of drowning can give dwarves information the dont normally have."
Gareth d20+8=28 d20=16 Thursday April 17th, 2003 8:30:43 PM
The warrior offers "Since Clangden is flying, I'll steer the boat." (Str 28 - nat 20, Wis 16).
Jus d20=2 d20+15=27 d20+12=28 Thursday April 17th, 2003 8:44:27 PM
Jus keeps his eyes ahead, but a chuckle does escape him. "Where Dragons," Jus says, "what else would you expect?"
As the rapids approach, Jus turns on his glove to enhance his strength [made strength check, by 16].
Using his Knowledge of Nature and Wilderness Lore, Jus watches the waves and exertly does his part [rolled Wilderness Lore check of 27, Knowledge(nature) check of 28].
Clangden Friday April 18th, 2003 2:03:32 AM
holds on the edges of the craft with all his might. (Gareth, i cant fly, i have no wings)
Addinein d20+2=19 d20=13 d20+6=13 Friday April 18th, 2003 6:42:12 AM
As Addinein settles into the boat he sees that Clangden is sitting in the boat. "Did you not want to fly with Nonam's help?"
(Str ck=19, wis ck= 13, balance=13)
Clangden Friday April 18th, 2003 1:02:51 PM
im sorry Add, i didnt know it was offered. i was too busy worrying about drowning to notice.
gladly accepts Nonams' offer to fly.
Nonam Friday April 18th, 2003 2:39:43 PM
Nonam casts fly on Clangden and waterbreathing on himself.
Then he sits down at the front of the boat and picks up an oar. He looks pretty clumsy. "Well, let's get going."
The Rapids and Beyond (DMJK) Friday April 18th, 2003 3:06:05 PM
The group moves forward down the river, over the small little waterfall and down the rapids.
Whooosh! The little boat shoots down the water with Clangden flying ahead and calling back directions. Spray shoots the air and everyone gets soaked... and cold. Adrenaline is in the air. Jus can barely stand it he has so much fun.
Perhaps it's because of Clangden's advance warning, but Nonam proves to know exactly what directions to shout back, and Jus keeps the group informed about what the changes in the river might mean. Gareth seems to even have a sense for the way to move the tiller. Addinein has enough sense to use his oar and follow directions. His style lacks grace or familiarity, but he gets the job done. (results of wis or alternative checks)
Nonam loses his grip on his oar almost as soon as he puts it in the water, and Jus doesn't do much better of a job. Luckily, Gareth puts plenty of shoulder into the tiller, and Addinein proves to be able to handle an oar with enough muscle to get the job done (results of str checks).
Tericus sits in the middle of the boat and gets soaking wet. (no rolls from Tericus)
Hearing Jus whoop and holler, Clangden feels like maybe he should have ridden with the others. Of course, he could have a sopping wet beard hanging down his chest.
An hour and a half later, the group is through the rapids. Everyone is tired and worn out, but it was fun too. Furthermore everyone worked as a team at a new and difficult task. You all feel a sense of accomplishment and excitement after all the long days on the boat.
The river maintains a brisk pace, so everyone keeps going and tries to dry out in the sun. The vegetation on the banks of the river remains hostile, and on occasion a strangler vine tries to lasso somebody and snatch them off the boat. There are also a punch of spines stuck into the outside of the boat as those dreaded purple flowers shoot at the boat as it passes by.
Eventually Nonam warns Clangden that the flight is about to wear off, and the dwarf lands in the boat, the thrill of flying about worn off by this time anyway.
By day's end, the terrain starts to change. You come out of the jungle, and a vast plain opens up before you as far as the horizon. The river widens up and becomes much more calm. The sun starts to set and the light reflecting off the wide river is truly a sight to behold.
Something strange off in the distance though. It appears to be another dragon. A small one. Silver, white, or blue. It's hard to say at this distance in the failing light. It's near a solitary raincloud that's dumping rain near what appears to be a collection of straw huts.
[and here ends my temporary stint as DM. I understand Tim gets the next 2 weeks. Tim, if Jan or Jerry didn't send you the module already, email me, and I'll send it. jkf@grm.net]
Gareth Saturday April 19th, 2003 8:58:29 AM
The warrior smiles as the Storms make it down the rapids. He makes sure all the equipment that fell out is collected and reorganized. He then directs Clangen and the others to start paddling - as does Gareth. "With all of us working I'd imagine we should be able to make up significant time on our quarry. I doesn't seem he was with a large crew so I doubt they could go as fast as we.". As the dragon comes into sight he looks to the others. "So what do we do? Avoid it or maybe see if we can get it tell us some things - like how far ahead the others are or maybe where we are and where we need to go?".
Addinein d20+6=21 d20+6=18 d20+7=8 Monday April 21st, 2003 3:20:46 AM
"Let's try to see what's going on first, before we make any decisions. First we need to see if we need to worry about that dragon or not."
Addinein quickly focuses his sight on the huts and the dragons. As the sun is setting Addinein should be enjoying an enhancement to his sight as this is more his level of lighting.
Spot - 21 Search - 18 listen - 8 (crit fail)
Tericus Monday April 21st, 2003 11:45:28 AM
"Things sure are weird around here." Tericus says himself. he pulls out a wand and touches himself on the shoulder. a moment later he dissapears from view. "Maybe we should go look and see whats going on. Anyone else want to get invisible?"
Nonam Monday April 21st, 2003 12:09:40 PM
Peering at the dragon in the distance, the wizard offers up his thoughts, "It isn't cold enough for that to be a white dragon, and blues are typically desert dwellers, so that isn't likely. Silver dragons have some control over weather, so that's a good possibility. If it is a good dragon, it could possibly help us find Byron. I suggest investigating. We should approach carefully of course."
Gareth Monday April 21st, 2003 9:23:22 PM
As I recall, Tericus, dragons see invisible things as if they were in plain sight. Lets just go see what's up. Maybe if we getjust a little closer we can see a little more to make sure things are OK.
Jus Monday April 21st, 2003 10:28:42 PM
Jus does a double take, then looks around at the party unbelievably. When he sees that everyone else sees what he sees, Jus looks down at his hands. "I don't think this is a wish ring.... I didn't say 'I wish', did I?"
Jus frowns a bit at Nonam's evaluation, but perks up again quickly, "Perhaps he could tell us where that rotten dragon went."
BigTim (acting ADM) Tuesday April 22nd, 2003 1:15:31 AM
* ok guys, bear with me for a few days so I can get in the hang of things, DMing a live game is different than this *
As you come out of the rapids, and take in the scene before you, the first thing you notice is that the Jungle in which was around you gradually becomes plains. Inviting, rolling plains with grass and spotted areas of trees. Unusually looking trees with branches shooting out in odd directions but inviting nonetheless. Occasionally you see a creature you would think native to the area except for 1 creature that you happen to catch a glimpse of. It is a rather odd looking beast, tan colored hide, that sits upright on rather large looking feet. Sprouting a tail about as thick as Addenien's arm, 2 short arms with clawed hands.
As you look at it, it turns and senses you and watches as you float down the gently floating river then without warning, it begins going away from you, getting faster and farther away until you can't see it anymore. The different between this creature and other creatures you have seen is that it seems to run and hop at the same time.
As you turn a bend in the river, everyone sees off in the distance a grouping of odd looking dwellings. You know them to be such for the fact smoke rises out from the top like normal cookfires and surrounding this village is fields of what looks to be crops of some sort. A strange looking crop but you can tell nonetheless it is, and as you draw nearer, you feel and smell the unmistakeable aroma of fresh rain. Looking closer you can see some of the fields dripping water from the stalks of whatever is planted there.
Jus is the first to see as what looks like a young boy, dressed in a cloth tunic and short breeches in one of the rows of the fields. With sunbleached hair and wide eyes, and a hard tanned colored skin. Dropping whatever impliment he had in his hands he begins racing down a track between you and the crops, waving his arms wildly and yelling something to your eyes as incoherent babbling.
And then another turn in the river puts you in a direct line of sight with the village. Just as you see it you also see the young lad huffing and puffing as he is surrounded by others in the village, where then women gather the young children and huddle them into their homes while men and boys gather about, with odd looking sticks in their hands, along the shoreline and at the only dock.
They do not appear to be making an aggressive stance, protective is more of the word.
As for the flying beast. When you make the turn in the river that puts you on a direct line with the village, you can see it fling off to the north, then, it disappears.
(btw, counting you see approximately 20 people, varying in ages, along the shore and on the dock)
Nonam d20+13=16 Tuesday April 22nd, 2003 10:32:25 AM
Nonam puts on a big friendly smile and shouts out a friendly, "Helloooo!"
He holds his hands out with the palms facing toward the crowd in a gesture of friendliness.
[diplomacy check=16]
Addinein Tuesday April 22nd, 2003 2:07:19 PM
Keeping his voice down for just the party to here, "If needed I can cast comprehend languages when the others are near. But I don't know how they would react to the magic."
Tericus Tuesday April 22nd, 2003 3:24:38 PM
hearing Addinein's words, Tericus decides to stay invisible for now, not wanting to startle any of the villagers
Jus d20+18=38 Wednesday April 23rd, 2003 10:17:07 AM
Jus smiles and waves with Nonam, hoping to portray the party as friends -- but all his weapons probably don't do much to calm their fears.
"This should be interesting," Jus says to no one in particular. "I wonder how long its been since these folk have seen someone come down the river." As he says these words, Jus realizes that Byron may have been the last. And if he came through, the village's cautious greeting could be fully explained.
As they approach, Jus turns to the others with the pretense of encouraging them to wave. While doing this, he scans the water and shore, looking for any possible ambush. Turning back to the group on the dock, Jus glances around for hidden trouble. (Spot roll of natural 20, 38 modified).
Clangden Wednesday April 23rd, 2003 12:04:12 PM
tries his best to look non menacing like the others, even dropping his axe and shield on the deck and leaving his hands open for all to see.
BigTim *acting ADM* Wednesday April 23rd, 2003 12:14:57 PM
Jus notices with his spot check that all is not tranquil, looking to the left of the village is another large section of crops, half of which are about dead and the other half is mush.
To all, the smell of acid hangs just slightly in the air.
As the craft slowly approaches the dock, 2 young men step forward and take ropes, tieing them around the aft and front of the boat to the dock, then stepping back as another man, presumably the leader steps forward.
The first thing you notice about him is on his left hand, he has 6 fingers.
In broken common he steps up on the dock, arm outstretched and palm facing down he says: Welcome travelers on the water of life to our (seems to be fumbling with a word) village.
(time frame: getting to be late afternoon)
Nonam Wednesday April 23rd, 2003 2:54:52 PM
Nonam whispers to Addinein while everyone is on the boat, "Don't worry. I cast a permanent comprehend languages on myself some time ago."
Then when the man speaks, Nonam shoots off a quick smile, "No need anyway it appears."
After the boat lands, Nonam looks to the man speaking and announces, "Greetings. I am Nonam Firstorlast, and these are my companions: Gareth Justinian, Jus the Elf, Clangden Swiftaxe, Addinein de Millithor, and Tericus the Blessed. May Alemi shine down his blessings on you and yours."
Nonam rather pointedly does not refer to the group as the Storm Dragons.
Gareth Wednesday April 23rd, 2003 10:30:48 PM
The warrior looks on as Nonam speaks to the leader. He smiles and nods, content to let Nonam do the intros. With his farming background he looks around at the crops to see if he can determine what has gone wrong with them, wondering if the dragon spoiled the crops.
Addinein Wednesday April 23rd, 2003 11:36:07 PM
Addinein nods in understanding at Nonam. Watching the others as Nonam introduces everyone, Addinein keeps his eyes out for anything untoward.
Clangden d20+9=24 Thursday April 24th, 2003 11:13:51 AM
grabbing his pack, axe and shield Clangden walks off the boat, standing with the others but like addenein, he watches.
(spot 24)
BigTim *acting ADM* Thursday April 24th, 2003 11:29:39 AM
Gareth can assume, without actually walking in to the field, that some type of acid might of been used on the field. What with the acid smell in the air and the field turning to mush.
Addeneins and Clangdens survey of the area and people reveal nothing of hostile intentions. Matter of fact, they see women and children peering out of windows and doors, gawking at the spectacle happening down at the dock. Hushed whisperings can be observed coming from them.
Stepping up to Nonam is the 6 fingered man, arm still outstretched, open palm facing down. Reaching down he takes Nonams wrist with his other hand, and leads it to look opposite his, arm our and open palm facing up. Then, he touches his palm to Nonams and then all the men and boys around the dock go from a worried, protective look to that of jubilation. Smiles erupt on their faces, the odd looking curved sticks go in to belts or hang in hands pointing down to the ground.
The six fingered man says: (still in broken common) Welcome fellow travelers on the water of life to our village. We were unawares that there were others in the area and would be happy to listen to your story but first, (patting his belly) it is time for sustenance and we welcome you all to our table. Let us partake of nourishment and company at the table and when we have had our fill, let us talk about each other.
Unless the group resists, you are escourted in to a large building made of stone, wood, straw and mud where, upon entering you notice 4 rows of tables. 3 facing lengthways and the 4th crossed at the top. Waftings of delicious food is smelled upon entering this building, and your bellies begin to rumble and you realize that it has been a long time since a decent meal has been had by you all.
You are all given chairs at the 3rd table, closest to the 4th table.
Pretty soon everyone it seems that is from the village is there, sitting, smiling, Gawking and whispering while pointing to you as the food is served. Meat on the bone, Vegetables of various colors, Gravy that has a spiciness to it is served as well as jugs of water.
You do notice that on the 4th table, one chair is empty, as well as on the first table, 2 on the 2nd table and 4 on the 3rd table.
Nonam Thursday April 24th, 2003 2:18:51 PM
Nonam surveys the bounty and exclaims, "It looks and smells delicious. We've been on the water for several days, and the hot meal is most welcome. You have our sincere thanks for your hospitality."
"I hope that you don't mind if I perform a ceremony of blessing over our food. It's a custom of ours." Assuming permission is given, Nonam uses the ruse to cast detect poison. If the food is safe, he eats with pleasure and tries to make small talk with the 6 fingered man or whoever else sat with the group.
"Ahhh, the food is excellent. Some of the best that I've ever tasted.... So what is the name of this pleasant town? You seem to be very isolated. I never even knew that there was a settlement in this area."
Clangden d20+9=11 Thursday April 24th, 2003 5:58:15 PM
leaning his axe against the table beside him and putting his armor and shield against the wall behind him, Clangden takes his seat. When Nonam says grace, he bows his head and places his palms, face up on the table. After that is said, wordlessly he eats his meal, all the while keeping an eye on the surroundings. Always expecting the worst.
(spot of 11)
Addinein Thursday April 24th, 2003 11:03:26 PM
Having plenty of questions about what can be seen around the village. Addinein openly displays his heritage and watches how the people react to him.
Tericus Friday April 25th, 2003 7:09:05 AM
fading into view before the group goes to eat, Tericus goes with the rest of the group. once they begin eating, he asks the nearest native "Why are those seats empty?"
Gareth Friday April 25th, 2003 7:54:38 AM
The warrior does not resist the offer of hospitality. He waits to see what the man will say regarding the field, content to not force the issue since they were stopping for the night anyway and would much prefer to sleep on dry ground.
BigTim *acting ADM* d20+24=30 Friday April 25th, 2003 9:45:49 AM
Addenein draws stares and points from people, especially the children as do Clangden.
Since no question was asked about the fields, Gareth, no answer is given.
One of the townsfolks sitting near Tericus hears his question and replies: except for <pointing at the empty chair at the head table and a chair near the door> those 2, the other empty chairs are those who was taken from us.
As Nonam says grace, the door opens up. In walks an aging gentleman, dressed in a dark colored tunic and breeches, walking with a slight limp and using a gnarled branch that was formed in to a cane. Taking off his hat, he places it on the back of the chair and after taking his seat he leans his cane against the table beside him. Eyeing the group without emotion as Nonam determines that the food is not poisoned, he then goes back to the food that is brought to him. You notice that the people dont really speak to him except for the serving people, and only to answer his replies or to ask a question. You also notice that unlike the villagers, all who are human, this man has a slight point in his ears. Unmistakeable of that of a Half Elf.
After Nonam says Grace, and after the man takes in his first mouthful, in Draconic he says aloud to noone in particular, but you know it's directed to you Nonam. So, is the food poisoned?
Bringing the group back to the people of the village is a answer from the six fingered man: Hone. (not a mispelling) And where is your hone? does it have a name too? are everyone in your hone like you? he rumbles off alot of question in succession then realizing, he says: there will be plenty of time to ask and answer questions, let us partake of this sustenance, enjoy its taste and then after, we will talk. And with that said, everyone digs in.
Nonam Friday April 25th, 2003 3:30:21 PM
Nonam smiles wryly and answers the half elf in draconic, "Not today."
Feeling that he's done enough of the talking, he decides to let one of the other party members answer the questions about "hone."
If no one else comments he'll start telling about the Floating City.
Tericus Saturday April 26th, 2003 10:37:11 AM
Tericus begins to ask about the missing people, but he decides that its not the best time to ask that, so he continues to eat and drink, though he keeps an eye on the newcomer
Addinein Monday April 28th, 2003 1:18:48 AM
Not wanting to confuse the poor man and wanting to see how he takes the information from Nonam, Addinein holds off on giving over any information about his ancestral home. Taking his time over the meal, Addinein looks at the food being served, and compares it beteen the floating city, and the food of his ancestors.
BigTim *acting ADM* Monday April 28th, 2003 12:22:52 PM
The meal served was not elaborate like you are all used to, but it filled the emptyness with a tasteful morsel. About halfway through the meal Nonam begins telling stories of the Floating City. (Nonam, please post that roleplay, you are new to them and I dont want to assume as to what you told them)
The people stop talking among themselves and listen intently to Nonam.
The Half Elf motions a server to take his plate. He gathers his things and moves to the 4th table, next to the six fingered man. Standing there he waits for the person sitting there to move to an empty chair without saying anything, then takes his place. The server places his half eaten plate of food before him and scurries off.
Leaning forward slightly, he half eats while listening.
Since he is now closer, you can tell for sure that he is a Half Elf, and his age appears older than you have ever seen, wrinkles galore and small age blotches on both cheeks, gnarled hands.
All is silent. Until.
Landing on the back of Clangden's chair is the Parott. the children starts pointing and laughing so do some of the adults. Looking to the left then right, the Parott flitters to the table besides Clangdens plate and starts eating some of the uncooked veggies and an occassional bug that happens to get in range.
Nonam Monday April 28th, 2003 3:18:15 PM
"Well, let's see, we come from what is known as the Floating City. It gets this name because it floats on a lake. I don't mean that the city is on an island, I mean that it literally floats on a lake. It was originally constructed by an ancient race of people known as the Teucri. They were capable of wondrous feats, and our home is one of them. The Teucri are no long gone, but the Floating City remains a testament to their knowledge.
Now to the city itself, I can't begin to tell you how it floats. That's never been something that I wondered much about. I suppose it sounds strange, but that's just what the city did. I sort of took it for granted I suppose. Anyway, the city is built in layers. We have the trash level on the bottom. It is below the water line and is continually dark. The lowest sort of people live there. Crime is rampant. Above is the Fence level. This level is on the water, and it's filled with taverns and smells continually of fish. It can be rough, but the guards ensure order because this is where visitors to our city first arrive. The next level up is the Barracks level. The city's guards are housed on this level and there are a few shops that cater to them and sell things like swords and armor. The heavy presence of guards here helps keep criminals from drifting up to the nicer portions of the city. Up above is the merchant level. Here are most of the city's shops and restaraunts. There are a few inns, and it is a comfortale place. Good merchants, artisans, and craftsmen make their home on this level. The next level up is known as the Gold Level. This is where the wealthy make their homes, and there are some shops that cater to them. Then, the upper most level is what we call the Open Air Level. This level opens up to the sky. The others do not because there is another level on top of them, of course. This would make the other levels seem dark and claustrophobic if it were not for the Teucri magic that brought in daylight. Anyway, the Open Air level is the place where any citizen can go for fresh air. We have our temples up there, and the palace of our governor, the Overlord. There is also an amusement park known as the Diamond Midway. It gives all the people a chance to come up and experience fresh air from time to time. It's a favorite hangout when the youth go out on dates."
As for the location of our city, that is an interesting tale indeed. Not so long ago, the city was located on large lake in New Elennia on one of the plateaus of the New Elennian peninsula. It had been there since its creation centuries ago. Then at the end of the war with the Dark God last year, the city was moved. The people merely woke up one morning to find the city on a different lake. It didn't fly there or anything. It just was there one morning. I can't explain it, and I know a good bit about magic. That's what we're doing now. Trying to figure out where our city moved too. We sailed south on the lake and followed a river through the jungle til we arrived here at your village.
And you are the first people that we've encountered since the city was moved. We're anxious to figure out just where we are and if we can figure out a way to reestablish trade routes with the people of New Elenna."
Clangden Monday April 28th, 2003 4:07:53 PM
feeding the bird some small pieces of food, Clangden whispers to it. motioning a few of the children to him he, if they come, holds the bird and lets them pet it. telling the children to be nice to the animal, that it has feelings too.
Clangden's mood seems to lighten up at this point. a small smile can be seen forming.
Tericus Monday April 28th, 2003 8:41:53 PM
"Yeah, what he said" Tericus says, pointing at Nonam
Gareth Monday April 28th, 2003 10:07:52 PM
The warrior sits back and smiles as the mage amazes with his stories. He decides to just eat, drink, and enjoy the fun. He bides his time to ask about the destroyed crops, missing people, and Byron to see what the folk tell them.
Jus (by JK) Tuesday April 29th, 2003 11:17:36 AM
Listening to Nonam's tale, Jus blurts out when Nonam mentions the Overlord's palace, "And Nonam here is in love with the Overlord." The elf grins from ear to ear and hopes he can get the mage to blush.
[since John is going to be gone for about another week, I'll post for Jus unless somebody objects]
BigTim *acting ADM* Tuesday April 29th, 2003 12:28:26 PM
The men at the head table listens intently to Nonams tale, they smile when the Parrot flies in and when Jus tries to make the Mage blush.
The half elf says to the other men at the table: isn't it time for the children be put to bed and the women tend the fires? and as if on cue, the Six Fingered man stands up, claps his hands together one time and says to the hall: time for bed, women, please tend to the children.
with awws from the children, the women clear off the tables and usher the children out of the hall and after a few long minutes, when the hall is finally empty save for the Storms and the men at the head table, the Half Elf nods at one of the other men who dutifullessly goes to a fireplace. pulling out a large rock, he reaches in and pulls out 2 dusty bottles. placing the rock back where it goes he brings the bottles back, placing one on your table and one on their table. popping the cork in yours the man places a empty cup in front of each of you, then pours it about 1/4 way full of this dark, thick, aromatic liquid. as he is doing this, another man is doing the same on the other table, same type of liquid.
when all the cups are filled, the men at the head table move to sit opposite you at your table.
the Half Elf is first to pipe up saying: how is it if this city of yours, that in all its splendor and grand magic, can't you determine where you are? If you have all these temples there, why do the Gods not answer your divinations? did you do something to have the gods decide to torment you and the people by sending you here without any way of finding out answers to simple questions? and what of your , overlord? is she like a king? you said this "trash" level is full of thieves and criminals, why do you allow them to survive there? what's to keep them from getting out of the city, and turning this area in to a wasteland? for every action there is a reaction. how do we keep this village safe when their are ruffians about now?
his questions are endless. after about 15 minutes of asking, he finally quites down like hes expecting you to remember each question and answer them all accordingly.
the other men sit quietly. watching, waiting.
Addinein Tuesday April 29th, 2003 3:50:11 PM
As the half-elf speaks Addinein inspects the drink in the cup. As the half-elf continues Addinein decides that he'll let the leaders of the group answer this one because Addinein realizes he doesn't have this many answers.
Gareth Tuesday April 29th, 2003 10:23:44 PM
The warrior listens to the questions and offers a few answers. "The thieves play by certain rules. If they break them then the city guard or other special forces are sent to deal with them. They would never turn this into a wasteland as it would not be to their advantage. I was wondering something myself. Why was the dragon here? It would appear he destroyed your crops. We were at a distance and didn't see exactly what it did.".
DEH Tuesday April 29th, 2003 10:26:11 PM
OOC: All, I am out of town a few days and I will not be able to post. Tomorrow (Wednesday) I can but TH, F and then M, T of next week I am not able. Will anyone post for Gareth? Thanks.
DEH Tuesday April 29th, 2003 10:33:35 PM
Email is gareth-3@juno.com
Clangden Wednesday April 30th, 2003 7:40:46 AM
politely as he can, when the man serving the obvious alcoholic refreshment gets to his cup, he places his hand over the empty cup saying: no thank you, I have taken an oath against such libation, water will be just fine. Clangden then goes back to tending to the parrot while listening in to the conversation.
Nonam Wednesday April 30th, 2003 10:38:19 AM
Rather than blush, Nonam shoots Jus a withering look.
He listens to the half-elf's, and he thinks about answering them all individually. Then he decides on a different course of action, "I wish I knew all the answers. Regardless of what they may be, the city is there, and answers won't make it go away. It is several days journey from here, and the trip is a difficult one. That will cut down on your ruffian factor quite a bit. Our city is not nearly so big a problem as a big black dragon. We saw one over the lake a few days ago, and it looks like something sprayed your crops acid. I can only surmise that the dragon we saw caused this destruction. I'd hate to think there was more than 1 black flying around here. I'm wondering why the silver that we saw flying over the village when we arrived hasn't done anything about it. Aren't silvers more powerful than blacks?"
Nonam stares at the half-elf for a moment and starts to put some things together in his mind. An ancient, out of place, half-elf. A dragon that was probably silver. Quick disappearance of the silver dragon. Silvers can polymorph and like to do so. The half-elf speaks draconic. Could it be?
The wizard suddenly changes course, "Have you ever heard of the dragon consortium? Or of the Dragonstone?"
Jus Wednesday April 30th, 2003 10:39:27 AM
Jus shrugs off Nonam's look. Everyone else really needs to have some fun. The boat ride is over, and its time to relax. Of course the dragons seem interesting. Maybe the group would get to fight the black. That could be fun!
BigTim *acting ADM* Wednesday April 30th, 2003 1:41:03 PM
the Half Elf nods his head slowly, frowning his mouth from time to time as all speaks, but seems to listen more when Nonam speaks.
When the mention of a Black Dragon is made, the other men at the table get frowns on their face that turn to sadness on some and others just nod their heads.
The six fingered man says: yes, you are correct, we have had some problems with a Black. Our fields get sprayed and at times it swoops down and carries off a villager. Just 2 days ago it took one of ours and headed toward the swamp to the southwest. If you remember, the empty seats at the meal? those were villagers who have been taken from us. We are farmers, and some times hunters when we need extra sustenance, we are not great takers like yourselves. As for the silver you asked about
The six fingered man is cut off by the Half Elf at this moment, giving him a stern look, then turns his attention to the group saying: in time, perhaps, you may meet her, but she is shy and wishes to remain away from such spectacles of men. She was attacked by the Black and being young she could not defend herself properly. We found her and rescued her from death, nursed her back to health and now, with her ability to control the weather, helps keep our crops well fed with much needed rain.
Right when he pauses the door bursts open, and a youth runs up to the head table and start blurting out rapidly Derakisgoneheleftanotesayinghewentafterhis the other men get him to calm down and when he does he continues. I checked the fire and it is a few days old, that's why he hasnt been to nourishment times for the past few days.
The men at the table start murmuring to each other, like village elders do, then the Half Elf says: Enough. Everyone gets quiet. He nods to each of them. Not with anger but pity and remorse, and then turns to the group and speaks: Derak, as the boy spoke of, is an Elder as well. It was his wife who was just taken from us and I am afraid he has gone in search of her. The boy says his bow, arrows and hunting knife are also missing and we are afraid he has gone off to get himself killed. If he hasn't already done so.
(guys, I messed up and I apologize, I was suppose to give you names almost from the start of supper, and I forgot. like I said to please bear with me at the start of my dming, so Im gonna tell you the six fingered man's name and the Half Elf and you can pretend you knew all along, again, my apologies)
Half Elf: Lathiese Six Fingered Man: Alorrn
Nonam Wednesday April 30th, 2003 3:36:58 PM
Deciding that Lathiese probably isn't a dragon afterall, Nonam frowns at the story of Derak.
Nonam looks to Gareth and nods when the story of Derak is told to the party. He hopes that Gareth understands that the wizard wants him to speak for the group on this subject. He also hopes that Gareth understands that the nod was meant to suggest that the group should help. Was he being too subtle? Probably.
Tericus Wednesday April 30th, 2003 7:14:50 PM
"I hope he didnt go after that Black." Tericus says. "By the way Lathiese, we saw what we thought was a black dragon, but it looked like it was dead. Is the one plaguing your village also dead?"
Gareth Wednesday April 30th, 2003 8:36:42 PM
The warrior takes the cue from Nonam. "Sounds like we should go and help him. Perhaps we can locate the Black in question and do something about it bothering you any more. That is, if you would like our help...". He looks to the leaders to see what they say.
Addinein Thursday May 1st, 2003 2:54:32 AM
Addinein leans forward in anticpation of what the leaders say after Gareth suggests that the group should help find Derak.
Jus (by JK) Thursday May 1st, 2003 10:20:56 AM
While trying to maintain a serious look, Jus imagines what the dragon fight could be like while the others discuss it. It reaches down and snatches up Nonam in its jaws, stomps Clangden with a front claw, and wraps its tail around Gareth. Tericus is unconcious and Addinein is trapped under the rock that fell from the ceiling when Nonam's fireball dislodged it. The situation looks bleak for the Storm Dragons, but then the mighty elf draws back his bow and lets a careful shot fly!
The arrow travels like it was in slow motion straight for the dragon. It hits the dragon square in the chest, penetrates right through its scaly hide, and pierces its heart. Its dead!
What an adventure!
Clangden Thursday May 1st, 2003 12:53:49 PM
nods in agreement with Gareth.
BigTim *acting ADM* Thursday May 1st, 2003 1:06:42 PM
when Gareth offers the group to help the village with the Black Dragon menace, and hopefully the rescue of Derak, the head table begins to murmur, with everyone save one nodding approval.
Lathiese speaks up: the only thing we might be able to offer you is, advice in the area, and some tactics when fighting certain things. take for instance we are sure you have encountered the purple sunflowers? that shoot needles at you? well, to defeat it with little threat to a large group is, you send in a decoy, someone with the ability to dodge in and out of danger easily, with alot of toughness, and while he has the attention of the plant, the others search out the core and destroy it, destroying all its sunflowers in the process. and we can offer your city something as well. rid us of this dragon menace, and then have some of your sages come here, and we will show them how to live off this land, how to hunt and eat the beasts, and I personally will help them in determining where exactly you all are.
Alorrn stands up when Lathiese is finished and says: we accept your offer in helping, as Lathiese says, we will assist you any way we can, but you must understand, we can not send anyone with you. what crops we do have are almost to the point where it is time to harvest and we need every able body to do that before the dragon returns.
one of the other Edlers stands up, raises his cup and says: to the Hero's before us, may they thrive in thier endeavor, may they come back safely, and may they find justice for our fallen friends.
BigTim Thursday May 1st, 2003 8:41:42 PM
hence ends my stint as DM. Jan comes back tomorrow.
YAH!
DM Jan Friday May 2nd, 2003 1:55:26 AM
((OOC - kudos to JK and Tim - excellent play, and thank you for covering for me. My apologies for an early post, only I'm away from the comp tomorrow until Sunday, and I want to set things up for the next scene. Take both mine and Tim's last post into account when posting.))
DM Jan Friday May 2nd, 2003 2:28:55 AM
It's getting very late, and there's a lot of planning to be done.
Alorrn tells the group they will gladly accomodate them for the night, only they might have to sleep in different places because there isn't room for everyone.
Outside, torches are staked here and there throughout the village, and moths the size of ogres fists flit dangerously near the flames. Beyond the light - pitch blackness, an acrid smell, and the sound of endless toads, frogs and other night beasts.
Some of the men smoke pipes outside their huts and talk softly amongst themselves before retiring for the night, and the Storms are offered to partake. It appears to be safe enough to split up.
Lathiese is seen wandering off to his own hut. (SPOT CHECK with regard to this character here please.)
Eventually, the group is told where they can be accomodated for the night. Scattered about the village -
Clangden - "Man with two voices" is billeted with a young widow and seven children, who are all wide awake and staring at him like owls.
Addinein, Jus and Gareth are placed in a hut with four young women - lean-limbed, scantily dressed. Weaponry stacked by the door, and hard predatory eyes suggest these ladies are hunters, and certainly not shy or afraid of the men now in their midst.
Nonam and Tericus get to stay in Derak's empty hut. It's bit chilly because the fire has burned out in the hearth. It looks as though someone has tried to burn some papers there but didn't quite manage it.
((Guys, I need you to tell me exactly what your character does this night.))
Clangden d20+7=18 Friday May 2nd, 2003 6:08:26 AM
rummaging through his pack, Clangden produces a toy for each of the 7 children, made out of wood. a horse, bird, doll, ball, wagon, boat, dog. thanking the widow for her hospitality, he hands her 2 sunrods and tells her how they work. he also will leave her 10 gold coins on one of the table chairs before he leaves.
Clangden goes outside, and partakes of the offered tobacco, listening to the villagers tales and adding some of his own. saying goodnight to them, he goes back to the home, and sleeps but 2 hours (having ring of sustenance) and then goes outside the home, and stands watch outside, in full gear.
(spot check of 17 for Lathiese)
Clangden also lets the children mess with the parrot a bit before making it a nest in one of the rafters in the hut.
Tericus d20+13=15 Friday May 2nd, 2003 9:10:23 AM
(spot check of 15)Teriucs goes straight to his hut after dinner. when he gets there he casts divination in order to find out if the black dragon is undead or not. afterwards he goes to sleep and memorizes his spells for the next day
Nonam d20-3=-1 Friday May 2nd, 2003 10:50:20 AM
As the elders speak of what rewards they can offer to the party, Nonam responds, "We'd be grateful for the sort of information you're talking about, but we don't expect any sort of reward."
Nonam doesn't spot anything as he walks to the hut. In fact, he has trouble even noticing the hut.
As Nonam and Tericus enter their quarters, the wizard looks around, then he offers to Tericus, "You know I was thinking of how to ward this room since we don't really have anyone to guard it tonight, and I thought to myself, we could teleport back to Floating City, spend the night in our beds, and teleport back here in the morning before anyone ever missed us. Now that I have a specific location to memorize, it would be easy to do. If any of our friends miss us or if there's trouble, they should be able to contact us on the Dragon rings."
The wizard gives the cleric a half serious look and says, "I really think we should."
Nonam sets about memorizing the hut for the return trip. Then he sends the rest of the party a message through the Dragon ring, "Be sure to contact everyone through the rings if there's trouble in the night. Oh, and nobody should come into our hut without alerting me first. I've trapped it, and I don't want to blow anyone up."
Nonam grins at Tericus, "Are you ready?" Then he teleports the pair into Nonam's room in Storm Dragon mansion (provided the cleric is willing of course). If Tericus won't go, he won't leave either.
Assuming they leave for the night: Back in the mansion, he finds Mitchum and asks for an early wakeup call. He also drafts a note to the Overlord telling her about the village and the dragon. He passes it into Mitchum's care for delivery after he and Tericus leave.
Addinein d20=13 Friday May 2nd, 2003 6:58:53 PM
(sheet not on me, add appropriate spot bonus)
Settling in for the night Addinein adjusts to the caution his hosts appear to be showing. Letting Gareth and Jus answer any initial questions, Addinein lightly meditates for as long as the others are engaged in talk. Addinein lets Gareth and Jus know through the Dragon ring that 'You two get some sleep when you are ready. I will do my best to talk with them, and keep an eye on things around here.'
Accustomed to not being trusted, the women don't phase Addinein with their stares or facial expressions.
Tericus Friday May 2nd, 2003 10:34:54 PM
"Sure, lets go. It would be nice to stay in my bed." Tericus says to Nonam
DM Jan Monday May 5th, 2003 12:21:13 PM
Goings on in various huts....
Hut 1 - the widow thanks Clangden profusely for the gifts. She tells him that all good things come out of the jungle (as the Storms appear to have done). "Like the jungle girl!" says one of the kids. Clangden is told about a girl who visits them occasionally, who has silver hair and who can't speak, and that they mash up her food then she can eat. "She came to us at the same time as Cloud. Cloud helps with our crops. We found it torn and bleeding strange blood in our fields, and so we helped it. We help her too. A beast must have caught her in the jungle, and she cannot eat like we can." He gets the impression that they have a very naive attitude toward strangers, and that perhaps they have little experience when it comes to newcomers in their midst - very open, completely lacking in suspicion. Outside with the pipe smokers, some of the men ask him to elaborate on what Nonam told them earlier about the Big Float. They seem to be totally in wonder about it. They are also having a good chuckle about seeing a boat sail past a few days ago. They could see two men ducking and hiding inside it - and it sailed right past them. They thought it funny, and odd. Clangden will note other slight oddities about some of them - extra fingers, one of the men has only one ear, but they seem healthy enough. This seemed to be an odd place all together, as though things weren't quite right. He'd noticed Lathiese looking strangely at him occasionally, his weapons in particular.
Over in Hut 2 - Addinein gets another story from the girls as Gareth and Jus get a little rest. Snippets of conversation (with the local colloquialisms stripped out) - "We seem to be surrounded by misfortune. Just when we think everything is going to be alright, something bad happens, and that horrible dragon comes along and ruins everything." "We wanted to go and find out where it lives, but Lathiese says its too dangerous." "I don't know why the men listen to him. He isn't one of us anyway." "He's supposed to be wise." "How can someone who's lived so long be wise? We all know you lose your mind when you get old. He must have lost his ten times over." Laughter. Laughter stops. "We want to go after Derak, Lathiese won't let us." "We could go anyway." "Yes, but these people are here now." Addinein will note the girls seem a little angry, and like Clangden will get the impression of a naive honesty coming from these people.
Hut 3 - Nonam sets up some wards, and WOOSH - he and Tericus teleport back to the Float to spend a MUCH MORE COMFORTABLE night at the mansion. Mitchum says he'll deliver the letter to the Overlord personally. "Having fun?" he asks, in his usual deadpan manner. The teleports go without a hitch - and early morning finds them back in the village. The night before, Tericus's divination will have revealed a life aura surrounding a black dragon, that an undead one would not possess. As for the villagers - funny old bloke, that half elf Lathiese is too, he may wonder. The way he kept looking at Tericus's fingers. Creepy.
Dawn breaks and for the first time in a long while, the Storms will notice a few slivers of morning sunshine breaking through the barrier of cloud that hands oppressively to the north, over the jungle. The villagers are up and about, getting breakfast, grabbing tools ready to enter the crop fields.
Clangden Monday May 5th, 2003 2:03:17 PM
when Clangden sees the other Storms rousing, he asks one of the villagers where lathiese resides, and goes there.
knocking on the door, he waits for him to either open it or yells a command to enter.
*if he opens the door* standing there, he looks at Lathiese in his eyes and says: what is it that you want from us really? why are you here? you obviously aren't the same as them, and why are they frightened of you?
*if he commands an entrance* Clangden enters the hut, shutting the door behind him. seeing where he is Clangden steps up to him and <asks the questions above>
Note: he is carrying his axe and his shield is in its cradle on his back, ready to be called forth. pack is left next to the front door of the hut he stayed in. so is the parrot.
Nonam Monday May 5th, 2003 2:30:34 PM
Nonam breakfasts and memorizes new spells in Floating City.
When the pair arrive back in the village, Nonam has a hard time looking at Tericus when the others are around without laughing.
He moseys (is that how you spell that?) on over to the breakfast area and waits for the group to begin the expedition.
[Is anyone playing Gareth for DEH? I'd do it, but I'm still running Jus. I think John said he would be back today though.]
Addinein Tuesday May 6th, 2003 8:00:43 AM
Addinein listens to the girls intently as they chatter away at him. As the girls converse about age, Addinein is unsure of what to say since in human years he could be considered old. He's not sure how the girls/villagers would react to what he has to say either.
"Lathiese is probably right that it is very dangerous to go after a creature like that. If they were easy to kill, then you would have them as a source of meat for your village. Did you happen to see how BIG this creature is?
Everyone in the Big Float would have second thoughts about going after a Dragon, even if it was bothering the city.
Tell me more about Lathiese. What's he like, how long has he been here, does he have any family, what can you tell me of the surrounding area, how far have you travelled from the village on your own? How many people live here?"
(ooc since Addinein can stay up most of the night, if you want to carry the conversation on in e-mail, let me know. (eventually the girls will tire and go to bed ;) ))
Tericus Tuesday May 6th, 2003 8:52:18 AM
before they go to breakfast, Tericus tells him "The dragon is alive. Also, people keep staring at my fingers. Weird." then he goes off looking for some breakfast, hoping to find some bacon
Jus (by JK) Tuesday May 6th, 2003 10:27:06 AM
Jus wakes Gareth up early for a little sparring. "We've been cramped up for so long, I need to get a little practice in before we face the dragon. Plus, the villagers might like a show."
DM Jan Tuesday May 6th, 2003 2:21:49 PM
Clangden is directed toward Lathiese's hut, only to discover that the old half elf is not at home. Allorn happens to be walking past. "I think Lathiese has gone walkabout," he says, his nodding toward the distant marshes and the mountains. "I think thats where he finds his eels. He has a funny diet, all he'll eat is fish. Strange though, I thought he would have been here this morning. Unless he's gone looking for Derak. But now you're here." He shrugs before continuing. "You must tell me what you all need. Anything we have that might help, we will give you gladly. Did you come by that parrot in the jungle?"
Breakfast in the village is highlighted by a blistering display of martial arts between Jus and Gareth - their techniques echoing their vastly different body types, and both proving equally effective. Nonam and Tericus will note that the villagers are astounded and completely in awe, and a growing positive expectation seems to be growing amongst them.
A little distance away, out on her own, a young girl is watching. She wears the same clothes as the villagers, but she has very long, startlingly silver hair, and even from a distance, looks to be horribly disfigured.
Smooth talking rascal Addinein (who knew? ;) ) has managed to get a lot more info on the place by talking to the girl hunters well into the night. No one can remember a time when Lathiese was not with them. Rumour has it, that he traveled with the first walkers who made their expedition across the Wasted Lands in the West, before they settled here. That was years and years ago - well before the girls were born. They say that the missing man Derak is the storyteller, and that he knows a lot more about the history of their people, where they came from etc. As for the girls themselves, they are proud to tell him of their accomplishments - how they fish in the river, hunt plains creatures, to supplement the villagers crop diet, and how they've even ventured a little into the marshes to the east, and the jungle to the north. No one goes West. They believe, from stories told, no life exists there, and the land is poisoned and 'changes' people. Addinein will recognise some of their jungle tales after his own experiences, although they mention there is some kind of stone building with a door, that none of them can open.
They ask him quite a few questions, too - why is his skin a different colour? Did he come from the Wasted Lands too? One of them shows him her feet. She has webbed toes. Is the Floating City like a giant boat? How big is the lake? On and on and on.
A few of the villagers ask Tericus and Nonam if they want any supplies, directions, anything else.
Clangden Tuesday May 6th, 2003 4:16:51 PM
says to Aloorn" nothing that I know of, Nonam would probably know what we need. As for the Parrot, we found him in the jungle right after we woke up. he kinda adopted us and I keep him fed and tended to. at least he fains listening to me when the others wont.
thanking him, Clangden goes to the hut, retrieves his pack, then heads towards the offstanding girl. in every attempt to not scare her, and to approach in a friendly manner. Clangden even has the parrot standing on his right forearm as he aproaches.
Addinein Wednesday May 7th, 2003 1:27:18 AM
Trying his best to keep the motion of the questioning to his advantage, Addinein asks "what is the Wasted Land?"
If that doesn't keep the girls busy for awhile, then Addinein will briefly describe a little bit about how he grew up. That he used to live under the ground with his family. That some of the people in the group rescued his family from possible destruction by helping them to move up to the surface.
Addinein smiles timidly as he continues to talk with the girls. It is rare for him to be asked this questions as if it were some children asking questions. Not like military precision questioning, which has happened in the past for him.
Tericus Wednesday May 7th, 2003 10:12:51 AM
"Im not sure if we need anything, but directions would be nice. Can you think of anything we need Nonam?" Tericus asks Nonam
Nonam Wednesday May 7th, 2003 11:31:24 AM
"I have a few questions about the dragon. They may seem strange, but that could prove useful to me in determining its power. The fewer suprises that a dragon has the better. How powerful is its magical fear? Does it terrify everyone in the village when it flies over or only a few? Have you seen evidence of it causing water to stagnate or become foul? Has it ever brought a plague of insects to the village? And has it ever cast any spells? If so, did it favor fire, lightning, or perhaps something else. And finally, has it ever attempted communication? Surely it must want something from your village or it would have simply destroyed it. Do you know what it wants?"
DM Jan Wednesday May 7th, 2003 8:21:18 PM
Addinein isn't able to glean much more information from the girls. If its geographical answers he wants, it seems like Derak is the one to talk to. He may also find it quite refreshing that these young women are talking to him as an equal, and are not treating him as the females in his homeland would.
While Gareth and Jus continue to OOOH and AAAH some of the gathered villagers, others try to answer Tericus and Nonam's questions.
"It always flies that way," says one, pointing in an easterly direction, where cragged, ruinous mountains break the distant skyline. "I wish Lathiese was here to tell you more. He's been the closest to the lair by all accounts. He said the horror turned him away once he got close, and warned us never to go there. None of the rest of us has dared go - except for Derak... gone to find his wife, a few days ago. He won't find her, you know. No one comes ba -"
The man stops, suddenly embarrassed, as it hits him where the Storm Dragons will be going.
Nonam's questions bring forth a flurry of discussion amongst the villagers listening. There's a general agreement that the black dragon is pretty frightening, and that it takes a while for them to recover their wits.
"I've wandered a little ways up there," offers one of the girls Addinein had been talking to, as the discussion distracts her away from the sparring. "It stinks - the water is bad and there are clouds of flies." She shrugs. "But its a swamp. Thats what swamps are like. I turned back when I saw a skeleton in one of the pools. There's a bad atmosphere. Derak must be crazy to go there."
They all seem quite baffled when Nonam asks about spells - a few faces look toward him, trying to figure out whether he's gone daft. They've no answer as to what the dragon wants, either.
About 50 yards away, Clangden and the parrot approach the silver haired girl with the ruined face. The parrot bobs its head up and down, and the girl smiles - or tries to. Two steps closer, and the dwarf experiences a shiver - fear? - something like that. It comes and goes, as fast as lightning. Weird - because he's experienced something like that before, and worse - and not all that long ago, either. The girl turns and bolts across the field.
Gareth and Jus finish their bout and bow to the crowd. Cracks in the cloud suggest the sun above it is starting to climb.
Gareth Wednesday May 7th, 2003 11:10:52 PM
The warrior takes time to clasp arms with his long time friend before moving on. Understanding from the others that they have all the info they are going to get he suggest they move on and get the journey started. "I'd say we should attempt to overtake Derak. I would wonder about the disappearance of the old man as well. That seems odd...".
Clangden Thursday May 8th, 2003 1:00:30 AM
stopping in his tracks as the girl bolts, he looks at the bird and says to it: see there, you scared her off. we need to work on your people skills. and with that said he raises his arm up high and fast, releasing the bird.
turning about, he heads back in to the village and to where everyone else is.
when arriving, Clangden sets out all his gear, unpacking and repacking his stuff. then, he dons his equipment and puts everything in their optimum reaching spots. when all is set, he commands his shield forth, then, heafting his axe, he takes a few 5 or 7 swings, making sure all is ready. he then commands his shield to stop, and then goes to Addenein and asks he put his shield back in its cradle on his back.
Clangden then sits on a stump, with a look of readiness across his face.
Nonam (endurance +4, cat's grace +4) d4+1=4 d100=43 d4+1=2 d100=27 d4+1=5 d100=77 d4+1=4 d100=48 Thursday May 8th, 2003 11:47:16 AM
Nonam mutters to himself, "So they believe in dragons but not magic. Brilliant."
Nonam wishes Lathiesse were around. If he recognized the detect poison spell, he might know the answers about spells.
As the group gathers up and is about to head off, the wizard offers, "The villagers haven't been much help to me in determining the strength of the dragon. It is clearly an adult. If Lathiesse were around, or if the silver would have let Clangden speak to her... yes I saw that. Silver's polymorph into human form quite readily you know, at first I thought it was Lathiesse, but the silver haired girl fits much better don't you think. Anyway, from having seen it it's clearly an adult. I had the opportunity last night to read up on black dragons," Nonam grins at Tericus and continues, "As everyone knows, they breathe acid. I have a potion to protect myself, and I've memorize a protection from acid spell this morning. I can cast it 3 times, and it will last just under 3 hours when I cast it. I suggest Gareth and Clangden get two of the castings. I'll let Tericus, Jus, and Addinein decide who gets the 3rd. Though I imagine Tericus' god will grant him some form of protection. Now, black dragons, as most everyone knows, can cast a magical darkness. I've memorized a daylight spell to counteract that. So if the world goes dark, know that I will dispell it soon after. As for what other powers it might have, I can't say. It can probably cast a few spells, but nothing as powerful as what Tericus and I can cast. It will be smart and I would favor fighting it outside its lair if it can manage."
"I've prattled on enough. Are we ready?"
Nonam casts endurance on himself and is ready to go. Nonam casts endurance on Clangden (+2 con) and Gareth (+5 con) too. There that should last you two all day. I can do Bull's Strength when we're closer. With the wand it only lasts about 4 hours.
Then he casts cat's grace on himself (Dex +4), and he takes off his gloves of dexterity. "Does someone else want to wear these? They won't work with the spell."
Addinein Thursday May 8th, 2003 8:43:04 PM
Watches as Gareth and Jus do their thing. When asked, he'll help Clangden get his shield back into the pack.
Commenting to the group when they are along, "that one that spoke over there. They were anxious to talk about the goings on in the village. It almost sounds as if they've isolated themselves here, because it sound like they don't explore much."
Addinein then goes on to relay the information that he got during the night.
In search of the Dragon's Lair
Gareth (Endurance +5) Thursday May 8th, 2003 11:50:21 PM
The warrior graciuosly accepts Nonam's spell. "Thanks, my friend. I'd say we best be on the move.". He bows to the townfolk and says "We shall return with your friends. Best of luck to you all.".
DM Jan Thursday May 8th, 2003 11:54:52 PM
Just moving things along a little....
After a few poignant farewells to the villagers, the Storms set off east, heading toward the mountains. Good time is made for the most part, the ground is firm - grassland, scattered with a few shrubs. Mid afternoon - it starts to change. The ground underfoot becomes a little squelchy in places.
Whoever is up front and scouting will see the terrain is getting gradualy wetter - there are pools ahead, and the group will have to slow down so they won't lose their footing.
As yet, there is no sign of Derak, and those mountains don't look any closer. There is however a small range of foothills straight ahead, that will probably be reached by nightfall.
Clangden d20+10=20 Friday May 9th, 2003 10:08:11 AM
(ooc just so you know, i am wearing amulet of health +6 so your endurance buff wouldnt be any use to me)
as soon as the group leaves the village, Clangden tells the parrot to stay with the lady and her children like it understands and obeys him. placing the bird on the stump outside it.
when the village is no longer in sight, he orders his shield up, and proceeds to take up the second position.
on full alert, ready to do business.
*spot:20*
Tericus Friday May 9th, 2003 10:16:23 AM
Tericus walks along with the others, when all of the suddend he begins to curse himself. "In all the excitement about the dragon, I forgot to scry for Derak! Im so stupid!" the the cleric shakes his head and continues on, though he looks a little dejected
Jus d20+15=29 d20+12=25 d20+18=23 Friday May 9th, 2003 6:44:58 PM
Chuckling when Nonam offers the Acid Protection, Jus is reminded of his past. "Since it's not protection from poison, you can give it to one of the others. It seems that the only thing that consistently takes me down quickly is poison."
Another smile emerges as Jus sees Clangden leave the bird behind. For being such a cantankerous Dwarf, he sure knows how to keep kids happy.
As Jus progresses and helps watch out for dangerous terrain (Wilderness Lore: 29; Nature Knowledge: 25), Jus overhears Tericus' exclamations (Listen: 23). "You're hardly stupid, my good friend," Jus says. "I expect those warrior women addled your brain."
Gareth Friday May 9th, 2003 10:49:27 PM
The warrior moves with the others as they move into the swampy terrain. "Perhaps we will be able to make the hills and get out of this mess by tonight?".
DM Jan Monday May 12th, 2003 2:18:55 AM
While the parrot remains safely back in the village, the Storms continue on toward the foothills. Here and there, deep pools have collected with narrow, treacherous paths dividing them. However - Jus's skills are enough to guide the group through the quagmire.
Gradually, as the sky darkens - there is a light ahead - a campfire light - up on the top of the hillside.
((OOC - I need a spot check here guys, on the surrounding terrain))
DM Jan Monday May 12th, 2003 2:18:57 AM
While the parrot remains safely back in the village, the Storms continue on toward the foothills. Here and there, deep pools have collected with narrow, treacherous paths dividing them. However - Jus's skills are enough to guide the group through the quagmire.
Gradually, as the sky darkens - there is a light ahead - a campfire light - up on the top of the hillside.
((OOC - I need a spot check here guys, on the surrounding terrain))
Tericus d20+13=32 Monday May 12th, 2003 7:02:52 AM
(spot check of 32) "Whats that?" Tericus asks as he points to the campfire. then he quickly says "I know its a campfire, but there's something funny about it."
Nonam Monday May 12th, 2003 11:18:12 AM
Since Clangden doesn't need Nonam's endurance spell, he casts it on Addinein or whoever else wants it.
He decides it doesn't really matter anyway since it doesn't look like they'll be reaching the dragon today.
"Why are we walking? Tericus, can't you do that dimension door spell?"
Clangden d20+9=10 Monday May 12th, 2003 2:33:28 PM
tredding through the muck, every now and again having to stop so he can pull his footless boot out of the mire and put it back on. be that as it may, he still tries staying on alert.
(nat. 1 on spot)
Jus Monday May 12th, 2003 7:29:52 PM
"I can do Dimension Door, but where would the fun be in that?" Jus asks.
As they continue, Jus peers into the swamp, half expecting to see dead people looking back at them.
"Tericus, if this dragon is undead," Jus asks, "would you like to take him out on your own?"
Jus d20+18=28 Monday May 12th, 2003 7:30:24 PM Spot roll of 28
Gareth (Invisible, Fly) Monday May 12th, 2003 10:46:15 PM
The warrior trudges through the quagmire with the others. Upon seeing the fire he takes to the air and goes invisible "I'll be right back...". The warrior flies over the campsite to see who may be about.
Addinein d20=2 Monday May 12th, 2003 11:56:08 PM
Addinein follows along with the rest of the group. Having not spent much time in swamps before, Addinein finds himself slightly distracted as he watches the much close over his shoes. :)
DM Jan Tuesday May 13th, 2003 1:33:10 AM
As various spells are discussed between Nonam, Jus and Tericus to make the journey easier, Clangden and Addinein find themselves having to give full concentration as to where they are putting their feet.
As for dead people - thats exactly what Jus sees in the surrounding pools - skeletons, rotting bodies, humanoid, fish, four legged creatures in various stages of decay. Tericus sees it too - watery graves for a whole host of creatures. As darkness begins to fall, the light fails to bounce off the bones in the water.... but the bodies are still there, nevertheless.
Up ahead, not too far away, an invisible Gareth comes across a lone man below him on the ground. The man is sat next to a small campfire, with his head down. Not far away - the ground gives out to a very large, pitch black hole, which leads to who knows where?
Tericus Tuesday May 13th, 2003 6:54:48 AM
"The dragon isnt undead." Tericus tells Jus "I asked Alemi if it was and he told me it wasnt. I can Air Walk all of us, that way we dont have to walk in all this swampland."
Clangden Tuesday May 13th, 2003 8:45:23 AM
turns to Tericus. so, you are telling us that we could have eliminated this drudgery with a spell? thanks for offering it AFTER we have gone through most of it.
he shakes his head as he continues to walk through the muck. concentrating on putting one foot in front of the other without falling in and becoming one of the skeletal remains.
Jus Tuesday May 13th, 2003 9:40:22 AM
Jus laughs at Clangden's complaints. "I thought dwarfs were supposed to like the earth. When we're done here, you should have enough earth on you to last a cycle."
"As for the Air Walk," Jus continues, "that would be nicer than a Dimension Door -- we wouldn't jump by anything along the way."
Nonam Tuesday May 13th, 2003 6:35:52 PM
Nonam looks up ahead, "I think that we're there now, but it might be a nice way to get back. Though if I recall correctly from our previous discussion, you can't affect everyone with the spell. All of us but 1. I could of course, transform into a pegasus and fly back. I've been wanting to do that ever since..."
The mage prattles on about spells and magic to anyone that will listen.
Gareth d20=17 Tuesday May 13th, 2003 10:35:27 PM
The warrior examines the man for afew moments to see if he recognizes him (Percep 17). If not he flies back to the others. "It's just one man next to a campfire. I did not make my presence known to him.". (He also shares if he recognized him).
Addinein Tuesday May 13th, 2003 11:29:00 PM
"Do we plan on going back to the village after this? If we move on after this, we'll be teleporting back to the float anyway."
Once Gareth reports back, Addinein waits for what the group will do.
DM Jan Wednesday May 14th, 2003 1:44:48 AM
The 'yomp' across the swamp continues, eventually leading to ground that becomes a little more solid and starts to rise.
The underlying rock here seems to be of the porous kind, and crops of pale stones jut out of the ground here and there. The pools become smaller, until no more skeletons can be seen.
Gareth reports back to the others. He seems to think that the person in question could well be the Derak person they're looking for - he certainly fits the description.
The campfire is now about 100 yards away up a slight slope. Its starting to get dark. Very dark. Gaps in the clouds reveal the odd star here and there.
Tericus Wednesday May 14th, 2003 6:59:56 AM
"Gareth is already flying, so I wasnt planning on using it on him." then for the sake of arguing any more, Tericus casts Air Walk on everyone. as he zaps Jus he whispers to him "Why is Clangdenn always in a bad mood? Is it because he gave up ale?"
Nonam Wednesday May 14th, 2003 11:11:12 AM
Once the airwalk is in place, Nonam zips out of the muck toward this Derak fellow.
Clangden Wednesday May 14th, 2003 12:40:27 PM
stepping up out of the muck onto the air, Clangden remarks: oh sure, now that we are out of the crap you see fit to lift me up.
walking purposefully towards the campfire, Clangden has axe in the ready position. when he is within 50yds, and noone else has done so, he will call out saying: Derak, if that is you, Alorrn has sent us to aid you. do not be afraid, we come in peace.
DM Jan Thursday May 15th, 2003 2:23:03 AM
To poor Derak, sat there mourning the death of his wife and contemplating his next move which could well mean suicide - an approaching group of flying strangers doesn 't faze him as much as it normally would.
He tenses, then relaxes a little as Alorrn is mentioned. "I don't know who you are," he says in a voice laced with bitterness, "but if you've come to stop me - don't bother. At the very least I will join my wife in death, and hopefully will be finally at peace, and if I can get a few blows into that rotten scaly hide, then so much the better. "The ^%$#$%^ mocks me even now. He knows I'm here. But I am just the beginning. One day, more will rise against him."
Derak looks like a fairly tall, well built guy - his frame is obviously built for strength. His dark hair is wavy and tousled, and by the looks of his eyes, he hasn't slept in a long while. He is looking at the Storms, knowing that he probably sounds crazy, but that right now he didn't care.
He obviously has no clue as to what he's up against.
Nonam Thursday May 15th, 2003 9:37:29 AM
Nonam takes Jus and Addinein aside and asks, "Do either of you know a sleep spell? I never bothered, but it could give him some needed rest and prevent him from following us to the dragon. I could cast hold person, but it would be frightening, and it only lasts a few minutes.
Tericus d20+16=25 Thursday May 15th, 2003 10:24:46 AM
Tericus floats above the campsite and keeps a lookout for any dragons that might be flying at them(spot check of 25)
Jus Thursday May 15th, 2003 1:48:30 PM
'Good catch,' Jus thinks to himself at Clangden's announcement. It wouldn't have done to have Derak needlessly fight them.
Jus shakes his head to Nonam's query, unable to provide the Sleep that Derak obviously could use.
Jus kneels at the fire across from Derak, enjoying the warmth provided. As he scrapes cakes of mud off his boots, Jus speaks. "A Black Dragon is an abomination in itself; what it is doing to your village makes it more so."
Looking around at the others, Jus cautiously continues, trying to gauge the mind of Derak. "This black is something we'd like to see removed, too."
Clangden Thursday May 15th, 2003 3:28:50 PM
approaching the campsite, Clangden starts stripping off armor and clothing. changing the soiled ones with clean stuff out of his pack and tossing the dirty ones to the side. then, sitting on the ground near Derak he starts oiling his armor and sharpening his axe and then says, without looking up: Derak, what you face is a Dragon, Black as night and terrible beyond all measure. Or so Lathiese told us. Even us <waving to all the Storms> have to prepare ourselves physically, spiritually, and magically before we can even think of taking on yet defeating it. yet you think you are going to be able to do something to this dragon by yourself? if you truly wish to avenge your wife, if you truly wish it be removed from this land, then help us to defeat it. help us by giving us information about this creature. they said back at the village that you are the most knowledgeable one next to Lathiese, you have seen this creature, you might know a weakness that we have not seen. what are its habits. any information you can give us, no matter how insubstantial might prove to be its downfall.
now, back to you. and I don't say this out of disrespect Derak, I mourn for your loss and those already taken by this beast but, what would your wife say to you right now if she saw what you were going to do? I know exactly what she would do. she'd hit you with a rolling pin and tell you to stop playing the fool. well, let me tell you. we will kill the beast, we will avenge your village, but we cant do that and worry about where you are at the same time. against this beast we have to keep our wits about us at all times, we know how each of us are going to react to the danger but we cant be doing our job and watching over you at the same time so I am pleading with you to stay here. stay here til you hear one of us call for you. we will let you come skin the creature, we will let you come rip its heart out of its chest so that you might avenge your wife's death. but please, stay here until it is done.
Gareth Thursday May 15th, 2003 11:39:31 PM
The warrior lets the others deal with the broken man. He instead focuses on the job at hand. "How far is it to this thing? Are we near?".
Addinein Friday May 16th, 2003 4:32:55 AM
Addinein shakes his head negative when he's asked about a sleep spell. "Maybe we can get him to eat a large meal, in order to make him fall asleep."
As Clangden tells his story, Addinein comes up beside him to listen and to show that he's friendly.
DM Jan Friday May 16th, 2003 2:45:13 PM
Nonam, Jus and Addinein have a quiet conversation about casting Sleep on the villager and come up with zip. Clangden tries another tack, one of persuasion.
The man looks a little confused at some of the things Clangden is talking about and says so.
"I thought..." he sighs before continuing. "I thought magic belonged in childrens stories, and yet you talk of it as though it is real, and right now," he looks up to where Tericus is floating, on guard, "I see a man that flies."
"My wife - she believed in magic, too. Even though none of us ever saw it. She even told me - aah, I had to burn what she had written, for fear that everyone else would think her crazy. You mentioned our wise man, Lathiese - so I presume you have met him. My wife - she believed he WAS the dragon. A ridiculous notion, only right now I'm not so sure any more. It's funny how she died right after she told me some things. I don't know what to think any more."
"I don't know what I can tell you that will help either. It flies - fast. It has jaws that can pick up a man and crush him, It spews out acid all over our crops. It looks old, rotten. My wife told me it could talk, she'd heard it, she said. But if it can do that, AND - if she's right about Lathiese. That means it can change shape, too?"
More, he doesn't seem to know, which suggests that the dragon has not had the need or the wish to display its prowess further.
"Please - tell me who you are?" he asks. "Where did you come from? Can you do enough of this magic to destroy it? You have no idea of the debt we would owe you for this, and I would feel like a coward if I didn't not come with you."
As the questions and answers flow back and forth, he answers Gareth's by leading everyone away from the campfire for about a hundred feet.
"Careful, be mindful of the edge," he says, pointing down a large chasm in the ground that looks about another 100 feet wide. "It's down there. I saw it come back, and I'm sure it saw me. It flew back from the north. Where it had been I don't know."
Just then - the groups dragon rings are activated. It's the Overlord. She sounds nervous and on edge. She has read the letter Nonam wrote, and has been told of a sighting - early to mid morning - made by one of the turtlemen in the lake - of a large black dragon to the south who circled for a while and then flew further south and disappeared.
Tericus has a good view of the large hole in the ground. A dark blot on terrain sinking into further shadow of nightfall. It looks like it goes straight down into an even deeper darkness. The group will notice that Derak has a very long coil of rope with him.
"Only a rough estimate," says Derak, "but I reckon that hole is about 150ft deep."
Clangden Friday May 16th, 2003 4:16:37 PM
listening to Derak with calm emotion, he nods his head a few times during his tale.
patting Derak on his shoulder Clangden says: my good good fellow, yes, Magic does exsist. and our wife was right, Dragons do speak and change form. not all Dragons in this world are bad, but some are, and this one is. and if this Dragon is Lathiese, then so be it. by this time tomorrow he will feel the sting of my axe, and the power of Nonam the wizard and everyone else here shall reap their brand of justice upon that vile creature.
you speak of a debt. no debt is owed to us for ridding the world of evil. we seek out evil to destroy it. we ask no reward for doing so. it is the path we chose to take and do so willingly.
as for you Derak. go back to the village, tell them we are here and the evil will be met with justice. tell them to ready themselves for a victory party when we return for I will be carrying his head on a pole for all to see. tell them that the Storm has come to the Dragon and it pours on it this day.
with that said, Clangden dons his armor, orders his shield to protect, and then asks the casters. so, what spells do you have to protect us from a Black Dragon? acid protection, stoneskin, do you have plenty of Haste's memorized, how about an expeditious retreat, cast on me during combat, so that I might engage the creature faster?
turning to Gareth he says: this time Gareth, let us make a plan of attack before heading down in to the hole of doom. let us formulate a strategy that will serve us well this time.
Jus d20+18=29 d20+18=31 Friday May 16th, 2003 7:16:27 PM
"Remember," Jus says to the group, "a dragon can hear practically all said in their domain. Let us be careful with our words."
'and speak our true plans only through the thoughts projected through our rings,' Jus adds through his Dragon Ring to his friends.
Jus turns to the hole, listening, searching for any signs of life. [Listen: 29; Spot: 31]
Kneeling down with a stick to idly draw nonsense in the dirt, Jus continues through the ring 'I would loath to have Derak venture back to his village and be picked up by this dragon. I have a Dimension Door I could combine with fly to get him a good distance away, but I only have one Door memorized.'
Out loud, he says, "Since the dragon almost certainly knows we are here, is there any reason to pussyfoot around and not head straight in?"
Again, through the ring, Jus continues his private words, 'For some reason, I suspect that this dragon is looking for feeding grounds up north. We'd better take care of him soon. Oh, and if that silver shows up again, is there anyway you, Tericus, could heal her?'
Jus shakes his head at his last question. The idea of a dragon not being able to heal itself is daunting. Perhaps the black continues to keep the silver at bay and injured.
Gareth Friday May 16th, 2003 7:57:48 PM
The warrior shrugs and thinks into the ring. "No need to try and deceive it, we do not have the element of suprise. Perhaps we can get it to come out? If not then I suppose we need to magic up and just do it the old fashioned way. I'll ask Max if he feels anything from it.". The warrior communes with his sword and asks it to probe for the dragon - to see if he can tell him anything about the dragon and what is doing or expecting.
Addinein Monday May 19th, 2003 1:58:59 AM
Speaking into the ring to the other Dragons, "Should we try to get Derak back first? Do we know that the Black is not out and about? Because we may want to keep Derak with us to even witness what we do to take that back to the villagers? Because we still need to get through to the rest of the world in order to figure out whether the Float is in reference to everything else. Will we have time to go back to the villagers and let them know that the Black is taken care of?"
Tericus Monday May 19th, 2003 11:00:07 AM
(OOC- can i use Prot. from elements spell to protect from acid? the spell stated an energy attack, but is acid a type of energy?)
"I dont think I have much that can protect us from acid," Tericus says, "But I can certainly heal any damage it inflicts upon us."
Nonam Monday May 19th, 2003 11:33:55 AM
[acid is one of the energy types, at least in D&D]
Nonam uses his permanent detect magic to check out this Derak. What if he's the dragon? That would be bad.
Nonam thinks about Lathiesse being the dragon, "It's possible. I suspected him of being a dragon myself, but I'm not sure about him being the black. Certain things don't fit that scenario, like why didn't it just attack us last night when we were sleeping and separated? On the other hand, he speaks draconic, and he also clearly knows magic since he identified the spell I cast at dinner yesterday. But if that's all it took, then I could be a dragon. If it is Lathiesse though, then the dragon was most interested in Floating City."
Nonam offers, "I have one potion of protection from acid, and I can cast the spell 3 times. That gets 4 of us. If Tericus can get the other 2...." Nonam gives the potion to Gareth with a warning not to drink it too soon. Then before just heading down the shaft, he casts protection from elements (acid) on himself, Clangden, and Jus.
DM Jan Monday May 19th, 2003 5:08:22 PM
((Sam, yes what JK said on the Prot. from Elements spell))
As the Storms converse through their rings, Derak seems puzzled as to what to do for the best. Finally he says -
"I will stay here, at the mouth of the Maw. You talk of things I cannot begin to comprehend. Clearly there is much our village needs to learn. I realise now I may upset whatever plan you might have. "But I will not go back just yet. If you fail - better he takes his vengeance out on me, than the entire village. I will wait, and keep vigil."
Stepping closer to the chasm, he adds - "This rock is porous. Water has carved many tunnels that run toward those mountains. There could be other holes such as these, or smaller. But this one belongs to the dragon."
Jus's inspection over the edge will have revealed the sound of water dripping, and to his eyes, it appears the rugged walls of the hole go straight down. 150ft Derak said.
Nonam's examination of Derak reveals no magic. He seems to be a fairly ordinary kind of chap.
Inside Gareth's head, Max is getting restless - a bundle of excitement and nerves, to the point where the hair on the back of Gareth's neck is starting to bristle.
Kill it, before it takes me. It wants me now. I can feel it down there in the dark. It wants magic. I have no wish to be alone. Kill it. Kill it now!
So - Are the Storm Dragons ready to descend into the dragon's lair - possibly to their deaths?
Just then - it starts to rain - heavily, and perhaps Addinein and Clangden will remember what happens in tunnels underground, when it starts to rain.
There isn't much time.
Gareth (Displaced 50%, Fly) Monday May 19th, 2003 10:41:48 PM
The warrior nods and acknowledges the courage of the broken man. He also calms his sword. "Don't worry, my friend. The dragon will not take you so easily. I assume it knows we're here?". Into his ring he thinks. "I suppose we better get going. I'm sure it is waiting for us. Suggestions?". Gareth checks his gear. He makes sure he's wearing his ring of thr drow and his Dragon Ring. He activates his boots of flying, makes sure his potions are readily accessible (healing and acid protection). If noone offers any additional counsel he draws Max and leads the way down.
Clangden Tuesday May 20th, 2003 1:27:17 AM
yes, I have suggestions. before we head down to the lair, we need to prep up. I suggest some acid resistance spells be cast on us all, I'd also think some Displacement and or Blur's be passed around. Stoneskins and Hastes be ready for when combat begins. From tericus, I think Ward Death is in order to keep this beast from killing us with a single word or spell. a magic resistance spell would be nice as well.
When battle begins, Myself, Gareth abd Addenein, we attack the head or front of the beast. Jus, you take the right flank and Nonam, you have his left. Tericus, you're the roamer but stay behind us. Your healing abilities will be in high demand, not to mention your cures and other spells of protection. Oh yes, I think protection from evil is in order for this as well. and, perhaps fly's or Levitates for the climb down.
<looking at everyone intently>
when combat begins, I will stop if the creature is dead, we are dead, or Tericus calls a retreat. and, if retreat is called, I will be the last out.
<looking at Gareth>
and that is not up for debate.
one last thing. Tericus, <drops to one knee, head bowed> please lead us in a blessing.
Nonam Tuesday May 20th, 2003 11:49:18 AM
Nonam stares at the dwarf for a second and offers, "I think Clangden should study magic. I've already cast the protection from acid on you dwarf and the endurance. I have two stoneskins, one for you and Gareth. You might as well have them now because they'll last the same amount of time as the protection from acid spells." Nonam casts stoneskin on Gareth and Clangden.
"As for displacement, blurs, and hastes, you're on your own. I don't keep them in my repitoire. There's not a whole lot that I can do about not having them right now. We'd better get going. I understand that Black dragons can breathe underwater, and time is ticking on how long those spells will last. We're all flying though and can move pretty fast."
[hey, did Tericus cast windwalk or airwalk?]
Tericus Tuesday May 20th, 2003 12:15:07 PM
nodding to Clangden, Tericus first casts some spells before he begins his prayer. he casts Prot from Elem. on himself and Jus(absorbes 168 pts of acid damage), Shield Other of Gareth(i take half the damage he takes), Freedom of movement on Clangden, Greater Magic Weapon on his mace(+4 weapon), and he also casts Circle of Protection from Evil centered on his mace(anyone within 10 ft of the maces effected by a prot of evil spell). Then Tericus bows his head and says "Oh great Alemi, protect your childern as they go forth to battle evil in your name!"(casts bless on the party. then Tericus says "The blessing wont last long(15 minuets). We need to get going."
Addinein (cat's grace +4 Endurance +2) d4+1=4 d4+1=2 Tuesday May 20th, 2003 12:42:11 PM
"I can help out with Cat's grace and Endurance."
Addinein casts Cat's Grace and Endurance on himself. He then offers to cast Endurance on Gareth, and Clangden, and cat's grace on Jus.
Clangden (Freedome of Movement, Windwalk, Protection from Elements: Acid, Stoneskin, Protection from Evil, Bless) ac34 hp270 Tuesday May 20th, 2003 1:44:08 PM
No thank you Addenein, Endurance will have no effect on me.
And yes, Nonam, I have studied Magic already. I have travelled with quite a few wizards in my time and pretty much know of the spells I have mentioned.
When this is done, we all need to sit down and get strategies about spell lists, weapons and such. Next battle I want us to be a bit more prepared, in addition, I suggest any monies got from this endeavor first hand go to the spellcasters to buy wands of the special stuff us Warriors like the most, that frees up their slots for more potent spells.
after the blessing, Clangden stands up, flexes his muscles, then, looking to the others, nods, and steps in to the hole.
DM Jan Tuesday May 20th, 2003 9:14:21 PM
((OOC - check yer email, will ya, fellas?))
Jus (Prot.Elem.168hp; Bless; Grace+2; Endur+3; GWM+3:Bow&50Arrows; Stoneskin110hp) d4+1=2 d4+1=3 Tuesday May 20th, 2003 11:46:42 PM
Jus accepts Addenien's Cat's Grace (+2), and offers a Bull's Strength to anyone that may need it.
Jus then casts Endurance on himself (+3), followed by Greater Magic Weapon (+3) on his bow and then again on his Finlin Arrows and 38 others, and finally Stoneskin.
Through his ring, he relays, "I have a couple of other short-time spells, but they'll need to wait until we find this beast. I don't have a rope, but could use Feather Fall, or have Gareth relay me down. I'd prefer the second."
Checking his gear, Jus hesitates as he places his hand on his sword's pommel. "Addenein, I don't know what weapon you'd lay against this beast, but I'll loan you my Sun Blade if you'd like."
The Dragon's Lair
DM Jan Wednesday May 21st, 2003 1:30:51 AM
The dark hole awaits the Storm Dragons.
Clangden (Freedom of Movement, Protection from Acid, Stoneskin, Protection from Evil, Bless) ac34, hp270 Wednesday May 21st, 2003 1:44:50 AM
accepting Deraks assistance with getting in to the hole, Clangden attaches himself to the rope, and with Derak braced on the ground, agaist some rocks and or trees, Clangden begins his dive in to the hole. (Darkvision 60') (ooc im set up like a repeller, where I have to let out rope as i go down, and, as I am going down, I do have my shield flittering about me)
Tericus(Airwalk, Prot from acid 168 hps, Shield other(Gareth), GMW +4, Prot from evil 10', Bless) Wednesday May 21st, 2003 7:04:45 AM
"The dragon probably already knows we're here, so im going to cast a light spell so that we can see." Tericus says as he casts one of his light spells on his mace. as an afterthought he activates his shield and it begins to float around him. "Im ready when you are." he says as he floats right above the hole.
Nonam (fly, protection from acid, endurance?, cat's grace?) Wednesday May 21st, 2003 9:27:26 AM
"I do still have the wand of bull's strength if anyone needs it. Jus? Addinein?"
Nonam looks at the rope dropping away in the darkness.
"I am not going to climb down a rope." Nonam casts fly on himself. "I'll head down first. I can see in the dark with my darkvision."
He heads down the hole.
Jus (Prot.Elem.168hp; Bless; Grace+2; Endur+3; GWM+3:Bow&50Arrows; Stoneskin110hp) d20+18=29 d20+18=34 Wednesday May 21st, 2003 2:52:43 PM
Jus awaits Addenien's answer, then follows Nonam, using his vision and ears to attempt to see what lies below (Spot 29; Listen 34).
DM Jan Wednesday May 21st, 2003 7:32:08 PM
Derak watches in amazement as the Storm Dragons tool up, spell up, some of them floating down into the chasm. He uses his rope, slipped through a spiked metal ring wedged into the rock, to let some of the others rappel down to the floor of the hole.
Soon, they are all out of his sight, and all he can do - is wait.
The group reaches the floor of the hole. To those standing on it - it's solid, pale rock, fairly smooth, illuminated by Tericus's mace.
A breeze is blowing from one direction, suggesting a tunnel. Those with darkvision will see a descending slope downward in the direction the breeze is coming from. Jus will note the dripping water sound is louder here, and is also coming from the direction of the tunnel.
The tunnel is - dragon-sized.
((Guys - could you give me an idea of your marching order, who's up front and wotnot? Thanks :) ))
Gareth (50% Displaced, Darkvision, Fly, Endurance +5) Wednesday May 21st, 2003 10:25:52 PM
The warrior goes down with Nonam to scout out the area wielding Max. "Time to get down to business..." he thinks to his sword - and friend. He scans the hole for any sign of the dragon.
Addinein Thursday May 22nd, 2003 1:00:03 AM
Responding to Jus's inquiry, " Tell me a little of this sun sword. I'm wondering whether it might do me more damage than others, considering how sensative my eyes are."
When asked about Bulls Strength Addinein nods, "I might as well get it since we have the time."
Clangden (Freedom of Movement, Stoneskin, Protection from Elements: Acid, Bless, Protection from Evil, Expertise, ac39 hp270) d20+9=15 Thursday May 22nd, 2003 1:04:19 AM
upon landing on the bottom, Clangden familiarizes himself with the type of rock surrounding the area, how everything is placed, and what to expect. (Stonecunning, Dwarven ability) slowly, and cautiously, after everyone gets down, Clangden will start moving down the tunnel. keeping in contact through the ring. (do i have to talk in the ring, or does the ring just let me think and the rest of the group hears what I want them to hear?)
Spot:15
Tericus(Airwalk, Prot from acid 168 hps, Shield other(Gareth), GMW +4, Prot from evil 10', Bless) Thursday May 22nd, 2003 7:22:14 AM
Tericus begins down the tunnel, his feet just keeping off the ground. "I dont suppose someone has a detect dragon spell." he says, trying to sound humorous but not sucedding
Nonam (fly, protection from acid 192pt, endurance+4, cat's grace+4,bless, detect thoughts, darkvision, see invisible, detect magic, some others AC30,HP137) Thursday May 22nd, 2003 9:04:09 AM
Nonam floats along with the group down the tunnel. He stays somewhere in the middle and whispers to Tericus, "I think Gareth's sword can feel it. See how Gareth gets antsy when he holds it?"
Nonam downs a potion of detect thoughts and starts feeling for the dragon's mind in the darkness.
(you have to talk into the ring, and the rings talk out loud)
Jus (Prot.Elem.168hp; Bless; Grace+2; Endur+3; GWM+3:Bow&50Arrows; Stoneskin110hp) Thursday May 22nd, 2003 10:32:58 AM
Jus walks with Addenien and tells him about the Sun Blade. "It's a fine blade, fashioned for those a goodness. It will strike out stronger against evil, and downright deadly against undead."
"And Look here," Jus says as he draws the blade. "It's length and style is much like a Bastard Sword. Yet I can use it two handed with my other blade." +2 Bastard Sword damage weilded like a short sword. +4 vs evil. Double damage and x3 critical against Negative Energy Plane creatures or undead.
Feeling the sword in his hand gives Jus pause, but his determination wins out. With his customary grin, Jus says "Now, if you do something foolish and break it, I'm sad to say that I'll have to kill you."
As he walks along, something internal to Jus pulls at his mind. For some reason, he feels a bit... a bit like the dragon is imminent.
OOC: I thought the rings were more of a telepathic device.
jk ooc Thursday May 22nd, 2003 6:30:50 PM
[When playing in live gold dragon games we always talked to our hand when we wanted the rings to work . It's up to Jan I suppose.]
Gareth (224 HP, Stoneskin 110 HP, Shield Other [1/2 DMG to Tericus], 50% Displaced, Darkvision 120', Fly, Endurance +5) Thursday May 22nd, 2003 9:44:25 PM
The warrior looks to Tericus with an intense and sincere look of respect - one close friend to another - as the cleric again risks his life to preserve his [Shield Other spell]. "I thank you for this, my friend. I always hate to accept this gift from you but it will help everyone. I have no way to repay you but to do my best - which you can be sure I will do.".
At Jus's request, he makes sure the nimble warrior-mage gets to the bottom of the hole. He makes sure everyone else gets there too.
"Clangdon, when it comes to who is out and in first I'm not too worried about who it is - but I expect we should use good judgement. If you are in better shape I expect you would be last. But it would be my honor to cover your escape if it is the other way around. When we engage we should immediately split so he can't breathe on us both at once.". He looks to his allys and friends and regards each of them. "Good hunting, my friends. This will not be easy but we can prevail.".
Gareth stands ready as they venture into the darkness. He holds his "Protection from Acid" potion in his hand ready to drink it. Looking to Nonam he says "Tell me when to drink this.". He also pings Max and asks him to let know when they near the dragon.
DEH Thursday May 22nd, 2003 9:55:32 PM
OOC: I will not be available to post again until Tuesday evening. I may be able to tomorrow but no guarantee. THX
DM Jan 4d6(3+2+6+2)=13 18d4(3+2+2+4+3+2+2+3+4+3+1+3+2+3+1+4+1+4)=47 Friday May 23rd, 2003 1:34:45 AM
The Storms move forward down the tunnel, lit by Tericus's torch, until there comes a point where it levels off. Those with darkvision see strange shapes ahead, rising from the tunnel floor - they look like teeth, as though the group is about to walk right into the dragon's wide open mouth - Clangden will recognise them as stalagmites, created by centuries of water dripping through limestone. Just beyond, there is a sense that the tunnel opens up onto a huge, cathedral sized cavern. Darkvision may catch a smoothness on the ground that suggests water - pools, more than one on the floor of the cavern, with more stalagmites here and there. The tunnel ceiling currently hides what lies in the upper part of the cavern beyond.
Dripping water seems to echo off the walls - a sound that would probably drive a man crazy after a while.
Then - as soon as Nonam downs the potion he becomes aware of a growing whirlwind of hatred and anger that hits him like a brick wall, Gareth's sword Max seems to turn cold in his hand suddenly, while those up front will suddenly be aware of a smell - rotting vegetation, rotting fish, getting stronger. The mind will almost be on the point of identifying it when -
A face suddenly blocks the tunnel entrance into the cavern. A face that chills everyone to the marrow. It is beyond terrifying - a giant, gaunt, snouted skull, the skin long wasted away - with a jaw full of long, jagged teeth and eyes that dance with evil and malevolence.
The horror goes beyond the look of the thing. It's presence seems to sink beneath the skin, into the mind - cutting through barriers, awakening long conquered terrors, not felt since the group were children.
With a violent, ear-shattering hiss - the dragon spits out a long stream of fluid - acid - aimed at those on ground level. Even those in the air and above the stream will feel the air become bitter, catching the back of the throat.
And then - the face disappears, back into the cavern and up out of sight. It's showtime, and the dragon doesn't appear to want to go through any formal introductions first.
((WILL Save against dragon's frightful presence DC 24 - failure means character is SHAKEN, suffering -2 penalty to attack, damage and saving throws for 13 rounds))
((Acid breath weapon - DAM = 47, Reflex DC30 for half damage))
((Wisdom check DC8 - score above lets you realise what was coming, giving you time to down that potion))
Nonam(haste, fly, protection from acid 192pt, endurance+4, cat's grace+4,bless, detect thoughts, darkvision, see invisible, detect magic, some others AC34,HP137) d20+13=17 d20+13=33 d100=33 d20+27=30 Friday May 23rd, 2003 10:05:11 AM
As he dodges out of the way of the acid, Nonam mutters, "Well my summon dragon spell works." The mage dodges to the side, and his ring of evasion helps him to completely avoid the acid.
Nonam activates his boots of speed and starts moving down the corridor. Before passing the stalactites, he holds up a hand to everyone in the group to wait. He shouts out, "We'll see how it likes my most powerful spell. The FIREBALL."
Then he takes out a scroll of silent image and casts it. He conjures up an illusion of the party, and the phantasmal party comes running out of the corridor into the main chamber, hopefully triggering whatever traps the dragon has laid before the main group enters. The illusionary Nonam starts to cast...
It perfectly goes through the motions of a fireball.
(save miss 17, then a hero pt makes it 33, %to cast in armor = 33, spellcraft to make a good illusion = 30)
JK Friday May 23rd, 2003 10:07:13 AM
[ooc: DEH email me Gareth's sheet and some suggested tactics, and I'll post for him. It wouldn't do to go missing Gareth in what promises to be a nasty combat. jkf@grm.net]
Clangden ac39 hp270/235 * FoM, PfE:A, Bless, PfE * d20+13=27 d20+14=21 d20+14=16 d20+1=4 Friday May 23rd, 2003 10:18:42 AM
Will save : 27 <suceeded> Reflex save : 21 <failed> HP reroll : 16 <failed> Wis save : 4 <failed>
Protect from Acid reduces damage by 12. Stoneskin 10/+5 , 150/107
As Clangden readies his axe, to rush in and attack, he notices Nonams castings, and waits to see its outcome, moving up to be in between the opening and the rest of the group, Clangden assumes a defensive posture.
Expertise -5att +5ac
Nonam d20+10=23 Friday May 23rd, 2003 12:00:27 PM
The dragon fear creeps up on Nonam. He's shaking in his boots.
[forgot dragon fear roll]
Jus (Prot.Elem.121hp; Bless; Grace+2; Endur+3; GWM+3:Bow&50Arrows; Stoneskin110hp; 1 round)(Shield, facing forward) d20+8=24 d20+10=25 Friday May 23rd, 2003 10:33:44 PM
Jus feels a chill run down his spine; but, fortunate for him, he's able to swallow hard and gain his composure (Will save = 24).
Jus sees the dragon's maw open and immediately knows what is about to occur. He dives behind a stalagmite, but isn't able to get there in time. Jus clenches his teeth as the acid washes over him, but to his surprise, he doesn't feel any pain. Then he remembers -- and is greatly thankful -- for Tericus' spell.
Jus offers his sword one last time to Addenein, then uses his Quick Draw skills to switch to or pull out his bow. Starting down the corridor, Jus too stops when he sees Nonam's hand. Glancing ahead, wondering what Nonam is about to do, Jus casts Shield upon himself while he waits.
Nodding happily at Nonam's spell, Jus now waits to see how the dragon reacts.
Tericus(Airwalk, Prot from acid 121 hps, Shield other(Gareth), GMW +4, Prot from evil 10', Bless) d20+16=28 d20+7=25 d20+7=14 Saturday May 24th, 2003 9:39:29 AM
(will save of 28, reflex save of 25, here pt re-roll of 14) Not able to dodge the blast of acid, Tericus is thankful for the protection that Alemi granted him. Tericus is about to rush down the tunnel, but seeing Nonan cast his spells he decides to instead to airwalk up to the ceiling, that way if the dragon blasts them again it will be harder to catch all of them.
Addinein (Endurance +2, Airwalk, Cats Grace +4, Bless, Bulls Strength+4, hp=55, shield, AC= 31) d4=4 d20+8=28 d20+11=26 d20=3 d20=4 Monday May 26th, 2003 11:50:28 AM
(ooc 3 points shy of a required fortitude check, whew! (used hero point to try to re-roll wisdom roll to get a chance to jump out of the way of the acid burst with boots of striding and springing)(bull strength roll=4, will save 28, reflex=26, wisdom roll 1st 3,2nd 4).
Accepting the sunsword from Jus, Addinein feels the presence of the Dragon try to overtake him. Shaking off the effects of the dragon presence, Addinein gets caught flat footed as the dragon's Acid washes over him. Groaning from the amount of damage just done to him, Addinein staggers in the aftermath.
When Nonam motions for the group to wait, Addinein quickly abashes himself for forgetting about one of his spells. He quickly casts shield on himself. Once done he comes to a defensive position.
DM Jan d20+19=25 2d6(5+5)=10 Monday May 26th, 2003 5:38:41 PM
Reeling from the acid, the group takes whatever evasive action they can, some doing better than others.
Nonam sends his illusion into the cavern while the others wait with baited breath. It looks a little strange to see themselves charging ahead, with the illusion of Nonam going through the motions of casting.
Then - WHAM!!!!!!!
Four huge stalactites, about 20ft long - like a top row of giant fangs come crashing down on top of the illusion, just inside the cavern beyond - to meet the upward pointing stalagmites growing from the floor. They break apart, shattering into brick-sized pieces that go flying everywhere.
((Reflex check, please gentlemen DC15 or take 10 damage from flying debris.))
Oooooh, that could have been nasty! As the dust starts to settle, the party can see the entrance to the cavern is partially blocked. The debris allows access into the cavern, but would prevent a charge, and visibility beyond and into the cavern itself is now strictly limited.
(I'll try and get some kind of map out to you tonight, guys.)
Nonam(invisible, polymorph (diminuitive size) shaken, haste, fly, protection from acid 192pt, endurance+4, cat's grace+4,bless, detect thoughts, darkvision, see invisible, detect magic, some others AC38,HP137) d20+12=32 d100=59 d100=2 d100=98 Tuesday May 27th, 2003 1:08:37 AM
Nonam easily dodges flying debris. Then he quietly smiles and nods to everyone that the group should go ahead. (ref =32)
Seeing the small opening up above, he casts polymorph self and turns himself into a scroll sized version of himself. (diminuitive size, AC+4)
He follows with invisibility and silently flies into the chamber for a look around while relying on the power of the detect thoughts potion to clue him in as to the dragon's location in the chamber.
[percents to cast in armor, missed 2nd used hero pt]
Clangden ac43 hp270 *FoM, PfE:Acid, Bless, PfEvil, Stoneskin* d20+14=21 d20+9=28 Tuesday May 27th, 2003 1:18:29 AM
Reflex : 21 <saved>
as nimble as he can, Clangden manages to avoid being hit with any of the flying debris.
motioning for the others to follow, Clangden does as Nonam says and rushes in to the cavern through the small opening. upon getting through, he goes on total defense this round. looking for the Dragon.
Spot : 28 (total defense, expertise -5att +5ac)
Tericus(Airwalk, Prot from acid 121 hps, Shield other(Gareth), GMW +4, Prot from evil 10', Bless) d20+7=10 Tuesday May 27th, 2003 6:56:48 AM
nodding at Nonan, Tericus activates his boots of speed and uses all his movement to rush into the cave
Jus (Prot.Elem.121hp; Bless; Grace+2; Endur+3; GWM+3:Bow&50Arrows; Stoneskin110hp; 2 rounds)(Shield, facing forward; 1 round) d100=91 Tuesday May 27th, 2003 9:38:08 AM
Jus gets to the small opening, then motions to any others that are still in the cave to come to him.
Jus looks through the opening for a relatively flat spot on the side of the dragon's chamber opposite from his current location. Then he casts Dimension Door, touches up to 550 pounds of people still in the cave, and transfers them to the spot he chose. [Made Armour Spell Check]
Jus (Prot.Elem.121hp; Bless; Grace+2; Endur+3; GWM+3:Bow&50Arrows; Stoneskin100hp; 2 rounds)(Shield, facing forward; 1 round) d20+10=13 Tuesday May 27th, 2003 9:54:44 AM Failed DC check. 10 hp off Stoneskin from flying debris.
(Endurance +2, Airwalk, Cats Grace +4, Bless, Bulls Strength+4, hp=45, shield, AC= 31) d20+11=14 Tuesday May 27th, 2003 3:32:01 PM
Still slightly stunned from the acid attack, Addinein winces as he gets hit with some of the flying debris.
Addinein comes in behind everyone else being very observant of what is going on around him.
Thinking to the others in the group,"This has not been going very well for me." (mental sigh)
Gareth (224 HP, Protection from acid - 74 DMG, Bless, Dragon fear -2 for 12 rnds, Stoneskin 110 HP, Shield Other [1/2 DMG to Tericus], 50% Displaced, Darkvision 120', Fly, Endurance +5, Invisible) d20=10 d20+6=18 d20+9=20 d20+10=24 d20+33=47 d10+19=21 Tuesday May 27th, 2003 8:02:13 PM
Even with his limited intuition, the warrior has sense enough to imbibe the acid potion before the dragon makes its presence fully known (DC 10 beats DC 8). He gasps as if the wind were knocked out of him when the idea of battling a huge evil dragon begins to take effect (failed will save). He manages to keep his composure and move forward but is shaken nonetheless - that is until he cannot move out of the breath weapon's line of fire (DC 20 - failed). He thanks Nonam under his breath for his gift of the potion (No DMG). Having no offensive action he can really take as Nonam casts, he moves up behind the mage and goes invisible. He easily avoids the flying debris and then launches himself into the opening [fly]. He flies straight up and around to the right side as he enters the cavern trying to flank the thing as it sets up for its next attack. He closes and strikes using both hands to drive Max into its scaly thick hide (Hit AC 47, 21 DMG).
With a calm and malevolent tone the warrior offers it a salutaion. "Greetings evil one. You should not have disturbed our city. Today you die...".
DM Jan Wednesday May 28th, 2003 1:18:03 AM
((Maps - I've sent by email for now. We have the option to load them up on Yahoo, which I'm currently trying to figure out (although JK's done all the hard work already). Map 1 gives you a side-on view of the cavern, Map 2 is a top-down view. They're a little basic right now.)) ---------------------------------
The Storms charge the cavern!
Those taking advantage of Jus's dimension door find themselves about 50ft inside the cavern on a flat spot of rock. Others won't be too far away.
Nonam's detect thoughts potion offers him a single, resolute thought. No mercy!!!!!!!! and its not too far away.
The cavern itself is huge - rising high into the air, its ceiling covered in stalactites like giant needles (or teeth).
At the rear of the cavern - Clangden spots a darker shadow against the far wall at the very top - as though the cavern has some kind of large shelf that goes back even further. It looks about 80 ft up.
The floor of the cavern is wet, and a mixture of flat walkways, crops of stalagmites about 10ft high, and a number of very large pools. Right now the water of 'every' pool is slightly agitated, perhaps after the shock of the rockfall.
Gareth's promise bounces against the walls, echoing slightly. His sword Max, is going nuts - frantic to deal the killing blows.
As for the dragon, there is no immediate sign.
Tericus(Airwalk, Prot from acid 121 hps, Shield other(Gareth), GMW +4, Prot from evil 10', Bless), Hasted(boots of speed) Wednesday May 28th, 2003 7:14:20 AM
airwalking away from the party and moving over by the first pool of water, Tericus quickly casts 2 spells and says "Ive gotten us some help." moments later a Djinni(summon monster VII) and a Celestial Dire Bear(summon monster VI) appear at his side. "Thank you for your help. I wont keep you here long." Tericus tells his new allies. "We're about to engage a black dragon. Im sorry I had to call on you, but we're fighting for the freedom of a village and need all the help we can get."
OOC, do you run the monsters or do i jan?
Jus (Prot.Elem.121hp; Bless; Grace+2; Endur+3; GWM+3:Bow&50Arrows; Stoneskin100hp; 3 rounds)(Shield, facing the shelf; 2 round) Wednesday May 28th, 2003 8:40:44 AM
Jus shakes his head at his when there is no sign of the dragon. Looking around one last time to ensure there isn't any other exists, Jus looks toward Gareth and Nonam.
Using the dragon ring so he doesn't have to yell, Jus asks the two, "Can you, Nonam, or Max tell where the dragon is?"
If needed, Jus once again asks Gareth for a lift. "Remind me to buy some fly scrolls when we finish here."
C;langden ac42 hp270 *FoM, PfE:A, PfE, Stoneskin, Bless* Wednesday May 28th, 2003 9:57:42 AM
Pointing to the dark shape across the cavern.
There, that dark shape there, it has to be it.
And Clangden then lets out a series of dwarven rallying cries, and charges the shape.
Nonam (invisible, polymorph (diminuitive size) shaken, fly, protection from acid 192pt, endurance+4, cat's grace+4,bless, detect thoughts, darkvision, see invisible, detect magic, some others AC34,HP137) Wednesday May 28th, 2003 12:02:30 PM
In an effort to conserve their power, Nonam deactivates his boots of speed and flies up higher into the chamber. He tries to roughly choose the center of the chamber.
Then he whispers back into the ring to Jus, "I'm working on it. Don't get too close to the water. Blacks are amphibious."
As he hovers in the center, the mage scans the chamber with his abilities to see invisible and detect magic for anything that he might have missed when rusing into the cavern. He also tries to focus the detect thoughts enough to discern a location or at least enough to shout a warning when the dragon is about to attack.
(Endurance +2, Airwalk, Cats Grace +4, Bless, Bulls Strength+4, hp=45, shield, AC= 31) d20=16 d20=10 Wednesday May 28th, 2003 11:20:53 PM
Not knowing what else to do while the others work on identifying where the dragon is, Addinein works on being silent and hidden in the background.
(character sheet not on me right now. generic roll).
Gareth (224 HP, Protection from acid - 74 DMG, Bless, Dragon fear -2 for 12 rnds, Stoneskin 110 HP, Shield Other [1/2 DMG to Tericus], 50% Displaced, Darkvision 120', Fly, Endurance +5, Invisible, shaken) d20+33=52 d10+19=24 Thursday May 29th, 2003 12:16:54 AM
The warrior asks Max where it is telepathically. He also flies into the air but well away from Nonam making sure to watch the mage for any spells he might cast (since Gareth is invisible). When Clangden points out the dark spot he closes in to investigate. If possible he closes for an attack (Hit AC 52, 24 DMG)
DM Jan d20+50=70(+4) d20+50=57 2d8(1+8)=9 2d8(3+8)=11 Thursday May 29th, 2003 1:54:32 AM
(Sam I'll let you run your monsters - only 1 critter this round though)
After taking a lot of damage, Addinein understandably keeps a low profile for the moment on the cavern floor.
Jus looks toward the far side of the cavern while quietly conversing with Nonam. He can't see Nonam, or Gareth up there, but he has a good view of Clangden running along the length of the cavern to the far wall.
As Clangden approaches the far end of the cavern, he will get a better view of the shadow - its a depression in the upper part of the cavern wall about 60ft above him - like a shelf up there, which goes back further into the gloom.
Gareth's assisted sight will note the outlines of a large number of objects clustered together on the shelf up there. Some of the shapes seem too angular to suggest they are part of the rock formation. Max isn't giving off any particular signs that he knows where the dragon is, although Gareth will note a momentary flash of disgust coming from his sword while his attention is on the shelf.
The invisible Nonam ascends to get a better overall point of view of the cavern. His detect magic alerts him toward that shelf, too. Quite strong. What on earth could be found there?
Below him, Clangden's battle cry rings out, echoing against the walls, along with Tericus's incantation of his first summon monster spell. The djinni appears, next to Tericus above the first pool.
As for where the dragon has got to, well -
In a shocking, terrible move - the first pool erupts suddenly and a pair of massive, horrible jaws open wide and lunge toward Tericus - in an attempt to grab the cleric of Alemi and drop, back into the cold depths of the pool. ((Grapple check Hits AC74, nat 20 = crit on AC61, Crush Damage = 20))
This is a surprise round, and only the nearby Jus, Addinein (and Nonam with anything above a range of 50ft) are allowed a partial action.
Nonam (polymorph (diminuitive size) shaken, fly, protection from acid 192pt, endurance+4, cat's grace+4,bless, detect thoughts, darkvision, see invisible, detect magic, some others AC34,HP137) d20+16=32 d100=14 Thursday May 29th, 2003 2:39:57 AM
Nonam casts Hold Monster at the dragon and loses his invisibility. He doubts the spell will have any effect, but it would certainly make life much easier if it works. (will DC23)
Nonam keeps his attention on the dragon for now, but he's really curious about that other chamber.
(beat SR 32, % to cast in armor)
Tericus(Airwalk, Prot from acid 121 hps, Shield other(Gareth), GMW +4, Prot from evil 10', Bless), Hasted(boots of speed) d20+23=38 d4+1=5 d20+23=31 15d6(3+6+2+4+3+6+6+1+4+3+6+2+3+4+1)=54 Thursday May 29th, 2003 11:11:11 AM
(OOC Jan, i had activated my boots of speed the previous round and should of been able to summon both the monsters, unless i read the summoning time wrong. if i did, i apologize)
trying hard not to panic(concentration check of 38) Tericus casts Holy Word upon the dragon(no save, deafened for 5 rds).then, with the speed his boots grant him, he casts one of his most powerful spells(concentration check of 31). a bright pillar of flames strikes the dragon's neck(flame strike for 54 pts of damage, reflex save of DC 20 for half)
Djinni(Sam) d20+10=21 d20+5=20 d8+6=12 d8+6=9 Thursday May 29th, 2003 1:56:38 PM
the Djinni rushes over to Tericus's aid, slashing at the dragon's mouth twice(hit ac 21 and 20 for 12 and 9 pts)
Addinein (Endurance +2, Airwalk, Cats Grace +4, Bless, Bulls Strength+4, hp=45, shield, AC= 31) d20+20=29 d6+6=10 Thursday May 29th, 2003 8:21:48 PM
Doing his best to use the darkness to his advantage, Addinein quickly lunges towards the dragon. (If AOO AC is 35 from Mobility)
(AC 29 for 10 points)
It's not the dark spot, he's in the water as suspected. Any ideas on how to keep him out of the water?
Being close to the dragon, Addinein winces a little bit with the bright flame from the spell. (ooc will Add have to roll for light sensitivity?)
Gareth (224 HP, Protection from acid - 74 DMG, Bless, Dragon fear -2 for 12 rnds, Stoneskin 110 HP, Shield Other [1/2 DMG to Tericus], 50% Displaced, Darkvision 120', Fly, Endurance +5, Invisible, shaken) d20+33=39 d10+19=23 Thursday May 29th, 2003 8:34:56 PM
"Tericus!". The warrior immediately changes course and makes all haste toward the dragon. If he is able to close the gap attacks the jaws of the great wyrm with all his might (Hit AC 39, 23 DMG) in an attempt to free his friend. "Nonam, can you electrify the water? Maybe that lightning spell that bounces off many people you can bounce off the water? How about doing something to the water? We have to get it out here guys!".
Jus (Prot.Elem.121hp; Bless; Grace+2; Endur+3; GWM+3:Bow&50Arrows; Stoneskin100hp; 4 rounds)(Shield, facing the nearest pool; 3 round) d20+18=35 d20+16=31 5d6(5+2+3+1+2)=13 d100=27 Thursday May 29th, 2003 8:46:12 PM
Jus takes advantage of the Dragon's proximity to cast a targeted Disintegrate, reaching out to touch the dragon's eye. If the Dragon is too fast, Jus touches whatever upper part of the Dragon's snout that he can, sure that the Dragon's maw would provide enough buffer to protect Tericus should the spell succeed.
[Hit AC 31 (if needed); DC=32; 13dam on save; Made Armor Spell Check]
When the dragon disappears, Jus calls the others to gather at the outside of one of the pools (pool 5 on map).
"Nonam," Jus thinks with the aid of the Dragon's Rings, "I have a Teleport, do you? We could quick pop in to grab him, and pop back."
DM Jan d20+19=32 d20+22=34 Friday May 30th, 2003 2:09:05 AM
((Sam - with Summon Monster particularly having a '1 full round' casting time, I didn't think there'd be time to get two spells off, even under haste. Kent agreed.))
Tericus tries to keep his head together as the dragon clamps him firmly in his jaws, bites down and begins to drop back into the pool. Calling out Holy Word, his voice takes on the full power of Alemi, shattering through the dragon's ears. His Flame Strike fizzles out though as both man and beast plunge down into the pool.
The others react to the horrible event unfolding as best they can -
Nonam casts Hold Monster - it fails.
The Djinni attempts a strike, and fails.
Addinein lunges toward the dragon. His momentum and strike put him in danger of falling into the pond! ((Reflex check DC 15 or fall in))
Gareth arrives and Max barely swipes thin air as dragon, cleric and possibly Addinein drop into the water. Would have been a good hit, too, muses Max in his head.
Close enough - Jus's hand emits a nasty-looking thin green ray, and it looks as though some of the dragon's scales are beginning to pucker as it enters the water.
Situation up top - There's no visual sign of the dragon or Tericus in the churning depths, no indication as to how much damage the dragon has taken, or whether Tericus is still alive, although if Addinein has fallen in - he'll be near enough the surface to be helped. He will have found the water extremely cold.((STR DC 10 to scramble out successfully if inaided.))
Down below - The plunge takes dragon and cleric VERY deep - to the point where Tericus starts to feel pressure on his lungs. Then - he feels the dragon's teeth slacken off, and in a moment he's drifted free. He cannot speak down here. All he can do is somehow get to the surface. His excellent constitution gives him 6 rounds of breath before he'll be in danger of drowning. It will take two hasted rounds (three normally) to kick to the surface on his own steam, providing he makes STR checks of DC10 without armour, DC14 with it still on.
Clangden Friday May 30th, 2003 9:04:50 AM
turning just in time to see Tericus drug under the water, and Addenein almost falling in to the pool, Clangden makes a beeline to that pool. positioning hinself between that one and the next one, on full alert. waiting for the dragon to reappear so he can show him what dwarven steel tastes like.
Tericus(Airwalk, Prot from acid 121 hps, Shield other(Gareth), GMW +4, Prot from evil 10', Bless), Hasted(boots of speed) d20=5 d20=15 Friday May 30th, 2003 9:24:42 AM
not having any other options avaliable to him, Tericus begins swimming towards the surface(str. check of 5, 15 with hero pt re-roll), praying to Alemi that the damage Jus and his own spell caused the dragon will distract him enough not to follow him
Gareth (224 HP, Protection from acid - 74 DMG, Bless, Dragon fear -2 for 12 rnds, Stoneskin 110 HP, Shield Other [1/2 DMG to Tericus], 50% Displaced, Darkvision 120', Fly, Endurance +5, Invisible, shaken) Friday May 30th, 2003 9:25:20 AM
The warrior looks to the others. "So how do we help? I can't breathe down there. Can anyone else - or give me the ability?".
Nonam(polymorph (diminuitive size) shaken, fly, protection from acid 192pt, endurance+4, cat's grace+4,bless, detect thoughts, darkvision, see invisible, detect magic, some others AC34,HP137) Friday May 30th, 2003 12:15:45 PM
"Damn." Nonam briefly thinks about the lightning but then changes his mind when he sees Tericus dragged into the water.
The wizard reactivates the boots of haste wishing that he'd never turned them off. He hopes their charge lasts the battle.
Nonam shouts out, "We can't fight this battle on its terms, and the floor of this chamber is its terms. We need to move. The chamber up above. Now!"
Nonam swoops downs and drops 3 potions of fly and his wand of lightning to Jus. "Get those potions to Clangden and Addinein. And move away from the water."
Then the wizard makes a beeline for what he believes is the dragon's treasure room. He hoots and hollers making as much noise as possible as he goes.
Jus (Prot.Elem.121hp; Bless; Grace+2; Endur+3; GWM+3:Bow&50Arrows; Stoneskin100hp; 5 rounds)(Shield, facing the nearest pool; 4 round)(Glove & Boots activated) Friday May 30th, 2003 6:27:22 PM
"That sounds like a grand idea, Nonam," Jus responds to Nonam's comment about the above ledge. "I'm going to stay a few minutes for Tericus -- the rest of you get going. If what Nonam believes is correct, that beast should follow you up."
Jus steps away from the pool and motions Addinein over. As he grabs the potions and wand from Nonam he says, "Addinein, let me have my sword for a bit, I have an idea. I'll give it back when we get to the ledge."
Jus hands one of the Fly potions to Addinein, then to Clangden if he gets nearby.
Jus then activates his Boots of Speed and his Glove, facing the nearby pool, he waits to strike the emerging dragon (with his off sword, or the Sun Sword if Addinein gives it back).
As he faces the pool, you can hear him muttering, "Come on Tericus, be alive. Let's see you. Come on..."
Addinein (Endurance +2, Airwalk, Cats Grace +4, Bless, Bulls Strength+4, hp=45, shield, AC= 31) d20+9=13 Monday June 2nd, 2003 12:23:56 AM
Being totally disctracted by everything that's happened to him today. Addinein doesn't think to hard about what happens when water is introduced to the cavern floor.
Feeling himself slip, Addinein wonders how much worse his situation can get. Remembering that he has Airwalk cast upon him, Addinein works on getting his feet underneath him.
DM Jan Monday June 2nd, 2003 12:41:59 PM
On the floor of the cavern, things are getting very tense. There's no sign of Tericus, and Addinein has fallen in the chilly water.
Clangden, Jus and Gareth prepare for the worst, fully expecting the dragon to emerge once again, all the while wondering what has happened to their cleric. Addinein is floating in the water and can attempt to climb out ((STR Check DC10)) on his own, or someone can give him a hand.
In the depths, Jus can just about see Tericus striking for the surface. He looks alive. Is the horror of the dragon's maw right behind him? ready to swallow Tericus and Addinein both? Jus can't tell.
Down in the depths of the pool, Tericus feels his ears popping with the release in pressure as he travels toward the surface. Above him directly is the shimmering surface, another body in the water, and a face looking down toward him. He'll reach the surface this round. ((STR DC10 to climb out unless aided))
Both Tericus and Addinein will feel the cold of the icy water. The dragon might be amphibious, but they aren't. Their muscles will begin to stiffen unless they find a source of heat. Once their feet hit air, they'll be able to walk on it once more.
Meanwhile, Nonam has swept down and handed out potions to enable to whole group to rise above the cavern floor. He has a hunch. Is he right? After all, what is most precious to a dragon after all?
The ledge is before him, a few feet away. It looks about thirty feet high before it hits the ceiling. Difficult to say how deep it goes. Darkvision picks up various shapes, a carefully arranged, massive jumble of coins, weapons, goodness knows what else. There looks to be a FORTUNE there, in coins alone. The magic is bedazzling.
It's all there, tantalizing, beckoning....
Nonam(haste, polymorph (diminuitive size) shaken, fly, protection from acid 192pt, endurance+4, cat's grace+4,bless, detect thoughts, darkvision, see invisible, detect magic, some others AC38,HP137) 10d6(3+2+4+5+2+4+5+4+1+5)=35 d100=91 d100=99 Monday June 2nd, 2003 1:24:59 PM
For just a brief instant Nonam hopes he won't later regret what he's about to do...
He screams out as loud as he can, "I'll destroy it all!"
Then he casts...
and hurls a fireball right in the middle of the dragon's treasure hoard. (35dmg)
There. That ought to enrage a dragon.
He cackles wildly while pulling out his crossbow already loaded with a poisoned bolt. Hoping Tericus will say a prayer at his funeral, the mage casts true strike and waits for the assault he imagines is coming.
(percents to cast in armor)
Clangden ac42 hp270/240 Stoneskin, Freedom of Move, Bless, Prot: Evil, Prot: Acid, Fly(fighting defensively, expertise) d20+10=15 d20+10=18 Monday June 2nd, 2003 3:10:12 PM
taking the offered potion of fly, Clangden pops the cork on the bottle, and swiftly drains the bottle of its magical liquid. soon the feeling of flying runs its course through his body and, using the benefit, he grabs Addenein in the pool, and pulls him out, flying towards the cavern opening.
(str:15, hero reroll, 18)
Gareth (224 HP, Protection from acid - 74 DMG, Bless, Dragon fear -2 for 10 rnds, Stoneskin 110 HP, Shield Other [1/2 DMG to Tericus], 50% Displaced, Darkvision 120', Fly, Endurance +5, Invisible) Monday June 2nd, 2003 9:05:49 PM
Seeing Addinein taken care of, the warrior moves up around Nonam - but not too close. He prepares for what he hopes is a chance to nail the dragon.
Addinein (Endurance +2, Airwalk, Cats Grace +4, Bless, Bulls Strength+4, hp=45, shield, AC= 31) Tuesday June 3rd, 2003 12:15:15 AM
Having fallen into the water, Addinein works on orientating himself around so that he can climb back out. In the middle of trying to climb out of the water, Addinein feels himself fly backwards away from the water.
I hope my sudden ascention is because of one of you guys
Jus (Prot.Elem.121hp; Bless; Grace+2; Endur+3; GWM+3:Bow&50Arrows; Stoneskin100hp; 6 rounds)(Shield, facing the nearest pool; 5 round)(Glove & Boots activated; 1 Round) Tuesday June 3rd, 2003 7:33:50 AM
Jus drinks the Fly potion, and holds an action -- with hopes of either attacking the dragon inside it's open mouth, or pulling Tericus out and to the ceiling as soon as he surfaces.
Tericus(Airwalk, Prot from acid 121 hps, Shield other(Gareth), GMW +4, Prot from evil 10', Bless), Hasted(boots of speed) d20=19 Tuesday June 3rd, 2003 10:38:23 AM
(str check of 19)
pulling himself out of the cold water, Tericus moves as far away from the cold water as he can. knowing that the dragon wont be far behindhe stands up and prepares to defend himself
DM Jan 9d6(2+3+6+6+5+4+5+2+5)=38 9d6(1+6+2+6+6+2+3+4+3)=33 4d6(4+6+5+6)=21 4d6(6+3+6+5)=20 Tuesday June 3rd, 2003 12:38:43 PM
Clangden downs his potion and flies toward the pool to help Addinein. In the midst of scrambling quickly out of the water, the dark elf feels himself being pulled up further out of harms way by Clangden.
Tericus bursts to the surface and climbs out fast while Jus stays on guard, tensed, and ready to unleash whatever he has planned if the dragon is in hot pursuit.
Further up in the air, Gareth climbs higher and gets ready to attack, while not too far away, Nonam tries out a desperate ploy to flush out their quarry.
Desperate indeed. The fireball lands on the treasure pile, toasts a few items, and for an instant casts light, causing piles of coins and other shiny stuff to gleam beautifully. It also sets off a trap. Twin arcs of lightning - jagged tears in the darkness, shoot outwards from either side of the ledge. They hit Nonam, their primary target, like thrown spears - BAM, BAM! - before continuing past and lighting their secondary target Gareth up like a Christmas tree. ((Primary Target Dam= 71 Reflex DC24 for half, Secondary Target Dam= 41 Reflex DC24 for half))
Then - pool #4 erupts with a great force. Water splashes everywhere, as the dragon emerges with an fearsome roar. If it wasn't cold enough already, his presence chills everyone to the bone.
Hovering high, a massive presence in the gloom, he roars -
"DON'T YOU DARE!!!"
Angry? oooh, you betcha. Those with darkvision - are those two pairs of wings? Certainly looks like it. He's been flushed out - and is ready for the taking, but from the look of things -
This - was going to be - NO PICNIC!
Nonam(stoneskin DR 10/+5 (150 pts), haste, polymorph (diminuitive size) shaken, fly, protection from acid 192pt, endurance+4, cat's grace+4,bless, detect thoughts, darkvision, see invisible, detect magic, some others SR19, AC38,HP137) d20+12=26 d20+35=46 d8=3 5d4(2+4+3+2+3)+5=19 d20+16=25 d100=57 16d8(5+2+4+4+4+6+1+1+5+6+5+5+2+1+8+8)=67 d20+16=32 d100=81 Tuesday June 3rd, 2003 5:57:19 PM
"Oops." Nonam uses his flight to "leap" above the pair of lightning bolts, and once again, he thanks his lucky stars for that ring of evasion. (save w/26, evasion)
Glad his plan seems to have worked, the wizard squeezes the trigger on his crossbow, and the poisoned bolt streaks toward its target. With the potent black lotus extract smeared across the tip, he doesn't even care too much about the damage from the arrow. He just needs the contact poison to touch the dragon somewhere. (AC 46, dmg 3, contact poison fort dc20 or -3d6 con)
Without waiting to see if the bolt finds the target, Nonam drops the crossbow to the ground and casts a quickened magic missile even as he's thinking of the words to the next spell. The force arrows streak through the dark cavern and zap the dragon. (dmg 19, beats SR25, 57%)
Casting the quickened spell triggers Nonam's contingency spell, and he's instantly protected with a stoneskin.
Then the miniature wizard casts horrid wilting and sucks the moisture right out of that water breathing sack-of-scales. Knowing that's one of his best spells, he looks on with interest to see if it has much effect. If not, then maybe it's time to start thinking about getting out of here. (dmg67, ref dc26 half, SR32, 81%)
[Nonam also has SR19 that needs to get checked when he's subject to a spell. It's low enough that it's never worked, but there's no harm in checking.]
Tericus(Airwalk, Prot from acid 121 hps, Shield other(Gareth), GMW +4, Prot from evil 10', Bless), Hasted(boots of speed) Tuesday June 3rd, 2003 7:37:34 PM
noticing that Jus is the nearest one to him, Tericus casts spell resistance on himself and Jus(each of us have a SR of 26). "That should protect us a little bit." he says to Jus as he floats up after the dragon.
Gareth (214.5 HP, Protection from acid - 74 DMG, Bless, Dragon fear -2 for 9 rnds, Stoneskin 110 HP, Shield Other [1/2 DMG to Tericus], 50% Displaced, Darkvision 120', Fly, Endurance +5) d20+11=26 d20+33=49 d20+28=47 d20+23=34 d20+18=25 d20+33=36 d10+19=27 d10+19=25 d10+19=25 d10+19=22 d10+19=21 Tuesday June 3rd, 2003 7:50:58 PM
The warrior dodges the bolts fairly well but still takes some damage (made save 26). He winces as he knows Tericus (10.5 points DMG) will be damaged from this - who he at least sees making it out of the water. Despite being intimidated and trembling - and cold - the warrior closes and attacks as the dragon rises out of the water, enraged at Nonam's spell. "You have more than your silly little treasures to concern yourself with just now, foolish one. You should have negotiated when you had the chance!". Gareth tears into the creature with all his might, focusing on it's neck and chest (Hit AC 49,47,[36],34,25 for 27+25+[21]+25+22 = 120 DMG). He moves through the air so as to angle any breath attack towards him and away from the others - he also makes sure he is positioned so that if the creature breathes on him it will nail its treasure too.
Jus (Prot.Elem.121hp; Bless+1; Grace+2; Endur+3; GWM+3:Bow&50Arrows; Stoneskin100hp; 7 rounds)(Shield, facing the dragon; 6 rounds)(Glove & Boots activated; 2 Rounds)(Fly; 1 Round)(SR26; Keen Edge) d20+33=38 d20+28=30 d20+23=25 d20+18=32 d20+33=47 5d8(8+4+4+2+3)+8=29 5d10(3+1+5+7+10)=26 10d6(5+4+1+2+1+5+5+2+1+1)=27 d100=18 Tuesday June 3rd, 2003 10:27:22 PM
Jus watches Tericus rise, wishing he had a Cantrip to dry the fellow. Hopefully he can take care of himself.
Jus uses his Hasted action to cast Keen Edge on his arrows. He then rises five feet and makes a full arrow attack on the Dragon.
(Hit AC 38/28/23/18/33 for HP 31/19/26/27/26; Made Armor Spell Check)
Clangden ac42 hp270/240 *Freedom of Movement,Prot: Acid,Stoneskin150/140,Prot:Evil,Bless* Wednesday June 4th, 2003 12:59:08 AM
after saving Add from the cold water, Clangden turns back just as the Dragon erupts from the pool of water. seeing Tericus emerging from the first pool, Clangden rushes up to him, making sure he is ok and then moves himself between him and the Dragon. (fighting defensively, expertise =5att +5ac)
(havent looked at email yet, if not done so, can we have an updated map?)
Djinni(sam) Wednesday June 4th, 2003 10:01:16 AM
now that the dragon has risen, the Djinni that Tericus summoned begins to spin faster and faster. soon he becomes a mini tornado and begins to move towards the black dragon
Addinein (Endurance +2, Airwalk, Cats Grace +4, Bless, Bulls Strength+4, hp=45, shield, AC= 31) d20+15=34 d20+15=31 Wednesday June 4th, 2003 12:19:47 PM
Having been pulled from the water and placed at the cavern entrance. Addinein hears as the Dragon erupts from the pool. Addinein quickly orients himself towards where the dragon is. If the dragon is not attack Addinein waits to see where the dragon attacks and if he can get to him in time.
Pulling out the Sunsword, Addinein does his best to deal with the Dragon if he can. (no crit hit if in range)
DM Jan d20+22=42 d20+16=35 d20+31=43 2d6(1+2)+15=18 18d10(10+6+5+4+8+7+1+2+4+10+9+7+4+1+2+9+9+9)=107 Wednesday June 4th, 2003 6:16:08 PM
Nonam doesn't waste any time, and an alarming barrage of weaponry and spells shoot forth from the tiny wizard. The bolt hits home, fair and square, although the poison doesn't appear to have any effect. The MM flashes against the dragon's scales but no fire damage is apparent. As for the horrid wilting - yes, it's not as much as he'd like, but there's a definite puckering along the dragon's flank.
Gareth, as always moves straight into melee range and weilds Max with precise savagery. Max howls with such ferocity inside his head, it gives the warrior a nosebleed. Two of his blows strike hard and deep.
Tericus in the meantime, decreases both his and Jus's vulnerability to spells, although the cleric feels a nasty tingle as Gareth takes some damage from the lightning trap. Alongside him - the djinni begins to shift itself up into a small tornado (forgot to put him on the map!).
From the entrance, Addinein moves up toward the dragon and takes a swipe at the beast using the sun sword (on this occasion, he misses), while Clangden hovers between the dragon and Tericus, sheilding the cleric from harm.
Further below, Jus takes aim and fires a stream of arrows at the dragon's hide. One of them wedges itself a little between the dragon's scales, the others bounce off.
The dragon seems to be able to move with a keen agility, thanks to an extra pair of wings that buzz noisily on either side of it. The attacks on him to not improve his mood. His tail lashes out like a whip in an attempt to give Addinein an aerial clobbering. ((Hits AC 43, Dam 18)) Whap!
This is followed by a savage exhale - blasting a cone of brilliant and deadly fire straight in the direction of Gareth and Nonam. His aim suggests that illusional effects this close do not confound him. ((107 DAM, DC33 reflex for half))
It lights up the whole cave. Something inflammable on the shelf goes up with a 'whoof'.
Closer to the cavern floor - Jus hears a bubbling sound, and water starts to rise from the pools - spilling water onto the cavern floor. Run-off from the mountains, traveling along the many underground streams carved over the years by rainfall, has arrived in the foothills it seems, from the rainstorm up above.
Clangden ac33 hp270/240 *lots of stuff* d20+31=51 d20+26=28 d20+21=39 d20+31=43 d10+22=28 d10+22=27 d10+22=32 d10+22=32 d10+22=26 Thursday June 5th, 2003 1:26:26 AM
stepping up to the Dragon, and hefting his axe in both hands, Clangden savagely attacks the beast all the while singing his battle song at the top of his lungs, in dwarvish of course.
(Att#1, natural 20, followed up with a 43) (Att#2, ac28) (Att#3, ac39) (damage for Att#1, 87) (damage for att#2, 32) (damage for att#3, 26)
*using a +5 weapon* **didnt add them all together, Jan, cuz I wasnt sure what ac the beast has**
Tericus(Airwalk, Prot from acid 121 hps, Shield other(Gareth), GMW +4, Prot from evil 10', Bless), Hasted(boots of speed) , SR of 26 3d8(6+2+1)+15=24 d4+1=3 3d6(4+6+6)=16 Thursday June 5th, 2003 7:02:39 AM
seeing that Addinein has already taken a beating, Tericus moves next to him and heals some of his wounds(CSW for 24 back). then he casts a spell that makes him a bit stronger(bulls strength, adds 3 pts)
the Djinni, once up to full speed, begins slamming itself agains the flank of the dragon(reflex save of DC 20 or it takes 16pts)
Addinein (Endurance +2, Airwalk, Cats Grace +4, Bless, Bulls Strength+4, hp=51, shield, AC= 31) d20+20=33 d20+15=24 d6+5=6 d6=4 d6+5=7 d6=2 Thursday June 5th, 2003 12:38:09 PM
(ooc already had bull strength, see character name line, previous post)
Feeling the need for every fighting hand to be helping, Addinein pulls out the dancing rapier and replaces the Sunsword for the moment. Hoping that he can stay up during this fight, Addinein quickly attacks with the dancing rapier. He's preparing to re-draw the Sunsword.
AC 33, 24 Dam 6+4(shock)=10 1st roll dam 7+2(shock)=9 2nd roll
The searing flames boil Nonam's skin and leave red welty blisters on his head. Blackened skin peels off in chunks, but he lives. [fail save 16, made mass dmg save 30]
He casts another horrid wilting and hopes that $*@(@%*#@$ dragon dies pretty soon. (76 dmg (refdc26), SR36, 3% hero pt, 30%)
Then he summons up a prismatic wall and makes sure that he keeps it between him and the dragon. The bright wall lights up the cavern. (19%)
Jus (Prot.Elem.121hp; Bless+1; Grace+2; Endur+3; GWM+3:Bow&50Arrows; Stoneskin100hp; 8 rounds)(Shield, facing the dragon; 7 rounds)(Glove & Boots activated; 3 Rounds)(Fly; 2 Rounds)(SR26; Keen Edge; 1 Round) d20+37=40 d20+32=42 d20+27=39 d20+22=30 d20+37=56 d20+37=49 6d8(6+7+6+3+4+5)=31 6d10(8+7+9+3+7+3)=37 2d10(8+10)=18 12d6(4+4+3+2+1+1+6+6+6+6+5+4)=48 Friday June 6th, 2003 8:23:26 AM
Jus uses his hasted action to cast Bigby's Hand, to aid his future actions.
Jus then rises 5 feet and launches another barrage of arrows, a bit miffed -- though certainly unsurprised -- that only one of his previous arrows made it through the dragon's tough hide.
(Hit AC 40/42/27/22/56 (possible critical 49); Dam 30/26/25/26/31/43)
DM Jan d20+50=55(+4) 2d8(3+3)+10=16 d20+49=51 2d6(5+5)+10=20 d20+49=57 2d6(1+5)+10=16 2d8(6+8)=14 d20+16=26 Friday June 6th, 2003 8:17:41 PM
(OOC - sorry this is a bit late, fellas - I was kinda waiting for everyone to get their attacks in - anyway... here we are.)
Clangden's axe joins the fray, his axe's first blow in particular, biting deep. Dragon blood begins to flow as the Storms attacks start to become evident. Tericus moves over toward Addinein, patching up the dark elf after suffering damage due to the tail thwap and acid. Meanwhile - his djinni twirls magificently - tickling the dragon's belly. Its not laughing - no sense of humour, black dragons. Addinein tries another blade, to no avail. The dragon's hide is tougher than a matron's tongue it seems.
Up near the head - the toasted wizard Nonam hurls forth more devastating spells. The horrid wilting (save made) sends a wrinkly line along the dragon's flank and it roars out so loud in the cavern, it makes everyone's ears burn. ((Everyone - Fort save DC15 or be deafened for two rounds))
Then the prismatic wall comes into effect, protecting the tiny wizard from further harm. The light from it lets everyone see just how fast the water is rising from the floor of the cave - it seems to be about half way up and there's no sign of it abating.
Jus has to keep rising otherwise he'll drown. He casts Bigby's hand and fires another volley of arrows - two this time - embed themselves in the dragon's scaly hide.
Lathiese is hurting. In what could be a final strike - he lashes out with jaws and claws - then tucks in his wings.
His mouth lunges forth in an attempt to grip and hold Gareth - grapple check DC59 - claw damage 16
His left claw shoots out to try and grip Clangden - grapple check DC51 - claw damage - 20
His right claw attempts to snatch Addinein - grapple check - DC57 claw damage - 16
Taking whoever he can with him - he drops like a (very large) stone into the water. SPLASH!!!!!!
Below him - Tericus and Jus must try and leap desperately out of the way (REFLEX DC 30) or be slammed into the water for 14 DAM. (They will not however, be pinned.)
The water continues to rise - its now about 15 ft below the lip of the treasure ledge.
Tericus(Airwalk, Prot from acid 121 hps, Shield other(Gareth), GMW +4, Prot from evil 10', Bless), Hasted(boots of speed) , SR of 26 d20+7=24 5d6(5+2+3+1+2)=13 15d6(4+4+2+3+5+5+3+1+6+1+4+6+5+4+2)=55 Saturday June 7th, 2003 9:31:48 AM
unable to avoid the dragon, Tericus crashes down into the water(ref of 24). picking himself up and moving towards where the dragon dived(first action) Tericus tries to calculate how deep the dragon went and casts Blade Barrier in the water tunnell about 15' feet in front of the dragon(30' radius. if i cant cover the entire tunnel, ill center it as best i can, 55pts of dam, ref save of 20 to avoid the blades at the start, but afterwards anyone passing through takes the damage automatically).
the Djinni stops his spinning and moves to help anyone who cant fly on their own.
Clangden d20+14=22 d20+14=26 Sunday June 8th, 2003 6:20:21 AM
unable to get out of the Dragons' grip, Clangden goes with it in to the water, held tightly in its' claw.
Addiniein d20+18=26 d20+13=30 Sunday June 8th, 2003 9:32:17 PM
At the back of the dragon, Addinein is unable to get away from the claw that grabs him. Realizing that life could get interetsing from here, Addinein does his best to try to hold his breath. As he does so he says a quick prayer to Wardd so that his companions may have the luck of finishing this battle successfully.
Jus (Prot.Elem.121hp; Bless+1; Grace+2; Endur+3; GWM+3:Bow&50Arrows; Stoneskin100hp; 9 rounds)(Shield, facing the dragon; 8 rounds)(Glove & Boots activated; 4 Rounds)(Fly; 3 Rounds)(SR26; Keen Edge; 2 Round) d20+13=31 d100=28 d20+28=30 d20+28=41 d20+28=48 d100=23 d20+12=26 Monday June 9th, 2003 8:48:35 AM
Jus manages to stay out of the way of the Dragon's plummet, watching his friends be dragged down with it.
Using an attack of opportunity as the Dragon goes by, Jus casts Bestow Curse, hoping it gives his friends a chance to escape [Made Armor Spell Check; Hit AC 30; reroll with Hero Point, Hit AC 41; Save vs DC 30 or completely relax (invented curse - duration left to DM; DM's call what actually happens -- see spell)].
Casting again, using his Hasted action, Jus tries to Bestow another Curse against the dragon -- using his Spectral Hand if necessary (see email to DM) [Made Spell Check; Hit AC 48 (natural 20); Save vs DC 30 or Each turn, the dragon has a 50% chance that it cannot breath underwater (invented curse based on third variant, cannot breath underwater instead of "no action"; DM's call what actually happens -- see spell)]
Jus holds his regular action, to see how he can aid his friends if they get loose from the Dragon's grip. As he does so, he yells "Nonam, now's our chance! Let's load up the treasure and teleport out of here!"
(Fort save made; not deafened)
Nonam (stoneskin DR 10/+5 (150 pts), haste, polymorph (diminuitive size) shaken, fly, protection from acid 192pt, endurance+4, cat's grace+4,bless, detect thoughts, darkvision, see invisible, detect magic, some others SR19, AC34,HP60) 3d8(6+5+4)+15=30 d20+12=18 Monday June 9th, 2003 1:11:47 PM
Nonam downs a potion of cure serious wounds (30pts).
Then he shouts out to Jus, "We can't very well leave everyone else." [fort save18)
Then he polymorhps into a merman and dives into the water in chase of the dragon.
Gareth (182.25 HP, Protection from acid - 74 DMG, Bless, Dragon fear -2 for 9 rnds, Stoneskin 100 HP, Shield Other [1/2 DMG to Tericus], 50% Displaced, Darkvision 120', Fly, Endurance +5) d20+33=48 d20+28=40 d20+23=42 d20+18=24 d20+33=39 d20+33=46 d10+19=24 d10+19=26 d10+19=26 d10+19=28 d10+19=27 d20+33=36 d20+28=44 d20+23=40 d20+18=27 d10+19=28 d10+19=26 d10+19=25 d10+19=21 d20+18=30 d20+18=35 Monday June 9th, 2003 3:53:44 PM
The warrior again lays into the dragon as he gets pulled into the savage battle by Max. He maintains his grip on reality, but not by much (Hit AC 48,40,42,[46],24 for 24+26+26+[27]+28 DMG). He continues his attack even as the dragon latches onto him and plummets into the water (missed grapple - 39)(hit AC 36,44,40,27 for 28+26+25+21 DMG). He take care to breathe deeply. He thinks to Max "You may need to send a message to Nonam or Tericus - but only if I give the signal!". The warrior take 3 points from the claw attack and 26.25 DMG from the breath spell. Tericus does too.
NOTE: I missed my last post as I was out of town. I was hoping you'd alow Gareth to hit anyway - being a dragon and all - so I posted his last round attacks and this round after the dragon latched on.
DM Jan d20+16=25 d20+19=35 d20+19=36 d20+50=57 +4 d20+49=60 d20+49=52 2d8(7+4)+10=21 2d6(6+2)+10=18 2d6(5+1)+10=16 Tuesday June 10th, 2003 2:12:09 AM
Following the dragon's trajectory, Tericus does his best to estimate where his blade barrier should go, and hurls the spell down into the depths.
Jus manages to fly out of the way as the dragon drops, stays out of the water and casts a curse on the falling dragon's scaly hide, followed by another via a spectral hand that seeks to follow the trajectory of the creature.
Meanwhile, to their horror - Gareth, Clangden and Addinein are gripped and dragged down into the icy water, Gareth's blade flashing as the light of the prismatic wall catches its movement as the warrior enters the water still hacking away for all he's worth.
Nonam changes form, sliding into the water in the form of a merman and goes after his comrades.
For one horrible moment - it looks as though everyone is about to get minced by the sudden appearance of a circle of whirling blades - but the dragon lurches sideways with a lash of his great tail - avoiding a lot of pain for everyone. Determination and sheer, bull-headed willpower have enabled him to shake off Jus's attempts at slowing him down and letting his captives go.
The dragon enters what was pool #5 - now deep under water. In the crushing depths - Gareth's, Clangden's and Addinein's lungs adapt - blood replacing air in the capillaries - but its hard to move - they're caught in a grapple, and they're underwater. Dragon blood is in the water - he's wounded but obviously not about to give up. What's it going to take - one more blow if they're lucky..... maybe two, before he'll let go? Time is running out. This is no picnic at all.
Grapple checks: Gareth DC 61 Dam 21 Clangden DC 60 Dam 18 Addinein DC 52 Dam 16 Grappled - lose your dex mod this next round. Underwater - lose half your strength mod this next round unless you have 'freedom of movement'.
Up above - Jus will now notice that the flood level has stopped - about a foot below the level of the treasure shelf.
Tericus is in the water, and the water is starting to move in a circular direction, swept around by the blade barrier. Nonam will begin to feel a current, too - and will find himself to be drawn toward the blade barrier.
Nonam(stoneskin DR 10/+5 (150 pts), haste, polymorph (merman) shaken, fly, protection from acid 192pt, endurance+4, cat's grace+4,bless, detect thoughts, darkvision, see invisible, detect magic, some others SR19, AC34,HP60) d20=15 d100=19 d100=18 d20+16=23 d20+16=26 Tuesday June 10th, 2003 11:51:52 AM
Nonam uses his newly aquired fins and tail to try to stear clear of the blade barrier, perhaps the fly spell might help too. [swim check = 17 (15+2) + whatever bonus from being in mer- form]
Hoping he can cast underwater but not having much fear since the merfolk can speak underwater, he casts limited wish. "I wish Clangden, Addinein, Gareth, Tericus, and Jus could all breathe underwater." [wishing for a ranged water breathing spell, 19%]
He follows with polymorph any object cast at the dragon. He tries to turn the water breathing dragon into a chicken... just because that would be funny. [will dc28, SR23 hero pt SR26, 18%]
Clangden d20+5=10 d20+5=11 Tuesday June 10th, 2003 12:28:34 PM
continues to drown in the dragon's grasp.
Gareth (177.75 HP, Protection from acid - 74 DMG, Bless, Dragon fear -2 for 7 rnds, Stoneskin 90 HP, Shield Other [1/2 DMG to Tericus], 50% Displaced, Darkvision 120', Fly, Endurance +5) d20+29=46 d20+24=32 d20+19=28 d20+14=29 d10+15=18 d10+15=16 d10+15=21 d10+15=16 d20+29=31 d10+15=19 Tuesday June 10th, 2003 9:10:02 PM
With absolutly no chance to break free of the dragon's grip the warrior continues to hack away at the creature trying to reach it's throat, eyes, neck - anything vital or painful in hopes to get it to let go (Are his arms free?) - while he endures the crushing cut of his razor sharp teeth (AC 46,[31],23,28,29 for 18+19+16+21+16 DMG) (Stoneskin/Protct other). His frustration begins to rise as he cannot breath and his strength is diminished. (Tericus take 5.5 DMG).
Tericus(Airwalk, Prot from acid 121 hps, Shield other(Gareth), GMW +4, Prot from evil 10', Bless), Hasted(boots of speed) , SR of 26 Tuesday June 10th, 2003 9:32:58 PM
grunting from the pain that Gareth is going through, Tericus suddenly has an idea and begins chanting. a moment later a large, man shaped form of water appears at his side(summon monster VI, summoned a large water elemental). "Go down the tunnels and free my friends!! the cleric orders his new ally. then, as he realize that the current is picking up, he banishes his blade barrier
Addinein (Endurance +2, Airwalk, Cats Grace +4, Bless, Bulls Strength+4, hp=19, shield, AC= 31) d20+18=34 d20+13=19 Wednesday June 11th, 2003 12:08:13 AM
Addinein feels his level of panic rising as he realizes he cannot get loose of the dragon's claw.
The pain, the pressue, I'm afraid I won't last much longer of this - ring talk
(ooc I'm assuming arms are pinned, but I realize now it wasn't stated)
Clangden (BigTim) Wednesday June 11th, 2003 11:15:12 AM
/ooc everyone open up their players handbook to page 137 and read the rules on Grappling.
DM Jan Wednesday June 11th, 2003 2:30:40 PM
On the surface of the water, Tericus's magic goes to work and the Water Elemental is summoned. It dives into the depths. In the meantime, his muscles are starting to cramp badly. If he doesn't get out of the water, he'll go under and start to drown. The blade barrier under water, stops spinning and disappears.
Jus and the Djinni are still in the dry part of the cavern.
((JK - hold your spells for now - Nonam needs to be sure of where he's going and that he can see his quarry))
In what's now a giant tank of water, Nonam, in merman form - able to breathe and manouver more effectively - and clear of the blade barrier danger, needs to determine which hole the dragon has dived into then he can follow. ((Spot DC 11 to spot wake - same goes for the Water Elemental))
Nonam is the equivalent of 10 rounds behind the dragon, because the weight of the creature has enabled it to dive extremely deep. The Elemental is 14 rounds behind.
Meanwhile - the situation is getting more desperate for Addinein, Clangden and Gareth as they are pulled ever deeper - down hole #5 - which levels off and connects with all the other holes into one large, underground stream.
The dragons jaws and the weight of the water get to the point where Gareth can no longer weild his blade. Max's confusion and bitterness registers in his mind as the sword struggles to accept defeat.
Caught in the tight grasp of the dragon's claws, Addinein and Clangden find they still cannot move. Addinein particularly is struggling - his elven constitution finding this situation intolerable.
Horror lives down here - horror of being trapped - horror of drowning - it dances in the character's minds like a flock of gleeful butterflies with razorblade wings. Certainty joins in - trying to make peace with death that will surely follow.
Suddenly - that terrifying grip loosens. Gareth, Addinein and Clangden tumble in the water, slapped by the tail as it rushes past and disappears. In the utterly disorienting seconds that follow - they realise they are free - surrounded by water dense and clouded with dragon blood, VERY deep, with no sense of which way is up, they can't breathe - but they're free to attempt an escape from their icy, watery tomb. They are currently very much out of sight from those above.
((Gareth, Addinein, Clangden - I need an ability check - INT or WIS, use whichever is highest, to determine which direction you need to swim to get out. There IS a current flowing slightly - Int or Wis will give you a vital clue.
DC 14.
Gentlemen, everyone please give me your actions and intentions this next round, then we'll go through all the numbers in the round after that, rather than drag this out round by round. The dragon's victims are currently three rounds without breathing. The dragon has managed to drag them quickly and deep into the tunnel. It's going to take 18 rounds to get out. Your CON bonus x2 is a major factor here. Thats what we'll be working with. DC's will be influenced by armour.))
Clangden d20+3=9 d20+3=6 Wednesday June 11th, 2003 7:11:19 PM
wis check 9, reroll with hero point 6.
upon being released, and still trying to hold his breath, Clangden decides the best option at the moment is not to panic, but instead to lighten his load.
dropping his axe, he pulls a dagger from a scabbard and starts cutting straps on his armor, letting it drop deeper into the water so as to lighten himself.
once that is done, Clangden will start swimming in a direction to be determined by the dm.
Gareth (177.75 HP, Protection from acid - 74 DMG, Bless, Dragon fear -2 for 6 rnds, Stoneskin 90 HP, Shield Other [1/2 DMG to Tericus], 50% Displaced, Darkvision 120', Fly, Endurance +5) d20=18 Wednesday June 11th, 2003 7:19:45 PM
Seeing his ability to wield Max waning he attempts instead to hang on and keep his bearings. As the dragon releases him he begins to search for the way out (DarkVision - if it helps). Finding it (DC 18) he begins to try and locate the others before moving up. (Con is 25). He asks Max if he can feel what the dragon is doing and if he agrees on his choice of direction. He spends as much time as he dares to find the others before swimming toward the surface.
Feeling the slight current, Addinein figures out which way to swim.
I've been released, but I don't know about the others. I'm hoping that I'm headed in the direction for air. Everything hurts, it's cold down here, so bitterly cold...... - ring talk
Tericus(Airwalk, Prot from acid 121 hps, Shield other(Gareth), GMW +4, Prot from evil 10', Bless), Hasted(boots of speed) , SR of 26 4d8(3+8+1+1)+15=28 Wednesday June 11th, 2003 11:48:21 PM
knowing that there's not much more he can do, Tericus air walks out of the water and stands on the ledge with the dragon's treasure. then he casts a quick spell to cure a few of his wounds(CCW) and begins to search through the treasure, looking for anything that might help him help his friends
Jus (Prot.Elem.121hp; Bless+1; Grace+2; Endur+3; GWM+3:Bow&50Arrows; Stoneskin100hp; 11 rounds)(Shield, facing the dragon; 10 rounds)(Glove activated; 6 Rounds)(Fly; 5 Rounds)(SR26; Keen Edge; 4 Round) Thursday June 12th, 2003 12:11:21 AM
Jus is momentarily dazed at what just happened. Composing himself, knowing his friends lives are at stake, Jus continues.
Speaking in the ring, Jus says, "Hang on Addinein, Nonam's coming up behind you."
"Nonam, I can follow you down, but I don't want to leave Tericus here alone. Do you have two Teleports? You could try one wild Teleport to get to them, then the other to get out. I can use the one I have memorized to get Tericus and I out.
"Tericus, I hope you're praying right now. Is there anything you can do remotely to get them to breath down there? Can you alter yourself to pursue? If so, then let's go. We've gotta help if we can."
Jus turns off his Boots and awaits a response from Nonam and suggestions from the others before he does anything else. He flies down to help Tericus out of the water and prepares to cast Teleport for the two of them, as soon as he hears that Nonam's found the others and is teleporting out.
Tericus Thursday June 12th, 2003 8:19:49 AM
ooc, i forgot to command my elemental. he continues to pursue our companions
Nonam(stoneskin DR 10/+5 (150 pts), haste, polymorph (merman) shaken, fly, protection from acid 192pt, endurance+4, cat's grace+4,bless, detect thoughts, darkvision, see invisible, detect magic, some others SR19, AC34,HP60) d20-3=13 Thursday June 12th, 2003 2:27:16 PM
Nonam "spots" the trail and chases down after the dragon and his friends.
He tries water talking in the ring back to Jus, "I can't teleport right now. I can help them breathe though. I just have to find them. Tell them to look for the porpoise... er fish."
Nonam takes a couple of deep breaths and shifts form again, this time into a porpoise. The new form makes him much faster, and he starts blasting off high frequency sounds to help locate his friends and guide them to him.
[blindsight 120 ft, see MMp200]
DM Jan - Addinein - Clangden - Gareth Thursday June 12th, 2003 8:04:47 PM
OOC - eeek, sorry this looks a bit long-winded. In a nutshell - you have so many rounds of breath - after that, your consecutive rolls for your CON determines if you can hold your breath each round, your STR determines if you have the energy to get to the surface. Removing your armour will delay you, but you might need to take it off depending on your STR rolls (see * below about Str rolls).
Calcs: 18 rounds to surface. Nonam within sight - right after round 10. So Addinein, Clangden and Gareth have 10 rounds of drowning hell to contend with.
Addinein, rounds of breath 4, already used 3, 1 remaining. Clangden, rounds of breath 22, already used 3, 19 remaining. Gareth, rounds of breath 14, already used 3, 11 remaining.
Addinein - Roll STR DC12 with armour or DC10 without - determines whether or not you have strength to kick to the surface *. Also - I need you to roll up to 9 attempts CON DC10, to determine whether you can hold your breath. The first time you roll below 10 - you go unconscious and begin to drown. Take off your armour (10 rounds) and you'll have to roll 19 attempts, or 14 if someone helps.
Clangden - Roll STR DC16 with armour or DC10 without - determines whether or not you have strength to kick to the surface *. Succeed with armour and you reach Nonam's spell range with breath left to spare. If you choose to take off your armour, that takes up 10 rounds, leaving you 9 and final round you will need to roll CON DC10 - fail and you go unconscious and begin to drown. If someone chooses to help, armour will come off in half the time, leaving you breathing well within Nonam's spell range.
Gareth - Roll STR DC14 with armour or DC10 without - determines whether or not you have strength to kick to the surface *. Succeed with armour and you reach Nonam's spell range with breath left to spare. If you choose to take off your armour, that takes up 10 rounds, leaving you 1 round left and you will need to roll CON DC10 - up to 9 attempts - first failure and you go unconscious and begin to drown. If someone chooses to help, armour will come off in half the time, leaving you with 4 consecutive attempts at CON DC10.
Also: If anyone helps another to take off their armour - it will take 5 rounds - factor that into your breathing time.
* STR checks - after the first attempt, any additional checks and/or re-rolls will take up 1 round each. Factor that into your breathing time.
Role play post to follow......
DM Jan Thursday June 12th, 2003 8:36:36 PM
It's not talk - it's a gut feeling, that grips everyone like a vice, coming from Addinein down in the depths. Jus activates the ring, and all are able to listen as he and Nonam frantically try and figure out the best way to rescue their friends stuck down below.
In the meantime, Tericus tries something else to help, arrives at the treasure ledge and starts rummaging at speed - looking for anything and everything that might help. There's coins and chests, and figurines, and more coins, and sacks, and -
WHOOMP!! In a percussive implosion of air that makes the cleric of Alemi stagger, and Jus's ears pop - the huge treasure pile, or most of it - suddenly disappears out of sight! What's left? A large melted blob of solid gold (whats left of a pile of coins after the dragons breath weapon blasted them), and a few other sundry items which are rolling around on the largely vacant shelf floor.
Under the water - the Water Elemental sets off in the same direction as Nonam. The wizard polymorphs - enabling him to travel faster, see better, and hopefully reach the others below before nothing can be done to save them. He cuts through the water, diving deep as only a porpoise can.
Further beneath, Addinein, Gareth and Clangden can hear Jus and Nonam's voice in their heads, and know that some help is on the way, if only they can hold on and somehow hold their breath and try and find their way toward the surface.
Addinein figures out the current, giving him a good idea as to where to aim for. So does Gareth, who attempts to find the others before striking to the surface. He comes across Clangden - who's sawing away at his armour straps in an effort to lighten his ascent. Gareth is able able to push Clangden in the right direction if nothing else.
In an effort to cope with the pressure, the character's lungs continue to adapt, pushing out air from the capillaries, and replacing it with blood. The urge to gasp for breath lessens, which may cause problems if and when they reach the surface.
Under pressure, Max's voice sounds odd in Gareth's head. He's gone.... I think... for now... The sword appears concerned. Don't leave me
It's pitch black and hard to move, dragon blood still clouds the water, its a long way up and time is running out fast.
By the time Nonam reaches spell distance, who knows how Gareth, Addinein and Clangden will have fared?
Gareth (177.75 HP, Protection from acid - 74 DMG, Bless, Dragon fear -2 for 5 rnds, Stoneskin 90 HP, Shield Other [1/2 DMG to Tericus], 50% Displaced, Darkvision 120', Fly, Endurance +5) d20+8=16 d20+8=24 d20+8=17 d20+8=11 d20+8=25 d20+8=21 d20+8=24 d20+8=23 d20+8=9 d20+8=16 d20+8=21 d20+8=27 Thursday June 12th, 2003 11:19:25 PM
The warrior helps Clangden get his armor off and then begins swimming in the right direction - looking for Addinein. As his weapon and friend admonishes him not to leave him behind he sheathes Max and answers. "Don't fear, my friend. I will not leave you. Can you help me locate Addinein?". He attempts to make sure all 3 heroes make it in the right direction - prviding whatever aid they need and he can give. (Made first 8 Con rolls, hero point reroll #9. Strength check was 27 - no problem in armor.
Nonam Friday June 13th, 2003 12:07:09 AM
Swimming.
What was that you were saying the other day. Retire? Get a nice house by the beach? Gods, I hope I never see water again...
Why do I feel like eating raw fish?
Tericus(Airwalk, Prot from acid 121 hps, Shield other(Gareth), GMW +4, Prot from evil 10', Bless), Hasted(boots of speed) , SR of 26 Friday June 13th, 2003 8:57:02 AM
moving away from the treasure, Tericus tells Jus "There's nothing I can do. If you can get down there and teleport them, then go. I have spell that can get me out of here. Go do what you need to do!"
the water elemental continues to swim towards the nearest person, and attempts to double his movement(im not sure what roll to make for that
Clangden d20+10=17 Friday June 13th, 2003 12:31:33 PM
(seeing what i needed for str check to survive, i chose to leave armor on)
Str check of 17, made it by 1.
deciding at the last minute to not remove his armor and drop his axe, Clangden begins swimming to the surface. getting a helping shove from Gareth, Clangden says thanks in his ring and moves closer to the surface with more speed.
Jus d100=76 Friday June 13th, 2003 11:40:12 PM
Jus nods at Tericus. Jus uses his ring to tell the others that Nonam is now a large fish, swimming towards them -- in case they didn't catch Nonam saying it himself.
"I'm following now as a merman," he continues through the ring. "Hang on, we'll find you."
Casting Alter Self, he turns himself into a merman, glances nervously at Tericus once more, and dives in. He may be several rounds behind Nonam, but there is always the chance he'll find someone Nonam doesn't.
[Made Armor Spell Check]
DM Jan Sunday June 15th, 2003 4:02:25 AM
Up in the Cavern: Jus's form changes shape, and the now merman dives quickly into the water, leaving Tericus with only his djinni for company. It's spooky in this cavern, here all alone. What if the dragon was to come back while the others were down there in the depths? A lone cleric wouldn't stand much af a chance. Mind you - one had to wonder where the heck all that treasure had disappeared to. Going off what was being said in the ring, it seemed as though the dragon had left Gareth, Addinein and Clangden to their own devices. So where the heck was the beast? Perhaps the treasure was a factor... Something cuts into his thoughts - silence, and a sick feeling overcomes him, when he realizes that gut fear he was getting from Addinein - it's gone. There's nothing there any more.
Underwater: Gareth, Clangden and Addinein start kicking like the blazes for the surface. The pressure makes things weird in terms of perception, and its putting a strain on their lungs, their ears, everything else. It's a tomb of water - the cold seeping into their flesh, coaxing them all toward death. Clangden seems to be faring better than the others - solid and tough as old boots, his lungs able to bear the lack of oxygen longer than the others. Gareth's strength and perception help him get his bearings and he's able to guide Clangden upward. Fear and the will to survive make them use up every last ounce of energy. Addinein also heads toward the surface, but begins to struggle almost immediately - his elven constitution, nowhere near as strong as the others, starts to fail him. This - coupled with hypothermia, despite his protection, begin to slow him down. By the time the Gareth and Clangden reach him - he's already going into cardiac arrest - big time. His throat relaxes, and icy water flows into his lungs. He's drowning.
How does death take you in the Wold? Is your soul wrenched violently from you, or pulled gently into that trickle of red that becomes an eventual torrent, leading toward the lands of rest? Can you feel the souls of others around you, sharing your journey? And what happens at your journey's end? Only Gargul knows for sure.
Eventually Nonam gets within sight and range to help. He see's three bodies below him in the gloom - one of which is utterly still. Right behind him is the elemental, following Tericus's orders to get down there and help. A little further behind. Jus kicks downward - his merman form able to cut through the water and join his comrades.
Right now it was a race against time, to get up there, get breathing and get out. Before the dragon had time to recuperate and come after them.
Gareth Sunday June 15th, 2003 7:30:01 AM
The warrior looks into Addinein's eyes as he loses conciousness - letting him know he will not leave him to the icy waters. Being less encumbered than Clangden (leather vs. metal), he kicks with all his might to get to the surface before he too loses conciousness and drowns.
Clangden Sunday June 15th, 2003 11:05:37 PM
dropping his axe he grabs Addenein and, placing his mouth over his, gives Addenein some of his remaining breath. then, pushing off harder and still holding on to addenein, he swims towards the surface.
upon reaching it he makes sure Add is removed from the icy waters before he gets out. and then throwing addenien over his shoulder, he races out of the cavern and out of the water, holding him close so as to share some of his remaining body warmth.
Nonam Monday June 16th, 2003 12:00:14 PM
When he gets into range, Nonam shifts back into a merman and casts his limited wish so that Clangden, Gareth, and Addinein can breathe underwater.
When he sees the situation with Addinein he starts to panic a bit... what if the dragon comes back right now?
And he does the only thing that he can think of, using the dragon ring he shouts into it trying to summon the Overlord, "Alicia! Alicia! We're in trouble! Use the bracelet I gave you! Pull all the charms now, please! Hurry! Pull Addinein's first! And find a cleric."
Please be on the other end. Please.
Jus Monday June 16th, 2003 10:31:30 PM
Jus continues his journey downward, looking for his friends and expecting to see the Dragon.
Tericus 2d8(7+3)+10=20 Tuesday June 17th, 2003 8:33:32 AM
not wanting to move while the others are still down there, Tericus cast a small healing spell on himself, just in case the dragon does appear again. "Let me know when your all out of there." Tericus says in his ring, deeply worried about Addinein
Addinein's Post (Friday) - Jan Tuesday June 17th, 2003 11:01:19 AM
((OOC This was a private post on Friday morning - reposted here))
(assuming no synergy) Addinein quickly succumbs to the cold and the depths when he accidently tries to draw breath. When others try to reach him via the ring, there is silence.....
DM Jan Tuesday June 17th, 2003 12:08:38 PM
Gareth and Clangden bear the still form of Addinein upward in the gloom. Suddenly they become aware of a tell tale tingle of a spell - Nonam's water breathing.
Their lungs suddenly have another option. However - their adaption to the depths has lessened the reflex to breathe. It's going to take a strong act of will to get them started again. WILL save DC 18.
In the cavern, Tericus patches himself up, preparing for the worst and praying that the others get out of there in time.
Jus is below the depths, cutting through the water in merman form, swimming deeper and deeper.
Ahead of him is the Water Elemental, and Nonam, who morphs back to merman form then he can cast his spell.
Where is the dragon? The party is extremely vulnerable right now. A fact not lost on the wizard, who decides on some drastic action.
Back in the Floating City, its way past midnight, and the Overlord wakes with a start. Fighting panic and calling out for help - she starts to activate the bracelet, calling on each of those connected to the spell.
Down in the cavern, another tingle shivers its way through everyone's skin as the Bracelet of Friends spell begins to take effect. In the mind is a picture of a dark room, cornices of Teucri design show its a room somewhere in the Big Float - an opulent room, with air! It feels like a teleport spell, pulling at thought and form. (Voluntary resist Will Save DC 19 - or be transported to the Overlord's bedroom and to safety)
Assuming the party arrives in the room - Clangden and Gareth are going to be coughing up blood (and they'll still need that Will Save for their lungs), and will need help. Addinein is dead, Tericus looks okay, but there's no sign of Nonam or Jus, and there's two fish men in the room. The Overlord will be startled and screaming for help all the louder, I'm sure.
Nonam d8+5=9 d8+5=11 Tuesday June 17th, 2003 12:21:42 PM
Nonam wills himself back into his normal form, minus the appearance of his horrific burns, and checks to make sure that everyone made it back. Then he looks to the Overlord and says, "Thank you."
With a forlorn glance toward Addinein, he knows he can do nothing to help the drow. But he can help the rest, he fumbles around for his jar of keoghtum's ointment and moves to smear it on Gareth and Clangden. (9hp, 11hp)
He also keeps an eye on Jus to make sure the elf can shift back. If he polymorphed, he won't have trouble, but if it was something else, he might need help.
Clangden d20+13=29 Tuesday June 17th, 2003 12:28:50 PM
on his knees, arms outstretched as if reaching for Addeneins body, Clangden appears in the Overlords' bedroom. immediately he begins coughing, louder and louder until he throws up. first comes water, then whatever he had for breakfast mixed with blood. his or something elses is unknown. pale looking he continues the upheavel all the while crawling slowly over to Addeneins body.
Gareth d20+6=26 Tuesday June 17th, 2003 11:53:24 PM
The warrior forces his lungs to breath in the water with ease has he continues to swim toward the surface. That is until the Overlord pulls them into her chamber. As he coughs up blood andsees his fellows appear he speaks to Nonam with urgency "Nonam...the man...we left...the man outside...the lair...he'll die...". He grimaces as he sees Addinien dead and feels the cold pain of loss and failure wash over him. He tries to speak but cannot for the coughing and grief.
Tericus d8+15=20 Wednesday June 18th, 2003 10:04:03 AM
after quickly checking on Addinein to make sure he's gone, Tericus moves to Gareth and Clangdenn and cast healing circle on everyone(everyone heals 20 pts). then he says "I might be able to do something for Addinein tommrow, but its really in the hands of Alemi." then he says "We do need to go back. That dragon might attack the village. At the very least, we need to make sure that villager is alright." then, as an afterthought, he says to the mayor, "Sorry this had to happen."
Jus d20=18 d20=3 Wednesday June 18th, 2003 10:08:38 AM
Jus allows the magic to pull him to the Big Float. Momentarily disoriented, catches himself as he is suddenly transferred from the water to land. He immediately realizes where he is, seeing the Overlord. Quickly, he say, "It is I, Jus," unsure if she'll understand as the words sound distorted coming through his new form.
Seeing Addinein, however, has him quickly forget about the Overlord. Jus runs over and kneels beside Addinein's limp form. With one of Addinein's hand in his, Jus looks up at Tericus, hopeful the cleric can help.
In his mind, Jus curses himself for not paying attention when his brothers tried to teach him how to help someone recover from drowning.
DM Jan Wednesday June 18th, 2003 4:18:25 PM
Tericus gets to work on Gareth and Clangden, who are already starting to feel the benefit of Nonam's ointment. Addinein's heart is still, much to everyone's sorrow. The dark elf's face looks serene in repose, at rest - a far cry from the turmoil in the room. His skin feels eerily cold to Jus crouched alongside him.
Just then, Terran - the gruff, broad-shouldered aide to the Overlord bursts into the room with a - "What the -??" Four guards push past him and enter the room quickly, confused as they recognise who is within. Behind them, a Palace Shepherd of Alemi enters - human, about 55 years old, and out of breath. Quickly he confers with Tericus on the extent of the damage done.
For a moment, Alicia's face lights up with relief as Nonam shifts back to 'almost' normal form, but she quickly hides it. She nods at Jus, still in merman form, accepting his statement, holds her hand up toward the guards, and for a while looks on truly concerned as whatever healing that is necessary takes place.
Gareth and Clangden start to feel better, and the urge to cough up a lung passes. However, they'll be short of breath (-2 CON) for the next two days. It will hurt to talk - and eat during that time.
The guards are staring uneasily at Addinein's body on the floor.
"What happened?" asks the Overlord firmly, not missing the comments made by Gareth and Tericus about a man and a village.
The Alemi cleric talks quietly to Tericus. "We need to get him -" pointing to Addinein - " to the Temple of Gargul as soon as possible."
Clangden Wednesday June 18th, 2003 4:24:04 PM
answering Alicia's question with short, unsteady breaths:
we were rushed in some place unprepared and it got Addenein killed.
dropping his armor, and all his magical equipment on her floor in front of the cleric saying: that should cover your expenses on getting him truely ressurected.
then Clangden stumbles soundlessly out of the bedroom, and all the way to the healing halls of Alemi where he collapses on one of the beds.
Nonam Wednesday June 18th, 2003 5:34:21 PM
As Nonam watches Clangden drop his items and wander off, he explains to the Overlord, "We went to fight the dragon that I wrote to you about. We encountered it in its lair, an underground cave filled with pools of water. These evidently opened onto an underground lake. The dragon attacked us ferociously, and we were unprepared for its tactics. Even so, we hurt it terribly, but we were in a poor condition ourselves. Instead of simply running, it grabbed Clangden, Gareth, and Addinein and plunged down into the lake. I swam after, but the dragon carried them too deep for me to reach them in time. When I saw Addinein's condition, I knew the situation was bleak. If the dragon came back at that moment, I knew none of us would survive. I selfishly regretted that I might not ever see you again, and then I remembered the bracelet. You know the rest."
Then the wizard reaches into one of his magical pockets and takes out a scroll of resurrection.
He hands it to Tericus and says very quietly, "I bought that before we ventured into the Underdark to help liberate his family. We haven't needed it til now. Perhaps we could trade it in the Catacombs for a scroll of True Resurrection, like Clangden says, or maybe you should just read that one. That's a a decision you're able to make better than me."
Gareth Wednesday June 18th, 2003 10:07:27 PM
The warrior nods as the others explain the battle. "Gentlemen, the villager...what can we do - right now?".
Jus Thursday June 19th, 2003 1:31:19 AM
Holding Addinein, Jus has some choice words on what the villagers could do, but his heart wins out -- there is no way he could let the villagers be slaughtered because of this fight.
"Unfortunately, I expect the only Derak is still alive is if the dragon didn't pass him on the way out." Jus starts to rise as Clangden drops his belongings and stumbles out. Jus' first impulse is to see if Clangden needs help, but Clangden's bitter words make Jus decide that the dwarf is dealing with Addinein's death in his own way.
Staring downward, his eyes unfocused, Jus continues, "Providing we find the necessary people quickly, we could teleport a group of spellcasters to the village, and they could teleport the whole village back here before the dragon did much damage."
Stepping back from Addinein's body as the priests do their good deed, Jus flexes his fists, having trouble containing himself. He acts like he's about to cast a spell, then hesitates to see what the others do.
Tericus Thursday June 19th, 2003 7:16:09 AM
taking the scroll from Nonan, Tericus nodds and begins to pick up Addinein's body. he grimaces a bit when the temple of Gargul is mentioned, but he says "Lets go." then quickly leaves for the temple. on his way out, he says "Go to the village. Ill meet you there as soon as im done at the temple."
DM Jan Thursday June 19th, 2003 3:05:00 PM
The Overlord looks shocked as Clangden gives a summing up of events, and listens with growing horror as Nonam goes into the details. Recovering her composure as best she can, and taking heed of Gareth's urgency - "We'd better move quickly," she says, listening to Jus's idea. "Terran - go find one of the guild mages, and a captain of the guard - quickly."
The big man nods gruffly and leaves. Alicia gives a sigh as Tericus and the other cleric of Alemi leave with the fallen Addinein, and then turns to Gareth, Nonam and Jus.
"We need to come up with a plan," she says, "and we need some information about these villagers. Are they friendly? Do they speak our language? How many of them are there?
Just then, Terran arrives back with two others - a young, blond-haired man with high ranking guard insignia rushes quickly into the room, brusquely pushing aside the other person in his haste. That other person is a female who growls at him - "Do that again and I'll turn you into a tadpole, you dolt."
The guard captain and the female mage give a solumn bow in front of the Overlord.
"How can we be of service?" asks the female, raising an eyebrow as she glances toward Jus, Gareth and Nonam. They recognise her instantly. It is no other than Lady Dolores Solara, her black dragon shawl pulled loosely around her shoulders.
"Where's Clangden, should I go and find Clangden?" asks Terran, looking forelornly for his drinking buddy.
Meanwhile, carrying Addinein, Tericus and the other cleric of Alemi leave the Palace and make for the Temple of Gargul across the square. Its the dead of night and there's no one around, until - they are met at the Temple entrance by a lady in pale grey robes and eyes the colour of clouds. Mist floats and pools around her shoes. "What brings you here, at such an hour?" she demands.
Clangden arrives at the Temple of Alemi, also on the same level, to find himself in a line getting patched up along with a few guards. Two of them have broken limbs, one has a black eye, another has a streaming cut on his head.
"Big punch up at one of the pubs on the Fence level," one of the guards explains. "So, what happened to you?"
((OOC - apologies in advance gentlemen, I'm going to be away until Sunday night. As the characters are at a planning stage, please feel free to do multiple posts in order to discuss what they want to do))
Clangden Friday June 20th, 2003 12:38:47 AM
looking at the brawlers with disgust, he shakes his head and walks away, ignoring the guards' question.
wandering around the town Clangden finds himself at one of the parks, sitting down on one of the benches. after a few minutes, he leans forward, putting his head in his hands.
and weeps.
Gareth Friday June 20th, 2003 1:15:00 PM
Wincing at the Black Dragon woman, he decides to choose his battles another time, but decides not to mention the type of dragon to her. "There is a village at grave risk from a dragon. We need to protect them. We must be prepared to fight it too.".
Nonam Friday June 20th, 2003 6:05:13 PM
Nonam eyes Lady Dolores with a frown. He wasn't in a mood to play politics right now, but there didn't seem to be much choice. "I don't know how the villagers would feel about being uprooted. They didn't even believe in magic. I imagine being teleported to a city like this would be a strain on their sense of reality. Even so, they probably shouldn't be around when we return to battle the creature. I'm opne to suggestions. But let's make the talk brief. I want to head over to the Temple of Gargul to check on Addinein."
...and get myself healed too. Gods, these burns hurt.
Clangden Sunday June 22nd, 2003 6:26:33 AM
after a few minutes Clangden bolts upright. looking around to see if anyone was watching, Clangden stands up. then, as if something has occured to him, with a determined look on his face, he begins running. faster and faster til hes moving at maximum speed towards the temple of Gargul.
Tericus Monday June 23rd, 2003 6:57:57 AM
looking hard at the woman, Tericus tries to recall if he's ever seen her before. after a moment of study, he says "Im Tericus, cleric of Alemi and member of the Storm Dragons. My fellow member, Addinein, fell in combat with a black dragon, who still runs free in the area. I request that I be admitted to beg for Lord Gargul's allowance that Addinein be restored to life, for we will need his strength in hunting down the dragon."
Jus Monday June 23rd, 2003 11:01:34 PM
Jus looks at Nonam, then Gareth, then -- reluctantly -- at the Black Bladder lady. Thinking about the village, he has to admit, "we can't wait long... we can't wait."
DM Jan Tuesday June 24th, 2003 12:24:45 AM
Sorrow grips Clangden in the aftermath of the battle, but at some point - he shakes it off and heads at all speed toward the Temple of Gargul.
At the temple, the Soul Seeker who met with Tericus at the door, nods and allows the two clerics inside with their dead charge. She leads them to a room where they can pray for the soul of their comrade. There is a dais to rest the body. Like the floor, it appears to be made of cool marble, although its difficult to see much of the floor - clouded as it is by the ever present mist. "You are in Gargul's hands now," offers the lady solemnly, before leaving them.
A little later, she will offer to lead Clangden to the room when he approaches.
Back at the Palace -
Lady Solara says - "We can attempt to open a temporary gate, like the one we have currently between the Float and Plateau City. But we need to know exactly where this place is, and we'll need help. The gates drain energy."
Not wishing to spend the rest of his life as a baby frog, the guard captain waits a respectful few moments before adding - "I can gather some men quickly - if we can get there - we can help restore order, fight - whatever is needed."
The Overlord nods. "Then, captain - gather some men together and return at all haste. Lady Solara, I'll have an area of the grounds outside cordoned off. Terran - if worse comes to worst, find out if we have room for these people and where. Storm Dragons - your knowledge and leadership will be required here. "Let's move quickly and work together."
"I can probably have the gate open in about an hour," states the Black Dragon mage and turns to leave. Sweeping past Gareth, Nonam and Jus, she whispers - "Bite off more than we could chew, did we?"
Clangden Tuesday June 24th, 2003 1:12:18 AM
rushes with all Haste to be at the temple and by his side when Addenein is revived.
upon arriving Clangden politely tells the greeter who he is and where he would like to be escorted, and then follows politely behind and deeply thanks for the escort.
upon seeing Tericus praying over Addenein's body, Clangden kneels beside him and says his prayers to whomever is listening.
Tericus Tuesday June 24th, 2003 7:11:59 AM
coming inside with the other cleric of Alemi, Tericus places Addinein's body on the dias and then unrolls the scroll. before he starts, he turns to the other cleric and says "I have the power, but ive never done this before. If I do something wrong, you must take over." then he begins to read off the scroll and chants prayers to Gargul, though it pains him to do so. "I hope Alemi will understand." he thinks to himself(OOC i got an email about the situation, but it was blank)
((~~Jan~~ Sam I've copied the email to you. Give me a shout if there's still an error somewhere.))
Clangden Tuesday June 24th, 2003 8:44:34 AM
getting up, and touching Tericus on his shoulder, Clangden says: we need to give Addenein the best. you wait here and I will go to the Catacombes and retrieve the correct scroll for him.
with all Haste he heads for the Catacombes.
Nonam Tuesday June 24th, 2003 9:38:46 AM
"I can provide the exact location either through description or by participating in creating the gate. Let me know what is needed. Now I must check on my companions. I will return as soon as is possible."
Nonam heads out the door just before his polymorph spell runs out, and he limps to the Temple of Gargul to check on his friends... there will be time for healing himself later.
Clangden Tuesday June 24th, 2003 3:52:52 PM
rushing back in the room where Addenein is, huffing and puffing, Clangden hands Tericus a scroll of True Ressurect.
DM Jan Wednesday June 25th, 2003 12:35:46 PM
((OOC - apologies for the assumptions I'm about to make, but I want to keep things moving, guys. I know Sam has limited time and a few comp problems right now, and with David on vacation too, the rest of us need to improvise a little.))
"We'll work together, if need be," says the other cleric to Tericus.
Clangden leaves with all haste and returns swiftly with the scroll, in fact Nonam sees him on approach and follows him inside. The grey-robed Soulseeker stood outside the chamber tells both that once the ceremony has begun, it will be in the hands of Gargul and there will be nothing anyone else can do right now.
She notices they are looking a bit ragged around the edges. "Do you require the healing power of Gargul?" she asks. "It is freely given, here."
Tericus invokes the new scroll. All he can do now is wait... and pray.
Back at the Palace gardens, lamps are rapidly lit, and extra guards are placed as preparations are made for the gate.
The guard captain is asking Gareth all kinds of fast and furious questions about what he wants doing and where they are going. The Storm Dragon leader might need some help.
A rather odd-looking old fellow - human, but almost as frail as an elf, dressed in a tatty robe approaches Jus. "You joining us? The more the merrier. These things can be a bit unstable at first." There looks to be about 9 people clustered together, including Lady Solara, discussing the positioning of something on the ground. Voices range from laid back, to grumpy at having to be up at this time of night, to glee and excitment on what they are about to do.
Clangden Wednesday June 25th, 2003 3:13:27 PM
arriving back at the Palace, he goes over to where his stuff is and begins putting it back on.
motioning to his guard friend he says: tell your comrades there that when we show up in the village to immediately spread out. look for anything and everything out of the ordinary. these are simple folk so be careful. also, a young girl might be there as well. all in silver colored clothing. do not attack her in any way or you might invoke her fury. <whispering to him in his ear> (she is a silver dragon who was hurt by the black, these people took her under their care and she has helped em out ever since, and she is very shy)
before the teleport begins, make sure everyone is completely set up with magic defenses and make weapons ready but again, do not attack until you are attacked.
turning back to the guards arrayed: anyone have a spare weapon I might use, mine was left behind in our haste to get here.
turning to Alicia and the other mages around her: my feeling is this. the faster we get people teleported out of the better everything will be. this is not a lets kill the dragon raid, its a save the village raid, I dont care what the others in my group says.
grabbing a parchment and ink, Clangden begins drawing on it the lay-out of the village, naming the buildings that he remembers. also, he draws in the fields, where the mountains and swamp are and the jungle. giving the mages and everyone else there an idea of how things are set up and giving them a chance to figure out the best course of action what to do when the port happens.
Clangden then goes and finishes putting his gear on.
(Jan, what weapon is offered to me?)
Tericus Thursday June 26th, 2003 5:15:58 PM
nodding at the cleric, Tericus does what he needs to do while waiting to see if the scroll works or not
Nonam Friday June 27th, 2003 10:51:08 AM
Nonam accepts the healing and after making sure things are proceeding with Addinein he returns to the palace.
He's ready to help out with the teleportation and moves to stand by Jus.
He frowns a bit when Clangden offers up the "I don't care what the others in my group say" comment. He happens to agree with the dwarf, but that's beside the point.
When the dwarf talks about protection spells, the wizard points out, "Most of the spells I cast have run out or will run out soon. After all, I cast many of them this morning, and I haven't had time to memorize more. I've still got a few tricks up my sleeve, but they're mostly in the hellfire and brimstone category."
"We also need to think about saving that poor chap back at the cave. Anybody have any ideas on that?"
DM Jan Friday June 27th, 2003 1:04:44 PM
Clangden and Gareth get to work on the guards. 'A - another dragon?' whispers the guard captain. He seems nervous.
Clangden's map is poured over by just about everyone, the dwarf's advice sinks in, plans are made.
One of the mages mutters something about being dragged into the middle of some god forsaken place in the dead of night. Lady Solara laughs.
Nonam returns as chaos and discussion are beginning to coalesce into a plan. Two wizards have marked out an accurately measured 20ft by 20ft square on the ground. Others are piling white sand at each corner, and arranging a series of amber stones in the sand. Then, the spellcasters start to gather in twos or threes in each of the corners. "Teleport spell," says one of them to Nonam and Jus. "I'm presuming you know it? Then we kind of grab and hold it. Keep it in one place. I'd steel yourself right after the invocation if I were you. Spell effect tends to give a bit of a kick."
Someone, with some difficulty, hands over a heavy battle axe with a very keen edge to Clangden ( +3 battle axe). It's not as good as the one he lost, for sure, but perhaps it'll do for now.
After a countdown, the teleport spell is invoked by all those present at the corners, but one. Solara is at the center of the circle, her body contorting, her hands weaving, her rich, deep voice chanting something quite different. In the minds eye, its as though a cage of energy starts forming - spells taken from all participants are held, stretched and lengthened - converging in a central position 30ft above the square formation. There's a sudden feeling in the stomach, as though being punched sharply. For a moment the whole thing wavers, and then becomes visible to everyone around them.
It's edges shimmer - but within, dark shapes, buildings can be seen - the village. One of the wizards coughs - "I hate it when that happens - like a kick from a mule.." It needs one wizard on each corner to keep the thing stabilized.
It's time to move out.
Back at the Temple of Gargul, the cleric helping Tericus gasps, as it seems to him that both Tericus and Addinein's forms have suddenly become etheral and insubstantial...
.... and what seems like half a world away - and a good days march from the village - Derak still keeps vigil by the side of the hole. He's getting very worried, after all not long ago, the hole filled up with water, although now it's starting to recede.
Nonam Friday June 27th, 2003 2:53:41 PM
Nonam casts a light spell on his shield to help everyone see a little better, and he moves into the village. First he intends to wake up the elder that greeted them when they arrived in the village, and after that? Well, he'd just have to see about that.
Clangden d20+6=10 d20+6=14 Friday June 27th, 2003 6:58:22 PM
axe in hand, Clangden rushes to the woman and her childrens' home he shared. moving them to the circle he assures them it is all safe and that those people are here to keep them safe. then he goes about getting others out safely.
(spot check to find his bird) (spot check to spy the silver dragon) 10 14
Gareth Saturday June 28th, 2003 5:16:29 PM
The warrior answers the guards questions best he can and prepares once again to face the dragon - this time without so much protection. "The guards should focus on the villagers, the Storms will deal with the dragon if it is there. I'd also suggest a watch be set to look for it approaching the city - but I doubt it will do so in it's dragon form...". He goes on to describe the dragon's human form to the guard so it can be conveyed to the city guard to keep their eyes peeled for it. He also replaces his ring of the drow with his ring of regeneration to speed his lungs along in their healing - not wanting to face the dragon with dimished capacity.
Tericus Sunday June 29th, 2003 10:23:35 PM
Tericus continues his chanting, trying to bring back Addenien's soul to his body
DM Jan Monday June 30th, 2003 8:26:54 PM
About 10 yards from the village perimeter - the gate opens, its edges glittering as the magic within it battles with time and space, pushing it aside, keeping it bay.
Nonam sees a group of 5 men, Alorrn among them - staring in wonder and disbelief at what lies before them. "What's that?" asks Alorrn, pointing to the gate. "We were about to set off to find Derak and the rest of you. There are more storms coming, and we were getting worried. We figured if it was dark, then this dragon can't see us."
Clangden has to hammer on the door repeatedly and call out his name before the widow will open up. "Something has gone wrong hasn't it," she says, hurrying the children along.
Most of the villagers seem wide awake, and they look apprehensive. The fact that the Storms have gone to try and kill the dragon hasn't done much for a good night's sleep. Some don't want to approach the gate. They've never seen anything like it before.
Lady Solara and few of the other mages are busy stabilizing the gate.
Eventually, the villagers are all clustered together. Some of the kids are crying, most of the adults are frightened. Alorrn still wants to find Derak. Clangden finds the parrot, chattering away to itself on someones shoulder in dwarven. It looks pleased to see him, dipping its head up and down.
As of now - there's no sign of the silver dragon, and perhaps even better - no sign of Lathiese.
Back at the Float, the Overlord has set up extra watches to look out for the dragon on Gareths advice - in any form. Two of the guards are on the Fence level at the dockside, leaning on their pikes. "Well he's gonna fly in isn't he, I mean he's not gonna come in by boat." "Yeah well, keep your eyes peeled. They change form you know. Look for pointed ears." "You've got pointed ears." "Yeah but I'm not a dragon." "Thats not what your wife tells me."
Over at the Temple of Gargul, Tericus continues his negotiations with Gargul.
Gareth Monday June 30th, 2003 10:59:27 PM
The warrior tells the villagers that he'l take care of Derak. He turns to Nonam. "Can you get me to the entrance of the Dragon's lair? I can get Derak and fly him out - unless you have enough spells left to get us in and out...".
Clangden Tuesday July 1st, 2003 1:21:06 AM
handing the parrot over to one of the children to keep safe, he urges the rest of the children to help this child out..
saying: my friend here <stroking the head of the parrot> will need help getting through that gate <pointing towards the magical door> and when you arrive at the other side, he will need some children , strong children like yourselves to care for him until I can get back. can you children do that for me? <with much expression of care and love on his face>
looking up to the other adults Clangden motions at the children, then the magical door saying: go, now, it is not safe for you here any more. there are others at the other side who will tend to your needs. perhaps we can consider this temporary until we <motioning to the Storm Dragons> can tend to things here. give us a couple days to get a handle on things. in the mean time, consider this an opportunity to see where we come from, and learn our ways. it is our turn to offer you the hospitality you showed us.
Tericus Tuesday July 1st, 2003 7:55:14 AM
Chanting away.....
Nonam Tuesday July 1st, 2003 11:46:45 AM
Nonam tries to encourage the villager to not be afraid of the gate and to calmly go in before the dragon returns.
Nonam summons Jus over to the conversation wtih Gareth and Alorn. "I can't teleport again today. How about you Jus?" Nonam waits for the answer from Jus even as he formulates a plan to save Derak.
DM Jan Tuesday July 1st, 2003 10:02:38 PM
Nonam and Clangden do their best to persuade the villagers to enter the gateway. Gradually, although not as fast as everyone hoped - people start filing through, their faces wary, their forms disappearing as they step through.
Gareth tries to think of a solution to rescue Derak, who's sat keeping vigil up by the rim of the dragon's lair hole.
One of Alorrn's pals nudges his elbow. "Wind's changed direction, blowing back toward the mountains, so maybe it won't rain after all."
Indeed overhead, a few stars can be seen, and then a few more. It's now the Woldian equivalent of about 4.30AM.
No sign of Lathiese. No sign of the silver dragon.
Back at the Float - No sign of Lathiese. Tericus, faint and surrounded in mist, keeps up his efforts to bring Addinein back to the land of the living.
Gareth Tuesday July 1st, 2003 10:32:14 PM
"I can fly there if I have to. Maybe it will take a couple of hours but I ought to be able to make it...".
Clangden Wednesday July 2nd, 2003 1:19:46 AM
walking up to Lady Solara he nods a greeting and says:
there is 1 more we need to get safely to the float. last time we saw him he was stationed outside the cavern where the Dragon was. we need to get there quickly and i am afraid the hours Gareth speaks of we dont have. I am asking a boon of you and your mages. can you spare one to teleport me to his location, so that he too might be rescued before anything bad happens?
Tericus Wednesday July 2nd, 2003 6:52:12 AM
still chanting....(i guess we're waiting on anthony)
Nonam Wednesday July 2nd, 2003 12:15:31 PM
4:30AM? That's the next day.
Nonam thumbs his ring and says to Gareth, "Alright, I can get us there now. Getting back will be the challenge."
"So, who wants to go save Derak? And maybe have a go at getting that melted gold and Clangden's axe? We still aren't rested, but time's running out on the operation. I'll go by myself if needs be."
Gareth Wednesday July 2nd, 2003 9:56:08 PM
"I'll be going... how many can you take? Perhaps one of the mages can come with us and get us back?".
DM Jan Thursday July 3rd, 2003 2:36:57 AM
Dolores Solara smiles sweetly at Clangden, and her eyes flash full of mischief. Put the Storms in a position to owe her a favour? You betcha.
"Of course," she says.
Nonam is able to teleport everyone to the lair entrance, including the Black Dragon mage who insists on coming herself. The group finds Derak working his way down the hole via the rope. "Alemi's socks, I thought you'd all drowned!" he exclaims. "Water's sunk down to normal levels for the moment. I was going to take a look, see if I could find you."
Down in the cavern - it smells wonderfully fresh, having been swilled out by mountain rainwater. There's no sign of Clangden's axe unfortunately - however, up on the shelf - is a huge blob of melted gold coins. A rough estimate - about 300K worth. There are a few odds and ends too - a funny looking wand, a long bow, a couple of amulets, a war hammer, a ring, and what looks like a small trinket box. To a 'detect magic' eye, there's plenty of it shimmering around these objects.
Dolores snatches up the trinket box before anyone can stop her. "Well, this will look nice on my dressing table," she says, her look daring anyone to try and take it from her.
"Hey whats this?" asks Derak who'd also insisted on coming along. He shines his torch on the wall, where some words appear to have been written in blood. It's draconic, and it says -
I know where you live, and my revenge will be slow, and terrible. All that is dear to you first - then you.
By hook or by crook, and with some help from Jus and Nonam - Dolores is able to transport everyone, plus whatever they take, back to the gate. All the villagers except for a few stragglers have gone to safety through the shimmering arches. It's eerily quiet. Even so - the small silver dragon has swooped down and landed nearby before anyone has had time to notice. Oddly enough - it's Clangden and Gareth who become aware of her well before the others. She looks in better shape, on her way to being healed. Still wary, even in dragon form, she keeps her distance. Her voice carries in everyone's heads - soft, ebbing and flowing like the sea -
I cannot stop the rain any longer. You must close the gate - it disturbs the sky. After a pause.... a wave crashing against the sand - Two of you here have bathed in dragon blood. The dark one has gone, but you both are tainted... I smell it.... close the gate....
Meanwhile, back at the Float and the Gargul Temple - Addinein lies still in the fog, while Tericus talks to Gargul.
Gareth Thursday July 3rd, 2003 6:33:56 AM
The warrior uses his bag of holding to get all the trinkets and with a grunt picks up the glob of melted gold. He decides not to confront Solara directly but does say. "Seems like you've been paid for you trip - but we appreciate your help... Of course, the dragon will know you took its loot too...".
Clangden Thursday July 3rd, 2003 10:27:02 AM
walking up to Lady Solara
the others may not say anything but I have no apprehension. that trinket you took, does not belong to you. we bled, we labored, we died and it was OUR mage who took us there, not yours. you will hand it over, and if we deem you worthy, we will give you something. the city will reward you for your help in saving the villagers, it is not up to you what treasures we have found to take.
Clangden stands there, un moving, hand out awaiting the item to be placed in his hand.
Clangden cont.. Thursday July 3rd, 2003 10:30:44 AM
(i shouldve posted this first, my apologies)
standing there, looking at the Silver, listening to her words. after she is done, he bows deeply and says: you, mi'lady are an attribute to your race and we thank you for helping out these villagers while your wounds tended. if a time should ever come that you need my assistance all you have to do is call and I will come. my Name is Clangden Swiftaxe of the Storm Dragons. remember that.
he bows deeply again, then walks back through the gate.
Nonam Thursday July 3rd, 2003 1:54:47 PM
When Nonam sees Gareth struggling with the big blob of gold, he tells the warrior that he'll carry it for him. He winks and casts polymorph any object on it to turn it temporarily into a smaller easier to handle dagger. "There. That will be easier. Don't worry, it will wear off in a few hours."
He smiles at Solara as he tucks the dagger into his belt as if to say, See, milady. I still have some very powerful spells left... even after fighting that dragon.
Nonam lets Gareth pick up the rest. There will be time to sort it out later. As for Solara's trinket, he's not ready to fight for it yet, but he doesn't urge Clangden to back off either.
[seems like it's been a while, but if it's been less than 3 hours or so, Nonam's prismatic wall is still here :)]
Tericus Friday July 4th, 2003 7:03:30 AM
still in the temple, chanting away(just sent email)
DM Jan Saturday July 5th, 2003 3:30:24 PM
((OOC info - I've just unearthed a note from Jerry - John is having computer problems right now and is unable to post.))
DM Jan Saturday July 5th, 2003 6:15:36 PM
Dolores's eyes narrow as Clangden confronts her about the trinket box. "It's a jewelry box, dwarf," she snarls. "What would you want with a ladies jewelry box?" The box in question is carved out of black-stained wood, with a metal-worked black dragon on the lid - nice, if a little gothic. There looks to be a lock at the front, with the key pushed inside it. "And as for you deeming me worthy" -she adds- "you told us all this dragon is still alive - that makes you just as big a thief as I am, hmmm?"
Its a dangerous moment. There are subtle signs an experienced wizard like Nonam and Jus will pick up, like the body language of someone who's on the edge of casting. Dolores looks like she's ready to fry Clangden alive, but it passes, her face becomes a mask of cool, and she will hand over the box if he asks again. She merely raises an eyebrow as Nonam does his polymorph thing on the gold blob. Gareth collects everything else.
Back at the gate, the silver dragon acknowledges the group and nods at Clangden.
My name.. is Cloud. Take care of my people... they were mine as much as his...
With that, she flies off. As for what that dragon taint business was all about - who knows ((::evil DM laugh::))
About an hour later, the gate collapses on the mages commands, and everyone is back in the Floating City.
It looks as though Terran, the Overlord's Aide, has got things organised and found lodgings for the villagers - most are on the Fence Level, with a few on the Merchants, and some on the Gold Level.
There are things to do, and people to see. For instance -
The status of Addinein and Tericus's plea to Gargul is still unknown. There is treasure to identify, a gold mass to convert into coin. Sleep at some point would probably be a good idea. The Overlord asks if the group will reconvene with her tomorrow and inform her of how their mission is going so far - that being the discovery of where the Float is.
It's been a long night...
Clangden Sunday July 6th, 2003 12:46:36 AM
lip curling, eyes squinting, Clangden is on the verge of letting loose his angered emotions when Lady Solara seems to back down some.
Clangden, with arm outstretched and palm up looks the lady in her eyes saying: it is not yours, and it is not ours. it belongs to the people we just rescued.
*Clangden stands there, waiting for her to place the trinket in his hand*
after she does so, he nods to her saying: now, that wasn't so bad. and, with just a taint of discord in his voice he says to her as he walks off: thank you for your assistance tonight.
going back to Nonam, he hands him the box, gives a wink and says: i'm going to check on Addenein and Tericus, then im off to check on the children. i'll see you in the morning.
with that, Clangden does just that. goes to the temple and cecks on Addenein and Tericus. after that he finds out where the majority of the children are, including the ones with the parrot, and goes to them. reassuring them that all is well, and even spreads out a blanket on their floor, and stays with them through the night.
the next morning, Clangden says his farewells and promises to come again as soon as possible, and goes back to the manor. getting a change of clothing and some breakfast, then heads back over to the temple.
Jus Sunday July 6th, 2003 2:56:33 PM
Jus requests time with an artist to sketch our what the dragon looks like in his human form. It would be foolish for him to show himself undisguised, but a dragon's pride may override his wisdom.
Resting, thinking, Jus considers what just happened and why. His thoughts are unsettled as he drifts into a fitful sleep at the mansion. Dreams await him, pouncing on his mind, beating him with disparate, disturbing images. One dream, in particular, haunts him.
Lady Dolores is standing next to the seated Overlord, dressed in shimmering black, obviously in a position of power. Laughing with the Overlord as the group approaches, Dolores places her hand on the Overlord's shoulder and gently pushes her down into her seat.
The Black Dragon raises her left hand to present a ladies small, black jewelry box to the Storms. "A present for you," she states in a smooth silken whisper, filled with threats. She draws a dagger and breaks a silver dragon clasp that was on the front of the box. Dropping the dagger, clanging to the floor, she slowly lifts the lid.
A shadow fills the room, plunging it into darkness. Death itself speaks; Jus hears in his mind, "All that is dear to you first - then you."
Awakened, covered in sweat, Jus is horrified by the last image left in his mind. He had looked down to see his dearest sister, the one he calls Ladybug, lying dead at his feet. And in his own hands, his own dagger, running with her blood.
Gareth Monday July 7th, 2003 11:16:42 AM
The warrior decides to let Clangden deal with Solara as he feels getting out of there is the best idea right now. He thanks Nonam for the help on the gold blob. He rakes the other stuff into the bag of holding and gets everyone out as soon as possible. "Is there any way we can determine where the dragon went - or where he took his treasure? I expect we'll find him if we find his treasure.".
Seeing the villagers squared away he focuses on the bigger problem - the dragon. As the silver addresses the group, he asks "Do you know where we can find your - and our - adversary? We need to know where he is so we can finish the job with him.". No matter the answer he wishes the silver well and promises to take care of the villagers and return them to their village when they get rid of the dragon.
Back at the mansion he sleeps and replentishes - and helps the mages with the items found in the lair. He also asks Clangden. "Perhaps we can get the mages to locate your axe and we can go retrieve it at some point?".
Nonam Monday July 7th, 2003 12:23:22 PM
Nonam's ready for sleep. Lot's of sleep. There'll be time for everything else later.
Addinein's Resurrection
DM Jan Monday July 7th, 2003 2:15:06 PM
Meanwhile, at the temple of Gargul, the ether swirls, touching dreams, and Tericus's form becomes even more faint beside the body of Addinein.
Tericus appears in a foggy swamp, cold, clammy, and wet. The sound of insects buzzing and biting is everywhere. The body of his friend lays in the mud only a few feet away, when the pool in front of him begins to bubble and froth. Out of the pool rises a huge black fist - turning, it begins to open and turn toward you, opening fully you see the eye of Gargul emblazoned upon the palm. "WHAT DO YOU SEEK?" A deep voice booms in your head.
"I seek the soul of my friend. He is still needed back on the Wold." Tericus tells the hand. Showing no fear of the hand or the mud, he moves next to his friend and places his hand on his body. "His friends still need him."
The mud becomes deep and thick not allowing you to pass to the body. "You come here and ask for something yet you have no belief in me. Before coming you asked Alemi to forgive you for this, and yet this is not Alemi's place, it is mine. You do not fear me, and yet you do not love me, which is indifference. I am the balance, the way of life and death, and yet you come here to tell me that this soul is needed back on the Wold. If he is needed there why wasn't he better protected? Why is he here in the first place? We protect those things we need, do we not? I need the cycle of life and death to pass normally, naturally. I protect that. So tell me....cleric who has indifference for the cycle of life and death, Why should I allow him to return to the Wold if he wound up here in the first place?"
Under the terrible gaze of the god, Tericus stands up straight and says - "Because I failed him. I was busy trying to protect myself, instead of doing what Alemi teaches us to do, which is protect others. I failed to do this one other time, and Cantos was lost to us." Then anger begins to well up in Tericus, and it shows in his voice. "I will not let others suffer for my failure! You must release him! I'll take on any punishment you or Alemi sees fit, but I implore you, dont let him suffer for my Failure!"
Suddenly the whole scene whirls and changes and molds itself into a pub, with many people coming and going. Sitting across from Tericus is a kind, smiling old man with an eye patch over one eye. A small imp comes running up with warm wine for both of you. The one eyed gentleman smiles warmly and gestures to the second cup as he drinks from his. The wine is warm and delicious and helps calm the spirit. Once the wine is on its way down, the old man looks at the priest and speaks....
"There is no punishment, however it simply is impolite to approach a god with no respect in your heart wanting something. As to failure well.... that can only be placed by you and those you call family and can only be accecpted by you.... However there is a price that you must pay for the life of your friend, you and all your friends must pay it... The price is this....
You will not go after the black dragon no matter what he does, no matter how much you wish to, until I send word to you. I dont care what happens, you will not engage this beast until I send word, and when I do you will set off to remove him from the Wold and deliver his soul to me, do you understand and agree for you and your party?
Tericus sips his wine, thinks for a minute, then says "I agree."
A flash of light and suddenly you are both back alive and well with the echo in your head . . . . None of you to attack him in any way for any reason till I send word......
DM Jan Monday July 7th, 2003 2:26:28 PM
The light seems to push Tericus backward, as if at some point, he'd moved forward and left his body somehow. Now, he can feel the coolness of the Temple air, see the curls of mist around his feet. The other cleric breathes a heavy sigh. "I thought you were going to disappear," he says.
As for Addinein, the flash of light is like a harsh jolt, as if hit by lightning. A mass of images unfold quickly behind his eyes - panic, drowning, crushing pain..... nothing - then this - the shock of life. Nerves tingling, heart and lungs, gasping air, pumping blood. Senses awakening with a crackle. He was alive! Ghosts float deep, locked away in his memory - spectres of the dead, and their realm. Whether he would recall them or not would remain to be seen.
It is the Woldian equivalent of 6AM in the morning.
Here too, it's been a long night...
DM Stephen Monday July 7th, 2003 9:53:14 PM
Those who return from such a realm rarely ever come back alone, untouched in some way. No, Addinein didnt come back alone, he brings with him a vile darkness that will lurk within the shadows and follow the Storm Dragons for many days to come.
(Greetings gentlemen, muehahahahaha!)
Addinein Tuesday July 8th, 2003 6:36:12 AM
senses returning.......the struggle......the pain........his friends in trouble........no longer under water..........BREATH.
Gasping and sitting up, Addinein opens his eyes and looks around. As his panic starts to subside he tries to place where he is. For a moment he worries about who is involved and what has happened. Whether his Matron mother did anything that compromises the family in order to bring him back. Then he sees Tericus, then someone new. In the back of a word a rare word forms.....friend.
Very gently and as the last of his worry starts to subside, Addinein slowly smiles to Tericus.
But in the back of his mind None of you to attack him in any way for any reason till I send word......
Tericus Tuesday July 8th, 2003 7:16:40 AM
"I though I might of too." Tericus says to the cleric, then he helps Addenien to his feet. "Lets go find out where the others are." he tells Addenien. "I doubt they will like what I agreed to."
Clangden Tuesday July 8th, 2003 9:19:13 AM
walking in the Temple, Clangden goes to the room where Addenein lies. entering and seeing Tericus helping him off the table, Clangden smiles widely.
moving up to Addenein like a child to a jar of candy, Clangden engulfs Addenein in a joyous hug.
!!!!! Welcome back my friend. It does my heart and soul good to see you up and about. !!!!!
wiping a tear from his eye he turns to Tericus saying: ! Well Done Priest !
Nonam Tuesday July 8th, 2003 11:18:14 AM None of you to attack him in any way for any reason...
Nonam sits bolt upright in bed and looks around. Addinein?
Gareth Tuesday July 8th, 2003 9:58:50 PM
The warrior frets at the mansion as he waits t hear from Tericus. He begins re-evaluating the combat to see if there is anything he could have done differently to resist the beast more effectively...
Jus Tuesday July 8th, 2003 11:29:38 PM
Jus paces nervously, glancing up at Gareth as he does so. "Any news yet, Clangden?" Jus asks through the ring.
It was probably best that not everyone swamp Tericus during his work to save our friend, but it sure is hard to wait for the news.
Clangden Wednesday July 9th, 2003 9:27:17 AM
through the Ring:
Addenein has awoken, he looks none the worse. We are coming home.
with that said, Clangden inquires from the Priests if it is ok to take him home now. after getting conformation he guides both Addenein and Tericus home (both of whom he knows is exhausted).
when arriving at the manor house, he takes them directly to their living quarters, and puts a do not disturb sign on their doors.
then, as he leaves the manor house again to do some chores and things he again says through his ring:
I am calling a meeting tonight of everyone at 6pm. please be in the dining hall for supper. we have alot to discuss.
then off to do his stuff he goes.
DM Stephen Wednesday July 9th, 2003 9:55:08 AM
Bare with me as I atempt to get caught up to speed on this game. I was given the keys sooner than I thought I was. So excuse my lack of posting last night. Once I do A LOT of reading, we can get this show on the road. I should be ready by this evening. :)
Rest and Relaxation (DM Stephen) Thursday July 10th, 2003 9:36:36 AM
As the Storm sit back and finally get a chance to relax for a day or two, you are able to reflect on your most recent actions. Your all rested ... you've had time to recover from wounds and death itself. Once again, you are reminded of your duties for Floating City. While you sit and recover, the Floating City remains isolated from the rest of the Wold. The need to discover where you are has become paramount.
(party's initiative)
Nonam Thursday July 10th, 2003 11:28:40 AM
"Addinein, it's good to see you up and around. How are you feeling?"
Clangden Thursday July 10th, 2003 4:02:44 PM
goes in the dining hall one evening for supper. and waits for the others to show up.
Addinein Thursday July 10th, 2003 10:41:05 PM
Not expecting the hug from Clangden, Addinein half heartedly returns the hug. You can tell he's not experienced at giving hugs, or at least in public anyway.
"What has happened?" Addinein asks Clangden. Understanding that Clangden doesn't want to answer anything right away, Addinein looks forward to getting some shut eye real quick.
Once rested Addinein moves downstairs to hear what news there is.
None of you to attack him in any way for any reason till I send word......
DM Stephen Friday July 11th, 2003 9:34:01 AM
(Will have post soon. The transition into this game is a bit more difficult then I thought. Need to ask a few questions before I can continue to better understand the situation.)
Gareth Friday July 11th, 2003 3:09:11 PM
The warrior sits at breakfast with the others and is clearly relieved and glad to se Addinien. After pleasantries he down to business. "I think we need to get back on the road to find where we are in the Wold. I am wondering if we can teleport back to the village and get our boats and move on - maybe the Silver will help us make up time? Also, Nonam, did you get a chance to find out what items we got from the dragon? Maybe we can use some of that stuff...".
Clangden Friday July 11th, 2003 11:53:36 PM
sitting there, listening to Gareth, Clangden raises an eyebrow.
shaking his head slightly Clangden says: we have some other business to deal with first Gareth, and when the others arrive and make themselves known they are here (ie post saying you are here), we'll get down to it.
Tericus Saturday July 12th, 2003 6:56:47 AM
"Im here." Tericus says. after meeting and talking with Gargul, the cleric has been resting in his room. he turns to Clangdenn and says "What business do we have to take care of?"
Jus Saturday July 12th, 2003 10:06:01 AM
Jus idly waves his hand from near the wall, as he sits on the floor, reading a new book he's just received. He listens in to see what the bug in Clangden's pants is, while he turns the page, wondering if there really are worlds in the heavens where machinations take the place of magic.
Clangden Saturday July 12th, 2003 10:40:17 AM
What business do you say? that Fiasco we just had with the Dragon.
We had all night to sit down and plan a strategy. did we do it? no.
We knew we were going after a Black Dragon, we knew it was at least Old and yet we still went in after it unprepared.
2 of our group left the rest of us in that village that night without letting anyone know just so they could sleep in their own beds. and still they show up without spells ready to take on a Dragon.
When I started asking for prepatory spells before we went in, none were to be had, and I was looked at like I was the village idiot. How come I know more about casting spells than the people who have had the abilites all their life?
And Gareth, no offense, but that Sword of yours is not helping us in the least. you make decisions based on what it tells you and not what we are saying. And until you are willing to put it down and start listening to us, maybe you should step down as leader and let someone else pick up that mantle.
I am not making a push for leadership but if I am asked I will. I have alot to offer.
Nonam, Jus, Tericus. you 3 need to go back and study your spells better. it seems back there you really didnt remember what they all did. or the length of time they lasted. most were gone before we entered combat.
and to make matters worse. our actions caused a whole village to have to be uprooted and moved into a setting that I know they feel completely out of sync with.
I am embarrassed about the whole matter and we need to hash things out here, before we go trampling off. And I will not be put into a situation where our negligence takes the life of one of our friends again.
(Clangden sits down, knowing full well what is fixing to happen next) the above was a thought to himself, said aloud so you would understand the look he has on his face.
Jus Sunday July 13th, 2003 5:53:09 PM
Of all the people that would bring this up, how did Jus know it would be Clangden. It could've been someone with a bit more tact, but the dwarf was never known to have that. Still, Clangden's presentation was more intolerable than even he was usually known for.
"Really?" Jus asks, not turning from the wall nor his book. "Careful where you throw stones, Clangden. Seems to me some certain someone jumped down into the dragon's lair without so much a hesitation beyond words to 'plan ahead'. My memory may be poor, but I'm pretty sure that circumvented any planning us inept wizards may have done."
"As far as having a leader...", Jus begins, but trails off as he decides either the thought is not worth pursuing, or that he should let the dwarf continue to break glass and blow off steam.
Shaking his head slightly, Jus returns to his book, listening to the talk behind him.
Clangden Sunday July 13th, 2003 11:09:55 PM
Replying to Jus. Yes, I jumped into the Frey, After, a certain wizard started flying down and a certain warrior. You really think I was just gonna walk away and let you guys go in alone? I have more honor than that. And the slim chance we made it out alive, I knew this was gonna happen.
And what plannings did you wizards have, you both told us that you did NOT have any spells available that would aid us in protections. that your spells were aimed moreso at combat.
2 of us went back to the city the night before. was anything brought back in ways of protections? ie scrolls, items?? no. by what I hear the 2 came here, ate, cleaned themselves up, slept in their own beds without so much as a word to the rest of us, then headed back the next day, coming out of their huts like they never left.
you say i'm intolerable for bringing this up. it looks like to me its about time someone did. you guys are so set in your ways that noone is allowed to speak their minds. look what happened with Cantos. and Jus, I think its downright rude and cowardly to not look someone you curse in their face.
Tericus Monday July 14th, 2003 6:50:08 AM
(OOC, im wondering how Clangdenn knew that we left, seeing how we didnt tell anyone and no one checked on us.)
"Ive got better things to do than listen to a grouchy dwarf." Tericus says, anger obviously in his voice. then he gets up and leaves the mansion
Clangden Monday July 14th, 2003 7:57:20 AM
(ooc, there's the butler here in the mansion, and not everything i do i do on this board, you ever hear of email?)
as Tericus gets up to leave, Clangden remarks: isn't that just like you Tericus, when someone says something that you disagree with, you walk out instead of dealing with the issues. especially when you know that person is right.
Mitchum (DM Stephen) d100=15 d6=4 d100=90 d6=1 Monday July 14th, 2003 10:32:32 AM
Mitchum raises a pronounced eyebrow when he hears the argument going on. He then recomposes himself in a dignifed manner and addresses whoever who is in the dining hall eating breakfast.
"Excuse me Sirs, but there is a gentleman named Derak at the door. He wishes to speak to you. If you wish I can set another place at the table if you want to invite him in."
Clangden Monday July 14th, 2003 2:25:18 PM
send him in Mitchum, we can finish this discussion later.
Nonam Monday July 14th, 2003 5:22:13 PM
Nonam says quietly "There are solutions besides new leadership if you don't like the way we do things, Clangden."
Gareth d20=13 Monday July 14th, 2003 8:19:42 PM
The warrior sighs as Clangden lets off steam. He fights off having his hackles raised over the sword and leadership comments - expecting that part of leadership is not exploding when you feel like it. Before Derak is shown in he decides to toss out his best attempt at an olive branch. "Clangden, your axe is welcome in combat with us as is your companionship. You have contributed much to the Realm and we do well to have you with us. Some of what you say has merit in that we could have planned better - even though nobody in this room has ever battled this type of dragon before. But you go too far in your words. Maybe we should work together to come up with a solution - which by your own words would be an improvement over our performance in the battle - rather than condemn those trying to help?" The warrior does and admirable job of maintaining his composure even after being asked if he should be the leader any more (CHA DC 17).
Gareth nods to Mitchum to show in Derak.
Tericus Tuesday July 15th, 2003 9:41:53 AM
(OOC, i think thats just a convient excuse to use out of character knowelge.)
moving too fast to hear Clangden's words, Tericus exits the mansion
Derak (DM Stephen) Tuesday July 15th, 2003 12:48:47 PM
Mitchum returns with a familiar figure (well i hope he is familiar). "Sirs this is Derak, " announces Mitchum. He then quickly retreats to the kitchen.
Derak says, "Hello, I hope Im not disturbing you this early in the morning. Excuse me if it's not customery to visit at such a time. However, I have something that may help you find your way back from where you came from. Its the least we can do for your protection from the dragon."
He unrolls a hand-drawn map. "This is a map of our travels. This could help you find your way back to your old lands."
Jus Tuesday July 15th, 2003 10:20:10 PM
Jus has heard of ESP devices, and Clangden's words has confirmed Jus' suspicions -- for too long has Clangden been able to read the unspoken words Jus has thought. In this case, however, Jus has no idea how Clangden got the idea he was being cursed. Still, Jus will have to be more careful with his thoughts and feelings in the future.
With a short glance of curiosity towards Clangden, Jus puts down his book and stands to face Derak as he enters. "It is no trouble, Derak. We are honored to have you enter our home. I won't forget that your love and bravery led you to that Dragon's Den before we even knew it existed."
Jus bows to Derak, then offers a hand in friendship.
Addinein Tuesday July 15th, 2003 10:30:16 PM
Not knowing what to do or say for the time being, Addinein lets the others speak.
Still overwhelmed a little bit at what had happened Addinein didn't react to Clangdans words right away. Thinking further on them Addinein wonders what will happen once the business with Derak is concluded.
Nonam Wednesday July 16th, 2003 11:59:18 AM
Nonam turns to Derak with a smile, "Why thank you very much. This is most kind of you. How are you and yours adjusting to our city? I'm sure the transition in the middle of the night must have been a difficult one? Have you found suitable living quarters yet? Have you had thoughts about finding employment? I'd be happy to give my personal recommendation for any of you. I believe they are in need of more fishermen. Sorry, I'm pelting you with questions. I've just been concerned about your hurried move."
Gareth Wednesday July 16th, 2003 7:55:49 PM
The warrior greets Derak and carefully looks over the map he has offered. "Many thanks, Derak. There are those in this city who are just as much enemies as that dragon is. We'll deal with him as well when we can find him. Until then perhaps it's best that you stay in the city except for planned visits back there to get personal belongings?". He beckons the Storms to focus on the issue at hand and forget thier differences until they have a more private setting to address them.
Clangden Thursday July 17th, 2003 8:49:57 AM
getting up from his seat, he goes over to Derak and shakes his hand saying: it is good to see you on better terms Derak. if there is anything that we can do to make you and your people more comfortable, please, do not be afraid to ask. we owe you and yours alot.
then, leaning over to look at the map, Clangden studies it intently.
Clangden [by DM Jerry] Thursday July 17th, 2003 10:28:29 PM
Clangden then goes upstairs and is not seen again. Later, his door is found to be open and a note along with his Storm Dragon Ring is on his mantle.
The note says,
-----
It is best that I resign my membership in this group. I wish you well.
Clangden
-----
[OOC: Big Tim has decided to resign from this game.]
A map, and conversation - DM Ian filling in Friday July 18th, 2003 7:02:23 PM
Derak listens to each of the questions and comments in turn, and replies, saying, "We do what must, I think. You know that as well, or better than I. You also went to the Dragon's Den, and my people will tell of heroes who fought to save our way of life for years."
"My people will settle in well enough, given some time. Life here, despite hidden adversaries, simply cannot be worse than what we endured. In time, perhaps we will even be able to reclaim our own lands. We will find a place here, with your people, until then."
With that he begins to point out features on the map.
"Your journey will take you out across the plains. They are at least several days across, although my people did not often go out that direction. You will need to cross to the far side, to the mountains, we believe, to get a set of bearings. At the very worst, elevation may answer more questions than a map like this."
Shifting his hand to point to one side, Derak outlines a section of woods only a few days travel from the city.
"In these woods there are a kind of giant beetle that might be of use to you. Normally they can be irritable in the wild, but we have found that the sap of a tree that grew near our home can calm the beasts and make them easy to capture and harness. By tomorrow morning, we will have perhaps twenty such bottles of sap ready for your journey, if you wish them. The beetles, once harnessed and saddles, could allow you to make excellent time across the plains."
Derak then leans back, and asks, "I sense that I interrupted some private matter. Do you have any questions before I withdraw, to leave you to that conversation?"
Gareth Friday July 18th, 2003 8:54:49 PM
The warrior smiles at the man. "You have helped us greatly, my friend. We wish you the best in your time here. If we can help you or your people please let us know - because we will.". Turning to the others asks "So it looks like we can travel again. Is there any way you can use his descriptions to teleport to the mountains? Maybe we can make this time up faster than expected?".
Addinein Monday July 21st, 2003 4:51:56 AM
Listening to Derak Addinein looks at the map as he gives his pieces of information. When Derak is done Addinein will comment, "Look to your people and make sure that all are conent. Your village can probably help our healers and herbalists by pointing out your information about the countryside."
Addinein pulls out one of the spines that they've collected on their travels, "Like where these things come from, how they might be used, and so on."
When Addinein is done he will wish Derak good luck for him and his village.
Nonam Monday July 21st, 2003 11:15:05 AM
Listening to what Derak says about beetles and such Nonam has no more doubts that the villagers will find a niche of their own in the city. Indeed their services will prove very useful.
"Thank you again Derak. This information will be useful to us... and don't be afraid to charge the citizens of Floating City for the services and information you will be able to charge them. A certain amount of goodwill is neighborly, but you'll need money to survive in the city too. I'm sure you'll all do fine."
The wizard smiles.
Planning for the long haul - DM Ian filling in Monday July 21st, 2003 5:32:26 PM
Looking over the map, and considering distance, teleporting would be out of the question unless you could gather additional information about the target locations before attempting such magics.
Derak listens to Nonam's suggestions with a thoughtful nod, and replies, "It will take some getting used to, but I am sure you are right. Thank you for the advice."
"I should go and see to the settling of my people. Please feel free to let me know if there is anything else I can help with."
The butler then shows Derak out, leaving the group to their deliberations, and preparations for the journey.
Nonam Tuesday July 22nd, 2003 11:04:04 AM
After Derak leaves Nonam returns to the previous conversation, "So let's get back to the discussion on hand. I'll go get Clangden."
He trots upstairs and comes back down with Clangden's note and ring. He reads it to everyone and says, "I guess he didn't want to finish the discussion after all. Should we go looking for him?"
Gareth Tuesday July 22nd, 2003 3:27:00 PM
The warrior grunts. "The dwarf is in no need of our babysitting, he can take care of himself. We have a responsibility to attend to and I expect we should be about it immediately. We at least can teleport to the city and get our boat - or the dragon's lair if it is closer. Let's take a course of action and move forward. Did we get an idea of the treasure we took from the lair? What is everything we took? Will it help us now?
Preparations continue - DM Ian filling in Tuesday July 22nd, 2003 6:58:17 PM
The butler makes another pass through the hall, refilling drinks and restocking the food plates.
(The travel map should be in your email boxes shortly.)
Addinein Wednesday July 23rd, 2003 7:34:43 AM
"I would recommend we not take our chances with the Dragon. Best not to tempt things."
ooc no map yet.
Nonam Wednesday July 23rd, 2003 2:13:30 PM
"Yes, we should figure out what all these items are. I will attempt to identify them, and failing that, we can take them into the catacombs. Just give me a bit of time. We also have that chunk of gold. What do you think, worth about 300,000. Split 6... er, 5 ways that's 60,000 each. We should be able to do an even trade at the Catacombs for vouchers."
Loot! - Dm Ian filling in Wednesday July 23rd, 2003 7:28:10 PM
A quick check determines that while the Catacombs would indeed handling of the mass of melted coins, you could probably get better terms from one of the local goldsmiths. In fact, an appraisal is easy to acquire, and the goldsmiths are willing to accept the mass and convert it to coin for a 5% fee, which seems better than the flat fee and percentage the Catacombs would usually charge.
The remaining items are easily identified by Nonam, and are revealed as:
a Wand of lightning bolt (5d6) - 42 charges a Longbow +2 of flaming burst an Amulet of natural armour +4 an Amulet of natural armour +4 a War Hammer +2 of disruption a Ring of protection +3
The trinket box resists identification, although is clearly magical, bearing a powerful aura.
Gareth Wednesday July 23rd, 2003 10:53:54 PM
The warrior pulls out his trusty treasure order list and shares it with everyone. "Here's what the order is right now. I am expecting everyone to take their cut of the gold. I expect we would deduct the price of the True Resuraction scroll. I'll let you smart gus fighre all that out...". The list produced by Gareth lists the following people: Tericus, Nonam, Gareth, Addinien, Jus. "Pick away folks...".
Addinein Thursday July 24th, 2003 6:27:20 AM
"I could use either the amulet or the ring. If anyone needed it I would have a lesser version availabe to give out. I do not know how you are situation in that area. Although should we not send something to Clangden for his help so far? I do not know if there is someplace where we could send stuff."
(ooc no map with e-mail. When I tried to reply-all to the e-mail, Norton didn't like something and errored out.)
Tericus Thursday July 24th, 2003 8:16:34 AM
after stewing over the stubborn dwarf, Tericus comes back in just in time to see all the treasure. after seeing what everything is, Tericus goes over and picks up the warhammer. after swinging it a few times he knods his head and says, "This will do me just fine. I'd also like one of the amulets if they are left over after everyone chooses."
Nonam Thursday July 24th, 2003 9:28:22 AM
"Unless, someone else wants it, we should sell that wand. My wand of lightning bolts is much better. I'll forfeit my pick and take what is left. I have an amulet like these, and I'm attached to the rings I already have. I wouldn't know what to do with these weapons, so I'll see what's left after everyone else picks. I'd hate to hock something one of the rest of you wants."
ooc: Catacombs policy on gems and jewelry (and I presume large chunks of gold) is even trade or 90% if you sell. Assuming we trade, we'll get the full amount. If we want the gold free and clear, the 5% option would be better. -jk mgr of the catacombs
I didn't get a map either.
Treasure division continues - Dm Ian filling in Thursday July 24th, 2003 7:36:46 PM
Conversation over the pile of treasure continues.
The butler reenters the hall at this point, and asks, "Is there any preparations you would have done for your travels?"
(I will be resending the map this eve.)
Gareth Friday July 25th, 2003 1:29:03 PM
The warrior snags one of the amulets. "I can use one of these as it will help me up front. I will also like the Ring of Protection if nobody else takes it - but that will be next turn...". Turning to their trusty support crew Gareth says "Yes, my friend. We need provisions for a long journey. Please do your normal outstanding job...".
Nonam Friday July 25th, 2003 2:10:04 PM
Nonam waits to see what he winds up with.
Preparations are complete - DM Ian filling in Friday July 25th, 2003 8:22:27 PM
The butler marshalls other household staff, and prepares three weeks of rations each, including a small selection of foods that won't last very long, but will certainly make the next few days on the trail more enjoyable.
In addition, he packs tents, and other basic camping gear in neat, orderly bundles, and returns to ask if the group wishes to have any manner of tack or saddlery prepared as well.
(OOC: Shall we begin in the travel itself on Monday? If you have any questions, lingering items to take care of, or such, please drop me an email so we can get the party back into the adventuring experience. - Ian)
Addinein Monday July 28th, 2003 12:19:45 AM
Hoping he's not going to upset anyone, Addinein reaches out and tentatively graps the +4 amulet of natural armor.
"If anyone would still like an amulet of armor, I have one of +1 that I can give."
"I wonder whether any of the saddles we will need, have actually ever been made before?!"
Tericus Monday July 28th, 2003 9:11:53 AM
seeing Addinein's tentaveness, Tericus pats him on the back and says "Take it. You earned it." the he asks Gareth "Where exactly are we going?"
Nonam Monday July 28th, 2003 11:35:02 AM
Nonam heads to his study to scribe his new spells from the scrolls into his spellbook. "Come get me when we're ready to go."
Gareth Monday July 28th, 2003 6:39:02 PM
Turning to his good friend the cleric he answers "To find out exactly where we are in the Wold. And not only that, we are chasing a criminal down to bring him to justice. And it would seem we are in a race with him to find out where our location is.". Turning to the treasure he says "OK, Addinien gets and amulet, Nonam the wand, Tericus the warhammer, myself an amulet. That leaves the longbow, the ring and the box for Jus... Nonam, can you do some more work on the box to see what it is? If that wretched dragon lady wanted it then I would imagine it's a big deal.".
Wrapping up preparations - Dm Ian Monday July 28th, 2003 7:47:13 PM
Your goods and gear are bundled, along with a few odd saddles apparently delivered from Derak's people for the beetles. Your treasure is divided, and the trinket box has so far resisted identification. Are you going to manually test it with any tools or skills, or apply different magic to it?
Addinein Tuesday July 29th, 2003 6:37:00 AM
Thinking aloud, "I wonder what scrying would turn up."
As the rest of the group prepares to leave, Addinein sets up the rest of his gear. After his recent experience, Addinein has done an overhaul to the equipment he is using. Getting the composibite longbow in place, and around the new rapiers, took some extra time.
Tericus Tuesday July 29th, 2003 8:49:52 AM
"Thats right, I almost forgot about him" Tericus says to Gareth. "Well, im going to go memorize. Tell me when we're all ready."
Preparations complete - Dm Ian Tuesday July 29th, 2003 8:54:56 PM
The group finishes packing, memorizing spells, and leaves their comfortable quarters for the road once again.
The butler returns to the group with a folded parchement missive sealed with the Overlords sign in wax. It details a boat waiting to take you out to the plains, if you should choose to travel in that manner. She also wishes you luck in your endeavor.
Passing out of the city, you see a few of Derak's people speaking with the city guards. They have a number of jars of colored chalk, and are setting out pictures of various beasts in the dirt, and discussing the habits and weaknesses of such creatures.
A boat is waiting at the edge of the city to convey you to the plains. It is a thirty foot, narrow-hulled sort of affair, with a squad of experienced looking archers scattered about the vessel.
As you approach, a man in bright red clothing comes to the railing, and calls, "Come on aboard. Arrangements have been made to get you were you need to go."
With this, a plank is dropped.
Nonam Tuesday July 29th, 2003 10:57:01 PM
"Another boat? Great. Did anyone bring a game this time around?"
Gareth Wednesday July 30th, 2003 1:04:02 AM
The warrior looks to Nonam for help. "So can you get us closer than a boat ride? Can you get us to the plains or at least closer - or is the boat the fastest way? We need to scry our good friend too to see where he is.".
Jus Wednesday July 30th, 2003 1:09:57 AM
Jus arrives, from having to run an errand.
"I went back home, but was told you'd be down here. What's up with another boat?"
Looking around, he adds, "And where's Clangden?" With some concern in his voice, he adds, "Was he so upset that he wouldn't talk with us? You don't think he'd take up drinking again, do you?"
Addinein Wednesday July 30th, 2003 6:51:05 AM
"We could put out a few feelers for Clangden and see whether he is drinking or not. I would hope that he is not."
Addinein thinks to himself. I should put in a good word to my Matron for him. I've not seen one of the other races worry over me so.
Shuddering a little bit at the thought of being on water again. Addinein eyes the water as if it is a predator about to catch him. Waiting for the others to decide what their mode of transportation is. Addinein decides to follow with his eyes, what the villagers are demonstrating for the guards.
Tericus Wednesday July 30th, 2003 10:00:57 AM
"Clangden is a big boy. He can take care of himself." Tericus says as he boards the boat. "Once we get started ill scry for him, though the last time once he got to that beam of sunlight my scry was interupted."
Nonam Wednesday July 30th, 2003 11:52:59 AM
"I can teleport us back to where we were before, somewhere around the village, but then we'd have to walk from there. Where are we headed exactly anyway?"
Gareth Wednesday July 30th, 2003 1:57:44 PM
"Why don't we scry for our quarry and see where he is? As I understand it we are to go to the mountains - yes?".
Travel plans - Dm Ian filling in Wednesday July 30th, 2003 7:23:52 PM
Nonam considers, and knows he could return the party to the village with ease, and cut out the whole boat ride. Does he do so? Are scrying spells cast on anyone other than Clangden?
Inquiries around the city doesn't reveal anything of Clangden's whereabouts. He cannot be found in any of the drinking establishments, and a scrying spell does not reveal his whereabouts either. Most of the day is taken up with such activities, and the fact that Clangden has seemingly vanished is worrisome.
Nonam Thursday July 31st, 2003 12:57:23 PM
"Clangden can take care of himself, and I'm all for teleporting. As far as scrying goes, scrying for what? We aren't hunting anyone this time, are we? Just exploring."
Playing for time - Dm Ian Thursday July 31st, 2003 7:04:10 PM
The party continues to discuss their plan.
(OOC: Anything going on that I can help speed along to help you guys out?)
Gareth Thursday July 31st, 2003 10:50:29 PM
The warrior scowls at the mage. "Your memory is short, my friend. Don't you recall we are chasing Byron to bring him to justice for murder? We are racing him to find the location of this city in the Wold. If he wins, the Black Dragons will probably get the benefit from it. I'd say we'd better get with the program, don't you?".
Addinein Friday August 1st, 2003 5:47:49 AM
"Since we have a map, do we want to either make a copy or share it with the boat captain, and have him catch up, or wait at a certain point for us or anyone else? Then we can teleport ahead and get to the beetles?"
(ooc sorry for my delay. I had a project at the college due, and took me longer than anticipated)
Nonam Friday August 1st, 2003 11:16:03 AM
"Byron, ah yes. I quite forgot with the villagers and the dragon and everything. Well, let's teleport down there, find these beetles and go get him. I don't care about the boats, way too slow."
[so what did everyone take out of the treasure? Is there anything left?]
And they're off - Dm Ian filling in Friday August 1st, 2003 9:04:32 PM
(Treasure division has indeed been completed. The complete division was handled in a post by Gareth on Monday.)
Preparations complete, the party gathers their gear, stows new possessions, and meets to travel via teleport. With a single incant, Nonam transfers the group to a small clearing just outside the now deserted village.
Its early in the morning, and the weather appears clear. A trail leads away from the village in the rough direction of the edge of the jungle, according to the map Derak provided. Alternately, the group could pass through the village and out the other side if you wish to proceed across the plains on foot.
Tericus Saturday August 2nd, 2003 6:38:07 AM
"Ill see if I can locate him real quick." Tericus says to the others. after finding a pool or bucket of water, Tericus casts Scry to try and locate Byron
Addinein Monday August 4th, 2003 8:36:18 AM
Seeing that Tericus is taking care of the scrying, Addinein decides to scout the area, and look around, making sure that the party is safe for the time being.
Jus Monday August 4th, 2003 6:46:16 PM
Jus looks over the remaining treasure list that Gareth has while awaiting Tericus' results.
"Are we going to make the box Group treasure? I'd rather do that than any one person benefit or lose from it. If so, I'll take the Ring of Protection -- and I'd love that extra Amulet of Natural Armor if nobody else needs it, Tericus."
Errands in and around the village - Dm Ian Monday August 4th, 2003 7:11:21 PM
Scouting around the village, Addinein finds signs of recent rainfall, but no sign of beast or creature since the villagers left. However, out on the edge of the village, a humanoid larger than a man and fairly heavy has walked around, stopping at various places. Its footprints look unshod, and indicate a being at least twice Addinein's height.
(search check please Addinein)
Tericus easily finds a wide pool left by some recent precipitation, but realizes that he would require a specially prepared holy water font to cast the spell. He realizes that a druid would be able to use a pool of water.
The others remain in the abandoned center of the village discussing treasure division and travel, under the morning sunlight filtering down through the trees.
(Listen check please Jus)
Gareth Tuesday August 5th, 2003 11:37:21 PM
The warrior nods to Jus. "I think we should figure out what the box is before we decide what to do with it. Let's check out the village and then head into the forest for the beetles...". The warrior takes to the air and has a look around. He also goes invisible just in case.
Jus d20+19=21 Tuesday August 5th, 2003 11:55:55 PM
Jus watches Tericus and Addenien for a while. Stretching his arms wide and breathing in deep, he decides that, no matter how much he likes relaxing out in nature, he'd better go to it. So, reluctantly, Jus begins his own search.
"Anyone have a preference of which way to go?", he casually asks while he looks around. "I sure wish we saw that little girl again. To see if we could help her, or at least thank her for her protection of the village."
listen check = 21 :(
Tericus Wednesday August 6th, 2003 6:45:29 AM
"I figured I should of done this back at the temple." Tericus says with a sigh "Anyway, lets get going. I guess it doesnt really matter what way we go."
Addinein d20+2=17 Wednesday August 6th, 2003 9:34:15 AM
Taking time to check a couple of things out, Addinein ponders about what he has found.
There appears to have been no real activity around here. Though there is some kind of large humanoid type that has been on the outskirts of the town. <--using ring
A puzzle - Dm Ian filling in Wednesday August 6th, 2003 7:14:36 PM
Searching around the village, Addinein finds that a couple of the largest nearby trees are leaning oddly. Examining them from several angles, he sees that the odd trees have immense, rending claw marks along the main bole. Closer examination reveals that the furrows are relatively recent.
In each circumstance, the giantish tracks would have lead a searcher's attention down and away from this information...
Jus' search runs counterclockwise to Addinein's, and about halfway around the arc, he hears a low, hungry reptilian rumble. Spinning, he cannot see the source, and hears the sound again. The second time, with specific attention, Jus recognizes the sound as some sort of magical transmission, only occuring within his ear.
Remaining within the center of the village, Tericus and Nonam are struck with how quiet the surrounding area seems to be. There are no sounds of animals or insects in the area.
Flying upwards, Gareth notices Jus examining the trees. Once he gets some altitude, the trees in question appear flattened from above, as if something very large had landed and perched in the trees.
Gareth Wednesday August 6th, 2003 10:00:17 PM
The warrior draws Max. Speaking into the ring he sounds the warning. "We might have some company, folks. Something big landed here - but I don't see it...". He asks max if he senses the presence of anything - like a big black dragon.
Addinein Thursday August 7th, 2003 7:52:39 AM
Letting his mind unfocus on things a little bit, Addinein tries to put pieces of the puzzle together. He adds what he knows about the little girl/silver dragon to see what pieces might fit together.
I have found markings of some type of lizard. The humanoid tracks draw you away from these lizard tracks for some odd reason. Wonder if their related or not (ring)
Jus Thursday August 7th, 2003 9:06:45 AM
Jus considers drawing his sword, but decides against doing so yet. His skills at Quick Drawing should aid him, should he need them.
Instead, he turns towards the source and starts walking that way. Talking through the ring as the others have done, Jus lets everyone know, "There's something around here. I can't see it, but I hear something... something 'magical', is the only way I know to describe it."
His curiosity in full force, Jus keeps heading towards the trees, looking every which way for something that could be causing the noise.
Tericus Thursday August 7th, 2003 11:38:48 AM
"Wait for us there Jus." Tericus says in his ring as he begins to walk in Jus' direction. "We better go see whats over there." he tells Nonam
Searching about - Dm Ian Thursday August 7th, 2003 6:57:13 PM
The group searches for the source of the sound, and continues to patrol around the village, finding no other sign. Its most perplexing, until Jus hears the hungry growl again, almost pleading.
He spins to look at its apparent source, only to find Nonam at the very spot. Clearly, the sound is only audible to Jus, and not emanating from Nonam.
Looking around from his vantage point, Gareth finds no sign of any animal activity, either in sound or movement. The nearby large trees aren't marked by the signs of the large reptile, but his gareths sword confirms his suspicion... the dragon has been here.
Gareth Friday August 8th, 2003 1:32:21 AM
The warrior frowns at Max's pronouncement. Into the ring he says "Looks like our friend has been here recently. Might still be here. Stay sharp...".
Addinein d20+9=23 d20+9=12 Friday August 8th, 2003 7:11:51 AM Should we gather back together for safety?
Not wanting to be caught flat footed, Addinein creeps his way back towards the clearing, unless something else gains his attention. (HS 23, MS 12)
Jus Friday August 8th, 2003 12:50:15 PM
"Nonam," Jus begins with a laugh, "quite being goofy." But from Nonam's reaction, Jus can tell he's not the one making the noise.
Jus runs over to the spot again, looking up, then down into the ground. "Hello, are you in there?", he asks to the mysterious voice.
Ignoring, or just not noticing the puzzled looks on his compatriot's faces, Jus continues. "Where are you?"
Jus will dig or climb as needed to get to the voice, worrying that it may be the Silver they saw earlier.
A realization - Dm Ian filling in Friday August 8th, 2003 8:26:59 PM
As the group contracts together, with the exception of Gareth invisible above the group, Jus looks around for the source of the sounds.
The rest of the group sees Jus dart this way and that, acting very oddly. Perhaps he's under the influence of some foreign effect...
In the process of his scramble, Jus' elbow comes down against the bottom of his back, and for just a fraction of a second, he hears the sound more clearly. Unshouldering his pack and looking inside, he finds nothing out of the ordinary, save for the trinket box. Touching it, Jus suddenly feels -hungry-, a sensation that passes once he jerks his hand away.
Tericus Saturday August 9th, 2003 10:31:56 AM
"Maybe the jungle has made him mad." Tericus whispers to Nonan. "Or maybe he's cursed."
Gareth (Invisible, Flying) Monday August 11th, 2003 11:09:23 AM
The warrior observes Jus from the air. Speaking into the ring he offers "Jus, what's happening?".
Jus Monday August 11th, 2003 7:34:10 PM
"I... dunno," Jus answers honestly. "It seems the box is in my pack, and is... well... growling."
And, then, silence - Dm Ian Monday August 11th, 2003 7:50:29 PM
Jus hears once last plaintive, reptilian whine that ends with a sulking snort, and then the sounds cease, abruptly.
All about, the abandoned village is quiet. The weather above you is pleasant, and the map Derak supplied shows the way to the path across the plains, or the detour to collect some beetles for mounts.
Tericus Tuesday August 12th, 2003 9:41:51 AM
looking at Jus, Tericus says "Well, dont let that box get to you." then he begins to leave the village and look for the beetles
Jus Tuesday August 12th, 2003 10:12:20 AM
"Maybe this is like one of those jars that contain the soul of a creature. What if it's trapped?" Jus asks this last with excitement in his voice.
Well, now is not the time to investigate. Jus puts the box back in his pack, gives it a little pat and says, "I'll investigate you later."
On the road again
Gareth (Invisible, Flying) Tuesday August 12th, 2003 7:08:39 PM
"Let's go get some mounts...". The warrior flies toward the forest looking for likely beetle candidates...
Away from the village - Dm Ian filling in Tuesday August 12th, 2003 7:30:11 PM
The party groups up, and walks out the village with Gareth flying invisible overhead.
As you walk outward throughout the day, you keep coming upon scenes of destruction throughout the area, where massive impacts and pools of acid mar the landscape and trees. Several of these places still have the dissolving remnants of torn and mangled animals, predators and prey alike.
Draconic wrath is apparently above such divisions.
Yet, the days travel goes quietly. What preparations are made to camp?
Addinein Tuesday August 12th, 2003 11:56:15 PM
As the day rolls on Addinein wonders what they can do to avoid the Dragon. "Is there anywhere that we'd be safe from this? dO we teleport back to the city for the night?"
Tericus Wednesday August 13th, 2003 10:29:17 AM
"Lets stay here." Tericus says "Who knows, maybe the beetles only come out at night."
Trusty steeds - Dm Ian filling in Wednesday August 13th, 2003 7:55:22 PM
Just before nightfall you come to the edge of the vegetation covered area around the village. Gareth, from his vantage point in the air, is the first to see paths carved into the vegetation, but soon enough, the entire group finds themselves looking through the trees at massive, squat beetles, perhaps nine to twelve feet high at the shoulder, and broad enough across the back to carry at least three or four grown humans in comfort.
Three of the beetles are face first into large bushes, munching away furiously. They don't seem to notice the party about two hundred feet away.
Gareth Wednesday August 13th, 2003 8:18:56 PM
The warrior looks on and asks through the ring "Seems like the ones we saw before...". He gets a bottle of the control stuff and flies down to one. "Aren't we supposed to get them to eat this stuff?".
Tericus Thursday August 14th, 2003 6:33:39 AM
"I think your right." Tericus tells Gareth. "You do the honors."
Addinein Thursday August 14th, 2003 8:51:25 AM You might want to apply it to what they are eating and then feed them one.
While Gareth is busy trying to feed one of these things, Addinein will keep a watch on the surrounding forest.
Jus Thursday August 14th, 2003 9:19:28 AM
Since this is the first time Jus has seen these beetles, his curiosity is peaked.
"If you need it, I'll help!" He calls to Gareth. Sitting down, Jus watches Gareth's attempts.
Corralling some steeds - Dm Ian filling in Thursday August 14th, 2003 6:24:38 PM
Gareth opens the bottle carefully, and almost immediately, the beetles stop voraciously inhaling greenery, and begin to rotate slowly seeking something. As soon as he drags a branch from a nearby bush into the jar, the beetles orient on the branch, and zip towards the branch.
Gareth thanks himself for the flight effect still running, and easily rises out of the path of the beetles. However, no maliciousness seemed to have been intended. The beetles move up to the bush and stop, their antennae circling for a moment before they stard butting their heads into the brush, rubbing around and trying to shoulder each other out of the way.
Settling on the beetles with flight would be simple, but their demonstration of speed has everyone thinking of how to hold on once mounted.
Addinein Friday August 15th, 2003 12:11:40 PM
"Do you rub this stuff on a branch, and then stick it out in front of them while you ride?"
Time passes - Dm Ian filling in Friday August 15th, 2003 6:52:20 PM
(Holding off on posting to allow others to post their activities for the beetles. Addinein, please feel free to post again if you like.)
Jus Friday August 15th, 2003 9:59:17 PM
Jus is beginning to get bored. Why does travel always have to take so long and go so slow. I wonder if Nonam would be interested in making a device that uses Teleport, but is reusable.
Gareth Monday August 18th, 2003 7:39:03 AM
The warrior feeds the doused branches to the beetles in hopes they can mount and ride. "I'd say we could ride them through the night like we did last time.".
Addinein Monday August 18th, 2003 11:00:55 AM
Once Gareth has the attention of the beetles, Addinein will try to coordinate with him in order to experiment how to approach and then ride the beetles.
First Addinein will work on just approaching the beetles and making sure that they are comfortable with him approaching. Anytime the beetles look like they are getting nervous, Addinein will back off and try again.
Once Addinein can get close enough to examine one of the beetles, he'll examine the shell and all other external parts to try to get an idea of how the party is going to ride these beasts.
Travel - Dm Ian filling in Monday August 18th, 2003 7:49:00 PM
Gareth holds the beasts attention with the paste, allowing Addenien to move up alongside, and figure out how to attach a series of ropes to steer the beetle, with verbal help from Nonam.
Once mounted, the beetles are easily controlled with the rope reigns. The group 'saddles' up on two beetles, and moves out of the area at an astounding rate of speed.
The passage across the plains happens with almost relaxing ease. From time to time, the group gets glimpses of predators in the tall grass, but apparently nothing is willing to approach, or try to chase the massive beetles.
Each day for four days, the party camps at one of the oases dotting the plains. The nights of travel are filled with violent winds and light rainfall coming down out of the north, pounding and the travelers and making flight difficult.
On the morning of the fifth day, the group comes to the edge of the western jungle that has been looming before you, shrouding the foot of the mountains you must climb, barring your way. From your vantage point coming up to them, the jungle looks a couple days across on foot.
As the group comes to the edge of the jungle, the beetles try to push towards a nearby fluffy bush, intent on feeding.
From a distance, a thunderous, hungry bass roar sounds from the depths of jungle. Whatever is it isn't close, but its huge.
Gareth Monday August 18th, 2003 9:40:41 PM
The warrior flies up and over to see what he can in the general area. He goes invisible as he does to avoid bovious detection by predators.
Addinein Tuesday August 19th, 2003 11:28:18 AM
During the first day of travel, Addinein is a little uneasy about the rate of travel these beetles have. Having lived underground for a period of time, traveling at these speeds could be dangerous, for the amount of land they are covering.
During the second day Addinein is a little bit more at ease with the pace the beetles are taking. Over the course of the day Addinein begins to wonder why the jungle doesn't seem to be impeding their progress much like when they first started. As little scenes play out while he rides, he does his best to sketch some of these scenes down.
When the group comes to the edge of the jungle, Addinein wonders whether they should let go of the beetles or not. If they could travel over the mountain at the same rate of travel, that would be great. Addinein realizes though that they might have to do it on foot anyhow. Thinking of the possible caravans that might be coming through, they have to figure out what is the best way to travel consistently across all terrains.
As Gareth goes up to investigate, Addinein helps with his own eyes from below.
Entering the jungle - DM Ian filling in Tuesday August 19th, 2003 7:30:31 PM
The beetles become a bit obstreperous when the group tries to pry them away from their bush. Even the paste doesn't seem to do much more than make them vacillate between takin direction and heading back over to the bushes to eat.
As this dance of wills goes back and forth, Gareth spies a trail leading into the jungle only a short distance away. A single pair of human bootprints from a largish sized foot leads inwards, but only goes about thirty feet before there is signs of a fight. Human blood and some sort of animal blood is everywhere, and the tracks of each leave in different angles inward to the jungle.
The interesting detail is that a small section of a tunic or surcoat lies in the middle of crushed shubbery. It bears the device of the black dragons.
Gareth (fly) Wednesday August 20th, 2003 2:04:08 AM
The warrior brings the shred to Tericus. "Is this the tunic of Byron? Can we find out if the animal got him?". He directs the others to the spot to see if they can divine what happened exactly.
Jus d20+14=22 d20+15=35 Wednesday August 20th, 2003 10:20:54 AM
Jus yells and whoops the first day of travel, enjoying the terrain whizzing by. The second day, he's still enjoying himself, but his yells become much more infrequent. By the third, he's getting bored again.
Jus begins asking about everyone's background, what they want to be when they grow up, and what happened to them when he was away (like what was that stuff Gareth gave the beetles, where he got it, and how did he know it would work).
Finally, they reach their destination. The large-animal call catches Jus off-guard, but at least it promises fun times ahead.
When they dismount and begin looking around, Jus notices the struggle with the others.
"There certainly seems to have been a fight," Jus answers Gareth's question to Tericus, "but it looks like the human walked away on his own.
Jus examines the humanoid tracks, trying to determine how hurt the person was by the footprints.
Search = 22; Wilderness Lore = 35
Nonam Wednesday August 20th, 2003 6:23:27 PM
Nonam watches over the party as they search and examine the tracks, standing atop one of the beetles.
From his vantage point he listens to the ongoing conversation.
Searching about for a clue - Dm Ian filling in Wednesday August 20th, 2003 6:35:17 PM
The fight couldn't have been more than six or seven hours ago, Jus thinks, and the man must have been badly wounded, by the amount of blood. In fact, unless some ripping effect or magical wounding was employed, Jus is surprised the human is still standing.
The beasts apparently scattered, heading off in groups of two or three. They appear to have been at least six hundred pounds each, going on two legs and possessing nimble three toed clawed feet. With the number of tracks, probably at least eight of them, maybe a little more.
The search also reveals a small smear of vile greenish powder across a low lying plant, that betrays the hidden presence of a broken glass capsule about three inches across. In appears that whatever it was went off in the center of the fight, and everything ran from that point outward.
From his vantage point above, Gareth sees the vegetation a few hundred feet away begin to shift and part. Something is coming across the concealed jungle floor, low and fast.
Gareth (Fly, Invisible) Wednesday August 20th, 2003 11:19:21 PM
The warrior sounds the warning about the interlopers. "Looks like we have company. We are going to have a fight...". He flies back down to the place where the thing is going to come out and he draws Max. "Hopefully we'll fare better than Byron...". He asks if the trackslook like Byrons and if Tericus can look for their quarry again.
Addinein Thursday August 21st, 2003 9:12:46 AM
"Then lets get over here with something to our backs. Preferably so that they have to approach us for a few hundred yards. Those of us with bows could do some work on these beasties if they choose to attack."
(ooc sorry for missed day)
Nonam Thursday August 21st, 2003 7:45:14 PM
Nonam utters an invisibility spell, winking out of sight, as the threat grows near.
Hunger, and the hunt - Dm Ian Thursday August 21st, 2003 7:49:01 PM
Leaping from the thick jungle vegetation come two legged reptiles of considerable size. Standing almost seven feet tall at the haunches, deep green scales with black undertones armor the beasts.
There are eight total, emerging from the underbrush in a loose semicircle about forty feet from the party position, and beginning to charge closer.
Most seem focused on Addenein and Jus out front, but two on the left flank start to circle with an eye on Tericus standing near the beetles.
They don't seem to notice Gareth flying above.
Addinein AC 28 Friday August 22nd, 2003 7:59:13 AM
Not too thrilled with the numbers he sees, Addinein decides that maybe diplomacy might work better.
Casting Comprehend Languages, Addinein speaks to the group of lizards, "We do not want any trouble here. I would not come any closer"
If there is no recognition of any language that he Lizards can recognize, then Addinein draws his bow and makes ready to defend himself.
Jus Friday August 22nd, 2003 6:01:58 PM
Hearing Addinein speak, and hoping it is in a friendly nature, Jus gets an idea. True they are not approaching slowly, but perhaps his actions may give them pause.
He carefully lowers his backpack, ready to pull weapons and attack, if necessary. Instead, he slowly reaches in and pulls out his Elderberry Pie. No telling what this may do, since he's never been able to determine just what magic is on this thing, but two things are possible: It could be a sign of friendship, and it could be the start of a lot of fun.
Sitting on his haunches, he pantomimes an offer of pie to the strangers, then gestures to the ground in front of him.
This may be the death of Jus, but at least he'd die with a pie in his hand (Bill Troublefinder would be so proud!).
Nonam - Dm Ian filling in Friday August 22nd, 2003 6:55:25 PM
Nonam winks back into sight in mid-cast, gesturing at the area around Jus and Addinein. Nothing apparently occurs, but a smile rests upon his lips.
Dinner fights back! - Dm Ian filling in Friday August 22nd, 2003 7:02:26 PM
The creatures sniff the air for just a moment, and then charge directly at the lead characters, scattered out in timing just a bit to apparently vary their impacts with Jus and Addinein.
Mid charge about fifteen feet from Addinein and Jus, the creatures impact an invisible wall heavily, only two narrowly escaping being thrown to the ground by the force of their charge broken.
The creatures are now clustered in a grouping about twenty feet across on the other side of a wall of force. Only the two rightmost remain standing, and the others appear to be prone and stunned.
Gareth (Fly, Invisible) d20+35=38 d10+19=22 Friday August 22nd, 2003 7:02:53 PM
The warrior lowers himself down behind the creatures and prepares to attack. If they attempt to close on the others he yells out and cuts into whichever one appears to be their leader (Hit AC 38, 22 DMG).
Addinein Friday August 22nd, 2003 8:37:28 PM
Still not sure about what he wants to do with these creatures, Addinein tries changing to Drow on the off chance they might understand him. "We really do not want to harm you. We are just passing through and wish to be left alone."
This time Addinein pays attention to if they even comprehend what language is.
Addinein will look at Jus and comment through the ring, I hope they decide to just give up and leave us around. What do you think we should do if they are more persistant?
Jus Sunday August 24th, 2003 12:53:45 AM
Jus turns and glances at Addinein. Holding up his occupied hand, Jus says, "We could eat pie!"
Reluctantly, Jus puts the pie away (it's amazing it still is in one piece after all this time).
Spying his unwritten letters -- which isn't difficult since he hasn't written his sister in ages. Or has it only been days. Things have been so hectic, Jus doesn't remember how long has past. But be assured, a letter will be written next time they get to the city. How long will that be? Of course, that assumes they won't be killed. But there is little chance of that, since it hasn't... oh... those bugs are still trying to get at us....
Anyhow, Spying his unwritten letters, Jus gets an idea and hunts around for one of the ink bottles. He pulls one out, thinking that it is around the same size as the smashed bottle they found earlier. If these creatures only get a glance of the vial, they could mistake it for the same substance.
Standing up, again reluctantly, Jus pulls out his Sun Sword and prepares to do battle.
"Oh, and thanks Nonam."
Confusion, and tactics - Dm Ian filling in Monday August 25th, 2003 8:14:03 PM
The beasts lurch to their feet, and mill about for a moment, calling in shrill bursts as they see Jus and Addenein, and can't get directly at them.
As the beasts begin to spread out and slowly test the length of the wall, Tericus moves up to Jus and Addenein, and incants a anti-life shell.
Nonam, on the other hand, seems to be waiting for something, watching the creatures.
Gareth remains invisible above the wall.
Addinein Tuesday August 26th, 2003 11:11:21 AM
Not looking forward to the end result. Addinein watches as the creatures look to see if they can get around the barrier. Knowing that they will eventually, Addinein slowly bring his bow to bear as the likelihood of getting around the barrier becomes greater and greater.
OOC: placeholder Tuesday August 26th, 2003 9:07:12 PM
Anyone able to assume control of gareth for the time being?
Milling about - Dm Ian Wednesday August 27th, 2003 6:33:31 PM
Nonam calls down from beetle, saying, "Unless there is a need for this fight, perhaps we should simply teleport into the jungle, and bypass these beasts. Thoughts?"
Tericus maintains his position, and his warding.
The beasts themselves continue to slowly fan out, and are nearing the edges of the wall, probing for weaknesses in the invisible barrier that has confused their charge. One stops, and tries to leap, impacting the wall almost twenty feet up, before falling to the greenery-covered ground with a muffled thud.
Jus (Cat's Grace: +5) d20+20=39 d4+1=5 Wednesday August 27th, 2003 9:04:13 PM
Flipping the vial in his nimble fingers, Jus considers whether the battle would be too fun to miss. Then again, these Lizard creatures appear less of evil-doers than upset at the party's tresspassing.
"Sure," Jus agrees to Nonam's suggestion. "Spot out a place ahead, then pop all of us up there."
Jus puts the ink vial away as he waits for Nonam to do what he does best. However, Jus does pull off his bow and nock an arrow -- both in case the beasts make it around the wall before they leave, and in case the teleport drops them "into the fire".
"Sorry for the waste of your Anti-life Shell, Tericus," Jus adds, noting the spell that was cast (Spellcraft roll of 39). "But it reminds me of how much we've all grown since we met."
Deciding that he may as well not waste the time (especially with all the racket they've heard ahead), Jus casts Cat's Grace to improve his defensive skills (+5 Dex).
Run through the jungle - Dm Ian filling in Thursday August 28th, 2003 7:05:24 PM
Tericus backs the group up, shielding their fallback as the reptiles begin to round the corners of the wall of force. They cautiously push ahead for a few moments, and then roar, the rest of the pack taking up the call.
The beasts charge again, devouring the intervening ground, but once again impact heavily on the invisible warding around the group. One circles and begins to menace one of the beetles, as Gareth swoops down to Nonam, and Nonam activates his ring.
The party reappears in a clearing in the jungle some distance into the thick green vegetation. As the group looks around and begins to regain their bearings and method of transport without the beetles, Jus sees a set of human footprints in the nearby loam.
Looking closer, the nearby bush bears blood, still wet.
Addinein Friday August 29th, 2003 4:37:25 AM
(sorry about missed posts. working nights for taxi for next couple of days)
Addinein does a quick sweep of the area to see if he can notice anything else about their present area.
A quick search - Dm Ian Friday August 29th, 2003 7:04:21 PM
A short distance away nearby, Addenein finds a broken walking stick as might be used by an elderly man, clearly hacked through my a single blow from an edged weapon. At this point, the single set of human footsteps is joined by a second set of probably human footsteps, and their pace picks up tempo, becoming more careless.
The curious detail, is that the two sets of footprints aren't arranged as to allow the one to strike at the other, and no other track exists in the area.
Nonam and Tericus take a moment to stop and quietly discuss their memorized spells as the search is carried out. Gareth ascends to scout, and finds that Nonam's teleport gobbled up perhaps a quarter of a mile of the distance into the jungle. Once he gets above the trees, the distant roars of reptilian predators are more audible.
It is now late afternoon.
Gareth Friday August 29th, 2003 7:19:43 PM
The warrior looks down the trail where the footprints went to see if he can locate them (since they aren't too far away). He draws Max to see if he can feel them with his telepathic ability.
Following the breadcrumbs - Dm Ian Monday September 1st, 2003 7:37:44 PM
Gareth is able to easily follow the trail from above, as the makers of the trail crashed through the underbrush with little care for subtlety.
As the trail turns into a copse, Max suddenly informs Gareth that something lies ahead that blocks its senses utterly. The copse is about sixty feet by fifty feet, an overgrown bramble of jungle vegetation that the trail seems to disappear into.
The remainder of the party trails along behind for a time, until they too can see this.
Nonam turns to the remainder of the group, and says, "There is something powerfully magical just within those trees."
Game on Hold Monday September 1st, 2003 7:42:11 PM
If you have any questions, please contact me at Ianhess@hotmail.com, or Jan. Gericko is on vacation for the remainder of the month.
MDM Kent Sunday September 14th, 2003 9:20:14 AM
[b] Hey Guys, I still need 3.5 sheet from you. Please send them in as soon as possible. Thanks for your help with this.
Jus Tuesday September 30th, 2003 8:38:40 PM
Jus sits down, pulls out a dagger, and starts cleaning his nails.
Onward, into the wild places
To recap - Dm Ian Monday February 23rd, 2004 3:46:23 PM
The characters had left the City on a mission to discover its location. As you might recall, the city had been teleported by unknown forces or parties, and ended up in an unknown location. The city still resides on a large lake. On the western shore was the village that the party visited before their struggle with the black dragon Lathiese. It was also in this village that the party originally met an apparently young female silver dragon, who they have not seen since their battle with Lathiese.
Having gathered provisions, the party set out westward from the city, in search of a trade route and general location information for the city government. Their first stop was in the village, where they gained the knowledge of how to capture and ride the beetles to traverse the plains by luring the hungry beasts with a liquid made from local plants. The party still has several vials of this liquid.
Having ridden the beetles across the plains, they arrived after a few days travel at the jungle that shrouds the mountains dominating the western horizon. This jungle also wraps around the plains northward, and has been noticed to have a almost palpable malevolent presence. The beasts here are large, and primal, apparently reptilian and predatory, at least that the party has seen. Further, the place has an odd energy. It has not interfered with spells yet, but drawing magical power feels odd here.
Having reached the jungle, the party has left the increasing recalcitrant beetles behind, and pressed onwards on foot towards the nearby mountains. With the aid of flight, Gareth has been scouting ahead and above, estimated the storm wracked peaks to be about two days travel away.
Travelling along, Jus has been feeling an increasing potent series of feelings emanating from the intricately worked black box taken from Lathiese's lair. The sensations are beginning to overlay his own, deep, bestial feelings of hunger, and almost whining need for... well, thats not clear.
Recently, the party has found the track of two apparently human or human sized people fleeing along the same direction. There was a walking stick cut in half by a bladed weapon, and a scrap of a cloak that bore part of the Black Dragon consortium symbol upon it.
Just another day in paradise - Dm Ian Monday February 23rd, 2004 3:54:40 PM
The jungle trail is overgrown, thorny vines strangling numerous, thin bore trees stretching out as far as the eye can see. Near and far, predatory growls and reptilian calls can be heard, the business of life and death in this primitive place going on despite your intrusion.
The trail itself is barely noticeable in the overgrowth, save for obvious signs of recent trampling by two people fleeing northward. Branches have been broken, and small scraps of jet black fabric hang from greedy vines.
The group moves down the trail in a single file line. There is no room for a more defensive formation. Tericus brings up the rear, and Gareth hoversd above, ducking in and out of the canopy above. In his hand, his intelligent blade, Max, flashes in the bright light every time he pierces the emerald vegetation.
Gareth descends again from the dazzling sunlit world above, as his blade sounds a telepathic message in his mind.
"For just a moment, there were two people ahead of us. Males. Human. Filled with purpose, but afraid. Then, something just took their presence away. Whatever it is, it feels like a sphere, and its big."
Before he can say anything, a male voice cries out up ahead, thin and reedy. Its at least a couple hundred feet away.
"We know you are out there... show yourself! No more games, if you want this business to benefit us both!"
The man is probably old, and is clearly out of breath, desperate, and afraid.
Gareth (Fly, Invisible) Monday February 23rd, 2004 8:48:23 PM
As the storms close in on their quarry the warrior is very impressed with their ability to stay ahead of his allies as they are such a well seasoned and strong group.
He warrior motions to the others his intentions and he turns invisible. He moves toward the voices - but he tells Max in his mind to stop him when he gets too close to the sphere (Unless it is obvious). He hovers quietly to see if the old man as referring to the Storms or perhaps another group.
Nonam Monday February 23rd, 2004 10:04:15 PM
Nonam watches Gareth for a moment, but he decides that today isn't a day for subtlety. So, he shouts out, "What?"
Jus d20+12=30 d20+12=14 Tuesday February 24th, 2004 6:55:00 PM
Jus chuckles at Nonam's characteristic passivity [or lack thereof!].
"That's gotta irritate him," Jus quietly whispers to Nonam, continuing the chuckle in his voice.
"However, unless we want the Black Bladder to hone in on our location, perhaps we shouldn't be so obvious."
Not expecting his words to make the slightest difference with Nonam's behaviour, Jus leaves it at that. Instead, he prepares his bow and starts walking forward at a regular pace, but with at least a nod towards stealth. While heading forward, Jus listens and looks around for any signs that the Black is nearby -- or even what path he has taken.
"Anyone have a silence?" Jus whispers to those next to him.
[Spot 30; Listen 14]
Uninvited guests - Dm Ian Tuesday February 24th, 2004 7:23:12 PM
At almost exactly the same moment Nonam calls out, another voice is also raises, somewhere off to your left, probably about as far away as the original voice. The language is alternatingly sibilant and harsh, a beautiful thing corrupted by rage. Only Addenein understands the words shouted in UnderWold.
"Fool! Lower that spell before the jungle takes notice!"
Then, the voice of the old man replies, "Wait! Someone else comes! We must be defended!"
Jus and Gareth ventures forward a bit, coming to the edge of the overgrown trail vegetation into a large clearing. The area has been the site of a fire at some point in the near past, and now comprises a clearing about a hundred feet across filled with ankle-charred remnants of tree trucks. The jungle is already green and vibrant around the edges, encroaching again on the area.
In the center of the clearing is an impressive display of arcane might, as two men, one standing and one kneeling are ensconced in a shimmering prismatic sphere.
The standing man is older, wearing wizards robes bearing the symbol of the Black Dragon consortium. It doesn't look like the insignia of a full member, however. He is battered and out of breath, shuffling through a large scroll case at his belt.
The kneeling man is drinking potions. As he looks up and scans the area, Jus and Gareth recognizes Byron, of the Black Dragons.
Obviously, Gareth is concealed, and they seem to not see Jus as of yet.
Jus sees no sign of anyone else in the area.
Standing further back, Nonam and Addenein see Tericus suddenly stiffen. He shakes for just a moment, and then a violet flash explodes soundlessly over him. When your eyes adjust, Tericus is gone.
The prismatic sphere begins to tremble a bit.
Gareth (Fly, Invisible) Tuesday February 24th, 2004 10:32:45 PM
To the warrior it seems that the two travelers are trying to call out a foe as of yet unknown to the Storms. He holds his position to see what transpires, perfectly content to let another group weaken the two further if not destroy them - though taking out Byron would be something he would greatly enjoy. Hopefully if there is another foe they have not located the Storms yet - or at least not all of them...
Addinein Tuesday February 24th, 2004 11:37:56 PM
"The others call this one" indicating that spell caster with the sphere, " a fool. The jungles will take notice, or some such. Which seems to hold some kind of truth, knowing what we've experienced so far."
Nonam Wednesday February 25th, 2004 8:40:33 AM
Nonam whips around, "Tericus?" Then he whispers into the dragon ring, "They did something to Tericus. He's gone."
Then the wizard casts invisibility on himself and creeps forward to peer into the clearing.
Then he whispers into the ring again, "We can't do anything to them while they are in that sphere. Wait til it disappears or they move out of it to approach."
Finally, as he speaks he scans the area with his enhanced vision to see if he can locate any invisible people.
[ooc: Not to be contrary, but Nonam speaks undercommon. Actually, he speaks nearly everything (look at his language list), and he has a permanent comprehend languages cast on himself for good measure. Also see invisibile. :)]
(My apologies,... Nonam understood, then. My mistake - Dm Ian)
Jus (Stoneskin: 150hp; AC: 32; HP: 85) Wednesday February 25th, 2004 1:51:15 PM Gargul's depth's!, Jus silently curses as he hears of Tericus' disappearance. Hopefully he just went invisible, but Nonam's tone makes Jus think otherwise. Still, Jus hopes to hear from Tericus over the ring in the next few minutes.
In the meantime, Jus crouches low and watches the Black Bladders within their self-imposed jail. If something is following them, their reaction means it is close. Although he'd love to see Byron dead, Jus is now more interested in what has pummeled them so effectively.
Jus casts Stoneskin upon himself, then activates his Glove as he waits for something to happen.
Shards, and surprises - Dm Ian Wednesday February 25th, 2004 9:55:22 PM
As the group waits for some sort of reaction from the groups perceived so far, the prismatic sphere abruptly shivers violently. The old man screams, thin and reedy, and then the upper portion of the sphere cracks with a thunderous report, sending multi-colored shards flying through the air to land around the clearing.
Several yellow, orange, and red shards land around the clearing, causing small fires, snaps of lightning, and impact gouges in the wet earth. A single bluish shard is tossed high into the sky, and flys far off to the right of the party before beginning a descending arc. Two violet shards pop from the center of the sphere, and tumble a short distance to either side, before popping and revealing two blinking men that were not there before.
The first is Onrad, attired in fine clothing, yet adorned with his adventuring gear. He is raising a goblet as if in toast, and has a rapidly fading smile.
The second is Brother Jandar, also known to the group, kneeling as if in prayer. He is also equipped as if just prepared for a journey. Looking up, it takes his eyes a moment to adjust.
Seeing this, the old mage ends his prismatic sphere, having to form gestures of negation and banishment several times before the crumbling ward winks out of visibility.
In a contemptuous inflection, the unseen speaker hidden to your left speaks again.
"Now we can conduct business. How fortunate that two parties came to negotiate with us instead of one..."
With this, Byron stands with a look of anger on his features. Glancing from side to side at the newcomers, he calls out, "We came to bargain in good faith. Do not let these unfortunates be further confused by these events. We have the payment we have already discussed. There is no need for further negotiations!"
Gareth (Fly, Invisibility) Thursday February 26th, 2004 7:01:27 AM
The warrior notes that their conversation with presumably whoever - or whatever - it is must be with a powerful entity. He decides to stay put but close enough to engagae them quickly in combat. He tries to locate the source of the voice.
Nonam (invisible) d20+8=27 Thursday February 26th, 2004 10:28:58 AM
Shocked and awed that the prismatic sphere was shattered so easily not to mention that Onrad and Jandar are suddenly standing in the clearing, Nonam stands open mouthed and tries to make sense of what is going on.
We are the "unfortunates" interrupting a transaction. Something nefarious, no doubt. But what are those two doing there?
As he observes, he racks his brain to see if the unseen voice sounds familiar. (int check=27)
Onrad Thursday February 26th, 2004 12:27:54 PM
"So in conclusion. I present both of my nephews for our consideration to manage the estate....
"What??"
Onrad shakes his head trying to clear it. Dizzy and in a strange unknown place he does what comes natural. Weapons come out instantly and he looks for cover while glancing around him and listening hard for signs of who or what brought him here.
He thinks, ::Last time something like this happened, I fell down a flight of stairs right into the middle of...hmm.::
Jandar Thursday February 26th, 2004 2:35:54 PM
Jandar stands up and stretches his arms out, as his eyes begin to adjust.
"Well, Mordrid, did Joe get his head cut off again or....um, hmmmm...uh, hello guys," he falters as he realizes he's in the presence of the Storm Dragons and not the Golds.
He takes in the surroundings quickly and stands in his place for the moment, until he can figure out what's going on.
Introductions - Dm Ian Thursday February 26th, 2004 7:16:45 PM
Byron, and his older friend drop into a back to back stance, scanning the treeline intently, their eyes flickering over Onrad and Jandar.
With no apparent sound or disruption of the foilage, a black skinned figure steps from the jungle to the left side of the clearing. He wears dull adamantite chain mail over silks, with a rapier at one hip, and a odd, greyish whip coiled around his body, the handle hanging down over his left shoulder. He walks casually forward a few feet, a mocking smile on his face, before stopping to speak.
"Ah... its good everyone has arrived that was foreseen. Don't worry, Black Dragon friends, we have removed the persons who were chasing you from this mortal coil."
With this, he raises his voice and looks towards Jus and Gareth.
"I only know your group by reputation. I was told there was a civilised being who travelled with the Storm Dragons? Perhaps one of you would be so good as to go fetch him."
Byron stands quietly, seething, as this is said. His eyes flicker back and forth, as if he was looking for something specific. The old man merely stands quickly, his hand over several pouches hanging from his belt.
Gareth (Fly) Thursday February 26th, 2004 9:47:18 PM
The warrior drops his invisibility as he sees no benefit in keeping it up against the black skinned being and has no fear of Byron - and is confident Nonam can deal with Mr. Magic. His eyes and ears register his old friends and the departure of another... no time ... "We are all civilized, sir. And I apologize if we have invaded your domain. We seek these two and have not intended to cause you any trouble. May I ask what deal you would have the Storms bid on?". He sheaths his sword as he makes his way to the ground not too far from Byron.
Nonam (invisible, neutralize poison) Friday February 27th, 2004 12:09:44 AM
With the wheels in his mind spinning rapidly to make sense of this situation, Nonam pulls a potion of neutralize poison from his Pants of Plenty, and he drinks it down.
Fool me twice, shame on me.
Then the wizard steps into the clearing though he remains invisibile, "Gareth, he's talking about Addinein. If you look very closely, you might notice that they share some similar physical features." There's a definite hint of sarcasm in his voice toward the end of his comment.
Then he smiles and directs his next comments to their new acquiantance, "Addinein is here nearby. If you you could just give me your name so that I can tell him who is calling upon him, I'll be happy to get him for you."
Jus (Stoneskin: 150hp; AC: 32; HP: 85) Friday February 27th, 2004 10:23:07 AM
The situation gets weirder by the moment. First Tericus dissappears, and now Onrad and what appears to be Jandar appears. He doubts this is caused by the Drow or Black Bladders -- what purpose would they have in bringing in more heroes.
Jus listens to Gareth and Nonam's banter, content to let them deal with the discussion.
Although he doesn't let his guard down, nor lower his bow, Jus' heart has been greatly lifted with the appearance of Onrad. If anyone looks his way, the silly grin on Jus' face is evidence of that.
Addinein Friday February 27th, 2004 11:19:35 AM
Hearning Nonam speak up and not call for Addinein, Addinein decides to wait for Nonam's call, to see what happens.
A civilised conversation - Dm Ian Friday February 27th, 2004 6:38:13 PM
The dark elf smiles, no apparent trace of offense at Nonam's comment or tone. His gaze flickers over Nonam, taking in details, and his eyes widen almost imperceptibly part of the way through the act.
"How interesting... I see there is more than one civilised being here. I am Fai'fasal. We need not discuss about trepass at this time... I am sure everyone here is more interested in the best interests of both our people."
He says the last with a glance towards Byron, who keeps looking back and forth between Onrad, Jandar, Gareth, and the dark elf.
The dark elf removes a grey silken handkerchief from his sleeve for a moment, sniffs once, and then continues.
"My house, and other interested parties have watched the arrival of your city with some interest. Perhaps the old ways are not so forgotten as some may think. Regardless of the reasons for the arrival of your people, it seems we now share border territory, wild as it is."
With this the drow looks around the jungle, and continues.
"We", he says, indicating Byron and the older man with a nod, "have begun a conversation about trade routes, and information of geography. Dragon Byron has been good enough to bring us a show of good faith for my House's involvement in future negotiations and trade..."
Byron says, "Yes, we did bring the weapon you requested for your.. little problem. Further, we, the Black Dragons of Floating City are willing to deal with this apparently common enemy to forge this alliance."
Byron pulls up his tattered sleeve, and reveals a beaten mithril bracelet, which he taps once, causing a finely scabbarded longsword to appear in his hand.
The weapon is slightly short for its kind, and is scabbarded in what appears to be bronze dragonscale, perhaps from the small, supple scales on the tail of such a creature. The handle is cross-wrapped leather dyed white tooled with symbols that are indistinct at this range, and pommeled with a mithril spike with a diamond inlay.
The dark elf smiles at the sight of the weapon, and says, "How... pleasant that you are willing to help solve the problem of the lich infestation. However, it would be uncivilised of me to refuse our honored visitors", he says, nodding to Nonam, "the opportunity to bargain as well."
Hanging back, Jus feels something squirm in the bottom of his pack. Thinking for a moment, he remembers that the intricately carved box lays there.
Then, he hears a telepathic whine inside his head. Its tentative, and sounds almost childish. The whine is followed by a telepathic voice, which says, "Daaaaaaddy,... hun...gi...."
Nonam (neutralize poison) d20+17=32 Saturday February 28th, 2004 12:17:19 AM
Nonam fianally drops his invisibility spell and bows to Fai'fasal, "I am Nonam Firstorlast, and we are known as the Storm Dragons. It is a pleasure to make your acquaintance." Then, using undercommon, the wizard calls back into the brush, "Addinein, a Lord Fai'fasal wishes to meet with you."
While waiting for Addinein to come out, Nonam returns to common and continues speaking to Fai'fasal, "I must confess that I am not entirely certain what we are bargaining for. If you can fill us in, then perhaps we can make a better offer. However, before you begin, let me point out that while the Black Dragons have great personal resources, they stand at the fringe of society in our city. We, however, are able to speak for the entire city. I am certain we can offer a better offer than these infidels. Furthermore, we could arrange a meeting of state between our Overlord and a representative of your noble House. Such a meeting could be a civilized affair instead of a secret rendezvous out here in the woods with the gnats and bitemes."
(diplomacy = 32)
Onrad Sunday February 29th, 2004 5:22:16 AM
Onrad casually walks out of the trees to stand on the opposite side of Byron from Gareth.
He grins a grin of joy and salutes Jus with his rapier, knowing his expressions well. He then lets his arm and weapon hang casually to his side, loose and unworried of posture.
Inside, however, he is tight as a string, wondering the power of a being that can do what this guy seemingly just did. Simultaneously pop both Jander and him from different locations to this spot and call it fate.
This was a dangerous enemy and from the little he knows of magic probably has two powerful mage friends nearby--which is the only way he knows of to pull off such a feat with the primary already in negotiations at the time of his arrival.
Jus (Stoneskin: 150hp; AC: 32; HP: 85) Sunday February 29th, 2004 7:38:38 PM
Jus is well pleased to see his friend Onrad's greeting; it brings back warm feelings of a time Jus thought he would never experience again. It may be for a short period, Jus understands, but he will enjoy them to know end while they last.
Again, Jus is content to leave the discussions to others. He left the halls of diplomacy long ago and has no interest in bringing them forward again.
Instead, Jus takes a moment to think about the box. Earlier, Jus had felt hesitation and uneasiness with the box. But for some reason, his curiosity has finally won him over as he hears a more personal response from the box. Concentrating towards the box in his pack, he keeps his words short [boy does that take more effort than Jus anticipated], and thinks, What do you feel like eating tonight, little one.
Jandar(HP 159, AC 28) d20+17=19 Sunday February 29th, 2004 11:11:26 PM
Jandar stands in his spot, prepared to cast, but not having a clue as to where he is or what's going on. Silently, he activates his Ring of Evasion, and his eyes dart around at the jungle, trying to discern if anything is hiding.(Spot 19)
He doesn't utter a word, nor make any move.
Addinein Tuesday March 2nd, 2004 1:02:14 AM
Stepping from behind any obstructions Addinein adds, "For there to be any bargaining, we have to know what and who we bargain with, of course. Which leaves us at a slight disadvantage at this point."
When Addinein clears the brush, Addinein nods in recognition at Onrad (assuming he helped bring the family up).
Into the rings Addinein thinks, what does the surrounding area look like. Is this an edge of the jungle, or are we in the middle of it?
The issue at hand - Dm Ian Tuesday March 2nd, 2004 2:49:52 AM
Byron watches, frustration evident on his face, as Fai'fasal delicately clears his throat, and sniffs at the handkerchief again. Then, the drow sees Addenein step into view, and smiles broadly.
"Excellent, most excellent. It is good to finally make your acquaintance, sir. Very well, the agreement my house had been discussing with the Black Dragon consortium had to do with your city being cut off from trade."
"We have watched as your city has been brought into this area. You are in an inhospitable area, and are not aware of the dangers on various sides. We are in a position to offer two things immediately. First, the relative location of your city. Secondly, an agreement that the trade caravans of your people will be welcome at the dwellings of the Houses who dwell near here, and be allowed to pass through our territory for a reasonably levy."
"In return, we had asked for actions of good faith. After all, if neighbors are to exist without war, we must have an understanding, and the dangers of this region that inconvenience us will surely find your people given enough time. "
With this Byron interjects, "And I say again, there is no need to involve this persons. We have brought the lichbane weapon, and offer to employ it on your behalf? What better show of making a common cause with you?"
Fai'fasal smirks for a moment, and replies, glancing for Nonam to Addenein.
"Gentlemen, perhaps you would like to inform this individual what a blue knife means, or shall we proceed directly to the negotiations?"
Looking at the individuals standing around the clearing, Onrad feels a vague final pulse of his earlier vision. These are not the shadows, they have not the fangs.
Glancing around, Jandar spots three dark elves nearly camoflauged in a loose arc behind Fai'fasal, blending cleverly into the vegetation by means of their clothing, or some spell. It is with interest that he notes these three drow are certainly female, their blurred outlines giving this detail away.
In response to Jus' internal query, the telepathic voice makes a squeal of delight, and replies "Met! Wanna met!"
Nonam Tuesday March 2nd, 2004 8:54:58 AM
Nonam absently strokes the handle of the blue knife at his belt and looks to Byron, "The madara ai'lelis means we will kill liches whether we get a trade agreement or not. Now, if you would excuse me, I will contact the Overlord with the terms of your offer."
Nonam steps away from the group a moment, and uses the dragon ring to contact the Overlord and tell her of the offer and of the Black Dragon's involvement. While he speaks, he uses his ever present arcane sight to sweep the area and show him the magical auras in the general vicinity.
Onrad Tuesday March 2nd, 2004 12:04:14 PM
::unconsciously Onrad speaks the words of his vision out loud::
"These are not the shadows, they have not the fangs."
[voluntary Intelligence check of 17 without int bonus]
Sudden realization sparks upon his face. Remaining casual, he looks back and forth between those who speak, but his purpose is to try and spot "shadows with fangs" that might be seen when looking "around and behind" those who talk and with his peripheral vision.
He readies an action to stop any spellcasting within his range of movement.
Jus (Stoneskin: 150hp; AC: 32; HP: 85) Tuesday March 2nd, 2004 7:53:23 PM
Like Nonam, Jus' hand reflexively goes to the blue dagger given The Storms by the drow. He did not, however, know about this Lich killing geas-y thing Nonam is talking about. Jus sternly reminds himself to pay better attention when people give him things -- and promptly forgets his reminder as something more interesting catches his attention.
Met? Jus ponders to himself, trying to figure out what Met could be.
Continuing his borderline-lethal bent towards unchecked curiosity, Jus attempts to communicate further with the starving creature that lives within the dark box found at the evil Black Dragon's Lair.
This time, Jus tries to use his spellcasting skills to imagine a picture of the box being opened and a chunk of iron being put into the box, with a big question mark appearing above the scene.
Perhaps this creature can speak in pictures, Jus idly wonders, as he waits to see if the creature can understand his query if Met means Metal.
Threading through the issue - Dm Ian Tuesday March 2nd, 2004 8:52:31 PM
Fai'fasal nods politely to Nonam as the mage steps back and begins to speak into his ring. As this occurs, Byron and the old man begin to slowly move, hands away from weapons, around Onrad and closer to Fai'fasal.
Onrad voices his thoughts, drawing a suspicious look from Byron, and a look of surprise from Fai'fasal, before the drow envoy smooths his features back to a waiting smile.
Looking around, Onrad doesn't see any signs of shadows or fanged creatures in the immediate clearing. By this point, the last vestiges of his vision had fled, leaving Onrad face to face with the teeming jungle around him. Its a vibrant and living thing, almost seeming to be interconnected between the numerous trees and prolific vines. Far off he hears reptilian calls, and animal roars, as the usual business of predator and prey plays itself out in the jungle.
Almost immediately, the Overlord responds to Nonam through the ring, "If they have the answers to our location, we are willing to enter into a tentative agreement with them. Can you stabilize the situation to give diplomats time to become involved, and a good relationship to start with?"
Then, looking around the area with his arcane sight, Nonam realizes suddenly that everything here radiates some level or manner of magical power, and its all interconnected. The line and fields of power are alive, breathing and distantly aware.
Where the prismatic sphere stood just a moment ago, is a slowly fading pool of magical might. As Nonam watches, the jungle seems to drink a little with every breath, pulling the force back out into the vegetation and earth. At least it solves the mystery of the collapse of the sphere, but its hardly comforting. The only reassurance is that the presence that seems to tie it all together seems very distant, or perhaps scattered.
Still hanging back, Jus concentrates on the now-obviously magical box in his pack. Forming the image of metal in his mind, he is replied with another round of inarticulate whining. Then, the whining dies down, and Jus is replied to with the telepathic image of a bloodily mauled piglet. Added to this, is the repeated chirp of "Met!"
Jandar d20+19=39 Wednesday March 3rd, 2004 1:25:15 AM
Jandar remains silent and unmoving, except for his eyes, which take in the support group. He almost grins when he realizes that a 'mere' male is doing the talking. Clearly the dark elves expect trouble or treachery, else it would be one of the females doing the talking. He is, of course, expendable in most of their societies.
He begins to look at the undergrowth and the other foliage to get an understanding of this place, taking note of whatever strikes him as different from the many forests he's visited before, including Culverwood, which is very magical in nature. (Spot check+ Alertness=39 with a natural 20)
Addinein Wednesday March 3rd, 2004 9:03:32 AM
Since Nonam has had more negotiation experience, Addinein lets him handle the current situation.
Addinein decides to look about some while the others wait for the response from the Overload.
(ooc I don't know what the blue knife thing means.)
Nonam (neutralize poison) Wednesday March 3rd, 2004 11:39:45 AM
As he steps back toward the main group, Nonam raises an eyebrow when Onrad babbles about fanged shadows, but almost immediately he returns his attention to Fai'fasal "The Overlord sends you her heartfelt greetings. She is certainlyl intrigued and willing to bargain. She has granted us the authority to lay the groundwork for negotiations. However, she wishes to be more personally involved in any final settlement and hopes that we may set up arrangements for a more formal meeting between your people and the Overlord and her diplomatic corps."
The wizard hopes that mentioning the Overlord is a woman will help sway the drow. Afterall, if they know the blue knife, then they probably also have a matriarchal society.
A parallel matter - Dm Ian Thursday March 4th, 2004 5:19:58 AM
Byron looks like he might draw for just a moment, and then his tension breaks, and he speaks in low tones to Fai'fasal. Onrad is close enough to hear him say, "Very well. Since you seem convinced to try their talents first, I offer you another bargain. I will still offer up the sword, but in return, I wish a formal introduction to the other House in the mountains, to be conducted while these... individuals... chase down your lich problem."
Fai'fasal smiles, a trace of the mocking nature of his kind evident, and agrees to Byron, reaching out his hand to accept the finely decorated sheath from Byron.
The drow male then turns back to Nonam, and states, ""You see, there has been an ongoing issue finding liches scattered about the area, above and below ground. It is as if they take up residence in the most concealed places like rats nesting, and then issue forth at the most inopportune times. So far they seem not to have any cohesive plan."
"This time we had a divination of this... nest, before they can act. The divination itself was vague... several symbols from earlier places combined with images of fanged shadows. We were able to find indications of an abandoned temple perhaps six hours due north of here where they are likely to be."
"We will make preparations to meet your matriarch, or her duly appointed servants. In the meantime, is there anything you might require, in the way of information on the issue?"
Fai'fasal then offhandedly states, "Oh yes... that other matter. Those mountains looming on the western horizon? Should you pass over them, you would find yourself gazing upon the east side of the land you call the Scab. That should qualify for the goodwill we discussed earlier."
(My apologies for the late post. Been one of those days. - Dm Ian)
Nonam (neutralize poison) Thursday March 4th, 2004 11:24:24 AM
"Your sign of goodwill is appreciated, and it's in the best interests of everyone to stop a menace like the liches you speak of. We have a tentative agreement until our diplomats meet. I do have questions though, You and Byron have mentioned other houses in the mountains. How many houses are there in this region? Will our bargains with your house bind them, or will we have to treat with each? Also, if you would do us the kindness of sharing the name of your house, it would be appreciated."
Jus (Stoneskin: 150hp; AC: 32; HP: 85) Thursday March 4th, 2004 4:54:14 PM
With one last thought of I'll find you something, Jus looks up to see to his surprise that the conversation between Nonam and the others is concluding. Hopefully Nonam hasn't just agreed to some boring ambassador assignment.
As he listens, and Noman talks about Liches again, Jus is heartened to hear that the boring part may soon be over.
A casual response - Dm Ian Thursday March 4th, 2004 8:06:35 PM
A drow woman, regal and haughty, materializes from the underbrush behind Fai'fasal. She is wrapped in glittering cloth, with the exception of her face. At her belt is several scroll tubes, a whip, and a knife. Even so concealed, she is graceful of form, and hard of mein.
"I witness this agreement in the name of House Teir'dal. There is one other House recently come aboveWold in the mountains, but it is not for me to reveal their name. It is sufficient to say that this venture is being undertaken by both Houses, and a representative of that House is here."
"I will reveal one other thing. The jungle here is an old thing, and is not reasonable. We did not shatter the sphere. It did. The small magics of deception and battle do not capture its attention, but enchantments, and the grand magics may, depending on any number of factors. If you need to utilize such, I would do so elsewhere. What works one moment may anger the jungle the next."
With this, she pulls a rolled piece of silvered parchment from a scroll tube at her belt, and tosses it to Onrad's feet. She then turns to Byron and his companion and says, "You will come with us to our camp. There we will introduce you to the ones you seek."
She then bows, ever so slightly towards each of the Storms, and a little deeper towards Addenein, before stating flatly, "Fai'fasal, come. We have miles to go."
Fai'fasal, on the other hand, bows much more deeply, and especially to Onrad. Just before turning to escort Byron into the thick vines, he states, "Once, my people dwelt within a wonderous place. We will make the best of this... arrangement, but as you know, we still have our pride."
With that cryptic utterance, he vanishes into the undergrowth without a sound, following Byron crashing through the jungle.
Jandar Friday March 5th, 2004 12:25:04 AM
Jandar watches them go pondering the meaning of all of this. He has many questions, but few the most important has been answered, so he figures he will bide his time. He waves to the other females, just to let them know he saw them, and possibly put a dent in their armor about their ability to hide from human eyes. He then heads over to the others and says to Gareth,"Well, I have no idea why Domi sent me to your camp, but apparently, he thought I might be needed. I thought I was headed to aid Mordrid, Valdor and the other Gold Dragons, when I appeared here. With liches about, though, I can see that this is a good place to be. I offer my assistance in any way possible, but, of course, reserve the right to make my own decisions if a moral issue arises. I am well versed in fighting the undead. It's my specialty."
Addinein Friday March 5th, 2004 9:48:07 AM
Returning the bows to the two others. Addinein watches in quiet contemplation as they leave the area. Other houses that have moved to the surface. I wonder what this means
Addinein does his best to rack his brains for the house name, and who might have gone with them, that would hide themselves in such a manner.
Nonam (neutralize poison) Friday March 5th, 2004 11:17:59 AM
Nonam watches the drow depart, and then turns to the group, "Onrad, Jandar, it's a pleasure to have you with us, but now that we have time to focus, what happened to Tericus? I think he disappeared in one of the jungle's surges. I'd suggest scrying for him, but I've studied the area little because Tericus was skilled more in that art than me."
The wizard looks at the scroll left with Onrad, "What's that? And what's that mumbo jumbo about shadows with fangs? And how come Byron gets to leave with the dark elves?"
The wizard throws up his hands in frustration. He's hardly the calm and cool negotiator of a few moments ago.
Jus (Stoneskin: 150hp; AC: 32; HP: 85) Friday March 5th, 2004 5:50:52 PM
"I'm not sure," Jus answers Nonam's question about Byron, "but it almost sounds like Byron is selling them the Black Bladder Castle."
"And as far as all of our honored hosts leaving," Jus says with real sincerity, "weren't we supposed to fight liches for them? Did I miss the part where they told us where the lair they found was, or is that in Onrad's dohicky?"
"Speaking of," Jus adds as he grabs Onrad and gives him a bear hug. "It's good to see my clumsy old friend again. Did you get caught celebrating another birthday?"
Without waiting for an answer, Jus turns to Jandar and gives him a hug too. "Good to see you too [I'm still wondering how that happened]. I hope this doesn't put a cramp in your afternoon. Onrad's peevishness for being pulled out here we can ignore," Jus says with a wink, "but I hope you weren't in the middle of anything. How long will you stay here? You're a priest, right?" With slight disappointment, he adds, "probably of Gargul, right? Well, anyhow, you are welcome."
On to the next subject, ever the talker when he gets started, Jus continues. "Everyone ready to go? Where's Gareth?" Jus adds looking around, "What about Tericus?"
Tericus? Buddy? Can you hear us?" Jus asks in the ring. "Jandar, can you scry for him?"
After a moment's pause, Jus says, "Anyone seen a pig around here?"
The conversation continues - Dm Ian Friday March 5th, 2004 11:29:01 PM
The group comes together, and begins to talk, the sounds of the jungle alive and somewhat distant all around them.
(spellcraft checks if you like)
Jandar Sunday March 7th, 2004 2:33:04 AM
Jandar smiles at Jus's warm reception and says,"Of course I will scry him for you all, if that is what you wish. Of course, it will take me some time to do it and, since I knew him, but not all that well, if anyone has something of his to link me to him better, that could possibly help. And Jus, no it didn't put a cramp in my afternoon. I was praying and Domi sent me a vision to get ready to travel, that I would be needed. I assumed, of course, that he meant the Gold Dragons who are in Ailsidur negotiating with the Emporer, or rather, his sons, I would guess. I'm not upset in the least to be here, especially if there are liches to kill. So, is there a safe place where I can begin my scrying? I think the magic of this forest would defeat my spell, or could alter it in some way, which would not be a good thing."
Nonam (neutralize poison) Monday March 8th, 2004 6:54:21 AM
"You know, Jus, 'bladder' doesn't sound much like 'dragon.' How about the black flagons? black wagons? cushions? felons? gluttons? whoresons? Oh, how about the Black Kittens?"
Jus (Stoneskin: 150hp; AC: 32; HP: 85) d20+14=23 d20+12=31 d20+6=24 d20+12=14 d20+6=17 Monday March 8th, 2004 1:29:33 PM
"Bladders?" Jus asks with a moment of confusion. "Oh, yeah. I guess I've gotten so used to calling them that that I'm not noticing anymore -- it just seems so natural."
"Well, let me know when Gareth or Nonam decide what to do next. In the meantime, I'm going to look for some Wild Boar."
Jus starts wandering around the periphery, keeping in earshot [at least for now]. He looks for any tracks or other signs in the jungle as he waits for those that have the desire to lead to do so.
Addinein d20+6=21 Monday March 8th, 2004 2:42:01 PM
"We have at least confirmed some of what we have observed. They said that the jungle was somehow alive, and only tolerates certain kind of magicks. We of course will have to be careful about what we can and cannot do."
(Spellcraft =21)
Ruminations and observations - Dm Ian Monday March 8th, 2004 7:10:32 PM
As Jus hunts around unsuccessfully for signs of a wild pig in the neighborhood, both he and Addenein recall early spellcraft lessons about prismatic power. Each layer is aligned with a specific kind of arcane power, and the results of the sphere shattering is in line with this. The red shards burned, the violet shards breached planar boundaries, etc. The one unaccounted for shared, the blue piece that flew a good distance off to the west, is well known to cause confusion or insanity when applied as a blasting agent.
Jandar remembers the basics to killing any lich, namely, that their life forces are stored in a jeweled phylactery, often a box, pendant, or other piece of jewelry, but somethings as odd as a statuette, weapon adornment, or such. It has to be rune inscribed with necromantic sigils, and made of or decorated with a large value in precious gems. However, liches are well known for hiding their phylacteries in difficult to reach places.
Jus finds no signs of the passage of the dark elves, but a clear and unmistakeably clumsy trail of Byron and his companion leading off west towards the mountain range perhaps half a days forced march from where you are now.
Still hovering at the tree canopy, Gareth sees the trees and other tall vegetation to the east shaking and moving in an irration pattern. The patch is probably a thousand feet away or so, and just appears to be moving around in an erratic circle.
The drow womans scroll lays pristine and untouched in the sunlight beating down from above. Onrad is about five feet from it.
Gareth (Fly) Monday March 8th, 2004 9:55:08 PM
The warrior grits his teeth as his quarry simply walks away. "So close... I will have Byron at the end of my blade before the end of this, one way or another...". After proper greetings to Jandar and Onrad - and the laying of the plan to search out Tericus - he turns his attention to the matters of state. "This is so very odd that even I can see it. Two more drow houses above ground? That's all we need is to have trouble with two houses. I wonder if they are evil or good - and if they know the whereabouts of Addiniens family? So what do you think? Should we go take out the liches and then return - or what? I'm all for destroying that kind of thing but so much just happened here...". He waits for the others to repsond.
(OOC: Got my PC back from Jersey today. I'm back in... DEH)
Onrad Monday March 8th, 2004 11:21:29 PM
Onrad reaches down absently and picks up the scroll.
He mutters, "Could have put it in my hand."
He then hands it to Jus. "Check before reading? And it was my nephew's birthday....Hmm..."
He straightens and stretches contorting one foot and then the other behind his head.
To the group, he adds, "I think what I said was part of a vision. It's fading now, but I may have seen the same thing as the drow. Interesting them being here. We always wondered if any got out after...." He stops then looks around further for footprints of the invisible etc. "Never know if we're truly along, no?"
He ponders why the guy gave him the scroll and seemed to show him respect and waits for what happens next.
Nonam (neutralize poison) Tuesday March 9th, 2004 9:34:35 AM
Nonam turns his arcane sight upon the scroll in Onrad's hand to see if it's magical, and if so what type of magic it is infused with.
"Until they show us otherwise, I can only assume that these drow houses are like most others. Addinein's house was the exception to the rule. Addinein, have you heard of that house before? Did they live in the underdark with your house, or do they come from elsewhere? And while I don't like to toss words like evil around, we can surmise certain things about the drow, even if they are "evil." We can at least trust them to act in their own self interest. They may be harsh and cruel, but they're at least civilized. They operate according to a moral code that is foreign to us, and we would have to be on constant guard against treachery. However, as long as the deals we offer are greater than the deals offered by others, then we can trust them to an extent. Unless of course, they believe they profit most without our city being nearby."
"Jandar, would be so kind as to share your feelings on the drow? I can only imagine that your thoughts on good and evil are different from my own."
Jus (Stoneskin: 150hp; AC: 32; HP: 85) Tuesday March 9th, 2004 1:27:51 PM
Jus wanders back to the others, unable to find the game he was searching for. He'll continue that again when they enter the jungle again. Jus is itching to get moving, and may do just that soon if the others continue just to stand around and talk.
But it turns out Onrad breaks Jus' daydreaming by handing him the scroll. "Check?" Jus simply replies to Onrad's comment. Shrugging, Jus opens the scroll and sees what is inside.
Addinein Tuesday March 9th, 2004 2:04:07 PM
"It is hard to say what to expect of these events. For now we may want to try our best to get more information about the jungle, and how to navigate in and around it without getting into trouble. I don't know if bringing up our last encounter with the local inhabitant would help or hinder us in our negotiations."
(ooc no posted information so far about what Addinein would know.)
(Addenein is not familiar with House Teir'dal. They were not of the city that his family came from, and were not in any of the few trade caravans that had arrived at his city from the other nearby drow settlement in the underwold. However, something that would uproot two Houses and force them to move into the same region would be dire indeed, but most things with that power level could have simply killed the drow. - Dm Ian).
A road leading onward - Dm Ian Tuesday March 9th, 2004 7:06:57 PM
Nonam finds the scroll to be non-magical just a moment before Jus accepts the object from Onrad, and opens it. Jus finds the scroll to be a sketched map of the region against thin grid lines. The map shows the mountain line to the west, a rough edge of the jungle to the south, the clearing the group is in, and ruins of some sort in a clearing off towards the east a considerable distance. The ruins are marked with a single complex set of characters in Underwoldian. Also on the map just north of this location on the lower slopes of the mountains is a small settlement, also labelled with a phrase in Underwoldian.
When examined by the remainder of the group, the word by the ruins symbol is found to translate as "altar of fangs". The word next to the settlement translates as "Trading post".
Up above, Gareth notes that the confused riot of vegetation off to the east has started to wander a bit north. Max, Gareth's blade, speaks telepathically, saying, "That longsword the drow took with them was also intelligent, now that I think about it. It was shielded, or gagged by something, maybe the shealth it was in. Question I have is, if we are solving the drow's lich problem, why were they so intent on taking the lich killing weapon with them?"
Gareth (Fly, Invisible) Tuesday March 9th, 2004 10:56:15 PM
The warrior mentions the vegitation agitation to the others. "I'm going for a look...". He turns invisible again and heads over the area that looks to be moving around to see what's going on. He replies to Max. "I doubt it even occurred to the drow to give us the sword. I expect they feel we should be able to take care of them without help. Any idea why they might restrain the sword? Did it feel very intelligent or just a little?".
Jandar Wednesday March 10th, 2004 1:13:01 AM
Jandar shrugs his shoulders to Nonam's question and says,"With the exception of the family that moved near Plateau City, all the drow I've met up with were evil. I always like the 'innocent until proven guilty approach', but it isn't really a good thing when dealing with drow. Good and evil are realtive terms to me. A man steals food to feed his starving family...was that an evil act just because it's stealing? I don't think so. I don't necessarily think that the cumulative race of drow is evil, although most probably are. I think they have their own desires and goals and will do anything possible to reach them. Which is what really makes them dangerous...their ambition. I could easily debate either side of the argument as to what's evil and what is not, as well as if the drow as a whole are evil or not. Actually, now that you have me thinking, I think I will do just that sometime after I find my way home. Of course, we have this lich problem. I'm not concerned about one lich or even two, though I doubt that two could possibly work together....but a 'nest' of them? We'd best tread carefully, lest some of us come out with less than our current selves intact."
Addinein Wednesday March 10th, 2004 6:45:58 AM
"Our family trusted very few people for similar reasons. If scrutinized, our family was considered ..." Addinein searches for the best word he can find, "unusual at best by most of the other families.
Since I do not recognize at least this first family, they must have been one of the smaller ones. Since this smaller one is asking someone else's help to be rid of the liches, more than one or two could be really troublesome for the family. Added with that the unkown influence of the jungle. I figure they must have a lot to offer us in return.
I wonder if they somehow came upon the surface longer than our family."
Speculating Addinein adds, "We might want to move slowly with the Jungle. You might be able to provide some missing pieces on your own, since many of you have a different outlook on the world, than most of my kind would have."
Looking over the map Addinein comments, "Should I translate and copy this into a more useful map. Or maybe just add this to a our collective knowledge?"
Jus ; Storm Dragons ; Forest ; #217 ; RED TICKET Wednesday March 10th, 2004 9:47:57 AM
"Let's try to convey this map to the Overlord," Jus suggests. "She can make use of it until we get back."
"Anyone think they can do it over the rings? A few could try to describe it to different scribes on the Overlord's side. Then they can compare their results."
Jus lets the Overlord know they have a map, and asks her to find at least one scribe they can talk to. "Unless someone wants to teleport it to her?" Jus interjects to his friends.
Nonam Wednesday March 10th, 2004 8:00:59 PM
"It seems you're wise Jandar. I was afraid you would be a reactionary sort of priest.
Nonam looks to Red Ticket Jus and adds, "Tell her that the mountain range is the Scab and that we are on the far side. They can puzzle it out from there if we are unable to make it back with the map."
"Now where do we come from here? Out to hunt liches that are in an as yet unknown location? Or back to the City?"
A little debate - Dm Ian Wednesday March 10th, 2004 9:15:58 PM
Max replies telepathically to Gareth, stating, "I'm not sure. I just realized as they were leaving that there was a mind inside the blade. I couldn't reach it."
Rising up above the trees and soaring eastward, Gareth closes in on the swirling mass of trees and vines quickly. Its about a hundred feet across, roughly, and at about two hundred feet, Gareth can see one distinctive treetop moving around freely inside the mass, radiating a slight bluish glow. At just a little closer, Gareth hears a masculine shout from the area, yelling, "How entirely rude of you! I'm trying to help you, tell you the truth, and you try to eat me?!"
In response, comes an inarticulate bass mumbleroar from somewhere below the treeline.
Jus and Addenein are able to communicate the jist of the gridded map fairly quickly, and Nonam's comment placing the mountains as the Scab clarifies the matter in the scribe's mind.
Onrad Wednesday March 10th, 2004 9:44:36 PM
Onrad puts his arm on Nonam's shoulder and looks Jandar up and down. Then he grins.
"I guess we'll just have to, uh, "get to know him?"
Then that arm elbows Nonam roughly in the ribs and Onrad laughs.
"It's been too long, Nonam. I've ::fake sniffing:: missed ya!"
Then seeing Gareth move over to the moving bushes, his face becomes serious and he dances over to help the mighty one.
[Edit: Posted this at the same time as Ian. Didn't see his post.]
Gareth (Fly, Invisible) Wednesday March 10th, 2004 10:05:58 PM
The warrior moves in closer but tries to stay out of any melee as to see what type of creatures could be going on like they are. Obviously they are quite large - or at least one of them is...
Addinein Thursday March 11th, 2004 12:27:13 PM
"Now that we have the details taken care of, what is our next step"
While waiting for the current debate to come up with a solution. Addinein noses about in the local area.
Jus (Stoneskin: 150hp; AC: 32; HP: 85) Thursday March 11th, 2004 1:34:03 PM
"Okay guys," Jus irritably starts, "decide who is leader and have that person start making decisions. This bogging-down in simple stuff is getting way too irritating, and I can't help but feel we're going down that path again."
"In the mean time," Jus continues, "I'm heading off towards that lich lair. Let me know if Onrad, Gareth, Nonam, Addinein, or Jandar, whomever is our leader, decides differently. And if nobody can make that decision, I say let Addinein lead since we are dealing with drow."
Jus turns on his heel without waiting for a response, with map in hand, and starts towards where he thinks the lich may live.
Nonam Thursday March 11th, 2004 2:51:59 PM
"Gareth's the leader, Jus, and I imagine that he wants to check out what that noise is about. In fact he is checking it out. It's probably the liches, you know."
"And it's nice to see you too Onrad," the mage smirks, "and how's that elbow? Probably didn't know I've taken to wearing armor, did you?"
Time to meet the natives
Arf, Arf! - Dm Ian Thursday March 11th, 2004 7:39:07 PM
As Gareth circles in from above, slow and cautious, he finally makes out the speaker. The being is an animate, almost humanoid tree of the same thin-bored, vine-shrouded variety as occur all over this jungle. It is limned with a fading, faint electric blue aura, and is backing away from the concealed beast on the ground with its hands upraised.
It speaks again, its voice shaking with emotion, "Fine, fine, but when the madness comes, don't say I didn't warn you. I can see it all so clearly now!"
Abruptly, the roiling underbrush ceases movement, and Gareth hears a deep whuffing sound, as whatever the beast is seeks a scent on the stagnant jungle air. Then, the thing surges into motion, crashing through the jungle eastward at an astonishing speed, directly towards Jus and Addenein.
As it travels, Gareth gets a few glimpses of the thing from above. It is massive, perhaps twenty feet long, almost as wide as it is long, and low to the ground. Its form combines the worst of an overgrown rose hedge with the forms of a bulldog and a grossly fat toad. As it throws itself along with a rapid series of hops, it pulls several flailing tentacles closer to its body to make better time.
Jus and Addenein, a short distance ahead of the group begin to hear a grotesque crashing coming directly at them. It sounds as if the very jungle is being shredded by something. From above, Gareth can see that the group has a few moments before the beast assaults the party.
Jandar Friday March 12th, 2004 1:13:07 AM
Hearing the crashing through the forest, Jandar casts 'Repulsion' on himself and moves toward the others.
He yells out,"I have cast a spell on myself that should keep whatever is coming from being able to attack, if that is it's intent! If it's Will is strong enough, it could possibly withstand my spell, but it would be difficult for it. I suppose we could fight it if necessary, but, we don't know it's intent yet. If you choose to stand within my protected area, be prepared to fight if it isn't stopped by my spell. We should have plenty of notice, as my spell has a large area of effect."
(Repulsion, 160' radius, centered on Jandar. Will save DC24 for the creature to enter)
Nonam (neutralize poison) Friday March 12th, 2004 3:15:21 PM
Judging by Jandar's response and the noise, Nonam quips, "Here's your excitement for the day, Jus."
Cautious of the comment about using too much magic, Nonam doesn't cast a spell of us own and instead aks Gareth via the ring, "What did you do?"
SteveH Friday March 12th, 2004 3:19:07 PM
(Sorry, I misread that post, assuming the noise was great enough for all to hear) (Thats the assumption I was hoping to communicate. Sorry if I was unclear. - Dm Ian)
Onrad Friday March 12th, 2004 3:55:22 PM
Onrad, by this time near Gareth, (headed there last post at the same time that Ian was posting) hears the last words of the tree. [at least I assume so. Change my post if I'm misunderstanding Ian.]
Supremely confident in the abilities of the group to deal with this animal without hurting him for a moment, he approaches the tree and says, "Greetings nature-friend. Is there someway we can help? We intend only goodness here. I am Onrad."
Gareth (Fly, Invisible) Friday March 12th, 2004 5:37:17 PM
Seeing how nobody is interested in the art of surprise, the INVISIBLE warrior lowers himself down into the brush to have a look at the creature making all the grunting sounds. He murmurs to Nonam via the ring rather dryly "Nothing actually...".
Jus (Stoneskin: 150hp; AC: 32; HP: 85) Friday March 12th, 2004 7:11:35 PM
Jus draws his bowstring, ready for whatever is crashing towards them. He holds any attack, though, wanting to make sure he doesn't attack anything that can't get to them -- no sense killing innocent creatures.
Scattered - Dm Ian d20+18=20 d20+18=36 d20+18=23 Friday March 12th, 2004 7:12:13 PM
Onrad is almost to the point of conversation when he hears something massive rush past him in the woods. Then, the underbrush behind him explodes as a massive dog-toad-thing leaps from the vegetation to land before the warrior. Its huge, with a gaping maw set under the head across the length of the belly. Even as it lands, vine-tentacles unfurl from its back and lash at Onrad.
Slipping into position from above, the unseen Gareth sees the combat begin. The creature whips three of its six tentacles at Onrad, the others reaching out in other directions, as if feeling at the trees and plants around it.
(Entangle checks against AC: 20, 36, and 23. Remember, these are touch attacks. If hit, Onrad may immediately make a DC: 17 strength check to avoid being grabbed.)
As this ferocious struggle ensues, Jus and Addenein step out of the underbrush and find themselves within about twenty feet of the beast and Onrad.
At this point, Jandar and Nonam are within an repulsion field about three hundred feet away. Directly easy in a straight line three hundred feet away is a smashed, impromptu clearing forty feet wide, formed by the reckless plant-beast. Jus and Addenein are at the western edge, behind the creature. The creature is in the center, and Onrad is on the easterm edge of the clearing. Gareth is on the north side of the clearing, above and apparently concealed from everyones vision.
Everyone in the clearing hears the masculine voice of the treant somewhere further off to the east. It yells out, "Run, strangers! The tendriculous is very hungry, and not at all reasonable!"
Gareth Saturday March 13th, 2004 11:49:43 AM
The warrior sighs as he moves to engage the creature lashing out at Onrad. He asks the treant as he releases his invisibility and lands "So is there any negotiating with it or do we have to kill it? Sorry to pop in like that...".
Addinein d20+9=15 d20+9=25 Monday March 15th, 2004 2:44:58 PM
Hearing the party hesitate on the killing of the creature. Addinein tries to fade into the background and wait to see what the first round of blows brings. He's hoping that the Giant tree thing can give the group some kind of hope. (MS=15 HS=25)
Jandar Monday March 15th, 2004 2:45:10 PM
Jandar takes off at a full sprint to get as close to the creature as possible, and, more importantly, to put himself in range of some of his spells.
Two replies of a kind - Dm Ian d20+3=18 d20+18=19 d20+18=27 d20+18=37 Monday March 15th, 2004 7:16:24 PM
The humanoid tree jumps, if such a thing is possible, when Gareth materializes.
"Oh, the tendriculous is quite mad I'm afraid. They've fed it so much blood! Defend yourselves, or run, strangers!"
Onrad avoids being grappled by the tentacles of the tendriculos, which lowers its shoulders and begins to circle Onrad like a massive cat stalking prey. As it circles to Onrad's right, its tentacles lash out again, attempting once again to grapple Onrad.
(Touch attacks vs Ac: 27 and 37. The strength checks this time are against DC: 25).
It doesn't look good for the finely dressed warrior.
Jandar sprints through the underbrush, ducking tree limbs and covering a bit more than half the intervening distance.
Gareth (Fly) d20+31=47 d10+19=20 Monday March 15th, 2004 10:05:21 PM
The warrior draws Max (Quick Draw) and closes on the "tendriculous". He attacks it with his trademark two-handed attack from behind (51 To Hit, 20 DMG).
Nonam (neutralize poison) 17d8(6+2+5+8+1+5+5+7+1+8+7+5+6+5+8+6+5)=90 Tuesday March 16th, 2004 10:36:04 AM
Nonam shakes his head in frustration, more because the party is spread out than because the forest is attacking them again.
He cuts loose with his long range plant killing spell and hopes the treant won't be too offended. (horrid wilting 90 points dmg, fort DC 26 for 1/2)
Jus (Stoneskin: 150hp; AC: 32; HP: 85) d20+21=27 d20+16=23 d20+21=32 3d8(4+7+5)=16 3d10(6+3+7)=16 6d6(4+3+1+4+5+2)=19 Tuesday March 16th, 2004 5:29:33 PM
Jus, reluctantly, starts firing his Finlin's Best at the creature. By his expression, it is obvious that he dislikes shooting an animal, but he will in no way let it keep attacking Onrad without retribution. It also helps that it looks closer to an abomination than any animal Jus has known.
Firing steadly, Jus's arrows launch straight and true. Let's just hope the can get through the creature's defenses.
[Hit AC 27/23/32 (-1 to hit if > 30' away): Damage 20/20/22 (-1 damage if > 30' away): Additional damage if Evil: +7/+5/+7]
Jandar 15d6(3+6+6+4+4+6+5+3+2+1+2+2+4+1+3)=52 Wednesday March 17th, 2004 12:12:24 AM
Finally in range for some of his more useful spells, Jandar stops running and casts Blade Barrier between Onrad and the creature, attempting to sever any tendrils the creature is grabbing Onrad with. Being so large, he figures its chances to come out on the same side as Onrad are smaller than normal.
With Gareth able to fly, he's not too concerned about his ability to escape from the other side.
Warming up - Dm Ian d20+17=22 d20+17=25 Wednesday March 17th, 2004 2:09:58 AM
Onrad is grappled heavily, but before he can be reeled in to the waiting maw, Jandar's blade barrier severs the tentacles, and a wave of magical power, arrows, and a sword blow descend onto the beast, forcing it to keen in pain, and leap aside.
Wounded and breathing heavily, the beast turns, and begins to leap off into the forest. It is obviously bleeding heavily, and only makes it about thirty more feet away in the first jump.
The dazed Onrad is about thirty feet from the beast. Gareth is about fifty. Jandar, Jus and Addenein are about eighty feet away now, with the tendriculous fleeing away from the group in a straight line.
Gareth Wednesday March 17th, 2004 6:46:58 AM
The warrior leaps away from the blade barrier and lets the thing go watching it retreat. No need to chase it as it will probably die of its wounds. And if not, maybe it will regain its "sanity" as the treant said. He waits to make sure it flees before turning to the treant.
Addinein Wednesday March 17th, 2004 9:35:29 AM
Not really wanting to hurt the creature any further, and seeing the reluctance in some of the group, Addinein lets the creature go. As the creature gets away, Addinein listens to it's hasty departure, and wait for the jungle to quiet again, to see if there are any other usual surprises.
Using his ring to communicate, shall we greet this being, and see what he knows .
Jandar Wednesday March 17th, 2004 10:25:11 AM
Jandar cancels his barrier and runs towards Onrad to see if he's hurt badly.
Nonam (neutralize poison) Wednesday March 17th, 2004 11:20:59 AM
Nonam calmly walks up to the rest of the group. When he gets close enough to speak and not shout, he looks at Onrad, Jus, and Gareth and asks in a dry voice, "Do I need to tie you all together so you don't all go running off through the jungle on your own?"
Jus (Stoneskin: 150hp; AC: 32; HP: 85) Wednesday March 17th, 2004 6:34:22 PM
Jus keeps his bow ready, but doubts the beast will return. Bowing his head with a sad shake, he says, "This forest is quite different than we've seen before. I hope not all of its inhabitants try to kill us."
Jus nods to Addinein when he suggests parlay with the Tree. With a gesture, Jus encourages Addinein to start talking.
A meeting of the minds - Dm Ian Wednesday March 17th, 2004 8:29:36 PM
As the group watches the wounded tendriculous flee, they also see a faintly glowing blue humanoid tree peek through the vegetation to the north of the clearing.
"I say, is all that violence over or do I need to run?"
Onrad appears to be unhurt, although his clothing bears what appears to be a set of grass stains where the beast attempted to grapple him.
(Anyone who would like, spot check please)
(Can anyone take over Onrad for a few days?)
Gareth d20=2 Wednesday March 17th, 2004 9:16:39 PM
Not noticing anything of import other than the fleeing creature and the timid treant, the warrior calls out "It's over, the - tentriculous? - is gone. I wonder if we might have a word with you? Are you OK?". He murmurs and smiles to Nonam, "I didn't go running through the forest - I was flying...".
Nonam Wednesday March 17th, 2004 11:39:26 PM
The wizard looks at Gareth.
::sigh::
Jandar Thursday March 18th, 2004 2:01:48 PM
Jandar catches up and is happy to see no physical damage to Onrad. He raises an eyebrow as Nonam and Gareth banter a bit, having listened to this several times before...just different people.
He pipes in,"Is anyone hurt? And, if not, should we not move off so that the forest doesn't become angry with our presence?"
Jus (Stoneskin: 150hp; AC: 32; HP: 85) d20+14=29 d20+5=6 Thursday March 18th, 2004 2:19:27 PM
With Jandar's comments echoing his own thoughts, Jus looks at the forest around them, seeing if it is making any visible changes due to their presence.
"Yes, please do come out," Jus answers the talking tree. "As my friend here says," Jus gestures towards Gareth, "perhaps we could make a few inquiries of each other." JD goes to assist Onrad, making sure he hasn't suffered unduly from the creatures administrations.
[Spot: 29; Knowledge (nature): 6]
Addinein d20=1 Thursday March 18th, 2004 5:26:35 PM
Not even able to see the shoelaces on his feet! ( ;) ) Addinein calls out to the tree being, "The worst is over. We only defend ourselves when we have to. What did you mean that someone had done wrong by this... tentriculous?"
The Wounded Land - Dm Ian Thursday March 18th, 2004 7:09:57 PM
The treant cautiously sidles into the clearing, looking this way and that. Seeing everyone relaxed and gathered, it exhales audibly, and says, "Thank you, strangers. This has been a most confusing day."
Looking around, there is no sign of movement, threat, or activity in the nearby jungle. Even the nearby sounds of predators have gone silent. Perhaps the tendriculous drove them off, or the sound of combat.
The treant then bows to each of the party in turn, the human gesture oddly too flexible on the form of the thin-bored plant-creature.
"I am Yrthak. Two days ago I left the Temple grounds to seek for more guardians, sent by my superior, Ash. Everything was clear to me, up until a short time ago, and then everything changed in a sudden blue flash."
As the treant rambles on, Jus recognizes the bluish aura around the creature as the exact shade as the shard from the broken prismatic sphere that flew off somewhere in this direction.
"I know now Ash is mad. Mad, I tell you! I can't quite remember why we started summoning the Woldsblood to feed to the jungle, but its wrong, terribly wrong!"
Yrthak then stops suddenly, and his mein changes. When he speaks again, his voice is softer, less elegant, somehow reminiscent of a terrified child.
"The voices in the Temple, they call every dark night. Ash went first... hes the oldest you know. He always makes it all better."
The treant then leans in to Gareth conspiratorally and almost-whispers, "His name wasn't always Ash you know... only after he started feeding the jungle Woldsblood did he change it... but all of us changed too. Just like the voices told us."
Gareth Thursday March 18th, 2004 11:10:46 PM
The warrior listens intently to the creature of wood and offers. So where is the temple? Perhaps we can help you make it right agian?".
DEH Thursday March 18th, 2004 11:11:42 PM
OOC: I'm out until next Friday or Saturday. I need someone to play Gareth. Any takers?
Nonam Friday March 19th, 2004 12:56:26 AM
"Woldsblood. Voices in the dark. Strange temples. Liches. Drow. Mad treants and raging tendriculi. Magic swords and Black Dragon treachery. It all sounds like a bad play doesn't it?"
Despite the joke, Nonam looks disturbed about what the treant is saying.
Jandar d20+20=28 d20+20=29 Friday March 19th, 2004 1:37:41 AM
Jandar tries to recall any knowledge he has of the term Wormsblood, and listens carefully.
When the trant has finished, he says,"I am Jandar, a cleric of Domi. What kind of Temple do you speak of and whom does it serve?"
Addinein Friday March 19th, 2004 11:07:15 AM
Addinein blinks at the realization of what may have happened in the local area. He's currently dumbfounded at what he can say or do with the tree creature.
Using the ring Addinein asks, "It sounds like we should summon another one of Gargul's servants. Since I remember that we were told that we are not in any condition to withstand the Woldsblood."
A conversation with the broken - Dm Ian Friday March 19th, 2004 7:06:25 PM
The treant hunches a little, and when it replies to Gareth, its voice has changed again. Now, it sounds elderly and frail, yet tinged with a surety of its knowledge.
"Due east of here... little more than a day's walk,... a very old place. Older than some of us trees,... used to be quiet, and empty. Quiet like water gone stagnant,... no life, and still."
It turns partially when Jandar introduces himself.
"Yes... Domi.. courage you all have in abundance,... only one of us who has gone in is Ash, and hes mad now. Hes called a meeting at the Temple, you know, night after this one coming. Takes a full circle of nine to call the Blood from... the dying place. Now that I think... the ritual has only been done... at the temple.
"The Temple itself... we trees have forgotten who built it... who used it... who smashed it. Its old... maybe as old as that city that was transported...but the voices... only one of them is old. The rest are hungry, young,... predators. Shadows with fangs hungry for life..."
The treant shakes a little at this pronouncement, and turns back to Gareth. When it speaks, it straightens, its voice that of a young child, eager and bright as the sun.
"You will help me?! Really! I can show you the easy way, but Ash won't be happy, oh no. Are you ready to go now?"
As the treant rambles madly, there is a quiet little pop by Jus' feet, and a cylindrical parcel appears, wrapped and sealed in Catacombs imprinted wax. Jus recognizes it as his order.
Jandar Sunday March 21st, 2004 11:35:38 PM
Jandar absently scratches his chin at the Treant's apparent multiple personality problem, along with his description of the shodow people with fangs.
Jandar says,"Well, sounds like blood suckers to me, and if they are, then they need to be destroyed...but so do the liches. Liches tend to stay put, so they aren't probably going anywhere anytime soon. I do enjoy re-killing undead. It's the only thing I really enjoy fighting."
He's smiling, as if actually looking forward to a fight with undead.
Nonam Monday March 22nd, 2004 2:53:19 PM
"The last time we were around any woldsblood there were liches. Could be a connection. In any case, woldsblood and liches seem to go hand in hand. Stopping the ceremony should just require preventing one of these nine from taking part. Of course, I did hear him say "guardians." That's never good."
Addinein Monday March 22nd, 2004 4:22:39 PM
"If it's stopping the nine, are you one of the nine, or are there others?"
There definitely seems like there's a mess here. Let's notify the Temple of Gargul and go investigate
Run through the Jungle
And they're off! - Dm Ian Monday March 22nd, 2004 6:56:19 PM
The mad treant leads the group off into the jungle eastward at an irregular pace, striding purposefully for a time chanting in a deep masculine voice, and stumbling clumsily for a time easily distracted by butterflies and pretty flowers.
As the group moves, the treant replies to Addenein, "Oh, I'm just someone the Blooded pressed into service. I imagine most of the others have left the area... the Blooded nine are utterly mad."
About an hour into the journey, Jus once against hears the tentative telepathic whine.
"Not mad? Met now?"
Jus (Stoneskin: 150hp; AC: 32; HP: 85) Monday March 22nd, 2004 8:21:49 PM
Jus is silent. More silent than he's been in, well, almost ever. The mention of Woldsblood both chilled him and filled him with a desire he can barely control. If there is the slightest chance to get near it again; maybe touch it.
With a visible start, Jus hears the voice again. Nothing around now, Jus thinks to his hidden companion. I'll let you know when I find something.
Following the others, Jus tries to forget about the Woldsblood for now and find some food for his... friend?
Jandar Tuesday March 23rd, 2004 12:27:44 AM
When the treant seems to be in a normal state of mind, Jandar asks,"Can you tell me more about theses nine 'Blooded'? Do they cast spells? Would they be more like priests or mages? And how come you've stayed to serve if so many others have gotten away?"
Nonam Tuesday March 23rd, 2004 10:58:45 AM
Nonam looks at Jus and guesses what the elf is thinking, "Don't touch it. We can put some in a vial to study later, but don't touch it."
Addinein Tuesday March 23rd, 2004 12:45:03 PM
Letting the others ask questions for now, Addinein talks to the group via the rings.
If no one else is going to volunteer, than I guess I'll try to make contact with the followers of Gargul. I'm concerned about what my own exposure to the blood might cause.
Walking, talking, and reeling - Dm Ian d20=8 Tuesday March 23rd, 2004 8:29:07 PM
The treant continues to ramble, mumbling, and shifting in and out of various moods. It considers Jandar's question, and takes some time to reply, this time in a wearied, formal tone. It reminds each of you of a battered diplomat, or military officer.
"Jungle hasn't been right for a long time. Its no where and everywhere. Us treants have been looking for it, but mostly we keep low. Worse things than mad trees walk this jungle."
"Those Blooded, they used to be alright. They were more aligned than the rest of us, even, to the Wold's living things here... most of em were druids of some sort, and the one called Ash, well, he was pretty powerful in that kind of study. They wandered all over looking for why the madness has been seeping into the area for so long, and they dared to come to this ruined temple when few others would. Thats why no others are there. They never came."
"Me,... I was just in the wrong place at the wrong time."
"The Blooded only study rage and violence now. They turn their power to killing, and bloodshed, and Ash is the worst. They only waken the trees to drink and be corrupted."
At about this point, Jus' telepathic companion looses its incoherent little mind. It begins shrieking telepathically, babbling and -loud-.
"Met! Ben long no met! Neeeeeeeed met! WAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAH!"
It. Just. Keeps. Screaming. The tones are piercing and extremely loud.
(Jus, please make a Will save against DC 14 vs this unbelievable racket, or be dazed for d4 rounds.)
Everyone else sees Jus reel in midstep, as if something were punching him repeatedly.
Jandar Wednesday March 24th, 2004 1:00:01 AM
Jandar casts Invisibility Purge on himself and moves the few feet to Jus to see if there's an invisible foe with Improved Invisibility on itself.
Nonam Wednesday March 24th, 2004 8:54:18 AM
"Go ahead and try Addinein."
"So, the Ash and the blooded are humans, not treants? Er, Jus?"
Jus (Stoneskin: 150hp; AC: 32; HP: 85) d20+8=18 Wednesday March 24th, 2004 9:37:08 AM
Jus is struck by this creatures overwhelming mental noise. Stumbling a bit, but managing to keep most of his wits, Jus yells out loud, "Stop that racket or you'll get nothing!"
With the quick realization that he said that out loud, Jus looks around sheepishly, "Sorry about that. It's the... idea of Woldsblood. Simply overpowering at times, but I think I'm getting control of myself."
He tries to put a grin on his face and pat Jandar on the shoulder, but the results look like a falling-down drunk attempting to convince the law that he's sober.
Onrad Wednesday March 24th, 2004 2:15:32 PM
"Speaking for the first time since the battle he says, "It never ends does it guys. I mean trouble--always and forever. However, I guess one can look at it differently. Something and someone always needs help and we get to bring it.
"I've missed this."
Then with a whisper to Nonam, he says, "Remember guys that us new folk don't have rings. So anything said into them we won't hear.
Also, what's wrong with Jus? He's acted weird even for him ever since I arrived? And that last comment sounded like an....excuse. Course I could be imagining things."
He then looks at Nonam again and trying to hide a tear says rather quickly again, "I've missed you guys."
Then he turns to Jandar and motions him near. Again he says so that the tree hopefully will not hear "It seems our tree friend here is experiencing personality problems. Is there something you can do to help with that? Could that be the result of contact with Woldsblood? A spell?"
Addinein Wednesday March 24th, 2004 6:32:32 PM
(ooc I'm not 100% sure how we contact the overload, it's via the rings, right?)
Having been given the invitation, Addinein does his best to contact the city and ask for a representative from Gargul to hopefully teleport to the group for something of urgent high level importanct the church.
Confusion all around - Dm Ian Wednesday March 24th, 2004 6:33:59 PM
Jus' telepathic companion mutes its wailing, but doesn't cease.
"Huuuuungry. Many day no met. Little met? Mebbe hoo man? Mebbe woof woof? Need met! Piggy mebbe? No met too long. Waaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaah."
Its hard to think around, but at least its not precluding every single thought now.
Moving in from one side, Jandar's divinatory prayer reveals nothing hidden in the area.
The treant takes this moment to hunch down, and begin to run around the group. The crashing and flailing is explained just a moment later as it bellows in a childlike voice, "Flutterby!"
It still has its telltale faint blue glow.
Jandar d20+15=35 Thursday March 25th, 2004 1:30:02 AM
When Jus puts his hand on Jandar's shoulder, Jandar grasps it as if being reassuring, but casts 'Break Enchantment' on him, thinking him to be under a curse of some kind, or under a spell. (Nat 20+15=DC35 vs DC11+caster level , if he's cursed or under spell)
He nods at Onrad to let him know that he'll see what he can do in a moment for the treant.
JK Thursday March 25th, 2004 8:35:07 AM
ooc: the Overlord also has a ring, so that's how we contact her
Nonam Thursday March 25th, 2004 8:39:10 AM
Nonam gives Jus the once over with his arcane vision to notice if there are any auras out of place and asks, "Jus, what's going on? It's not the Woldsblood. If there was any here, I'd feel it too."
Then the wizard wheels and nearly fireballs the treant, "What's a flutterby? It doesn't sound dangerous."
Jus (Stoneskin: 150hp; AC: 32; HP: 85) d20=14 Thursday March 25th, 2004 9:23:24 AM
Jus attempts a smile again, doing a slightly better job this time.
"I'll be fine, really," he tells his friends. "Let's keep going before this tree does us in," he adds with a half-hearted chuckle.
There's nothing around right now, he thinks to the voice. I know you're hungry, but only my friends are around, and you sure better not have any thought of eating them.
[Roll = voluntary wisdom check to see if he'll tell everyone about the voice. (failed)]
Onrad Thursday March 25th, 2004 11:44:50 AM
Onrad hearing that something else is coming, moves to a protective position in front of Nonam and Jus.
"Who calls combat around here?
"Protecting the casters unless told differently."
Onrad draws his saber and sets readies an action for full defense.
(sorry not in my classroom today and don't have access to my character sheet. Yep, told you things were hectic right now. So I can't list AC and stuff right now.)
Addinein Thursday March 25th, 2004 12:41:19 PM
Not sure of what to do with the way the Treant is acting. Addinein readies his bow for combat.
Flutterby! - Dm Ian Thursday March 25th, 2004 7:02:38 PM
The treant jumps back and forth in front of a large tree, and then pounces, almost catlike into the brush. There is a noisy impact, and it sits slowly up with a confused grin on its blue-glowing face. Then, its antics become clear, as a fairly large black and red monarch butterfly settles down onto the treants chin.
"Flutterby!", chirps the treant.
Meanwhile, Jus's little voice continues to wheedle and wine, albiet at a muted volume, as half the group comes to invesigate Jus, and the other half leaps in to protect the mages. Even Gareth enters the equation soaring in from above to complete the turtling manuever.
Jandar's spell seems to have no affect on Jus, either to external watchers, or to the little voice persistently begging in Jus' inner ear. Looking over Jus careful, Nonam is perceives a magical effect that was not there before, pulsing more or less constantly around Jus. It is a shadowy box or cube, that reads as a strong (level 4 of 5) conjuration aura.
Otherwise, the jungle around the group is quiet, with the midday sun broken and scattering through the jungle canopy above.
Addinein Friday March 26th, 2004 2:11:20 AM
Relaxing again, Addinein actually cracks a small smile at the dire interpretations that he took for the Flutterby. Dropping his bow to an at ready position, Addinein gives the area a quick once over as more and more people give Jus the hairy eyeball.
Onrad Friday March 26th, 2004 9:14:57 AM
Onrad forces himself to relax taking a deep breath. Putting up his saber and grinning, he says, "Better pull out the heavy spells for this one."
Then seriously he turns to the group, "So who calls combat? I want to know which voice to listen to in the think of battle, friends. Gareth is that still your responsibility? Or has it passed to another? Or do we all just do what we want and yell at each other about not working together?"
Onrad is smiling to show that he's not meaning to be accusatory or anything like that.
Jandar Friday March 26th, 2004 2:08:47 PM
Jandar nods and smiles at Onrad,"Yeah, a Flame Strike might be in order for this one."
He then looks at Jus and says,"I'm not sure what ails you, but let me know if I can help in some way."
Nonam Friday March 26th, 2004 2:18:34 PM
"Jus, do you have that box that Solara wanted with you?"
"As for combat, you and Gareth should take the front line. Addinein and Jus float to see if they should cast or fight. Typically Addinein fights in front though, and Jus shoots arrows. I cast whatever spells need to be cast and try to stay out of the way. Tericus healed everyone. He seemed to hang back a little more than Jandar has been doing, so we might need to rethink things. Gareth has tactical command, so if it comes to a decision, do what he says. Otherwise, just listen to your teammates, and if you have a plan, never hesitate to share it."
"That all brings something to mind. I've been doing some experiments, and I've figured out how to change the energy of my spells. I can cast iceballs or cones of fire or even bolts of acid. It would be handy if we could pick a type of energy that our warriors were protected from so that I can cast those spells without fear of harming them. Something to think about for the future."
Jus (Stoneskin: 150hp; AC: 32; HP: 85) Friday March 26th, 2004 8:04:50 PM
"I've also just received a pack of arrows that should prove interesting," Jus says. "So I'll probably be using the bow quite a bit. Plus, I've been doing some work on improving my shots and am getting quite adroit at it."
Considering the later suggestion, Jus adds, "I also very much like the idea of protection from an element. Gareth has always made it nigh impossible to cast the good spells."
Jus encourages the tree to continue, and follows onward.
An unanswered question - Dm Ian Saturday March 27th, 2004 4:45:15 AM
The treant bounds up, and immediately changes mein. It hunches over, and begins to shuffle awkwardly into the jungle.
"Oh well, the moment couldn't have lasted forever. A few hours, a sleep, a few hours, and we face Ash... who will be very angry with me."
The treant sighs inconsolably and trudges onward.
(Please post if your character lets time pass, or engages in conversation.)
Addinein Monday March 29th, 2004 1:42:16 AM
"What more is there to know about Ash? Do you know the names of the other 9? Does anyone seem like Ash's best friend? What happens when Ash gets angry?"
Addinein continues to pry any information he can pull from the Treant. He's also trying to keep or aquire how much time until they make it to the area where they are to meet this Ash. He's hoping to do some casting just prior to getting to the meeting place.
Jandar d20+17=28 Monday March 29th, 2004 1:59:47 AM
Jandar watches the treant, but doesn't say any more. He just follows, bringing up the rear of the party. He listens to them all talk as they go, trying to learn more about them, so to know where he'll fit in best.He will check behind them occasionally, to see if they are being followed, since they are making no effort to conceal their travel.(Spot DC28, and I'll make more if need be)
Jus (Stoneskin: 150hp; AC: 32; HP: 85) Monday March 29th, 2004 9:28:45 AM
Jus continues onward silently. Perhaps the voice would eat whatever they killed ahead. We'll just have to see...
Onrad Monday March 29th, 2004 11:07:11 AM
Onrad takes the front with Gareth once he realizes that Jandar has the rear capably protected. (edited post since I missed Jandar being in the back earlier)
He nods at Nonam and Jus. "Very well. We have roles to play, but not a combat leader as such. Understood. I'm looking forward to trying out some new moves as well."
As they walk, Onrad does some contortionist stretches and exercises to stay limber.
"I love the smell of this forest."
He follows along, saving energy and decisions for when they get to where they are going.
Nonam [by Jerry] Monday March 29th, 2004 2:26:46 PM
Nonam, files in in front of Jandar grumbling about walking just a bit.....for general purposes.
Turning around, he takes in the new makeup of the group. Interesting mix. Time will tell.
Taking a sip, he gets into a bit of a morose mood while he waits for something interesting to happen.
[Posting for JK this week. Please forgive my feeble efforts. Most of my xp with Nonam is years old.]
Poised for action - Dm Ian Monday March 29th, 2004 7:00:38 PM
Two more hours of travel passes, and the treant indicates quietly a decent place to camp. Jandar, and Gareth check it out from land and air, and the clearing is defensible, only two ways in, and so the group settles in for the night.
The treant kneels down in the center of the clearing, and seems to go quiescent for a time, unmistakeable for any other tree save for the faint blue glow still barely clinging to its bark.
In the morning, the treant is back to being fairly talkative, yet never remaining with one persona very long. Its wandering attention seems to determine its voice and attitude. However, it commmunicates that the remainder of the Blooded have gone feral and quiet since Ash's conversion of the treant circle. Ash, itself, is now a distant tyrant, spending much of its time listening to the winds, and venturing into the temple.
Jus is relieved to find in the morning that the little voice is silent once again.
Packing up camp and heading out, the group is no more than an hour out when Jandar gets the impression that the group may indeed be followed. Its nothing specific, but the noises of predator and prey are all around the group as they travel, except for a pocket trailing the group at a distance of several hundred feet. From above, Gareth cannot make out any details of who or what might be following the group.
The group had only about thirty minutes to go to the temple when Jus notices the group crossing a game path. Its probably a small variant of oxen, or something similar, and looks to be a group of perhaps eight. The tracks are relatively fresh. Perhaps two hours would be required to track the beasts down and take one by hunting.
It is now the middle of the morning. The sun has not picked up its beating heat of the day before, and there is a pleasant breeze across the top of the jungle canopy. In the distance to the east, Gareth can see a large parting in the jungle to the east, with some sort of stone structure. However, its too far for any specific details.
Jandar d20+17=31 Tuesday March 30th, 2004 12:43:27 AM
Jandar points out to Nonam that they are being followed, so that he can relay the info to Gareth. He continues checking periodically for any ne developements.(spot DC31)
Nonam (Jerry) Tuesday March 30th, 2004 9:09:05 AM
Nonam nods unconcerned, but wary and whispers the message into the ring for the others who have rings.
"Jandar says we're being followed. Heads up guys."
Nonam then increases his step to walk behind Onrad.
In a soft voice, "Onrad, Jandar says we're being followed. Be aware."
Onrad Tuesday March 30th, 2004 9:10:48 AM
Nodding, Onrad continues forward. With Gareth in the air, he is point and continues forward eyes alert unless someone says to stop. He does slow the pace just a bit as the area ahead is to widen out.
He begins to feel electricity run through his body in anticipation of excitement ahead. Involuntarily shuddering, he smiles quickly to himself.
He is having fun.
Jus (Stoneskin: 150hp; AC: 32; HP: 85) Tuesday March 30th, 2004 9:46:51 AM
"Gareth," Jus intones through the ring. "There is a game path crossing here, do you see any animals on either side?"
To the voice he thinks, So, if I let you out, would you like to hunt animals on your own? But you have to promise no man meat or the like, only animal.
Addinein d20+9=12 d20+9=27 Tuesday March 30th, 2004 2:37:52 PM
Not wanting to get caught out in the open, Addinein adds via the rings, "Let us hope it is the Gargul representative.
Though we might want to make ourselves not as easy to hit."
As Addinein does his best to disappear into the surroundings. (Hide 12, MS 27)
Easing over the edge - Dm Ian Tuesday March 30th, 2004 4:30:59 PM
The party moves forward more slowly, covering ground for about fifteen minutes before it becomes clear that whomever it might be following is maintaining a good distance back, and is not perceptible by the methods utilized so far. In fact, Jandar can only make out the presence of the being by a lack of other items in that immediate environment. No one in the group can see any movement, or shifting of the underbrush. Whomever it is must be either very skilled, magically passing through the vegetation, or ethereal.
Jus' little voice-companion replies, "Teach hunt? Yaaay! Never take hunt fore. Hunt now? Much need met! No man, ok, ok. Piggy?"
From his vantage point up above, Gareth relays to the group that they are no more than fifteen minutes walk, or perhaps a little more than a mile from the larger clearing ahead.
Does the party continue forward into the clearing area where the ruins are?
Jandar Wednesday March 31st, 2004 1:30:45 AM
Jandar doesn't worry much about it, but keeps an ear out for the lack of sound, so he knows about where the follower is. It's obviously not a large group, or it would be easier to spot. He waits for Gareth to make a decision.
Addinein Wednesday March 31st, 2004 7:53:07 AM "hmmm. Hard to say who it is following. Might be some of the other family. With the scroll we picked up, they could be following us from that with a locate object. Hopefully not one of the blooded." With his pronouncement, Addinein stops being so careful with his foot placement, and where he can be seen. "Do we want to find a place to defend and see if we can flush them out?"
Realizing that some are without rings, Addinein likes the added confusion that this could make with what he's saying.
Onrad Wednesday March 31st, 2004 11:20:27 AM
"Better to deal with one situation without compounding it with another if we can help it. I say flush them out before entering the clearing. At least we need to know if they are friend or foe."
Onrad pauses to see what the group consensus turns out to be.
Nonam [Jerry] Wednesday March 31st, 2004 11:22:25 AM
Nonam also stops waiting for the group to make a decision.
"Let's be quick folks. If we stay here long and dont look as if we're scouting the open area ahead, our followers will be suspicious and think that they are discovered."
Jus (Stoneskin: 150hp; AC: 32; HP: 85) Wednesday March 31st, 2004 6:08:08 PM Tell you what, Jus thinks to his faceless compatriot. We may be fighting in a bit, would you like to hunt now, or join us in a fight.
Gambling, Jus decides to take it a bit further, I'd better let you out to hunt now, so you can see my friends around me and know who to leave alone. Besides, I know you're hungry and would like to find food now.
As the others pause, Jus drops his pack and stretches. Trying to be casual, he opens his pack and gets his hands on the box. Before opening it, he thinks once again, Remember, those around you when you first come out have no quarrel with you and should not be harmed. They don't know about you and may be surprised, so be careful. In case you don't recognize me, I am the one bending over my backpack, Jus inserts his best version of an image of him as he now stands.
Continuing his thoughts, Jus communicates, There is a game path crossing here. As you hunt for pigs, stealth and surprise work much more than brawn this time. The forest is alive, so don't disturb it more than you need to. If you have trouble, call for me and I'll help.
With a quick prayer to Domi that this isn't the most stupid thing he's done and adding another that it will be one of the most entertaining, Jus lifts the lid of the box, pointing the now exposed interior to the opening of his pack.
Opening Pandora's... I mean Lathiese's box - Dm Ian Wednesday March 31st, 2004 8:46:02 PM
As the party gathers to discuss their reaction to the revelation of being followed, Jus takes off his pack, and digs around into the bottom of it. As the group turns to see what hes up to, Jus opens the intricately carved black box taken from Lathiese's hoard. Immediately, the box begins to swell, and pops up out of Jus' backpack.
Nonam realizes why the box radiated powerful magic and was not vulnerable to identify, as the box unfolds into a roughly cave shaped black opening in midair. Hanging in the air, just to one side of the one sided blackness, is the box lid, swinging freely.
Almost immediately, a reptilian form leaps to the edge of the dimensional gate. It is emaciated and thin, perhaps seven feet in length, and sports spindly wings. Its face is skull-like, adorned with horns and a set of razor-sharp fangs. It blinks for just a moment upon encountering the bright jungle sunlight, and whines, high and pathetic.
As it recoils from the light, the party has just a few moments to react to the black dragon hatchling.
Jandar(AC 28(32), HP 159, +4 AC defl., +4 to saves, SR25 vs evil spells) Wednesday March 31st, 2004 11:54:16 PM
No stranger to dragons, but unsure if this is a pet or enemy, Jandar still casts immediately, if by nothing else but reaction. A holy aura encompasses the group and all within a 20' radius feel a little better equiped to handle the acid breath that may soon be coming.
He calls out to Jus, "Is that a pet, or should we kill it? I don't much care for black dragons."
(Holy Aura +4 deflection bonus to AC,+4 to all saves, SR25 vs evil spells and creatures, and if an evil creature hits, it must save vs DC25 Fort or be blinded.
Addinein Thursday April 1st, 2004 1:11:14 AM
Not realizing what is happening, Addinein finds his rapiers in his hands as the gate and the dragon appear.
Hearing the call to Jus, Addinein pauses long enough to try to see what's going on.
Recognizing the box that was taken from the other black dragon, Addinein wonders why this form was imprisoned in the box.
Jus (Stoneskin: 150hp; AC: 32; HP: 85) d20=8 d20+10=19 Thursday April 1st, 2004 9:38:43 AM
"Hey little one," Jus says as the dragon emerges. He half expected this, and almost feels sorry for the creature looking at how gaunt he is.
"No, he's not a pet," Jus answers Jandar. Knowing the dragon is probably listening carefully, Jus adds, "He was placed in our care, and is getting very hungry. He knows he shouldn't fight us, but, like I said, he is very hungry. With this game path, he should be able to find enough to eat."
Jus then points out the path to the dragon, managing to keep his wits and calmness about him (made voluntary Will check). Jus also tries to tell which way the latest tracks go, and lets the dragon know that too (Survival Track Check = 19). "Be back soon, we have some problems fore and aft that I don't want you to get hit by."
Jus wants to say more to his friends, they can see it in his face, but he stays silent with the dragon around.
Onrad Thursday April 1st, 2004 4:06:24 PM
Onrad, having pulled out his weapon for the second time this day to a false alarm, sighs and takes to sharpening the tip while it's out.
"Well that should make anyone following us think a bit."
He sits on the ground and breaks open a bit of rations and water for a snack.
"Now, there's still this matter of who is behind us and what is ahead of us--or am I worrying to much?
"Gareth, what can you make out from up t here?"
Nonam [Jerry] Thursday April 1st, 2004 4:10:56 PM
"I think Onrad is nervous. First time back in a while has him on edge. Hey, if it attacks us we'll know what it is."
"However, speaking of knowing what things are...Jus, write this down. When you have a dragon on ya...
TELL SOMEONE!"
He also sits and breaks out some food.
"Hunting break for a dragon? Deadly Garg, what's next?"
Eeep! - Dm Ian Thursday April 1st, 2004 6:18:37 PM
The black hatchling squeals in fright as soon as its eyes adjust, half springing and half falling backwards into the gateway. The group can hear it whimpering it for a moment, but that ceases, and is replaced by a sniffing sound as Onrad and Nonam start unpacking food for a meal.
Safely concealed inside the gateway, the hatchling chirps, "You bad peple! Not daddy!"
Then, after a short moment, it continues in a lower tone, almost wheedling.
"Mebbe give food, daddy not step on you. Food?"
Ascending a bit above the canopy, Gareth gets a reasonable distance view of the large clearing ahead. The clearing is a circular area perhaps three hundred feet across, with a massive pile of tumbled grey stone off-center on the far side. There are no trees or motion of any kind in the clearing. In fact, the only feature visible at this range is a gash in the ground before the ruined temple. It appears to be filled with something of an ominous deep red color.
The treant kneels down at the edge of the party and watches the scene unfolding with the hatchling with a confused curiousity.
Onrad Friday April 2nd, 2004 9:05:58 AM
Onrad shrugs when he sees the treant's confusion. "Hey, I'm confused too. I thought we hated black dragons."
Putting up his snack and not about to get involved with a baby black dragon, he stands up and stretches.
He looks around anxious to move forward or backward....just move.
Nonam [Jerry] Friday April 2nd, 2004 9:08:24 AM
When hearing the dragon wanting his food, he too puts it up quickly.
He mutters a few things under his breath and looks to Jandar with a look that says, 'help?'
"Jus, we don't have time to deal with a baby dragon of color. Put him back in the box or even better, take him to his mama and let's go."
::just having fun John.::
Jus (Stoneskin: 150hp; AC: 32; HP: 85) d20+6=20 Friday April 2nd, 2004 9:40:12 AM
No, we are not you're daddy," Jus says, showing a little irritation. "As I already said, your daddy left you in our care. I'm more than willing to take care of you, but let's not have this 'daddy will squish you' talk." Jus adds a chuckle with the last, hoping to calm the dragon (Calm Animals Skill ? 20)
"Now, we don't have much time, so I'm letting you grab something on your own. If you don't want to do that, we can put you back in to your cave and I'll let you back out when we find some food for you. But I'm sorry to tell you, laddie, that we gotta do something quick." Jus almost starts to scratch the dragon behind one ear, but decides that may not be the best course of action.
Jus then turns to Jandar and Nonam with an idea. "Can one of you create our friend here some food and drink? We can put it in his cave to eat while we travel onward."
"Oh," Jus turns back to the dragon. "One last thing. What would you like to be called? Something we can pronounce. Kieran, if you don't have a preference."
Addinein Friday April 2nd, 2004 10:50:05 AM
Watching the dragon, and hearing what he has to say. Addinein shakes his head a little bit. Well, life with the Storms is never dull.... I wonder what Sis would make of this.....
Not quite willing to put his weapons away. Addinein decides maybe he should keep an eye on the perimeter of the team.
Scampering little bundle of... yeah - Dm Ian Friday April 2nd, 2004 7:39:24 PM
The little black hatchling pauses almost for a moment, and then takes Jus up on his offer of a quick hunt by bolting out of the dimensional gateway. The curious, still glowing treant gambols after the uncoordinated hatchling with steady strides.
"I'll keep the little tyke from harm, and get him back to bed," the treant states in the voice of an formal, older gentleman.
Watching forward and after for a tense few moments, no movement or additional detail can be seen either from the clearing ahead, or the person or persons following behind. Even as the relative wisdom of the decision to let the hatchling hunt starts to weigh on the members of the group, the treant and hatchling return.
The hatchling is bloody and dragging a smallish oxen with the fervor and enthusiam of a kitten at play. A quick second look reveals that the hatchling itself isn't harmed. The hatchling drags its kill over to the gateway, and drops it for a moment, proud to display its apparent first hunting prize. Then, the treant encourages the little dragon into the gate with its meal.
The party also finishes up their food, and get ready to push on to the site of the ruined temple.
Any last minute actions before arrival?
Onrad Friday April 2nd, 2004 10:15:03 PM
"Oh Gods! This is too much. Nonam how did you let Jus get like this? Is he a druid now? Gods forbid a Monstrologer? Let me kill him guys, pleeeease?"
Then as if he knows what the answer is gonna be, he turns and marches into the clearing.
Nonam [Jerry] Friday April 2nd, 2004 10:16:36 PM
His mouth hanging open, Nonam simply stares at Jus. "I didn't know, Onrad! No really! I didn't know!"
He shakes his head as if trying to forget what he's just seen.
"Wait for me!"
Nonam quickly follows Onrad.
Jandar d20+17=32 Saturday April 3rd, 2004 3:00:32 AM
Jandar shakes his head and says,"If anyone else has any surprises, could you let me in on them? I really don't want to waste any more spells that we'll probably need later, nor do I want to accidentally kill a pet...though killing that beast surely wouldn't hurt my feelings."
He turns to follow. Even as they go on, he's watching the forest around, taking note of the sounds of the forest, or lack of sounds, knowing that, if they face a nasty druid in THIS forest, they will have problems.
Jus (Stoneskin: 150hp; AC: 32; HP: 85) Saturday April 3rd, 2004 9:37:32 AM
Jus closes the lid and puts away the box. As he hefts his backpack, he can't help but praise the dragon. Great Job, Kieran! I'm proud of you. You're father would be proud, too. Great, Great job.
Whistling as he continues, Jus can't help but express his happiness. He has things he wants to talk to his friends about, but those can wait until later. For now, Jus is content getting to their destination.
Addinein Monday April 5th, 2004 12:11:25 PM
Addinein hopes that the dragon cannot willingly escape from his box.
Listening to the others react, Addinein becomes a little pensive as he thinks upon the current actions.
Addinein will follow the others onto the temple.
To Feast on Blood and Ash
Stepping into the circle of testing - Dm Ian Monday April 5th, 2004 7:36:34 PM
A scant fifteen minutes of additional effort pass pushing a path through the dense jungle vegetation before the party emerges into a massive oval clearing about three hundred feet long, and two hundred and fifty feet wide.
(Each party member may take this opportunity to announce their preparations before acting.)
The clearing itself has been formed by some voracious force apparently gnawing at the trees and plants at the area until gone or shredded. As such, the rich dark soil seen elsewhere isn't fully revealed here, but shrouded by three to six inches of rent and torn remains of trees. To think a treant might have done this reminds each of the viewers of the madness experienced so far.
Set at even intervals around the edge of the clearing are twenty seven separate fourteen foot tree trunks, scored and gnawed clean of bark, and then punched into the ground to stand pointing up into the sky like some incomplete wooden menhir. Nonam casually notes that each has a faint magical aura about it, but no additional details.
In the center of the area is a twenty foot circular pit ripped into the ground with uneven edges. Even from the edge of the clearing, rotting animal remains can be smelled. Nonam can see a moderate conjuration aura laying in the pit.
At the far end of the slightly ovoid clearing is a tumbled pile of greyish rock, glistening wetly in the late morning sun. It is fifty feet across, and eighty feet wide, with ancient, worn steps leading up to a yawning staircase still open to descent. The ruined edifice is adorned with faded carvings, indistinct at this range.
The mad treant travelling with the group stops and stares at the sight of this devestation, and then begins to shake, a single golden sap tear descending from its right eye, stark and constrasting with the faint blue glow yet remaining about its bark.
Onrad d20+16=26 Monday April 5th, 2004 7:45:06 PM
Onrad puts his hand on the treant's limb and softly says, "We will fix this and help set it aright. That or die trying."
He holds at the edge waiting for the others to take the scene in with their senses.
Onrad remains alert walking slightly on the balls of his feet.
Then he glances up at Gareth and then over to Addenein.
He whispers, "What ya think Add?"
He then finally looks to Jus as if to say, "We ARE going to talk about this dragon and soon."
Then his eyes are forward again.....searching studying.
(Feel free to make a spot check - Dm Ian)
Very well Ian, Spot check of 26.
Jus (Stoneskin: 150hp; AC: 32; HP: 85) Monday April 5th, 2004 8:59:15 PM
"Thanks," Jus tells Jandar as they keep walking. "He's not a pet, but he reminds me a lot of Addinien." Jus laughs at this revelation -- funny, but oh so true in his thoughts.
When they arrive at their destination, Jus can't help but get a chill up his spine. He's done his share of living in trees and with nature; this place is far from what he'd expect a tree caregiver to create.
Jus casts Cat's Grace, then follows it with Shield if he has time, swinging the invisible protection around his back. Nothing may attack in the next 15 minutes, but he'd never has time to cast spells like this once an attack began. Still, he decides to wait a couple of minutes before activating his glove. Jus will find out shortly whether that was wise or not.
"Yeah, sure," Jus says to Onrad, acknowledging, but otherwise ignoring Onrad's comment about Kieran.
Looking around, yet another chill goes down his back. This has to be the location of the undead too, but why would sacrifices be made here? The treant's insanity must run deep.
Jandar Tuesday April 6th, 2004 2:09:15 AM
Jandar says,"Well, there's no telling when or if we;ll actually have a fight, but it can't hurt to prepare some."
He walks over to Jus, Addenien, and Onrad, taking a turn on each of their favored weapon and casts 'Greater Magic Weapon', before casting it on his own weapon.(+4 to weapon att. and dam.)
"This should last for quite some time, in case it's a while before we fight something," he adds.
If there is time, he'll also cast 'Hide from Undead' on everyone present.
(Since people asked, when greater magic weapon is cast on a magical weapon, it doesn't stack. however, you do get the better of the two enhancement bonuses on the weapon for the duration of the spell. - Dm Ian)
A visual inspection - Dm Ian Tuesday April 6th, 2004 6:52:22 PM
Peering about, Onrad gains a glimpse of what looks like a metal ritual knife stuck into the ground near the blood-filled hole about a hundred and seventy feet from the group.
The group finishes spelling up, with Gareth adopting flight and invisbility again and taking up his usual perch above the group. From his vantage point, he sees nothing additional out of the ordinary.
The mad treant recovers just a bit, and whispers, "They use that knife for their ritual. They won't get the chance again!"
With that, the treant begins to stalk into the clearing, at roughly a human's walking pace.
(Please start posting your current AC, hp, and spell effects. Thanks)
Onrad Wednesday April 7th, 2004 9:24:27 AM
Onrad takes up a position at the treant's right shoulder and even with him. He keeps pace with the treant and is set to defend him and intercept anyone who would stop the treant from his task.
In his heart, he's worried about the danger to the treant if he messes with the knife, but he also realizes that this is simply something the treant must do for his own honor and thus doesn't interfere.
"Heads up folks. We're heading in. Gareth, I'll take first blow and point since I'm on the ground. You dive down and flank unless you spot something before us."
His rapier wiggles out of it's scabbard. He makes slicing noises in the air as he carves an imaginary 'X' to limber up. Too bad his body type is not naturally limber and he constantly has to stretch to pull off the things he does in battle.
Addinein (GMW(+4), Shield, CG, BS, Spider Climb)(AC 34 HP 82) Wednesday April 7th, 2004 10:20:40 AM
(sorry for missed post)(no time to look up spell effects, AC is approx) Pulling out a wand, Addinein activates Shield for himself. "I have shield should any want it's protection".
With that said, Addinein adds Cats Grace,Spider Climb and Bull Strength to his current spell effects.
Responding to Onrad, "If this is what happens with the improper use of Woldsblood, then it needs to be remedied." Then with more of a whisper Addinein points to the treant and says, "If his contrariness is a result of that, we need to make him whole.."
Covering the treat with his bow, Addinein peers into the Undergrowth in order to try to see what there is.
Taking up positions - Dm Ian Wednesday April 7th, 2004 7:04:16 PM
The treant walks with a purpose out into the clearing, covering the intervening ground in only a few moments. Onrad sees nothing from his flanking position, and Gareth covers them invisibly from the air. The group gets to the knife at the edge of the pit without incident. Meanwhile, Jandar and Nonam remain at the entrance point of the clearing, covered by Jus and Addinein.
The knife is revealed as a gracefully curved ritual knife that is rusted and pitted by long exposure to blood and other foulness. The pit just beyond is filled with blood and shredded animals and reptiles, some torn, and some crushed.
As the treant reaches down and pulls the knife free, rustling and movement rises from the vegetation all around the circle. At even intervals, almost thirty trees stand and step into the clearing to pull the massive timbers out of the ground. The segment of the clearing edge near Nonam, Jandar, Jus, and Addinein is no different, with four treats stepping just out of reach to collect massive timber clubs from their earthen sheaths.
From just behind the ruins, on the far side of the clearing, a large, rotted treant steps, and begins to shout, its voice thunderous and crackling. Even as its words echo, the group can see burns, and sickly green sores in its bark.
"If you flee, we will chase you. The jungle is ours! We have risen to rule, and cast off the lies of servitude. Step forward and face us, little beasts, animal against plant!"
The party can see twenty seven treants around the circle, all armed with gargantuan clubs. It will take them between one and four rounds to reach the party, you guess. Nonam notes that the clubs are still radiating faint magic, and whatever magic that laid in the pit has catapulted itself almost three hundred feet directly up into the sky.
As the treants begin to lurch forward, the rotting leader draws two rods from his branches, one white oak, and one golden paduak, and raises them aloft. It shouts once again, "Fight, unless you have come to abase yourselves, and become initiates of the Circle of Ash."
With this the repugnant being begins laughing.
Jandar sees that the treants clearly seem to know where the party is. Onrad and Gareth both note that the treants should have an easy thirty foot reach with their weapons.
Jus (Stoneskin: 150hp (110 min duration [time?]); Cat's Grace (2 rounds); Shield (1 round); GMW to Bow (1 round); AC: 34 front, 38 back; HP: 85) Wednesday April 7th, 2004 9:33:00 PM
Jus is more than a little disappointed that he didn't activate his glove earlier. And, unfortunately, his Boots of Speed won't help the situation anymore.
Running through his options, Jus tries to figure out what can be done to get these treants back to sanity. Unfortunately, nothing immediate comes to mind.
"Anyone have some suggestions?" Jus asks. "Jandar, isn't this more a spiritual matter? Can you do something about this?"
Looking around, he sees the opening once again and the stairs leading down. There isn't much choice in the matter. "Let's head down, quickly! There's no way we can stop all these before they get to us."
Even as he takes one step towards the descending stairs, Jus halts. There is no possible way their compatriot tree can follow them downward. Likely, if they leave, he'll end up one of the stripped trees lining this god forsaken mausoleum.
Then Jus has an idea. Stupid one, likely. But it may work either way. He's always thought it odd that the insanity orb color seems to have brought their local tree back to his senses. Maybe the forest isn't just reacting strange to magic, but it's warping the magic itself.
Not having many other options, Jus attempts to cast Feeblemind on the lead Treant. It'll be surprising if it manages to affect such an obviously old creature, but it may still work.
If the leader stops, maybe the others will too. At least for a few minutes. Maybe the freed tree can escape. Jus doubts any of this will happen, but it's worth the chance.
Gritting his teeth, taking a deep breath, Jus casts.
[Cast Feeblemind at lead Treant. Will save or INT/CHA = 1]
Jandar 16d6(3+5+6+3+5+5+4+2+6+6+1+6+4+5+5+1)=67 d20+18=37 Thursday April 8th, 2004 12:49:03 AM
Jandar yells,"You are an abomination to your kind and this Wold! You will be destroyed!"
With that, he casts 'Fire Storm' using his Spell Penetration in case they have magic resistance(DC37).
He aims for all the treants within 260 feet of him and tries to get them all with his spell.
(He chooses no damage to the normal vegetation, but hits the treants with it. Refl save for half, if they have a reflex. 32/10' cubes. Ian, I'm not sure if he can split the cubes up, it doesn't specify under the spell description, except to say, 2 10' cubes per level, range 100' +10' p/level. If he can't, he'll make sure to get the leader and spread out from there.)
Jandar(AC28, HP 159) Thursday April 8th, 2004 12:54:26 AM
(OOC:Sorry, I forgot to post his AC & HP. Also, Ian, I re-read Greater Magic Weapon, and it only says it doesn't stack with a Masterwork weapon's +1. It doesn't mention or even hint at the Magical + of the weapon unless I've read it wrong, but I'll accept whatever ruling you make and smile.)
it talks about stacking magic weapon bonuses in the DMG, and Ian's right. -jk
Nonam (HP128, AC29, SR19, fly) Thursday April 8th, 2004 12:56:17 AM
Nonam casts fly and shoots up off the ground to get away from clubbing treants.
On his way skyward, Nonam calls down, "Jandar, get ready for one of those surprises."
Addinein (GMW(+4), Shield, CG, BS, Spider Climb)(AC 34 HP 82) Thursday April 8th, 2004 8:34:10 AM
"This one" pointing to the friendly treant "questions what you do, and whether it is right. Can you answer why you have done this, or will you just enforce your version of what is right. We only come to defend ourselves, and see his questions answered."
Addinein hopes his declaration helps to confuse and delay some of the other treants. He dismays a little, that things turned into a battle right off the bat.
Addinein holds his shots while he waits for the effects of his words.
Onrad (AC58-see below, Displacement Cloak 50% miss) Thursday April 8th, 2004 10:13:02 AM
I tend to agree with Jus here. Descend and fight later, but looks like we're committed and I won't leave our new friend out here alone! I'm point defense. Let them all come against me and I"ll take it. Jandar will keep me alive and you guys waste them.
Onrad selects the closest of the treants to be his selected target (Dodge Feat +1 to AC vs. him-you can state which one Ian). He activates his Major Cloak of Displacement and if time, then his Boots of Speed. He will use tumbling with Fighting Defensively to set himself up for handling maximum attacks.
He moves in front of their treant friend, "Stay behind me" he states with gritted teeth.
He motions to the angry treants "Come on plants! Let's dance!"
----- (AC58 with total defense, tumbling, elaborate parry--detailed on my character sheet)
(Only able to activate the cloak this round, and still right defensively. - Dm Ian)
Counterstrike - Dm Ian d20+13=21 d20+5=25 d20+5=18 d20+8=23 d20+8=26 5d6(5+3+4+4+6)+9=31 d10+5=14 9d6(1+3+6+3+4+3+5+2+5)=32 d20+11=18 Thursday April 8th, 2004 7:30:57 PM
Jandar releases his fiery prayer, sending it hurtling across the clearing to rage about Ash and his immediate seconds. The storm billows out in an arc carefully placed by the priest of Domi, engulfing Ash, and fifteen other treants in a controlled firestorm. Ash and the nearest three weather the blast with no apparent effects, but the other twelve ignite like blazing torches for just a moment, before the sudden heat of the spell causes their sap to explode, bursting and killing them.
Ascending rapidly, Nonam sees a flash of a magical effect sail at him at astounding speed (over 300 move rate) and then a whirlwind appears around Nonam, spinning up with supernatural speed and forcing the mage to fight for position.
(While within the whirlwind, Nonam must make a concentration check against DC 15 + the level of the spell attempted to cast any spell, is -2 to hit, and -4 to all dex checks.)
Jus beats Ash to the punch, weaving and flinging a feeblemind spell to its target. Ash shudders for a moment, and then throws off the spell.
Onrad strikes up a defensive pose, and watches a good number of the treants preparing to charge be rapidly wiped out. However, his vigilance is rewarded as Ash's three defenders rush towards him, almost covering the intervening distance, and ending up forty feet away to the east. Their massive timber clubs seem dangerously close even at this distance.
The remaining nine treants on the west side of the clearing all advance quickly to Jus, Addinein, and Jandar's position. Only four get to the position and are still able to attack, and they vent their wrath towards Jandar, in seething retribution. Only one lands its blow, but the impact is unbelievable, like being struck by a battering ram. The nine treants have taken up a circular position around the three party members, standing fifteen feet away in each direction, or so.
(Jandar takes 31 damage from the single blow. The critical is not confirmed.)
Ash takes this opportunity to raise his white oak rod, and a quickened flamestrike snaps out of the sky to burn Jandar as well.
(32 pts of damage, Ref save vs DC 22. Half damage taken is divine damage).
Only a fraction of a second later, the whirlwind around Nonam incandesces into a blue white spark of lightning, which burns around the flying archmage. Nonam's spell resistance barely deflects the powerful bolt. However, the bolt still drops along its path to strike the mad treant solidly, throwing the pathetic creature prone, and apparently unconscious.
(Gareths character sheet has been sent to Jerry. At this point, please post save DCs with any spells cast. Also, I think only 20 min has been used of the stoneskin duration.)
Nonam (HP128, AC29, SR19, fly, stoneskin (150)) d20+28=36 d20+28=31 5d4(3+3+1+1+4)+5=17 d20+13=15 d20+13=33 d20+13=21 d20+13=17 d20+13=23 2d6(2+1)=3 2d6(3+5)=8 2d6(1+1)=2 2d6(2+3)=5 6d6(2+3+3+1+5+2)=16 6d6(2+6+2+5+3+4)=22 6d6(1+5+1+4+2+2)=15 6d6(4+4+5+6+4+1)=24 Friday April 9th, 2004 12:35:55 AM
Having a pretty clear idea that no one is going to be talking about anything now, Nonam casts a quickened magic missile at Ash. The force bolts streak from the mage's fingers and thud into the raging treant. (concentration=36, dmg=17)
The quickened spell triggers Nonam's contingency spell, and he's instantly protected with a prepared stoneskin.
Then Nonam casts meteor swarm and hurls 4 globes of fire at Ash. The wizard keeps his comments to himself as he concentrates to cast the difficult spell in the wind.
(concentration 31, ranged touch attacks (ie. armor, shield, and natural armor don't apply to target's AC) #1= 31 (nat20, hero pt to reroll 13), #2= 19, #3=15, #4=21. If spheres hit they do bludgeoning damage (no save): #1=3, #2=8, #3=2, #4=5. Then spheres do fire damage. If they hit directly, there's no save. If they miss, Reflex DC29 for 1/2. Anything in 40' radius has to save for each sphere. #1=16, #2=22, #3=15, #4=24.)
Jandar(AC28,HP110, GMW+4) d20+7=26 Friday April 9th, 2004 1:01:01 AM
While the mighty blow hurts, Jandar is agile enough to avoid the worst effects of the Flame Strike.
After a moment, he regains himself and realizes the danger of these creatures and their reach. Before they can get off another bunch of attacks and not wanting to take another hit like that, Jandar casts and shouts a 'Holy Word'.
(40' radius all non good creatures affected-no save. Effects depend on their hit die. I'll roll the effects for paralyzation, deafening, death etc., if you want, but it's fine with me if you do it. Should be able to get all 9 around us with the area of effect...hopefully)
Addinein (GMW(+4), Shield, CG, BS, Spider Climb)(AC 34 HP 82) d20+11=28 d20+11=31 Friday April 9th, 2004 12:41:00 PM
Realizing that he may be a bit overmatched. Addinein quickly casts darkness (drow ability)in as wide an area around himself as he can. Setting up the darkness as a corridor between himself and the nearest treant. (best fit) He then does his best to move unseen and out of the way of any attacks. (change direction)
(HS=28, MS=31)
(ooc I believe there are no attacks left. If there are, then please fill in using bow)
(You are correct, sir. - DM Ian)
A decisive blast (or two)- Dm Ian d20+4=9 2d6(4+1)=5 d20+11=18 d20+9=27 d20+9=20 d20+4=10 d20+4=8 Friday April 9th, 2004 7:28:26 PM
The treants poised around Jus, Jandar, and Addinein make ready to renew their assault, one of them gathering itself to leap at Addinein when Jandar's blast of holy power catches them in midstep and reduces them to so much kindling sprayed outwards onto the battered ground. Likewise, Nonam, flying above, hurls several spells across the sky to the far end of the battlefield.
The magic missiles as well as all four meteors strike solidly, exploding around the rotting treant leader. The fire scores Ash's bark heavily, clearly having overwhelmed whatever defensive spell had been in effect. Ash remains standing, despite the loss of its remaining leaves.
The warriors in the center of the battlefield stand their ground, as Ash's three bodyguards continue their advance.
Nonam is the first to feel the reprisal, as the whirlwind about him batters him. Luckily, it is purely physical, and is absorbed by his stoneskin. Then, the bright blue flash goes off again, passing through Nonam, and descending like a bright talon to the overly effective Jandar. Once again, Nonam's spell resistance just turns the bolt, and Jandar's rod of absorption swallows the magical power like water into dry ground.
(5pts absorbed by stoneskin. Nonam's SR blocks the bolt again. Jandar's rod of absorption absorbs 5 spell levels.)
Ash gestures, pain evident on its moderately damaged features, and its white oak rod glows once again. This time, roots explode from the ground around Jandar, Jus, and Addinein. Its been a while since your group has seen an entangle used seriously, but that appears to be Ash's gambit.
(Ref save vs DC 18, please.)
In the center of the field, Onrad and his invisible companion Gareth note the advance of the remaining treants. One of the three pauses for a moment just a bit over thirty feet away to unleash an entangle spell on Onrad, while the other two step in and swing clumsily with their hammers from thirty feet out. All four blows are laughable compared to Onrad's dextrous manuevering. However, the deep divots they leave in the earth aren't so funny.
(Ref save vs DC 16. I know, I know...)
Ash screams, "They may best us, but the earth never yields. On my brothers!"
Jandar(AC28,HP 110,+4GWM) d20+7=27 Saturday April 10th, 2004 12:30:49 AM
Seeing most of the creatures destroyed, but the others closing on the fighters, Jandar shouts,"I'll cast a spell so they can't attack us. They want a battle from a distance, we can hit them from a distance!"
He casts 'Blade Barrier' in between the fighters and remaining treants that are preesing the attack. If nothing else, Onrad and the others a benefit of armor class and a brief respite from the treants, and Nonam and he can still hit them with their spells from afar, as they have a serious reach advantage.
(Are there only the 3 bodyguards and Ash left?)
(You are correct. - Dm Ian)
Nonam (HP128, AC29, SR19, fly, stoneskin (145), POE(elec120)) d20+28=36 Saturday April 10th, 2004 8:48:30 AM
Fearful of what being struck by that lightning bolt next time might mean, Nonam casts protection from energy, electricity.
As he casts the spell, he looks to the area where the sacrificial dagger was to see if there's anything unusual about it now.
(concentration=36)
Jus (Stoneskin: 150hp (20 min used); Cat's Grace 4 rounds); Shield (2 round); GMW to Bow (2 round); AC: 34 front, 38 back; HP: 85) d20+24=42 d20+19=35 d20+24=27 d20+17=36 d20+24=26 4d8(4+2+5+1)=12 4d10(5+8+3+6)=22 8d6(3+3+5+1+2+2+1+4)=21 Saturday April 10th, 2004 11:09:21 AM
Jus easily avoids the flailing plants, keeping himself out of their tight grasp. In his intricate dance with nature, Jus manages to click his heels together and activate his boots of Speed.
Jus takes careful aim at the lead Treant and fires his bow. As each arrow launches, Jus is again reminded that he did not activate his Glove, and wishes dearly that he did.
Jus is cheered by one thing, tough. This is one of those times he is very glad he poured money into his bow, allowing him to deal Holy damage to the evil abominations before him.
[Hit AC 42/35/27/26; Damage 25/26/22/22]
Addinein (GMW(+4), Shield, CG, BS, Spider Climb)(AC 34 HP 82) d20+12=18 Monday April 12th, 2004 12:18:13 PM
Still moving inside the darkness, Addinein hears the vines as they try to grasp him. Just as they are about to close about him, he's able to slip out of their grasp.
Not realizing that that his target has disappeared, Addinein keeps moving through the darkness attempting to get to the treant at the end.
Addinein frets as he hopes his friends are still okay, since he cannot know what is going on at the immediate moment.
(ooc if he can figure out that his target is not there, then he'll fire shots at the bodyguard. But I'm assuming that it will be another round or two before he comes out of the darkness)
To the bitter end - Dm Ian d20=11 Monday April 12th, 2004 7:36:06 PM
(Onrad's save vs entangle - successful.)
Jus launches an impressive volley of arrows across the battlefield, that glisten in the late morning sun, before dropping to impact Ash. The rotting treant staggers once, and then topples land heavily on the ground.
As this occurs, the whirlwind about Nonam -pops- out of being, and the writhing ground around the casters in the group resumes its normal, immobile state. The three remaining treants howl once, drop their clubs, and leap towards Onrad, but are intercepted by the sudden appearance of Jandar's blade barrier. Only kindling and sawdust actually makes it through the other side to land on Onrad.
In the sudden silence, the ruined temple first begins to creak, and then begins to emanate a silvery glow. Then, the stones begin to slide upward, resuming, or regenerating into its original shape in slow motion. Marks lift up out of the rock, carvings are revealed in full detail to depict lizard-like humanoids in hieroglyph, and the whole place takes on a regal, ancient air.
Then, Onrad and Gareth begin to hear a soft music coming from the staircase down into the temple.
It is a graceful air played on some sort of reed flute, accompanied by a complex rhythm on a tenor drum.
The mad treant that had served as the party's guide still lays unconscious near Onrad. Nonam does not see any magical effects around the sacricifical knife, the offal pit in the center of the clearing, or anywhere other than the party members and the softly glowing temple radiating a moderate powered magical aura. Nonam then also notices the two rods Ash bore, laying in the putrid wreckage of Ash's form. One is white oak, radiating a strong aura, and the other the orange-gold of paduak, which also radiates a strong aura.
Nonam Monday April 12th, 2004 9:56:08 PM
Nonam flies down to further investigate the two rods. He attempts to read them for what type of magic they radiate, and then he'll try taking them from the treant.
(They do not radiate a specific type of magic. In the future, I will continue to include that in basic posting. - Dm Ian)
Jus (Stoneskin: 150hp (20 min used); Cat's Grace 5 rounds); Shield (3 round); GMW to Bow (3 round); AC: 34 front, 38 back; HP: 85) Monday April 12th, 2004 10:09:34 PM
Jus examines Ash, ensuring, with a sad finality, that this once great being is truly dead.
Jus picks up the rods, looking at them curiously, not sure what they do, but expecting one was the cause of the lightning bolts (he didn't see the whirlwinds). Looking around, he offers them to Nonam and whomever else may find them useful. "Unfortunately," he admits, "these may find more use from someone other than me."
Walking over to the steps, Jus asks Onrad if he had any more detail on these shadows and fangs he mentioned.
Glancing around once more at the sad remains of the trees, Jus tells Jandar how thoroughly impressed he is. "I honestly never knew a cleric could do what you just did."
Then Jus sees what was once their guide, laying, mostly intact, on the floor of this temple. "Jandar," Jus quietly asks, "I don't suppose you could cure this fellow of both his wounds and his mental ailments?"
Onrad Monday April 12th, 2004 10:35:02 PM
Onrad, shaking the sawdust off of him, looks with amazement to the casters of the group.
"With casters like you guys, us tanks are only window dressing."
He looks to the stairs. "Music from down there. Why does that bother me?"
Then to Jus, "No. It's still vague to me. Why? Do you have any ideas?"
Then he walks to the mad treant to watch the master healer at work.
[sorry for the lack of posting. I thought I could do Gareth. Sorry, I have to renege on that for now. Can someone post for Gareth until he can post?]
Jandar Tuesday April 13th, 2004 1:52:33 AM
Jandar looks thoroughly embarrassed by Jus's compliments. He replies quietly,"Well, they were so spread out, it wasn't anything really. With their reach advantage, we'd have gotten smashed, so their advantage was actually a disadvantage. If they had been closer, those spells wouldn't have worked. But thanks, it's nice to hear you say that.
As for our unconscious guide, I would think that we should take him into the temple. If there is nothing to cure him there, I will cast what spells I may. If that is a temple of his God, perhaps any curative spells will be enhanced as well. It's worth a thought. Maybe the strong guys in the group can carry him.
And that white rod hit me with a Flame Strike, so it may be clerical. If noone else can use it, and it's not evil, I'd like to have it. No big deal though.
Is anyone, other than myself anyway, hurt?"
Gareth Tuesday April 13th, 2004 7:15:19 AM
Landing on what's left of the battlefield the warrior just sort of looks around as he agrees with Onrad. "Wow... I've never been that useless in a fight before...".
When the temple egins to change and the music begins to play he begins to focus his attention there. "Does anyone have that drow map handy? Is this the place we are to come and restore? I'd hate for us to simply assume it was. There are undead still to fight if it is the case. Be ready...".
DEH Tuesday April 13th, 2004 7:21:39 AM
OOC: I'm back guys. It took me some time to catch up on the reading. The next 2 months are going to be tough - but I should be able to post. Looks like I'm going to get what I want at work. Of course, I might need to be careful what I ask for and all that...If things go as planned I'll be promoted to VP of Operations and Resource Management by July 1 - and I may even do better than that by the end of the year. You guys are the first I've told... I'm excited.
(Congrats! - Ian)
JK ooc Tuesday April 13th, 2004 8:02:18 AM
Congrats David.
Jerry: Yep congrats DEH! Cool!
A second course is served
A closer look - Dm Ian d20=2 Tuesday April 13th, 2004 7:00:11 PM
The party gathers up the rods from Ash's corpse, and makes sure their enemies are all deceased. Then, the group rejoins in a small huddle about thirty feet from the front of the temple to discuss various topics.
Looking over the fallen treant, it appears that even being of the slender local tree variety, it must weight at least a ton and a half, perhaps a bit more.
Examining the rods, both are about three feet long, smooth carved and decorated on their front ends with intricate carvings of magical sigils. The work is clearly too fine to have been done by treant... limbs. In fact, Nonam suspects it may have been elven work, but how such things got into the hands of Ash may never be known. Both radiate strong, non-specific magical aura. Neither rod looks to be sturdy enough to serve as a hand to hand weapon.
(Paduak is a heavy jungle hardwood, heavier than oak, orange-golden in color, with dark metallic streaking along the grain.)
Picking up the rods, Nonam and Jandar immediately sense their magical abilities extended through the rods. The white oak rod Jandar holds is a normal metamagic rod of Quicken Spell, but it has already been used three times today, and is out of power. The golden paduak rod Nonam holds is a normal metamagic rod of Maximize Spell, that has only been used once this far today.
Checking the map, Gareth confirms that the restored temple is indeed the site listed on the drow map. Looking over the structure, Jandar cannot recognize any of the religious glyphs as being from any modern religion. Jandar also sees that no one besides himself and the fallen mad treant is injured. The mad treant is stable, but unconscious and badly burned by lightning.
Discussion and examination is then interrupted, by a voice coming from the temple. It sounds like a human male calling from just down the staircase, young, but with a strong, trained tenor.
"As foretold, our curse has been lifted! The prophecy had us expecting mighty wyrms and foul weather, but we welcome you, noble heroes, into the Temple of Eternal Life!"
Nonam Tuesday April 13th, 2004 7:57:30 PM About time we found something besides a sword.
Then the voice pulls Nonam from his inspection of the rod.
"Well, that sounds too easy, but I suppose we have to go down there."
Gareth Tuesday April 13th, 2004 8:45:37 PM
The warrioreyes the temple suspiciously. "Jandar, can you tell if there is evil here? Anything?".
Jandar 4d8(4+7+8+6)+16=41 Wednesday April 14th, 2004 2:15:22 AM
Jandar nods at Gareth's request and says,"I'll need a few minutes to do a couple of other things as well. Please make sure I'm not interrupted." He then casts 'detect evil'.
After his spell is cast, he moves to the unconscious treant and says,"Well, since Gareth can't lift you, and you don't seem to be going anywhere soon, let's see if we can fix what ails you."
He stands there, stock still, deeply concentrating for a few minutes, communing with Domi, then he stretches out both hands to lay on the treants trunk and casts 'Greater Restoration', hoping to cure the madness.
He takes a moment to clear his mind again after finishind, without waiting to see the result, and goes right back into casting. This time he casts 'Cure Critical Wounds' on the treant, with full faith in Domi that he can even heal wood.
When finished, he takes a depp breath, goes to his knees, rather tired from the battle and all of the magic he has cast, and just sits there, apparently either in prayer, or about to fall asleep...it's hard to tell which.
Onrad Wednesday April 14th, 2004 9:18:46 AM
Onrad puts his hand on Jandar's shoulder as he recovers lending him what strength he can through the touch of another.
"Take your time Jandar. We can wait a bit."
Onrad's eyes remain on the treant, hoping against hope that it can be healed and restored.
"Guys do you realize how valuable this treant is? He's proved himself noble. And we need an ally who understands this angry forest. Someone who can help us learn to coexist with it. Help us find ways to travel amongst it without upsetting it and it lashing back at us and the city."
Nonam Wednesday April 14th, 2004 2:14:09 PM
The mage mutters under his breath, "Except he's mad as a hatter."
Jus (Stoneskin: 150hp (20 min used); Cat's Grace 6+ rounds); Shield (3+ rounds); GMW to Bow (3+ rounds); AC: 34 front, 38 back; HP: 85) Wednesday April 14th, 2004 8:43:49 PM
"Wyrms and foul weather indeed," Jus says with a wary chuckle, wondering if this temple comes with its very own oracle.
Keeping an eye on the entrance downward, Jus awaits Jandar's expert administration.
"Again I must say," Jus tells everyone as he watches Jandar do his magic, "we have been truly blessed and honored by this man's arrival. Domi must be watching over us right now."
A laying of hands - Dm Ian Wednesday April 14th, 2004 9:58:21 PM
Admist the witty banter, Jandar's first prayer detects no evil about the temple edifice, or the staircase. The speaker is hidden from site, and is not visible for scanning. Neither rod detects as evil.
The cure critical prayer takes effect on the fallen treant immediately, closing its wounds, and slowly bringing the laying treant back to consciousness. The greater restoration prayer also takes effect, surrounding the treant with a powerful white pulsing aura that erases the blue tinge before fading away. The entire casting takes some ten minutes.
(Eleven minutes in total pass.)
The treant groans deeply, and begins to whisper, tired and weak.
"Its been so long, but you, priest of courage, you have redeemed me. It has been so long since the madness came upon us all, even before I knew of Ash, and his rituals of blood."
"Its all gone, all the confusion, pain and terror. Thank you", says the grateful treant.
Then, without opening its eyes, it speaks again. "I will do what I can here for you and yours. It is all I can do to repay you."
The lilting music from the temple continues, and is joined by the smell of a food being cooked over an open flame.
Gareth Thursday April 15th, 2004 6:29:25 AM
The warrior shrugs at all the results "I suppose we should go and speak to the caretakers of the temple...". He waits for the others and proceeds up the stairs.
Nonam Thursday April 15th, 2004 8:42:52 AM
"Well, get to know me Domi. Now, can we go downstairs before I get that blasted tune stuck in my head for all eternity?"
Onrad Thursday April 15th, 2004 9:24:46 AM
Onrad slaps Nonam on the back...well a bit rather too hard and says, "Always the treasure chest half empty with you, isn't it Nonam? Cheer up old fella. Something bad is bound to happen soon and then you can be happy!"
He smiles at the treant. "Glad you're back with us friend. So now that you're back to normal, What's your name? I didn't catch it."
Then whistling the happy tune from below, just to bug Nonam, he pronounces, "Ready friends?" and decends a few of the temple steps pausing for the others to catch up.
Addinein Thursday April 15th, 2004 12:48:51 PM
Thinking about all that transpired here, Addinein states, "One might think that the city got moved here on purpose. What with these events going on before we got here. The amount of stuff we have yet to discover.
This temple is at least better than what was here. Let us see what else we can learn, or be told."
(ooc sorry for missed posts. hard work day, where I had to recover from 2 bad mistakes. :( :) )
An offering of reason - DM Ian Thursday April 15th, 2004 9:52:23 PM
The treant remains supine, and whispers, "I am Angrim. Once you go within, I will travel from this place quickly. I will seek clean water, and allies, and await your word."
The group then mounts the steps, lead by Onrad and Gareth. The raised dias leads up to a fifteen foot wide, twelve foot tall staircase leading down at a 30 degree incline into the earth. About twenty feet down stand two youthful human males clad in sky blue short robes decorated with emerald vine embroidery. They are blond and blue eyed, with chiseled features and limbs.
The two give ground as the party comes downward the first few steps. The lead man smiles, and says, "I greet you to the Temple, prophecied ones. I am to tell you that our honored abbott is still awakening from the curse, but that he has a message for you, from the founder of our order. Will you come within, and hear this message?"
They retreat to the bottom of the forty foot staircase, into the beginning of an opulently furnished, apparently spherical room. The entire details cannot be seen from the party's current position, but the tapestries and rugs visible so far are lavish and bright with color.
The music lilts from further into the main room, as does the smell of food cooking.
Jandar Friday April 16th, 2004 1:19:31 AM
Jandar reddens in apparent embarrassment again at the compliments. He says quietly,"Thank you. I'm not used to such....praise. With the Gold Dragons, it was just expected I suppose. But it's good to be here."
Before he heads down the stairs, he takes one final glance back at the treant and says,"Be well. Domi has blessed you this day to aid you in helping this forest. I don't know how long we'll be here, but I hope you can make things right here in your home."
Lagging behind, he follows the group down the stairs and listens to the monks.
Gareth Friday April 16th, 2004 7:37:37 AM
The warrior acknowledges the treant's offer. "It's ggod to have allies. We will indeed send word when the time is right. Thank you for your help."
As they approach the entrance and are greeted he smiles at the invitation. "We would be honored to met your abbott and hear the message.". He enters as beckoned but remain skeptical that there could be any prophecy about them...
Nonam Friday April 16th, 2004 9:32:24 AM
The smell of cooking food just doesn't seem quite right to Nonam, and he stays alert as the party enters the temple. As they move forward, he gives the building the once over with his arcane sight.
Jus (Stoneskin: 150hp (31 min used); GMW to Bow (11 min used); AC: 34; HP: 85) Friday April 16th, 2004 9:32:45 AM
Laughing lightly as Jandar almost blushes, Jus slaps him on the back in comradary. Jus tries to maintain his happiness as they approach the opening and head downward to be greeted by the inhabitants.
His curiosity is in overdrive, now. Especially with talk of prophecy's and broken curses. However, the comments of shadows and fangs still drifts through Jus' mind, keeping him on edge.
Jus examines the tapestries and rugs, hoping they can reveal a bit of the history of this place. He tries to ignore the food. Unfortunately, it has been quite a while since he's eaten, and much longer since he's had anything but jerky and trail rations. His mouth waters as the smells build.
Out of respect, Jus keeps all his weapons sheathed and otherwise put away, but his stance is far from relaxed. There has been too many twists and turns lately to let him completely drop his guard.
As Jus wanders, listens, and waits, he always has one hand resting on the blue dagger given him by the drow.
Onrad Friday April 16th, 2004 11:12:45 AM
Onrad listens to Jandar, especially his statement about how his behavior is simply expected by the Gold Dragons. Well I think these guys have been without a cleric for a time after Tericus left. So they appreciate what a fine cleric brings to a group. Plus, us Storms haven't had it as easy as the golds in many ways. They were the first of this generation to be chosen, and received all the accolades of rejuvenating the Consortium and taking it to new heights, which they deserve.
"However, that has also meant that any other groups coming in their wake were doomed to be in their shadow and not have access to the same resources and opportunities."
He pauses to let that sink in.
Then he nods to the clerics and begins to follow.
Softly and privately to Addenein, Onrad says, "Hmm....I was expecting a lich in here. This all seems.....too easy somehow."
Addinein Friday April 16th, 2004 11:20:03 AM
Before Angrim can leave, Addinein comments, "We have heard about some liches in the area. Though we are not sure as to exactly where they are."
Keeping an eye out on the others, Addinein follows down to the apparent underground chamber.
Whispering to Onrad, "There seems to be a lot going on in this jungle. It remains to be seen whether this is considered too quiet. I would still be interested in getting one that is familiar with the blood that Angrim talked about, to come around and make sure this area is unaffected as such."
The Antechamber of the Temple - Dm Ian d20+17=25 d20+17=19 d20+16=18 d20+16=21 Friday April 16th, 2004 7:55:42 PM
Looking around, Nonam sees no magical aura on the temple itself. Gazing at the two monks, he sees a number of overlapping faint magical auras on the first, of the conjuration, abjuration, and alteration schools. Looks like a full defensive spell up. So much for trust.
Entering the room at the bottom of the stairs, the group finds themselves in what appears to be a forty foot sphere with the lower ten feet or so filled in. The ceiling is thirty feet up, and there are four great steel valves spaced evenly room (at 2'oclock, 5 o'clock, 7 o'clock, and 10 o'clock, with the stairs at 6 o'clock.)
The ceiling is mostly obscured by colorful tapestries hanging in a billowing spread from several points, and chains with glowing crystals descending from those fixtures. On the far side of the room, there is a modest altar adorned with cut flowers, still fresh and vibrant with the colors of the jungle.
The two monks move to the center of the room, turn, and bow in unison to the group. At this, there is a silver flash between them and the altar, and a third human appears.
He is a bit older, perhaps forty, and is clad in a much more ornate, formal robe. It is sky blue, and adorned with a mountain on the right shoulder, and descending, swirling embroidered lines. He wears no apparent holy symbol, device, armor, or weaponry. Nonam detects no magical effects from him. The man looks up, a broad smile accentuating lines around his green eyes, and sparse brown hair.
"Ahh... greetings. I am the Abbott here. I greet you, Storm Dragons, with seriousness. I have waited a long time to impart to you the message I have been entrusted with. I must ask your forebearance, however. The message may disturb you, and I would not have this place marred with violence."
(Spot, Sense Motive, Knowledge: Religion checks... up to you.)
Nonam d20+10=29 Friday April 16th, 2004 10:15:13 PM
"Don't worry. If there's violence here, we won't be the ones to start it."
(knowledge religion=29)
Jus (Stoneskin: 150hp (31 min used); GMW to Bow (11 min used); AC: 34; HP: 85) d20-1=10 Saturday April 17th, 2004 11:46:35 AM
Jus listens patiently, wondering what tricks the abbott has up his sleeves. [Sense Motive = 10, 12 if abbot is human]
Meanwhile, Jus will continue examining his surroundings, checking for more of the abbott's "helpers" that may be around.
Gareth d20=11 Sunday April 18th, 2004 11:50:30 PM
The warrior smiles to the abbott and uses all of his diplomacy to try and make a good impression. "We thank you for your hospitality. We have sensed no evil here and see no reason for violence of any kind.". He thinks to Max "Hey bud, what do you think of this guy? Is he for real or is he hiding something?".
Addinein d20=7 d20=12 d20=20 Monday April 19th, 2004 10:15:28 AM
Wondering what the abbot could mean, Addinein just stares and waits for the abbot to decide if he's going to deliver the message. Being ever the realist, Addinein will eventually glance around their surroundings to judge where the best advantage points are, and to judge whether there might be any kind of ambush.
(ooc not in front of character sheet. long weekend of handbell playing. Slept a LOT longer than anticipated. No time to look up sheet. rolled unmodified numbers in case they were needed)
Onrad d20+16=35 Monday April 19th, 2004 1:39:05 PM
Onrad listens intently watching the room instead of the speaker. He never had been a good judge of people's intentions. But he was good at spoting the truth of something by seeing if the environment of a situation matches the person and his message. So this he does.
[Search for anything out of place in this situation. +16 adjustment makes for a 35 search check.]
The message delivered - Dm Ian Tuesday April 20th, 2004 1:24:55 AM
Max replies telepathically to Gareth, "Everything in here is shielded from contact and scrying. I'd guess non-detection on everyone. There is something about the room itself, though."
Onrad sees that everything seems fine, except for one very tiny detail. There is a faint puff of a breeze from the staircase behind you, yet, the tapestries hanging from the ceiling, thin and ephemeral as they are, are not moving in time with the breeze.
The Abbott clears his throat, and begins, his voice stately and trained.
"One hundred years ago, the founder of our order had his first vision. It was a sprawling, epic view of what his life could become, and how he could bring much needed change to the Wold. The vision not only revealed a path he could walk to greatness, but that such an endeavor cannot happen alone, in a void."
"Over the following years, each of the components to his path he committed to one of his allies gathered from far and strange places. Each of the allies listened first to the message of eternal life, and then heard their place in the path to be walked. Suffice it to say that each was given a task."
"My task was to find the Storm Dragons, and explain to them the section of the vision that pertained to the Master, and them."
"I was told to impart that the path to greatness is an act of diplomacy as much as striving, of partnership as much as standing alone when no one else will do what is needed. It is this that the vision revealed about your group, that the Storm Dragons and the Master are enterwined, their fates walking the same road."
"Yet, visions have a way of framing multiple paths. Too easily could a misunderstanding turn a partnership into a rivalry. Too quickly can enemies turn potential allies against one another. Thus, in diplomacy and towards partnership, I am sent with information to aid your people, and an offer of aid, both in personnel and resources."
"Your town is about to be attacked from the inside, a shadowy wyrm deciding his time to replace your leaders and carve his own bloody niche. The Master is willing to render you aid in this matter to show his assistance, his goodwill."
"I am urged to ask you to put aside what you may have been told in the past, and ask you to consider the values of partnership into the future, to walk the path of visions, and indeed, be aided to finding your visions of epic achievement. Such a path cannot be walked by any one person or group. It can only be achieved in the context of ones allies and enemies."
"I ask you, would you accept this most generous offer by the Master Morlas?"
Jandar Tuesday April 20th, 2004 1:58:01 AM
Jandar, who has been silent up until now, asks Nonam quietly, since Gareth is engaged in the conversation,"Why does the name Morlas ring a bell with me?"
Gareth Tuesday April 20th, 2004 6:16:11 AM
"So Morlas wants to talk... Yes, we know about the wyrm, he offers nothing we don't already have. The last time we dealt with Morlas he was in league with those attempting to destroy the Wold. He was responsible for many, many deaths.". To Jandar he say "Morlas is a lich. The room and these beings are shielded by non-detection. They are liches too - I think...". The warrior does not draw his weapon but prepares for battle. "So, my good abbott. What would Morlas propose? Why does he not seek to kill us anymore? What help does he wish to offer?".
Onrad Tuesday April 20th, 2004 9:20:45 AM
"Yes, even I, far away heard of our dealings with Morlas in the past."
Onrad says nothing else letting those who were there then make the decisions.
"Hmm....why is there a breeze coming down the stairway, yet the tapestries in here do not move? Nonam? Methinks we should "GREATLY DISPELL" any thoughts of proceeding blindly."
Nonam (HP128, AC29, SR19, fly, stoneskin (145), POE(elec120), shapechange) Tuesday April 20th, 2004 10:57:15 AM
Nonam hovers a few inches off the ground as he sizes up the "abbott."
"Onrad, if I cast that down here, you aren't going to like what you see." He looks over at the abbott, "Is he?"
Then the wizard casts shapechange on himself, but he retains his own form... for now.
The heart of the matter - Dm Ian d20+19=34 d20+19=22 Tuesday April 20th, 2004 7:26:04 PM
The Abbott flicks his eyes to Nonam when Nonam begins his spell, but raises his hand, apparently recognizing the spell being prepared.
The Abbott states, "Any additional spells cast will taken as a sign of aggressive action. We have an opportunity to reach an accord."
"The events last year were not willing decisions undertaken by all, surely you can appreciate that. My Master recognizes that the Storm Dragons as a group are tied to his fate, and vice versa. He suggests that there are foes you have accumulated, and others unknown to you that could be common enemies."
"He also knows that the visions do not lie. The Storms must be either opposed or aligned, and he is not a being who appreciates mystery. He asks, do you truly need another enemy, or as rational beings, can you find a way, the courage required to become part of something greater."
The Abbott then whispers, "There is a storm coming, that does not care about the differences between us. Morlas offers a common alliance against it."
Nonam's question is apparently ignored.
Addinein Tuesday April 20th, 2004 8:19:30 PM
"I was not personally involved when your group was approached for my family. But did you not have to overcome certain tendencies, in order to begin a relationship with my family?
The personage here brings up a valid point. Who is the worse enemy to have?
Granted, I will not wager that we may come to blows in the future. Or that there might be something preserved now for future use against us, because it is not ready now.
This may be related to another matter that we have not had time to look into. This would make that matter an inconvenience."
Jus (Stoneskin: 150hp (31 min used); GMW to Bow (11 min used); AC: 34; HP: 85) Tuesday April 20th, 2004 9:40:53 PM
Jus follows the conversation easily. His skin crawls with a slight reddening of cheeks at the mention of Morlas. He nods in agreement as his suspicions are confimed regarding some type of illusion magic in work.
"You've got to be joking," Jus says at talk of aligning with a Liche. He looks over his shoulder, to make sure he's not about to be backstabbed. This is too unbelievable. Then again... Jus was just wondering about the black dragon; that it could be good, if it was raised right. Furrowing his brow, Jus can't help but wonder if these thoughts were his honestly, were the Abott's influencing him, or were his but are being leveraged by the Abott.
Either way, it almost doesn't matter. Morlas is not a baby with his future in front of him. A pact with that liche is a pact with evil.
Jus becomes completely confused when Addinein speaks, wishing there was a better, more private time that the group could talk. It appears Addinein may have a lot of relevant information regarding their current situation. Instead, he manages a "Huh?", complete with an exaggerated confused expression.
Jandar Tuesday April 20th, 2004 11:53:12 PM
Jandar listens to them all, then responds to Jus,"Even though it goes against everything we've ever experienced, the Gold Dragons allied with Parnoth, the embodiment of evil in the form of a great grren dragon, in order to help win the great war against the forces of Marteaus.
While I despise the thought that we might need assistance from such a creature as a lich, certainly this threat, if indeed there really is one, is more important than destroying one abomination, such as Morlas. If he turns against us, we simply detroy him. But I'm good with whatever you all decide, as I'm new around here and it won't hurt my feelings to end such a beasts's afterlife for good."
Before speaking, Jandar's hand has inched, ever so slowly to be ready to pull his warhammer, in case a fight breaks out. His hand now rests comfortably on his weapon hilt, not sure of how Gareth and the ever unpredictable Nonam will respond.
Onrad Wednesday April 21st, 2004 9:34:01 AM
"I see your point Abbott."
Onrad wonders about a Lich seeing visions. Isn't that usually a religious kind of thing? Strange that. Exceedingly strange.
"Who is this enemy? We're gonna need a bit more information before we agree to some sort off temporary alliance. Assurances too. Put your full offer on the table.
"The only way to earn our good faith in this is with you being forthcoming. If I am right, when Parnoth and the Gold Dragons joined forces, they told each other the truth and shared all information during that short time that they worked together for their common goal."
Onrad takes a slightly more agressive stance to indicate that he doesn't want to play more games here than is necessary.
Onrad also is kinda sensing that this Abbot has his own game to play which might not be the same one as Morlas.
Nonam (HP128, AC29, SR19, fly, stoneskin (145), POE(elec120), shapechange) Wednesday April 21st, 2004 11:11:19 AM
"I'm going to need a little more to go on than the threat of a common enemy. As I recall, Morlas was one of Marteaus' generals during the War of Ascension. He led the undead assault on Plateau City, and he killed Loren Kennither, my friend. So, offer something tangible instead of talk of visions and hidden enemies, or my part in this conversation is over."
Nonam pauses and continues, "And I'll give you a place to start, the drow approached us to wage war on you. That seemed like a good idea at the time, and in exchange, they offered us trade deals and a map that shows the Floating City's new location. They offered a concrete discussion that I understand and not veiled words about visions. So, I'll need something specific before I come to trust that fiend Morlas."
Counterpoint - Dm Ian d20=17 d20=6 d20=14 Wednesday April 21st, 2004 6:07:47 PM
As the party gradually moves hands towards weapons, and otherwise assumes a position of readiness, the two monks very slowly bend their knees and slide down into a solid defensive stance, their hands remaining at their sides. They give the impression of being coiled springs, ready to leap into a battle.
(Jus, feel free to take a disbelief save if you like.)
Jandar finds his gaze drawn by the altar across the room. The worn carvings on the simple stone shrine are out of place with the vibrantly recovered etchings elsewhere. The shrine is unrecognizable to Jandar's studies. For just a moment, the view of the shrine is replaced by the image of a man kneeling in prayer before an altar of Alemi. The man is definately human, wearing a mail coif and hauberk. His face is framed by red hair and sideburns, and greyish underclothes peek out from beneath his mail. Finally, not one, but two holy symbols lay around his neck, Alemi, and Teresalia.
The Abbott shoots back at Nonam, "The reason is simple. The drow are even now making alliances with the Black Dragons back at their trade camp. These are no mere commerce agreements... they include provisions for the support of Lathiese in the Floating City government, the Black Dragons in their feud against you, as well as information about the dark elven army which will shortly emerge onto the surface."
"Master Morlas is willing to stand with the surface forces against the dark elves, including assaulting the drow supply lines as they make war on the surface, and having certain key drow leaders assassinated. He is willing to supply a teleport key for the Black Dragon consortium castle that will bypass their physical and magical security. He is willing to offer two of his Chosen for a combined forces destruction of the wyrm Lathiese."
"What say you to this offer?" says the Abbott, looking to each of the group assembled before him.
Gareth Thursday April 22nd, 2004 12:07:11 AM
Listening to the comments the warrior states "And in return for this help - assuming, of course, it is enough - what does your Lord and Master seek in return? I am perfectly willing to fight fire with fire but only if it is the best course of action.". He wonders if killing the crazed treants was the correct action.
Jandar d20+17=25 Thursday April 22nd, 2004 1:54:55 AM
Jandar ponders his short vision for a moment, then is brought from his reverie with the proclamation of the drow.
He takes a moment to choose his words carefully, due to the present company,"My friends, unfortunately not all of any race can be trusted. While we can certainly trust Addenein and his family, I feel the drow have attempted to lead us down a path of their choosing, and not necessarily one of our benefit, nor the benefit of Floating City.
While they did give us information and a map, I distrust their intentions. They conveniently told us about the lich issue in the area, but only because they want them exterminated. I have met few drow I would trust, but I don't believe that these monks could utter lies of any magnitude in a temple of Alemi, especially one that has been here for so long.
However, I am not suggeting agreeing to this deal. I am merely stating my previous experience with drow, other than our friend's family. The drow and the Black Drudges make a good pairing, I fear. And if they have a weapon to fight liches, then I understand their is more happening here than meets the eye."
Jandar takes a close look at the abbott, to see if, without the red hair, the image he saw and the abbott could possibly be one and the same.(spot 25)
(Jandar realizes that the image could not possibly be the Abbott... too many differences in facial structure, bearing, accoutrements, etc. He also realizes that the altar before him is not the same altar as in his vision. Two different places. - Dm Ian
Nonam (HP128, AC29, SR19, fly, stoneskin (145), POE(elec120), shapechange) d20+17=36 Thursday April 22nd, 2004 9:50:48 AM
Nonam looks to the abbott and tries to relax just a bit, "I believe you, but I do have one concern, my fine fellow. I believe the drow approach us and plot behind our backs. I also believe Lathiese is a grave threat, and I can see that an alliance between a great black dragon, an army of drow, and the Black Bladders together constitute a grave threat. But what of Morlas? What does he plot behind our backs? What does he stand to gain? What does he want in return? And what type of aid does he offer us?"
"Also, understand that I'm not merely trying to be belligerent. I bring these issues up because we would like to reach an accord here. It's not every day one of your enemies approaches you about an alliance, and I hope you'll understand our need for caution."
(diplomacy=36)
Jus (Stoneskin: 150hp (31 min used); GMW to Bow (11 min used); AC: 34; HP: 85) d20+8=22 Thursday April 22nd, 2004 9:57:55 AM
"When did Morlas have these vision? And Gareth has the best point in all this, what does Morlas want in return?"
Jandar's words register, but Jus can't quite believe that these filthy undead could live in a temple dedicated to Alemi.
[Will disbelief = 22]
Addinein (by Jerry fm Todd) Thursday April 22nd, 2004 10:02:46 AM
"So it's a choice of the lessor of two evils then. A choice of which can be trusted further than the other. Drow by their inherent nature backstab each other. They won't think twice about manipulating us into neutrality while they cement their deals with our other enemies, the dragon and the blacks.
"However, most lich are lawful. They appreciate the need for alliances and the danger of breaking them in the middle of being in interdependant situations. And there is nothing that we need to agree to here concerning what happens between us and Morlas after our alliance concludes whenever that turns out to be.
"I say we consider allying with Morlas. However, I'm wondering if Morlas can offer to do more than he's currently offering. It so far seems to be just a small effort on the part of him and his followers. I think they can do more.
"Sweeten the deal abbot. There are 6 of us to convince."
Point for point - Dm Ian Thursday April 22nd, 2004 6:47:05 PM
The Abbott replies to Gareth first, saying, "The achievement of the three points the Master has offered to help with will also forward his own agenda. There is no need to ask for additional compensation at this time."
Then the Abbott turns to Jandar, a faint smile on his lips. "If the dark elves truly have a lich killing weapon, we would be willing to trade a like powered weapon for it. However, you would have to act quickly. I am afraid the dark elf currently in possession of such a weapon will have a very short life span."
(Jandar realizes that the image could not possibly be the Abbott... too many differences in facial structure, bearing, accoutrements, etc. He also realizes that the altar before him is not the same altar as in his vision. Two different places.)
The Abbott then addresses Nonam, saying, "We are discussing the beginning of a mutually beneficial partnership. Perhaps in your cities and schools the word evil has been built up to reflect some sort of absolute that devils adhere to. I assure you, most reasoning beings are entirely more complex than a single standard. What do any of us want? To live, to prosper, to grow, and see those who wrong us cast down. As for aid, the Master offers a teleport key modified to gain access to the Black Dragon fortress, two Chosen to aid in the destruction of Lathiese, and direct military aid against the dark elves."
Listening, Addinein is struck that anyone as alledgedly informed as this Abbott could speak of the fractious dark elves as a single group. There is more than one city, and each city is far from aligned behind a single banner. To say the 'dark elves' are doing anything is a gross simplification.
Jus carefully scans the environment, noting several small oddities. The tapestries above do not move with the breeze. Moving his boot very gently across the flagstones, he can see no cracks, but it feels as if his boot sole stutters across several. One of the monks moves ever so slightly, but does not cast a shadow on the Abbott's boot. Gathering his will, Jus pushes against the perception of this image, and sees beyond it.
The temple is a smashed, cracked rock chamber, partially overgrown with freshly torn vines. The tapestries above are rotted, and recently cut with some sort of edged implement so that they only hang a uniform ten feet from the ceiling. The two monks are gaunt, rotting humanoid tigers about six feet tall, with clawed hands somehow mounted on backwards. There is nothing but darkness in their eyes, and their fangs are distended. Both wear shimmering spidersilk cloaks, tooled lizardhide belts studded with mithril, and do not breath. The Abbott is simply not there. The figure talking to the group is nothing more than a carefully crafted illusion. The altar behind the Abbott-image is a badly cracked ancient thing, with a clear ring of undisturbed vegetation in a ring about a foot wide about it. The figures barely visible carved into it are reptilian and bipedal, but not familiar to Jus. With the thoroughness that the vegetation elsewhere in this room is mangled, that the vines around this altar are untouched is telling.
Heedless of this revelation, the 'Abbott' smiles and nods to Onrad's points. He replies with, "There are certainly other things that could be offered, but the three items, and the information I have already given you are all that I am empowered to offer at this time. I can take specific requests back to my Master, if you desire."
Nonam Thursday April 22nd, 2004 10:30:55 PM
"You never heard me mention the word "evil." I'm one of those that doesn't believe in it, but I don't trust Morlas either. Even so, I think we can make a common stand against Lathiese, the black dragons, and any army of drow that moves against Floating City."
The wizard nods to Gareth to show his approval of an agreement.
Jus (Stoneskin: 150hp (31 min used); GMW to Bow (11 min used); AC: 34; HP: 85) Friday April 23rd, 2004 11:30:24 AM We may have a small complication , Jus thinks to himself, wondering how the baby dragon will react to these plans.
Onrad's words strike true. There is a certain logic in aligning with a creature that believes following law is rule.
As he looks around, Jus in able to perceive past the mask of illusion placed on the temple. Strangely, the appearance of these lion-like creatures actually eases his mind a bit. Somewhere, these undead remind him of other creatures he has seen before and the trust he found in these others is hard not to apply to these (no matter how grotesque they are). Jus furrows his brow and gives a slight nod to the beasts. Otherwise, he does not indicate his piercing perception. Jus will tell his comrades about this at a latter time.
For now, it is time to think deeper on this offer. Jus could probably work with Morlas, on limited terms. If it serves a greater good and carried no promises of future debt, it may work.
"Addenien," Jus asks, "is there a way you can contact your family and find out if the Abott's rumors have a basis in truth?"
Onrad d20+16=17 Friday April 23rd, 2004 11:47:56 AM
As Nonam says that he doesn't believe in evil, Onrad's head takes a dip and whips over to look at Nonam.
::What?:: he thinks. ::First Jus carries a black dragon baby and now Nonam doesn't believe in evil? He has to be doing this for show....unless?::
He realizes he's dropped his jaw and closes it slowly. Then he turns his head further to lock eyes with Jandar.
His eyes say, ::Did you just hear that?::
He then, totally ignoring anything the abbott may say, concentrates upon Nonam looking for anything out of place.
[spot check on Nonam. Rolled a 1--failed.]
Jandar Friday April 23rd, 2004 12:07:14 PM
Jandar shrugs to Onrad's unspoken question. He looks a bit surprised and possibly baffled, but doesn't respond.
After a moment, he says,"Well, I suppose a decision is in order then. I guess, we have 3 choices. One, we agree with Morlas. Two, we agree with the drow. Three, we do what we want to do. I'm new around here, but, while I may dislike undead and consider them abominations, I dislike black dragons and the B;ack Dragons even more. And, while I don't trust this Morlas creature, I trust the drow we're dealing with even less.
And Nonam, we'll have a discussion one of these days, if you enjoy a good debate, about the words 'evil' and 'good'. However, today is not the day, I would guess."
Nonam Friday April 23rd, 2004 12:57:10 PM
"I look forward to it Jandar, but I have to warn you, Tericus never managed to convince me."
[Nonam's entry in the Adventurer's Repose even says he doesn't believe in good and evil. It shouldn't surprise Onrad given that's what they used to fight about: esp whether or not witches were evil. :)]
Addinein Friday April 23rd, 2004 1:30:23 PM
"As of right now I'm not sure that my family has had any other contact with any other houses. But something of bigger import is that Morlas, or at least his representatives don't appear to know much about Drowkind. It appears that they may only have encountered the families that we've already spoke too. It seems that have had limited exposure to our kind.
Direct military action on his part might fall short of the mark of what we would want. We should consider military support that is co-ordinated by us, or supports us. But not until further information or scouting can be done.
I would also fathom that we would need the documentation of the Black Dragons alignment with Lathiese so that we may prove at the appropriate time that our actions against the Black Dragons are justified."
Round three,.. talk! - Dm Ian Friday April 23rd, 2004 10:26:53 PM
The Abbott listens to each of the points and replies to Addinein, "I can only offer what I have at this point. If you wish me to carry those terms back to my Master, I can. However, I very much doubt it would be a good idea for our troops and allies to mingle with yours. There are matters of internal intelligence to consider, as well as the differing diets of our peoples."
He then continues with a wry smile, "If you require any proof of the complicity of the Black Dragon consortium and Lathiese, simply cast divinations about the identity of Lathiese's mate. You will have to have something of the wyrms or the mates to have any chance of bypassing their wardings, and it will take multiple casts, but I believe you will find the results... amusing."
"Your decision, Storm Dragons?"
Gareth Saturday April 24th, 2004 7:40:49 AM
The warrior listens carefully to everyone - in cluding the abbott. He asks the abbott "Apparently you know much about this alliance of which you speak. How much time do we have to before they act? We would prefer to have time to verify your claims and speak to our cities leaders before proceding any further. Perhaps we could reconvene later?".
Nonam Saturday April 24th, 2004 11:47:43 PM
Nonam flashes Gareth a look that's intended to suggest that the wizard knows what he's doing. Maybe it suggests the proper sentiment; maybe it just looks like the wizard is crazy.
"For my part, I believe that we should stand with Morlas against this common enemy, but the final decision belongs to Gareth."
Jus (Stoneskin: 150hp (31 min used); GMW to Bow (11 min used); AC: 34; HP: 85) Sunday April 25th, 2004 5:50:34 PM
"I agree, Nonam," Jus says, "except that we only have Morlas' word that their is a common enemy. He could just be playing on our disdain for the Black Bladders."
Jus listens, deferring to Gareth, but hoping things get settled soon. Instead, Jus starts daydreaming, trying to figure out what the connection between these lion-like characters and Morlas would be. Jandar mentioned Alemi, and the lion-taur Jus once met was an Alemi worshipper, if Jus recalls correctly. Could undead worship Alemi? Is that at all possible?
Addinein Monday April 26th, 2004 12:04:58 PM
"I see the need, and concur that we should follow through on this. I have had my say, and know that we must confer. I leave the final decision up to Gareth."
Addinein's a little worried about some of the details of this plan. But he agrees with Gareth that the party needs time to plan with the city's leadership.
The current situation makes Addinein grow suddenly wistful, as he remembers some of the early adventures with his sister, prior to coming to the surface.
Onrad Monday April 26th, 2004 12:21:49 PM
Onrad finds it amusing that all now defer to Gareth. He had asked earlier when he first appeared who was the leader in combat and no one answered or seemed to know.
Now, however, in a decision requiring cunning and intelligencee, the two smartest and most cunning of the group defer to Gareth. Amazing!
However, he smiles at the loyalty and friendship that implies.
::Good!:: he thinks.
He turns to Gareth smiling and chimes in, "Well boss?"
Jandar d20=15 Monday April 26th, 2004 2:41:30 PM
Jandar shrugs, having said his peace. He continues to look around and concentrates on the alter area while the others hash it out.
An uninvited guest - Dm Ian d20=20 Monday April 26th, 2004 8:07:30 PM
The Abbott nods to Gareth, and says, "I would have to speak to our Master to get recent intelligence on their timetable. We would be happy to meet with you at a later time. Are you capable of the sending spell?"
Any immediate response is interrupted by a cultured male voice calling from up the staircase, just outside. Each of the party members recognizes the voice as Fai'fasal, the drow male they conversed with in the jungle.
"Undeath we might have forgiven. Feeding on the flesh and blood of lessers we could have forgiven. Betrayal, never! Stand forth minions of Morlas, and have the mandate of Jancassis placed upon you!"
This shout is punctuated by a heavy percussive impact on the stone of the temple roof above. The structure creaks, but no serious damage is caused. Both Gareth and Onrad think it may have been a stone from a catapult or trebuchet.
(Any interested parties, please make a sense motive check.)
Jus is the only one who sees the impact open fine cracks in the ceiling of the room, and dust spill down about ten feet to partially outline a wall of force horizontally across the room twenty feet from the floor and just over ten feet below the ceiling. It is unclear whether it covers the whole room or not, but would explain the earlier observation about the breeze not moving the ceiling hung tapestries.
The Abbott snaps his attention back to Gareth and states, "Damned lying drow. Shall we meet soon, or deal with these interlopers together?"
Whilst all this occurs, Jandar begins to feel a resonance with the altar. It is a calm, comforting sensation, subtle and yet convincing. He is sure at a basic level the altar is not evil, although it certainly is not consecrated to Alemi or any of the other current Gods. Perhaps there might be a detail about the construction that is signifigant, if Jandar were to inspect at a closer range?"
Gareth Monday April 26th, 2004 8:48:56 PM
The warrior thinks quickly. "I'd say you have dealt with the drow before and that you have not told us everything regarding your dealings with them. And now they accuse you of double crossing them. Actually, I think that's funny. Drow complaining about being double-crossed... If they wish to do battle with us then I'm not inclined to disappoint them. We'll make them aware of our presence and if they continue then they have decided for us. We will stand with you. But before we continue, we will know more from you.". The warrior draws his sword and walks toward the entrance. He bellows out to the "I thought you were leaving the temple to us? Why does Fai'fasal lead an attack against us - those he wishes to make allies?".
Jus (Stoneskin: 150hp (31 min used); GMW to Bow (11 min used); AC: 34; HP: 85) d20-1=2 d20+4=23 Monday April 26th, 2004 9:32:09 PM
When the pounding begins, and the dust reveals the wall, Jus looks over to the two "disciples" on the side. As the Abbott speaks, Jus attempts to determine which of the two are directing the illusion. He also examines both in detail for any signets, symbols, or markings that may prove useful in the future, using his Magic User's skills to store the information away for later use.
Jus listens to Gareth, pleasantly impressed that the once dim-witted buffoon has evolved into the leader before them. However, Jus has to add one small detail to Gareth's comments, "The drow may be talking to us concerning betrayal, not the Abbott."
Regardless, Gareth has chosen and Jus will follow.
[Sense Motive: 2; CHR check: 23]
Jandar d20+20=35 d20+20=31 d20+17=28 Tuesday April 27th, 2004 1:13:15 AM
Jandar begins to become curious when all the talking begins again. Annoyed, he ignores the noise to concentrate upon the alter. This is his 'cup of tea', not dealing and double dealing with liches and drow and the like.
He does, in fact, move closer to the alter, using his knowledge of religion(DC35) and of the arcane(DC31), along with an attempt to spot(DC28) anything abnormal, or out of place about the alter.
(He takes as long as is needed for each task, going in the order stated above.)
Onrad Tuesday April 27th, 2004 9:07:25 AM
Seeing that Gareth has point near the entrance, and noticing Jandar heading to the altar to inspect it, he chooses to guard Jandar for the moment.
He especially watches for opponents coming from other directions and to be sure that the abbott those with him don't choose this moment to betray us. He also watches their preparations to be sure that they are actually going to fight with them.
His Rapier comes out. Onrad quickly slides to the floor doing the splits and then back up again to test that he's still limber and ready to go.
Nonam (HP128, AC29, SR30, fly, stoneskin (145), POE(elec120), shapechange) Tuesday April 27th, 2004 1:06:43 PM
Irritated at the interruption and the general situation, Nonam relies on his readied spell and shapeshifts into a planetar like the one the group met at the battle for Edenmoor.
The wizard shouts, "We're being played," and his form melds instantly into that of a tall, powerful emerald skinned angel. After shifting he begins radiating a protective aura against evil that covers the area around him in a radius of 20 feet.
Heh, bet those liches don't like that.
Then deciding this was no time not to see exactly what is going on in the room, he uses the rod of maximize to casts greater dispel magic in a burst in the room. (dispel check = 37)
[Angel Traits: An angel possesses the following traits (unless otherwise noted in a creature's entry). --Darkvision out to 60 feet and low-light vision. --Immunity to acid, cold, and petrification. --Resistance to electricity 10 and fire 10. -- +4 racial bonus on saves against poison. --Protective Aura (Su): Against attacks made or effects created by evil creatures, this ability provides a +4 deflection bonus to AC and a +4 resistance bonus on saving throws to anyone within 20 feet of the angel. Otherwise, it functions as a magic circle against evil effect and a lesser globe of invulnerability, both with a radius of 20 feet (caster level equals angel's HD). This aura can be dispelled, but the angel can create it again as a free action on its next turn. (The defensive benefits from the circle are not included in an angel's statistics block.) --Tongues (Su): All angels can speak with any creature that has a language, as though using a tongues spell (caster level equal to angel's Hit Dice). This ability is always active.
Planetar traits: -Damage reduction 10/evil, -regeneration 10, -spell resistance 30, -any weapon used is good aligned]
Addinein Tuesday April 27th, 2004 2:37:15 PM
Shaking his head, Addinein is not sure of what is going on. Thinking to himself, too many things are happening as if they are on cue. It seems like the events of late are just leading us right into the next event. We aren't even searching for them, they just sort of happen.
hmmmmm...
As his thoughts are in dis-array, Addinein will draw his bow and prepare for the upcoming battle. Letting Gareth have the lead and the say for what is to be done.
Confusion reigns - Dm Ian d20+20=31 d20+46=66 d20+40=58 3d6(1+2+4)+10=17 d6=2 Tuesday April 27th, 2004 4:13:30 PM
(Posting a little early since all players had already done so.)
As Nonam begins to cast, the Abbott growls, "I warned you. If you are not with the drow, run." With this the Abbott disappears.
Nonam's partially completed greater dispel magic is then counterspelled, ripped away from his arcane preparation with a rude, jarring sensation. To compound the insult, Nonam is struck by an arrow suddenly flaring out of invisibility, and feels the poke of a metallic blade in the small of his back, followed quickly by the skin under the clothing there being torn open magically into a bleeding wound. The arrow bursts into a sickly green radiance as it strikes Nonam, but the glimmering angel aura turns this foulness aside before it can complete its effect.
(Arrow, Flat footed AC: 66, lesser globe nullifies the spell stored touch of idiocy. Arrow still inflicts 17pts of damage. Stoneskin and angel DR combine to provide 10/adamantite and evil DR, preventing all but 7 points of damage. Rapier, flat footed touch AC: 58, no damage, 2 points of constitution damage, which will by extension cause 17 points of hp loss that cannot be blocked by damage reduction.)
Jandar, gazing at the altar, sees it flare a soft white light for just a moment before the counterspelling occurs. In this fraction of a moment, he thinks he sees that the altar itself is some kind of openable container. He is now three feet from the altar.
The two monks shift forms as they move, stepping five feet to stand before Gareth and Onrad respectively. Both are now six foot humanoid tigers wearing spidersilk cloaks and wide leather belts over robes. They have distended fangs, and clawed hands backwards on their arms. Both drop into a solid defensive stance, and gaze levelly at the nearby warriors, confident and visibly angry.
As all this begins, Fai'fasal answers Gareth with a shout from outside. "We are here for the undead. If you still possess free will, Blue Knives, join the fight or step aside!"
(To recap, the room is a forty foot sphere with the bottom ten feet filled in to make the floor. The stairs come into the room in the due south, and four, ten-foot wide doors are spaced around the room. The altar is on the north side of the room, where Jandar is standing. Addenein, Jus, and Nonam are standing by the staircase. Gareth and Onrad are standing about five feet in front of them each being confronted by a tiger-man monk. If you need to target an effect or attack that won't fill the whole room, feel free to use directions similar to clock headings, with noon being north / the altar, and 6'oclock being the southern staircase leading up and out.)
Gareth Tuesday April 27th, 2004 10:28:20 PM
The warrior scowls at the tiger things, clearly not too worried. "So they are here for you... I have heard a lot of promises and lots of talk hidden behind illusion and deception. We do not yet know who we will stand with, but we do not know who we will stand against either. We will stand aside and not aid you or the drow - if you are willing. But if you attack us, you have chosen for us just as I said the drow would. Using your own words. Would you rather face the drow, or us AND the drow? Name a meeting time and we will speak again - if you choose not to attack.".
Jandar(AC28, HP 159, BS +4) Wednesday April 28th, 2004 1:32:52 AM
Not sure if the undead know about the entrance or not, Jandar doesn't open it or try to open it just yet. Instead, he casts 'Bull's Strength, Mass' on all the party, since it's not necessarily an offensive spell, and, even though Nonam has been hit, a full scale fight hasn't broken out....yet.
(+4 to everyone's str)
Nonam Wednesday April 28th, 2004 8:48:54 AM
Nonam regenerates damage taken, but still feels weak from the constitution loss.
He hesitates and looks about his surroundings. He's unsure which group is the right one to support. He doesn't like any of the options, and this isn't the place to talk about it. He thumbs his mass teleport ring. "How does everyone feel about going home? Circle around me if you do. Otherwise, we're about to fight someone. Quick now."
Jus (B.Strength: +4; Stoneskin: 150hp (31 min used); GMW to Bow (11 min used); AC: 34; HP: 85) Wednesday April 28th, 2004 9:45:42 AM
"Yes, when and where, quick," Jus agrees with Gareth's words. The best solution here would be to step aside.
Jus nods to Nonam's suggestion, and gets close. "It will be hard to join the Drow again, if that is the right thing to do. Somehow I doubt anyone that could align themselves with the Black Bladders would be good. After all, we know they already tried to kill the Overlord."
Again, Jus spends his time studying every little detail, especially the non-illusioned altar that Jandar finds so interesting. Hopefully, Jus will be able to reconstruct the true altar's carvings effectively for Jandar in the future. However, with as intense as Jandar is, perhaps he has already seen past the illusion.
Addinein (BS+4) Wednesday April 28th, 2004 10:06:32 AM
When Addinein feels Nonam's spell go awry, he turns quickly and understands that Nonam has been attacked. Hearing Nonam's call, Addinein moves join Nonam for the teleport, and prepares himself to protect Nonam. As he does so, he changes to his rapiers, since there is someone close by.
"I feel there are too many questions, and not enough answers. Too many things seem convenient in explanation. A re-grouping is in order."
Onrad Wednesday April 28th, 2004 10:14:56 AM
Onrad goes Total Defense with tumbling and reverse flips back to stand near Nonam. Not knowing how the ring works, he reaches out to touch Nonam's arm with his off hand.
Rapier stands prepared to "defend" in the other.
There's lots he wants to say, as he tends to be talkative until battle actually begins, but he refrains.
"Ready."
Nonam Wednesday April 28th, 2004 2:51:27 PM
Sensing Onrad's hesitation, "Everyone needs to be in contact, and at least one person needs to be touching me."
A brief respite
Time to go Thursday April 29th, 2004 3:48:35 AM
As the group steps together, one of the monks states flatly, "When you complete your deliberations, use a sending spell to contact me. If you are unable to do this, one of our people will contact you in three days."
With this, Nonam activates his ring, and the group surroundings shift suddenly. The group finds themselves within a comfortable room, with a suprised Tericus looking up from a private dinner alone, an open book beside his plate.
Funny what happens when non-specific teleports are used. The group is back in the Big Float, within a room in the Temple of Alemi.
(My apologies for the late post.)
Onrad Thursday April 29th, 2004 8:56:48 AM
"Wow, what a rush!"
Onrad sits in a chair besides Tericus. "Greetings. Sorry to disturb your studying."
He looks around.
"So this is where you guys live now. Kinda.....religious don't you think Nonam? Have you found gods?"
Nonam Thursday April 29th, 2004 9:58:47 AM
Nonam stretches his angelic wings and brings his hands up to his chest in a suggestion of prayer. Then he looks down at Onrad and says, "Peace, my child. Our dwelling is elsewhere, and there is no need to fight in these hallowed halls of Alemi."
Then he looks over to Tericus, "Father Tericus, it is good to see you again. Whatever happened to you in the forest?" Instead of the familiar mage, Tericus sees a 9 foot green angel.
Tericus Thursday April 29th, 2004 10:47:30 AM
after almost spilling his drink all over his book, Tericus sets his glass down and stands up. "Welcome, my friends!" Tericus says happily. "Come, sit down and join me for dinner. Ill summon a servent." Tericus says as he picks up a bell on the table and rings it. "Thats a new look for you." Tericus says to Nonam. "Ive been here, in the Temple of Alemi, studying. What have you all been up to?"
Addinein Thursday April 29th, 2004 1:59:50 PM
Nodding in acknowledgement of Nonam, Addinein states, " Getting to know our new neighbors and such that are in the Jungle. If I didn't see the sun outside, I'd swear we were back in the Underdark."
Sighing, Addinein pulls up whatever seat is available, and gets comfortable, after putting his weapons away.
Looking at the rest of the group, Addinein adds, "So now what do we do?"
Jus (B.Strength: +4; Stoneskin: 150hp (31 min used); GMW to Bow (11 min used); AC: 34; HP: 85) Thursday April 29th, 2004 6:03:08 PM
"Didn't you find out before you left?" Jus asks Onrad. "This was Nonam's true form all along! He always got in fights with you just to test your character."
Welcoming Tericus with a hug, Jus gushes words of thanksgiving that Tericus is okay. "I was truly worried when you disappeared in the forest. I take it there wasn't some Black Bladder conspiracy to remove you."
You rang? - Dm Ian Thursday April 29th, 2004 6:49:46 PM
Soft, hurried footfalls in the corridor outside preview the opening of the door into Tericus' suite by a fresh-faced young acolyte.
"Yes, High Priest Tericus?"
The acolyte tries to avoid glancing at each of the visitors, and fails. He keeps his mouth shut, but his expression expresses suitable levels of awe for finding an angel in Tericus' quarters.
Gareth Thursday April 29th, 2004 8:50:16 PM
Relieved of their departure, the warrior stands down immediately and smiles as his friend is clearly OK. "I was concerned for you, my friend. It's good to see you. I think a meeting with the Overlord is in order...".
Jandar Friday April 30th, 2004 1:31:10 AM
Jandar hangs back a bit, giving the friends as much time to reunite themselves as they need. He says nothing, becoming a bit unsure of his place in the group now.
Angelic Nonam Friday April 30th, 2004 7:57:16 AM
Nonam looks to Jus, "Do not tease him my child. You know that your words are not truthful, and the Great Healer despises the venomous tongue."
Then he turns to the acolyte, "Peace be with you and yours, my son. All is well with Father Tericus."
Clearly the wizard's starting to enjoy this role... and lucky for him, the spell lasts almost 3 hours.
Onrad Friday April 30th, 2004 8:41:33 AM
Looking in surprise at Jus, Onrad's mouth drops open again today for about the 4th time.
"Oh, Holy Lem...oops. sorry. I didn't know....Onrad bows before Nonam. Please forgive sir! I meant no harm."
He then goes and puts his arm on Jandar's shoulder.
"I don't know, Jandar, we may be out of our league here. Truly."
::doing his best to keep a straight face::
Jus Friday April 30th, 2004 9:30:27 AM
Jus loves the teasing, and joins right in in carrying it forward for the acolyte. "My humble apologies," Jus says, bowing before Nonam.
Now, back to the unfortunate business before them. "Gareth, I agree that a meeting with the Overlord is required, but what do we answer when she asks our opinion on what should be done?"
Tericus Friday April 30th, 2004 11:23:53 AM
"The last thing I remember was that a Prismatic sphere exploded and I found myself here. Everything before that is fuzzy." then he looks at Gareth and says "Why do you need a meeting with the Overlord, and," he says as a whisper, "Who is that." he says pointing at Jandar.
The debate begins - Dm Ian Friday April 30th, 2004 7:58:46 PM
The mention of the Overlord in conjuction with an unearthly appearance of the 'angel' is too much for the acolyte. He flees the room, mumbling something respectfully incoherent about something to drink,... and eat. Yes, eating.
The group finds themselves alone in Tericus' finely appointed room.
Jandar Saturday May 1st, 2004 2:19:17 AM
Jandar smiles at Onrad's jest and nods. He is enjoying the friendship adventuring seems to bring out in each other. Sometimes you forget when you are in libraries and temples all day, how a threat of violence can bind people together.
Jandar says,"While you are all getting re-acquainted, I've got some questions for Domi. So, if there are no objections, I'll finda quiet place to do that. I can ask him up to sixteen questions that will be answered yes or no. I already have a few in mind, but if you all have any specific questions, I will ask them. I'm sure you will want to catch Tericus up on what has happened."
Nonam Saturday May 1st, 2004 8:38:53 AM
"Tericus, this is Brother Jandar of the Gold Dragons. Jandar, Tericus."
As Jandar goes to pray, Nonam suggests, "You might try to figure out if either group told us the truth."
"And to catch you up to speed, after you disappeared, we discovered a group of drow in the jungle."
"They gave us a map that shows our location in the Wold in exchange for trade deals and a war against a nest of liches. They seemed reasonable at the time, so we agreed."
Then there was this little side show with some mad treants, and we found an ancient temple. We went in it and discovered the liches. They're followers of Morlas. They said that the drow are aligning themselves with Lathiese, you remember the big black dragon, and the Black Dudders. They say side with them against the drow because our destinies are entwined with Morlas. Then the drow showed up. There was going to be a battle and rather than choose a side, we came here."
"Obviously, one if not both groups lied to us. We know that Morlas isn't trustworthy, and these drow do not appear to be either. We've not had the opportunity to discuss these matters in private until now."
Nonam looks around at everyone, "Is that pretty much how things stand? While there I was willing to agree with the liches. We're going to double-cross someone, but they'd both double-cross us. So, I don't see much of a problem there."
Jus Saturday May 1st, 2004 10:47:56 PM
Jus pulls Jandar to the side, away from the others, before he leaves. Jus is somewhat embarrassed to ask his questions, with a bit of not wanting to cause a stir mixed in. Privacy would probably be prudent here.
"Would you mind, if you have a spare question, asking if the baby dragon can grow up non-evil?", Jus whispers his question to Jandar. "I mean, I know blacks are evil, but do they have to be, or is it their upbringing? He might be young enough that he doesn't have to be." With a shrug, Jus hesitantly steps back, then goes back to the table to see what Tericus was reading.
You doing alright? Jus concentrates to the dragon-in-the-box. I got a delivery from the Catacombs that I thought you'd appreciate. It satisfies your desire and need for food and drink. Care to give it a try?
Jus looks around, deciding if this room is large enough to open the box so he can give his dragon, make that the dragon, the Ioun Stone.
Onrad Monday May 3rd, 2004 9:27:38 AM
Onrad nods as Jus takes Jandar aside. He doesn't know for sure what Jus is asking of Jandar, but he's pretty sure. If Jus didn't want questions about his dragon answered, he sure did.
When Jus finishes, Onrad gives his request to Jandar. "Ask about the visions that you and I had. Find what you can about their meanings and who sent them. If it wasn't a god, I could get pretty paranoid right about now thinking of who could invade my mind like that and send me a vision."
Addinein Monday May 3rd, 2004 10:53:29 AM
Smiling as the pleasantries are exchanged. Addinein waits for the conversations to get started.
Addinein waits patiently as he listens and waits for his chance to speak.
"As of right now I tend to think that Morlas " Addinein pauses as he tries to make sure he's pronouncing the name right. "and his crew could have been doing more lying overall. We didn't get a chance to make sure that the other family was out there. It seemed convenient that they were attacking at the time we were being asked to make a decision. Jandar you might ask to make sure that these drow were actually there about to engage us, or whether there was some kind of trickery involved."
Addinein does quite catch on to the subtle humor right at first. After being able to clear his mind of his thoughts, it hits him that the group was playing a little with the young human.
Divinations and Investigations - Dm Ian Monday May 3rd, 2004 8:18:40 PM
Jandar prepares his prayer, and the discussion continues. There is a hesitant knock at the door a few minutes later, and a half dozen acolytes enter one by one to drop off a surprising array of meat, fresh fruit, tea, wine, and pastries. Then, as quickly as they came, they retreat. You get the impression that they came to disprove their companions "bragging" and went away impressed.
Jus slips the gateway-box open, and passes a delicate ioun stone to a black scaled claw. Then, the gateway is closed once again.
(Any specific spellcasting, investigations, messages, contacts, etc? Which questions are proposed and asked? Feel free to email if you have any questions on possible actions.)
Gareth Monday May 3rd, 2004 8:19:05 PM
At Jandar's offer the warrior listens to the questions the Storms request. "Why not ask who we should align ourselves with? Ask about the drow/dragon/Black Dragons alliance. Is it real or did the liches lie? Would we be better off not aligning with anyone? Delaying? Those are my thoughts...".
The warrior smiles as he relises his good friend Tericus is safe. "Two clerics... now THAT is some serious firepower! So Tericus, are you rejoining us?".
Tericus Monday May 3rd, 2004 9:53:28 PM
Tericus hears what Gareth says and nods in his direction. "Yes, im going to rejoin you. Its time for us to unite once again." then he says, addressing everyone, "I dont think we should ally with anyone. All of this sounds to conveinent to me. I belive both sides are trying to set us up for something."
Onrad Tuesday May 4th, 2004 9:03:05 AM
Yes, that would be the simplest way to be sure that we don't get taken. However, can we stand against both groups alone? If we choose that path, I think that we should contact the Consortium and see if there are any groups that we could call in to help us.
Also, if we choose that path, we have to go after one group or the other first. And by doing so, we inadvertently aid the other.
I think that is the most important thing to discover: who to ally with if anyone.
Nonam Tuesday May 4th, 2004 11:08:53 AM
"I say we continue to meet with both sides. They seek to play us because we come to the game late, but we should try to play them instead. What we really need is an intelligence network. I understand the Gold and Red Dragons both had such a group. Why don't we? Perhaps Alicia... er the Overlord, can help us in that regard."
Jus Tuesday May 4th, 2004 6:03:45 PM
"I once had a network of kids that I used," Jus admits. "But that was quite a long time ago. I could try and find some to recreate the network."
The discussion continues - Dm Ian Tuesday May 4th, 2004 7:25:35 PM
The discussion continues.
Jandar Wednesday May 5th, 2004 1:15:02 AM
Jandar nods at everyone's requests. He then asks,"Does anyone have an item that came from Lathiese's lair when you fought her? I will attempt to find out who her mate is. Morlas's abbott thought we might find it amusing, so it's worth the attempt."
If anyone offers an item, he takes it and heads to a secluded spot. He sits down and focuses his thoughts on his God. He begins to pray, focusing on the events that took place and asks his sixteen questions.
He will then begin his divination spells, requesting Domi to show him or tell him who Lathiese's mate is.
Onrad Wednesday May 5th, 2004 8:40:56 AM
Onrad moves to the door used earlier by the clerics and steps outside to see that Jandar is not interupted.
He nods to Gareth so that Gareth sees what he's doing.
Tericus Wednesday May 5th, 2004 10:55:40 AM
Tericus folds his arms and says "Im not interested in meeting with any of them. All they are going to say is a bunch of lies."
Nonam Wednesday May 5th, 2004 3:50:37 PM
"True, Tericus, but if we don't meet with either of them, we'll be caught in the middle."
"Jandar, that thing Jus is carrying around is the only thing we have from the lair. Lathiese is a male, so I can at least surmise that you're looking for a female. We've established in the past that the Overlord isn't a dragon, and no one else would surprise me."
Jus Wednesday May 5th, 2004 5:55:12 PM
Jus pulls out the box and gives it to Jandar. He's not exactly thrilled to part with it, but does so anyway; it may help get his questions answered, too.
Gareth Wednesday May 5th, 2004 10:49:13 PM
The warrior listens to everyone and sees Jandar go to his prayers. "I think we should meet with the Overlord and hear what Jandar has to say. Then we may be able to make a better decision. Also, how about the treant? Maybe he can help us gather information?".
The discussion wraps up - Dm Ian Thursday May 6th, 2004 1:14:13 AM
The group makes plans for their next move.
Jandar Thursday May 6th, 2004 2:02:38 AM
After a long while, Jandar finally finishes his spells. He returns to the group and says,"I have many answers. As always, some were clear, others not. Some meant nothing to me, but might mean something to you all, so please listen carefully and I will detail what was important.
First, Jus, about your dragon....it is not evil because of its upbringing, and there is greater than a thirty percent chance it will be able to be good, or at least neutral if it stays in your possession. It was unclear whether it could be deadly against the Storms in the future.
Next, both Morlas and the drow were honest in their offer of an alliance and neither was lying about that. Neither, of course, told us the whole truth. And it was unclear whether or not either would betray us in the future. Also, we would not be protecting the Float if we allied ourselves with Morlas. Nor are the drow planning an attack on the Float.
There really is a traitor within the city, and the Black Doorknobs are definitely allied with Lathiese and are plotting something.
The priest in my vision was actually Tericus, but I hadn't realized he had become a priest of Alemi. He wore two holy symbols, which confused me until now.
We should return to the altar that I was beginning to inspect, there is something there that will benefit us, although it could be a copper piece or ten million in gold, the extent of the benefit was unclear.
And lastly, I received a divination when I prayed about the connection of Lathiese and his mate. The amswer came back cryptically as follows,'Yhe cracks in an egg follow years after the shattering of its foundation. Yet, when even the broken are betrayed, seek the loving night in the smiling sun'.
That's all of it. Boy, doesn't this give us more to talk about?"
Tericus Thursday May 6th, 2004 7:08:29 AM
after hearing everything that has been said, Tericus turns to Jus and says "You have a dragon? Can I see it?"
Addinein Thursday May 6th, 2004 7:53:26 AM
"If there is someone moving against the float, especially within the Blacks, should we not maybe bring the Overlord here, under some kind of cloak of secrecy. For surely someone at the float it watching for us, or anyone that might inform the Overlord of what we are doing. Or should we just talk via our communication devices?
(ooc sorry for missed posts. Mon and Tues are a change of schedule, and this week was once again a challenge of TV production. :( ;) )
Onrad Thursday May 6th, 2004 9:13:58 AM
No, she is more secure in her palace. And less likely to be overheard there with her likely magical protections against such stuff.
Plus there is no need to hash this through more than once and then be on our way while surprise of action could lie with us.
Nonam, I say we should mass teleport to the palace entrance now and ask to see the overlord and let her lead our discussions of Jandar's findings.
He stands and puts his hand on Nonam's arm, holding his other towards Tericus.
Nonam Thursday May 6th, 2004 12:16:34 PM
"The ring only works once per day, so we can walk. It's good for you, you know."
Jus Thursday May 6th, 2004 6:46:37 PM
Jus laughes at Nonam's response to Onrad. The chance, however small, that the dragon could be good is good to hear. It has put him in a very good mood.
"I guess Onrad is used to popping into places. Isn't that how he keeps meeting us?" Jus says.
Taking the box back, Jus lets Tericus know about Kieran. "I'd love to introduce him, but we need a big place to let him out and we'd better head to the Overlord soon anyway."
Crosstown Traffic - Dm Ian Thursday May 6th, 2004 8:07:24 PM
The group exits the Temple of Alemi, and makes their way across town without much ado.
(Feel free to make spot checks).
The group makes it to the Overlords palace with only a little recognition from the average man on the streets. The townsfolk's reactions are friendly and complimentary.
As the group comes to the bottom of the steps, they see Addinein sitting on the steps, apparently waiting for them. Except that Addinein is walking along with the group. Two of them... can't be good, eh?
The sitting Addinein smiles at the group, and says, "I know you are probably on your way somewhere important... have a few moments to talk?"
At about this point, Jus looks down for a moment, and sees one of his pouches bulging slightly where it should be empty.
Gareth Thursday May 6th, 2004 9:48:36 PM
The warrior eyes the other Addinein suspiscously. "Yes, we are on our way somewhere. I suppose you should explain why you look like my friend...".
Jandar d20+17=32 d20+17=34 d20+17=26 d20+17=32 d20+17=19 d20+17=36 Thursday May 6th, 2004 11:25:37 PM
Jandar queitly goes along with the group and keeps his head down for the most part, not feeling comfortable with the attention that adventuring groups seem to attract.
Every so often, though, he does look at rooftops, in alleyways, and at people who are looking at the group.
Tericus d20+14=18 Friday May 7th, 2004 6:59:10 AM
"Thats fine." Tericus says to Jus. "I guess a dragon would need alot of room." then, after seeing the second Addinein, Tericus begins to search the area.
Onrad d20+16=36 Friday May 7th, 2004 9:13:20 AM
Onrad complains the whole way of aching limbs and cramps which he wants Nonam to rub for him.
Once there, he sees the double and goes alert with the others. He doesn't see the need to add anything to what Gareth has queried and since Gareth is at the front of the party, he reverses and surveys the rear of the party looking for others who might be with this guy.
[Spot check of 36.]
Nonam Friday May 7th, 2004 1:31:42 PM
Nonam shapeshifts back into his normal form before leaving the temple. "This doesn't feel nearly as... pleasant."
On the way he gives Onrad a disgusted look, "I could turn you into an ooze, then your joints wouldn't hurt so much. Couldn't talk either. Sounds like a good idea. Now, how did that spell go?"
On meeting the 2nd Addinein, Nonam gives him the once over with his arcane sight while Gareth quizzes him.
Jus d20+14=23 Friday May 7th, 2004 6:53:59 PM
"Addinein?" Jus begins, only to be distracted by the pouch contents that shouldn't be there. This whole trip he's been very conscience of keeping any prying hands out of his backpack [Spot = 23] that he managed to let something slip in the front instead.
Tentatively feeling the outside, Jus then listens to Gareth and the "new" Addinein, but otherwise peaks at what is in his pouch.
A little chat in the plaza - Dm Ian Friday May 7th, 2004 11:14:53 PM
Standing on the steps of the Overlords palace, at the edge of the plaza, the group looks around and sees nothing more than a half dozen nobles going to and from the place, a merchant shuffling through documents on a bench about thirty feet away, and a few passerbys on the bordering street maybe fifty feet away. Certainly nothing out of the ordinary.
The second Addinein replies, "I was quite pleased when I found one of my cousins had achieved a kind of fame here in this city. It makes it so much easier when one can adopt a trusted face. It is I, Fai'fasal. After you decided to talk to the liches instead of fighting them, I thought it prudent to discover your state of health and intentions."
"Allow me to begin with an apology for wearing this form... it was the shortest path to a meeting in a public place."
Peeking into the pouch, Jus sees a plain piece of parchment rolled and folded.
Gareth Sunday May 9th, 2004 12:08:39 PM
"Sounds like a reasonable approach. The truth of it is that we are still deciding what to do. There are many things you have not told us yet. There are many things the liches have not told us yet. We are on our way to the city leaders to decide what we will do. I would suggest that if there is anything that could play in your favor that you tell us now. Why should we trust you and not the liches? Why should the city leaders work with you instead of them? You do realize - at least I hope you do - that the Black Dragons are on their way out. They will not be able to delivermuch to you in the way of influence in the city...".
Jus Sunday May 9th, 2004 2:04:29 PM
Jus can't help but be suspicious. Dragons also often take human form, and there is one Black Dragon who would do well to interfere with the Storms.
Jus listens to the others, something he's been doing a lot more of as of late. He has no intent on sharing thought with this supposed drow.
As the conversation continues, Jus pulls out the note and reads it, folding it and putting it back when he is done. He then checks his other pouches, doing a mental inventory as he contemplates what he saw in the note.
Jandar Sunday May 9th, 2004 5:55:13 PM
At the back of the group, Jandar accidentally drops his pack and says,"Jeez, my fingers are lead. I need some rest." While he turns around to pick up his pack, so his back is to the group, Jandar casts 'True Seeing' under his breath. He picks up his pack and turns around, apologizing for his clumsiness. He looks around, just glancing at the dark elf, hoping his spell casting went unnoticed.
Addinein Sunday May 9th, 2004 6:14:16 PM
Have been caught with a loss of words, Addinein adds his troubled thoughts out to where some of the group can hear them.
I still distrust this one very much. Having not heard or seen his females in the last encounter, or this one. I wonder if he is who he says he is. I also so wonder how he was able to find us so fast. (ring)
"There are still those that do not have a liking to what my family has done. Walking alone can still be a dangerous pasttime around here."
Onrad d20+16=29 Monday May 10th, 2004 9:01:47 AM
Kinda speaking to the wind, Onrad says, "Why is it that everyone who wants to contact us uses subterfuge first and then tries to justify it?"
To Nonam, he says, "For safety reasons, we can't take this guy inside to the Overlord. We shouldn't be talking on the streets either. I'm assuming that your place has the appropriate protections on it for such a meeting? Maybe we should pop there quickly to handle this first?"
Onrad continues to spot the crowd for unwanted ears. [Spot check of 29]
Nonam Monday May 10th, 2004 10:16:34 AM
"Let me speak plainly because all of this creeping around irritates me, The liches told us that you plot against us, that you have allied yourselves with the Black Dragons and Lathiese, and that a drow army plans to invade this city. They offered an alliance against you. I've learned in the past not to trust the leader of the liches, but their words troubled us. We don't trust them, but you did leave in the company of represenatives of the Black Dragons. So, we decided to stand down and come back here to try to reach a conclusion. So far you and yours have not given us a reason to distrust you and the liches have in the past, but the involvement with the blacks in unsettling."
A little more to go on - Dm Ian Monday May 10th, 2004 6:38:54 PM
Glancing at the second Addinein, Jandar sees the seated figure revealed as Fai'fasal, the dark elf the group spoke with in the jungle. Jandar also sees a faint ring of illusion in a circle about ten feet in radius around the group.
Fai'fasal states, "Only the fact that you earned the blue knives has permitted this conversation. At the same time, what you did in another city, under unknown circumstances requires caution. I have enacted a ward around us so that onlookers cannot see me as other than a seated human merchant, cannot see our mouths move, and cannot hear any of our conversation."
"I am Fai'fasal Yntyrin, Protector of House Yntyrin, and noble of the same. I have been authorized by my Matron to offer certain information to your group for one simple reason. We have the same adversary. This, in combinations with the blue knives should offer a basis for communication and potential alliance."
"We know the wyrm Lathiese. We do not count him an enemy. We know the Black Dragons. They were available mercenary troops. The price they asked did not involve immediate payment. Mercenaries who do not need to be paid if they fail are an excellent bargain."
"A little over a year ago, House Yntyrin and one other House was driven from our city, which lies under the mountains we met near. We withdrew from our home after a protracted struggle with the lich known as Morlas. We revealed ourselves to you, as we had been reliably informed that the Storm Dragons had been instrumental in assaulting the army Morlas helped lead, and would be interested in disrupting any power base the lich sought to build."
Fai'fasal then addresses Nonam, and replies, "Our House is not planning to attack any surface areas. I cannot speak for other cities or Houses in other parts of the Wold."
Under the cover of the remainder of the team, Jus retrieves the note, and finds that it is an intelligence dossier page.
"Lathiese. Black dragon male of considerable size and age. Last known contact with a mate was same species, name unknown. Progeny of union divided with mate. Known alliance with dark elves for the concealment and defense of primary lair within an underground city. Known spellcasting talents include waterbreathing, greater invisibility, dispel magic, bears endurance, and dimension door. Temperment is aggressive and unwilling to negotiate in any fashion."
"Addenum. Mate discovered in human city, masquerading as a human. Holds political position within city. Willing to offer assistance to Lathiese, although on a limited basis. Initial findings suggest female wyrm of lesser personal power and greater allied power."
At the bottom there is an added note in the same hand.
"If you chose to act on this, use a sending spell to communicate this. We propose that the current lair of the wyrm Lathiese would be a good first target, and am willing to supply both location information and combat assistance towards that goal."
Jus does not find anything else missing, or added to his equipment.
Onrad sees no one around them trying to spy on their conversation.
Tericus Monday May 10th, 2004 10:28:28 PM
"I see no reason why we should help either you or Morlas." Tericus says to the drow, then looks at the others. "I really dont know why you all are even considering his proposal. You cant bargan with evil."
Jus Tuesday May 11th, 2004 12:11:45 AM
"Not everything evil remains evil," Jus says, obviously indirectly referring to the dragon. "However, we definitely have a choice to make. Both claim much, and give compelling reasons we should consider them allies."
Jus passes the note to Gareth, trusting the Storm's leader to handle this additional revelation, whether here or in later discussions. Whatever Gareth decides, it appears that the Storms time to decide may be extremely limited.
Jandar Tuesday May 11th, 2004 12:41:43 AM
Jandar says from behind,"Nonam, remember my Commune answer came back that they do NOT plan to attack Floating City with an army of drow. And what he says about the area around us is true. I can see the illusion...and through his illusion. In this, at least, he speaks the truth. I can't say that he does about anything else."
Onrad d20+16=23 Tuesday May 11th, 2004 9:56:18 AM
Not knowing these enemies personally like the others, he shrugs to Gareth and then slowly backs out of the illusionary area until he is clear of it.
[Spot check of 23]
Then he continues his vigilance of the area looking for the curious and interested--the out of place.
Nonam Tuesday May 11th, 2004 12:47:54 PM
"Tericus, Addinein isn't evil. Faifasal isn't necessarily evil either. He's done nothing to suggest that he is. As near as I can tell, he has been trustworthy in his dealings with us."
Then turning to the drow, "Faifasal, I just want to point out that I can not forsee a situation in which we would ally ourselves with Morlas. My gut tells me that we should strike a bargain with your house, and that is what I want to suggest to the Overlord when we meet with her. But, I still have a couple of concerns that I would appreciate it if you addressed."
"First, you do not count Lathiese as an enemy. We do, and I'm certain that he counts us amongst his enemies. I can accept that you have dealings with him, but I need to know if your family would remain neutral in a conflict between us and the wyrm."
"Second, I have similar concerns about the Black Dragons. However, these concerns are not as great."
"Third, when we witnessed your people assaulting the liches, someone (you perhaps) shouted something about betrayal not being forgiven. I do not know what that meant specifically, but it gives me great pause. I wonder in what way have the liches have betrayed your house."
Addinein d20=1 Tuesday May 11th, 2004 3:13:05 PM
Addinein listens intently to the information that Fai'fasal offers to the group. Hearing the various names, Addinein does as much analyzing as he can in order to try to help out with the current conversation.
Nonam Tuesday May 11th, 2004 4:24:52 PM
Nonam pauses and adds, "And I can imagine that you might have some similar concerns about us. If so, mention them, and I'll do my best to clarify our views."
An offering of passion - Dm Ian Tuesday May 11th, 2004 7:00:41 PM
Stepping outside the area Jandar indicated, Onrad can see that Fai'fasal is apparently telling the truth about his warding. All Onrad sees is the Storms and a human merchant standing on the steps, apparently waiting quietly. The nearby townsfolk move past with the brisk efficiency that speaks of a city at work.
Fai'fasal listens to each comment in return, and considers for a moment before replying. The more sensitive in the group can tell the drow is forcing himself to respond as he is. Fai'fasal is slowly becoming angry.
"The concept of evil is a pile of offenses, greater and lesser. Perhaps vengeance, or capriciousness, or hate, or temptation... any of these things might be right or wrong in any culture. I can... understand that you might choose to fight any of those, or to step aside and let them continue to occur to others."
"However, I did not think you would stand aside when faced with the clear evidence and location of the liches. These are not members of our own races who have decided to steal, or enslave, or plot. They have chosen to transform themselves into things that no longer share the same needs and ties that we living creatures have. I will not ask why, however. It is clear you are beings of caution. Are you not also beings of necessity?"
"I had not thought I would have to explain this to a cleric of Alemi." Fai'fasal then forces himself to pause before continuing. He begins speaking again, directly addressing Tericus and Nonam.
"I will explain this as simple as I can, surfacer. Morlas and his six Chosen have gathered their vampiric minions and carved themselves a lair in the drow city. You did not pursue them after your victory over their army, and now they are entrenching themselves. I have no idea what your complaint or struggle with Lathiese is, and I truly do not care. He at least understands who the real enemies are here."
"They will not leave my family and House be, so I will go wage war on them, alone if necessary, and with untrustable mercenaries if I must. Yet, if I should fall, how many weeks, or months, or years do you think your city will go unmolested so close to the liches home?"
"I care little for your past struggles with your own people. If you turn aside from this and fight Lathiese, I will stand aside and the wyrm will grind you into the Wold... I know, I've seen him fight. I offer you a chance at sanity and your own interests. Speak to your Overlord if you wish. I will wait a short time before acting."
With this, he stands, and with a visible effort, smooths his composure. Then, he moves to leave.
(Sense motive checks if you like.)
Tericus Tuesday May 11th, 2004 8:48:58 PM
realizing that he talked without thinking, Tericus moves to Fai'fasal and says "I apologize for my hasty words. Ive just recently rejoined my companions and am not aware of the entire situation. You are right, of course, I should of known the difference." then Tericus bows in front of Fai'fasal and moves out of his way so he may go.
Jandar d20=11 Wednesday May 12th, 2004 1:26:43 AM
Jandar replies,"Well, I, for one, would like nothing more than to return to destroy the undead. Never have I known one that I wanted to let stay in unlife on this Wold. While I am postitive that you are not telling us everything, I feel you are being fairly honest, but it is not my decision to make."
Jandar pauses for just a second and adds,"And Lathiese, while powerful I am sure, would have a difficult time grinding us anywhere. Something to remember."
Gareth Wednesday May 12th, 2004 6:29:57 AM
The warrior listens carefully to the drow warrior. "I would not have you leave in anger. We would see the liches destroyed as well. And we have no reason to oppose an alliance with you and your house - except your activity with the Black Dragons. They are not well thought of in the city and if you are known to work with them it will hurt your creditability here - so don't advertise it. Please understand that we had no idea the power of Morlas' band until right now. By parlaying we gathered much needed information. We do appreciate your words. One question you did not answer: Will your house stay neutral if we attack Laithese with the liches destroyed - or if we launch it without the liches? This will give us what we need to formulate a plan. And yes, we have seen him fight too. My sword has cut his flesh - and will again if I get the chance.".
Nonam Wednesday May 12th, 2004 9:01:45 AM
Nonam's quiet for a moment and offers, "Faifasal, you will have my support at least, and I will use my influence on the others and the Overlord."
Then the wizard turns to Jandar and says for his ears as much as Faifasal's, "Jandar we fought Lathiese not long ago because he had subjugated a human village. He's an ancient black, more powerful than any I have seen. The match was a standoff. We freed the village and drove him from his lair, but the battle was not without cost to us because we fought him in his lair upon his terms. That was a mistake which won't... can't be repeated."
"Now, shall we all go see the Overlord?"
Onrad Wednesday May 12th, 2004 9:22:04 AM
Onrad smiles at those passing as if waiting for a friend, which is what he's doing--waiting for them to finish their discussion.
He trusts them to make the right decision and he doesn't have the frame of reference to offer anything further.
When they emerge to enter the Overlord's Palace, he follows.
An official meeting
Onward and Upward - Dm Ian Wednesday May 12th, 2004 6:52:43 PM
Fai'fasal smiles faintly at Nonam, all traces of his rising rage gone. He then replies to Gareth, stating, "Should you join with us to destroy the liches, and then afterwards decide to renew your quarrel with Lathiese, my House will not intervene. I am authorized to offer this. However, if you decide to stay neutral in this struggle, and attack the wyrm, I cannot speak to the decision my matron may choose."
With this, Fai'fasal carefully returns Tericus' bow, and walks away. He descends the nearby steps, and quickly vanishes around a corner.
Mounting the steps and passing into the palace, the group is met by an attache in the lobby, who offers the group a seating room with refreshments while he runs to inform the Overlord you have arrived. He indicates that she should be with you shortly.
The group finds themselves in a tastefully appointed room with a plush couch, a long table that could seat a dozen, an array of tropical fresh fruit and a rack of a half dozen bottles of decent wine from one the southern coastal vintages near Plateau City. Goblets and plates lay ready on the table, with a crystalline chandelier above lit from within by magic.
Any topics of discussion while you wait, spellcasting, or other actions?
Gareth Wednesday May 12th, 2004 9:31:15 PM
"So what do you guys think? Sounds like our instinct is the same as a god's advice. Perhaps we should attempt to speak with the liches again in hopes of getting more information?".
Tericus Wednesday May 12th, 2004 10:46:12 PM
"I think the less we see the liche the better. He is powerful enough that he probably already knows what we will decide." Tericus says
Jandar Thursday May 13th, 2004 2:39:50 AM
Jandar stays quiet except to ask,"I wonder who Lathiese's mate is...a female dragon in a human form. And she is in a high political position in the Big Float. We should probably leave that part out when we talk to the Overlord. Wasn't the previous Underlord a dragon?"
Gareth Thursday May 13th, 2004 6:16:50 AM
The warrior pulls out the note Jus gave him "You guys should read this...". (OOC: Go back to post). "We could get the lair's location if we were careful. Sounds like the drow house was run out by Morlas but Laithese was not. I wonder if the dragon has an alliance with Morlas? That would seem in line with his ways seeing what he did to the human city.".
Addinein Thursday May 13th, 2004 9:08:46 AM
(ooc aack graduation week. :) will post more on the L&B when i get a chance)
"Fai'fasal brings much to the table, and reminds me of some of the reasons why our family decided to move. Should we have the time, and our current information inconclusive, I would suggest that maybe we contact my family, and see if they have any additional information both about the families mentioned, and any other information that might be pertinent. Of the top of my head I cannot think of any allies that we have, that might have more information. But I have been away from my matron for awhile, and should probably check in on things, if we have the time to visit."
Addinein relishes the idea of visiting with his family. He hopes that maybe there's been some more word about his sister.
Addinein starts ordering the list in his head of people to visit, should the Storms decide to follow up on his suggestion.
Nonam Thursday May 13th, 2004 10:43:44 AM
"We can't trust Lathiese. We can't trust the Black Dragons, and we can't trust Morlas. Trusting the drow could also be dangerous, but our city is alone in unknown and apparently hostile territory. Faifasal offers us two things. Help in destroying the liches and the promise of neutrality when we fight Lathiese. At the very least, the drow will help us fight Morlas, and we'll have one less enemy to worry about."
"Addinein's suggestion is a very good one. We should visit his family to learn all we can about House Yntyrin, but I'm still inclined to make the deal. We must destroy the liches, and we might as well have help doing it. We're negotiating nothing more than that."
"Jandar, the last underlord was slain by a dragon, Trantellia the Deep Drake, but he wasn't a dragon himself or at least he didn't turn into a dragon in death. I don't believe that the former Overlord, who is now the Underlord, is a dragon. He's a male anyway. We've never tested the current Overlord per se, but Sturtevent believed she was not a dragon. Further, she is the one who saved us from Lathiese in our last encounter. Still, it doesn't hurt to be cautious. How long will your true seeing spell last? Perhaps you can check out people in the palace. At the very least, I can use my arcane sight to check for auras of tranmutation or illusion. I'll also keep an eye out for invisibile things."
"I also think I know who Lathiese's mate is. Remember who challenged Jus for possession of that egg like she knew what it was? My guess is that she's the mother. The part of that note that concerns me nost the section of the "greater aligned" power that the mate is tied to. Is there another power involved here that we've not yet discovered, or could it be Morlas perhaps?"
"And finally, where did that note come from?"
Onrad Thursday May 13th, 2004 12:20:29 PM
We have something of the mother: her offspring. We should be able to scry the mother. Anyone here capable of doing that? Do we know anyone capable of doing that?
Now, we need to think a second step ahead. If we ally with the drow, we're going after Morlas first with them. That teaches us their loyalty levels and lets us get to know some individuals within their family, hopefully.
By that time, we'll need to know the allies of the dragon. However, which ever course we take, we need to keep it as simple as possible. Battle on one front at a time.
That makes the question, which choice lets us keep our enemies lined up one at a time instead of coming at us from all directions and even allying against us? That appears to simply things a bit, because allying with the drow seems to keep all but one enemy group off of our back. One front.
The Overlord cometh - Dm Ian Thursday May 13th, 2004 7:33:32 PM
At about this point, there is a light knock at the door, and then the door opens after a short pause.
The Overlord enters with a warm smile, followed by two robed humans carrying several heavy, leather bound tomes each. She looks harried and perhaps a bit tired, but well enough considering her post.
"It is good to see you back in our city. We were very glad to hear your news on our location, and have been working hard to utilize that information well."
She takes a seat at the head of the table, and waits for one of the party ot begin. One of her advisors puts down his load of books, and begins to uncork one of the bottles of wine.
Gareth Thursday May 13th, 2004 9:53:48 PM
The warrior bows to the Overlord. "It is indeed good to be back. And the wine is a most welcome luxury. We need to speak to you about several things. We have encountered many new enemies and maybe a new ally. We needed you to help us decide what to do...".
Nonam Thursday May 13th, 2004 10:51:06 PM
Nonam instantly stands and bows when the Overlord enters. Onrad probably doesn't remember ever seeing the wizard act so polite.
"It's a pleasure to see you again, milady." He smiles warmly. He also takes the opportunity to use his arcane sight on the Overlord to check for transmutation or illusion type magics. He didn't think she was the culprit, but it didn't hurt to be careful.
"We've already told you of the drow. They want our aid in fighting off a nest of liches in exchange for a trade deal between our people. As a sign of good faith, they offered a map showing the city's location... Onrad, do you still have that?"
Nonam moves while he speaks so that he can catch a glimpse of the books and hopefully their titles while he speaks.
"After meeting with them, we found some of the liches. They offered an alliance against the drow. They say the drow plot against the Big Float and plan an assault. They also say that the drow are allied with the Black Dragons and the wyrm Lathiese that we fought not long ago. They say Lathiese seeks dominion over the city. They also say that his mate is within the city in a position of power. The leader of the liches is a lich known as Morlas. He served as one of the Dark Lord's generals during the War of Ascension. We know that he isn't to be trusted, but their words rang of truth."
"While meeting with the liches, the drow arrived. Rather than choose sides during a battle, we returned here. Fai'fasal, the representative of the drow quickly found us here. He disguised himself as Addinein, but he knew the city well enough and his magic is potent enough that I have few doubts that he has been here numerous times before. He claims his family does not plot against us, but he can't speak for the other drow houses. I think we can expect that their intelligence of our city and our policies is very good. He admits to having a partnership with Lathiese, and he admits to using the Black Dragons as mercenaries, but in a vague way."
"There is also the possibility that another power is at play here, but that information is still very vague."
"My own feeling is that we must make friends in this region. The drow may be untrustworthy, but they are a civilized people. They operate under a different moral code, but they still have a sense of order. The liches do not. Their very presence in the region threatens us. The drow may prove to be an enemy, but if we must fight them, let's do it when Morlas and his minions are gone. Also the drow pledge neutrality in a war with Lathiese if we aid them now. They imply they will aid Lathiese if we do not side with them."
"So my present recomendation is that we forge a temporary alliance with the drow to drive out the liches. We may fight them later, but better to fight one enemy at a time than all at once."
As he continues, he pours a glass of wine.
"Whatever we choose, we need to improve our intelligence networks. Everyone knows a great deal about us, and we know next to nothing about them. If we remain blind, the beasts will feast upon us in the dark."
He sets the glass down in front of the Overlord with another smile, "It looks like you've had a busy day too. I really hate to have to bother you with something else, but we're not in a position to make decisions that could so dramatically impact the city."
Tericus Friday May 14th, 2004 7:01:27 AM
hearing that Nonan has said everything he was going to, Tericus decides to remain quiet for the moment and waits for her response.
Jandar Friday May 14th, 2004 4:42:03 PM
Jandar bows when the Overlord comes in and remains silent. If his spell is still going, since she came in so quickly, then he looks at her through those eyes.
Considerations - Dm Ian Friday May 14th, 2004 8:13:21 PM
The Overlord and her two assistants are all human, with no illusions in place. The Overlord herself is wearing several magic items including two rings and her clothing, and is under the effect of a strong divinatory magic, and several strong abjuration magics. Her advisors are layered in abjuration magics, with additional layers of enchantment and conjuration.
The books are heavy unlabelled ledger books. A city must have a great deal of supplies, labor, and such to keep track of... perhaps thats what these are. The Overlord would certainly need to have such information at her fingertips, so to speak.
The Overlord listens quietly, all business as Nonam outlines the situation. She considers his words, tapping her index finger on the side of her wine glass for a moment after the lengthy dissertation ends, and then replies.
"I certainly appreciate your efforts."
"Having dark elves as neighbors will be difficult, but they can hopefully be reasoned with. The liches are clearly a greater danger."
With this she turns to one advisor, who opens one of the ledgers and flips through until he finds a specific page about a third of the way through. The Overlord reads from the book aloud.
"We have had reports from the Undercity that a new player has been trying to gather information amongst the less savory inhabitants. Whatever or whomever it was was well shielded directly from divination, but we were able to gather that it was one of a group called the Chosen, and that it wielded something described as a 'fanged darkness'. Does any of this connect with your information?"
"What do you know of Lathiese's motivations?"
"As far as the Black Dragons, all I can say that they have recently split forces and sent several of their number off on a mission in roughly the direction you left in, and the rest have holed up in their castle for some time. Those who have obligations seem to be conducting business by messenger and spell. Do you suspect some specific crime of them?"
Jus Friday May 14th, 2004 10:38:42 PM
Jus listens to the exchange, still trying to figure out what the best course of action would be. Failing that, Jus starts wondering which would be more interesting.
As he ponders this, one of the Overlord's comments catch his attention. "Fanged Darkness?", he repeats. "That makes me think of the sword the Black Bladders gave the drow and the dream Onrad mentioned. We know the dream and -- what was it -- 'darkness without fangs' referred to the undead."
"Onrad," Jus adds, "I'd like to hear about the dream. Either you didn't tell us, or I was... umm... distracted and didn't hear it."
Shrugging, Jus expresses, "Call it a gut feeling, but I can't help think that it'll be a mistake to follow the drow's allies. Whatever the blade they had was, the Blacks didn't want us to know anything about it. It could have been some type of Liche killer, but why try to hide it from us?"
"One last thing," Jus says, as if he ever has 'one last thing' to say. "We probably don't have time to do it, but I'd like to find that young Silver we saw in the village."
Tericus Saturday May 15th, 2004 7:11:26 AM
Still not totally up to date on all the events, Tericus decides to remain silent for the moment.
Nonam Saturday May 15th, 2004 8:17:07 AM
Nonam raises an eyebrow as the Overlord speaks. He wasn't accustomed to this business side of her.
"Lathiese wants revenge for the battle at his cave and the aid our city extended his village. The fanged darkness could have been the sword."
"I just suspect general villainy from the Black Dragons. The whole Black Dragon issue concerns me. First, the original Blacks haven't been seen in the city for years, and that's just as well since they are criminals. Second, I don't even know who we keep calling the Black Dragons now. I've been thinking of these people as agents of the Black Dragons. But are they agents, new members sponsored by the original group, or just upstarts who covet the name?"
"And when did they move back into their castle? After they heard you were going to tear it down, I suppose."
Gareth Monday May 17th, 2004 6:34:37 AM
"There is Byron - who we saw with the drow - that murdered your man here (but we saved). He also betrayed you to the liches. The group with the drow are obviously sponsored or supported by the Blacks in the castle. The Blacks got the sword for the drow. Apparently Laithese did not have it - or perhpas the Blacks stole it from the wyrm? I am sure the Blacks were in on the plot to destroy you. Byron is not that smart. He was with a pretty impressive mage when we caught them. He or someone like him would have been necessary to open the gate to the plane we rescued you on. I don't know a specific crime all the Blacks are respnsible for. But it seems to me that the crimes of the original Black Dragons should be enough to expunge them from the city.".
Onrad Monday May 17th, 2004 9:29:41 AM
This Byron is not one of the originals. The original names we could turn up with some simple research in Plateau City.
I'd also think that employing a small team of druids and mages to do some information scrying for us might be beneficial to us now. There are more things we need to find out about our allies and enemies currently than we have the ability to follow up with.
The Chosen is a well known group on the Elennian peninsula and even better known ont he Taur Islands as they are billed as the ones chosen by Domi to reunite the Taur Races. I haven't heard anything lately from them however. Some of them were involved in the YOA and fought with us at the Oshirr House in that final battle. They are...or rather "have been" honorable. Supposedly, when one leaves this group, Domi selects a replacement so that the group constantly has three Minotaurs, three Centaurs, and three Liontaurs in the group at all times. Again common knowledge in adventurer's circles on the Peninsula."
Onrad looks at Nonam. He certainly summed things up better than he could have done. But still, the Overlord didn't even question his information or say she would use her sources to confirm it. That's alot of trust. Where did that come from?
Then he looks at Nonam closer. Something about him. The eyes. Glassy? No, more like intent and sparkling. His posture? Assured? No, more like nervous. OH my GODS!!!!
Onrad stiffens slightly and then forces himself to relax.
He smiles inwardly.
Nonam is in love.
Addinein Monday May 17th, 2004 3:13:31 PM
Addinein reminices a little bit about the last time the group met with the Overlord. WHen they had picked her up from the other plane.
Once the others have finished, Addinein adds, "Given time, I will work with my family to see what other information we can dig up of the families that have been mentioned so far."
In confidence - Dm Ian Monday May 17th, 2004 7:22:01 PM
The Overlord considers for a moment, and then glances at her two advisors. She states, "Give us a moment, please."
The two advisors then pick up their tomes, and step out of the room.
Her business-like facade slips a bit, revealing a more personable, exhausted woman who seems happy to see you all again.
"Since the city was teleported, the process of organizing this city has been... overwhelming. Secondary tasks like finishing razing the Black Dragon castle have taken a back seat to pacifying the surrounding territory, ensuring enough food, and keeping the populace calm has taken all our resources."
"Its very good to see you all again", she says, smiling at Nonam in particular. "I certainly appreciate the risks you've undertaken to ascertain the location of the city. The various officials and adventuring groups should be able to blaze trails and restart trade from this point."
"Dragons aside, our proximity to the lich Morlas is a grave problem. Since his service as a general in the army of Marteus, we have not seen or heard of him, which suggests that he has been turning his considerable power and resources to some task. It would be very helpful to know what that was, especially since he seemed to be shielded from scrying."
"I don't want to just issue you an order. If you would like, I can make a suggestion, but it sounds as if you already have an idea of what the next step is. What of my limited resources can I make available to assist you?"
Jandar Tuesday May 18th, 2004 12:15:10 AM
Jandar says from behind,"I need a bath and a nap to regain my used spells. That's about all I need. Oh, and a meal, but I can buy that if you guys will point me to a place that has good food. I've become spoiled a bit to good food."
Jus Tuesday May 18th, 2004 9:01:18 AM
"You probably know my opinion, but I'll go with the party," Jus says.
Nonam Tuesday May 18th, 2004 10:45:26 AM
"We have room for you, Jandar, and there's plenty of good food to be had in Floating City as long as you like fish. We have plenty of fish these days. Also, like Jandar I don't really need anything but some sleep and a little time to study my spells. As for what we should do, I think I've spoken my mind, and I'll leave it up to the rest of you."
Tericus Tuesday May 18th, 2004 11:59:58 AM
"Im well rested, so I really dont need anything. Im against having anything to do with the Liche, and I think the rest of you think the same thing. So I guess after we are rested the next thing to do is get back in touch with the drow." Tericus says
A pleasant evening - Dm Ian Tuesday May 18th, 2004 10:05:08 PM
The Overlord sits and talks with the group for a few minutes before an insistent knock sounds at the door. She rises, and says the to group, "I will make a room here in the palace, or at a discrete local in available for you, according to your decision. Unfortunatly, I must be off to attend to other matters. If can extend any resources to you, please let me know."
With this she softens, and says, "It is good to see you all again, and to meet you, Jandar. Hopefully the next time you come, I will have more time."
Onrad Tuesday May 18th, 2004 10:21:32 PM
"Don't you guys have a manor house?" Onrad asks. I thought you did.
"A tavern and a nice inn is fine however. As long as we can make it secure."
Then a thought occurs.
"Your highness, excuse me if I presume, but you seem worked to death. A break in your schedule might be welcome? Perhaps you could slip out using Nonam's ring tonight and drop by for an informal cup of cocoa with us late after your day is complete? I hear Nonam makes a wicked cup of hot chocolate with a touch of whiskey in it."
Then he turns to Nonam to see if he confirms his ability to make killer cocoa etc.
Jandar Wednesday May 19th, 2004 2:05:05 AM
The young cleric of Domi bows deeply to the Overlord before she exits and then waits to follow the others to a place to eat and rest.
Gareth Wednesday May 19th, 2004 5:28:05 AM
The warrior smiles at the OVerlord and bows as protocol would suggest. "Thanks for your input and offer to help. We'll certainly be in touch as we have information or need.". Turning to the others he offers "Well, I'd say we go home and prepare for a tough day tomorrow.".
Nonam Wednesday May 19th, 2004 9:44:58 AM
"We do have a manor house. I see no reason not to sleep in our own beds, and there is extra room. I can mix the drinks. It's not so much different than making a potion really, but you'll have to add your liquor to it. I don't drink, you know. I have no moral qualms about it, but it muddles your mind, and I use mine from time to time. Plus when I was in school one of the instructors got drunk and blasted a hole through the ceiling of the caferteria. That served as a vivid lesson on the perils of drunken wizards."
"And the ring only works once a day."
Jus Wednesday May 19th, 2004 9:59:42 AM
Jus bows to the Overlord, then eyes Nonam suspiciously, wondering what's going through his mind. It seems hard to believe, but Jus could swear the Overlord was flirting with Nonam a few minutes ago.
Jus covers his grin and chuckle at Onrad's offer, and is more than a bit disappointed in Nonam's response; he could've done much better. Ah, well. Maybe in the future when there is more time.
After the Overlord leaves, Jus speaks up again. "We are taking an exorbitant amount of time making a decision again. I'll be glad to decide if we can't as a party, for I hate the Black's and expect the lead woman is the hidden mate the undead spoke of. If we don't work against the Black's plot, the Overlord we all know and some of us love may be in grave danger."
Tericus Wednesday May 19th, 2004 8:54:42 PM
"Lets go home then." Tericus says. "Its been forever since ive slept in my own bed."
Jandar Thursday May 20th, 2004 1:24:08 AM
Jandar says,"Did a fighter just use the word 'exorbitant? Well, I guess he is an elf."
He grins and winks at Jus to let him know he's kidding then hurries off to follow the others.
Without incident - Dm Ian Thursday May 20th, 2004 3:21:06 AM
The group takes their leave without ado, and manage to travel to their manor without interruption, planted objects, assault, unforeseen magical effects or any other catastrophe.
This must be what everyone else in the Wold experiences every day.
A pleasant meal is enjoyed, hot baths are drawn for those who wish to indulge, and an evening is spent in nice, soft beds.
Ahhh.
In the morning, what does the party do?
Gareth Thursday May 20th, 2004 5:44:03 AM
As the warrior eats breakfast with the others he mulls over the options. "Didn't the liches say that one of you could locate Lathese' mate with some sort of magic? Divination? I imagine the drow can tell us where to find Lathese' lair as well. If there is anything else you guys can do to get information we better get it before we talk to anyone else. I wonder if we ought to clean out Black Dragon castle before we go after either side? That would weaken the drow/Black alliance as well... and Jus, even if we decide who to ally with, we'd better be darn sure how we do it.".
He continues to mull over stuff. "So far, we know we need to go back to the temple and open up the alter, we know the is some sort of storm coming according to the liches - which seemed to me to describe something other than a drow army - that doesn't care about our differences, and Morlas has means to get into Black Dragon castle to bypass their security. I was also troubled at the drow's words when he attacked the liches. Apparently they doublecrossed the drow. I wonder how? Maybe we can ask the drow - or even the liches? And I wonder who shot Nonam? Come to think of it, we'd better get all the neutralize poison stuuf we can get our hadns on... And Jus, where did you get that scroll about Lathiese?"
Tericus Thursday May 20th, 2004 6:59:31 AM
"Ive got the poision covered." Tericus says. "I say lets go back to the alter first, then go to Black Dragon castle. The drow said they wont interfere if we go after them, lets see if they are right."
Onrad Thursday May 20th, 2004 9:16:21 AM
I don't have the past history with the Blacks that you do. If you feel that they are the one to go after first, then so be it. However, it seems the less time we spend allied with the drow the better and the sooner that alliance is tested and proved the better.
So I say we go after Morlas and company first. However, I will accede to the wishes of the group.
Nonam Thursday May 20th, 2004 10:27:59 AM
Nonam rises early and memorizes spells while the house is still relatively quiet. Then he heads down to breakfast and helps himself to some water, a single egg, and a little bread. He eats quietly listening to the others talk and wondering how Gareth can stuff himself so full of food everyday. Someday, he's going to stop adventuring, and he's going to turn into a fat old inn-keeper. That thought turns the wizard slightly sentimental for some reason and he looks around the rest of the table and muses about everyone else.
Jus will probably find some elven girl that satisfies his wanderlust, and he'll sit around in a tree for a century reciting poetry. Onrad will get some little keep somehwere and will have his hands full with children leaping from chandeliers. Addinein might turn ambassador and help to truly integrate his family into the surface world. I don't know Jandar well enough to really guess, but I could see him wrestling away in some abbey somewhere... provided they had good food. And Tericus will probably sit around with his nose in his book like me, but the difference is he'll study in a temple and have meals with his brethren while I'll be alone reading my dusty tomes high up in some old stereotypical tower... unless I can find someone who could put up with a crank like me. His thoughts turn to the Overlord for a few minutes, but finally his mind starts listening to the conversation about what to do.
"One enemy at a time. Liches first while we have some help with them."
[ooc: Has Nonam regained his lost Con points? If not, does Tericus or Jandar have a restoration spell that they might could have cast yesterday?]
(He regains 1 con point for the night of rest. Dm Ian)
Jandar Thursday May 20th, 2004 2:16:09 PM
(Sorry to go back in time, but I was planning on this before going to bed)
Back at the manor, and fully satisfied with food, Jandar will make sure that he's fully healed, along with Nonam, before heading off to slumber. He doesn't recall anyone else getting hurt, but will heal them if they have been.
In the morning, he listens to the others, and begins to picture the spells that will be needed. He stays quiet, except to say,"Oh yeah, I forgot to mention that when I first looked at the alter, I had a vision and there was a priest in it. He wore a holy symbol of two Gods: Terasalia and Alemi. It was Tericus, of course, but I don't know whether it was showing me that he was coming back to the group, or that he would be needed at the alter. We'll soon see, I guess. I didn't recognize him when I had the vision, as it's been some time since I'd seen him last."
The debate about direction continues - Dm Ian Thursday May 20th, 2004 6:59:59 PM
The party continues to discuss their next step.
Gareth Thursday May 20th, 2004 8:41:38 PM
"We need to get access to Black Dragon castle before we go in - bypassing their defenses I mean. Regardless if we get it from Morlas or from Byron and his cohort we need it. Also remember that the woman with them may be a REAL black dragon. I think we ally with the drow and take out Morlas. Also, Domi said not to ally with Morlas so I suppose we can't choose that option. Also, remember our deal with Gargul? We have to refrain from attacking Lathiese again until he tells us we can. I'd say since we got our friend back as a result we'd better not violate that covenant either. And also, perhaps the new drow houses might ebd up being long term allies? Are they reformed like the Addinein's or just thrown out of the underdark? MAN this is getting complicated... So can you guys scry out Lathiese' mate before we go or do we go to the altar first?".
Tericus Thursday May 20th, 2004 9:33:07 PM
"Didnt Domi also say that we needed to go back to the altar before we do anything?" Tericus askes the others. "I could be wrong, but it must be important for Domi to want us to go there."
Jandar Friday May 21st, 2004 12:24:36 AM
Jandar nods to Tericus and answers,"It's important that we go back there. Something is there that will help us. If it were my decision, that's what we'd do first, as it doesn't involve making a choice to ally with anyone, and what we find there might help decide what we do next. And, Gareth, I will cast more Divinations, if you wish me to."
Jus Friday May 21st, 2004 9:01:58 AM
Jus watches and listens around the breakfast table. It is all he can do to sit still and not get moving. He's never been one to discuss things out, but, luckily, his time with his friends have given him a little patience with this.
Seeing Nonam daydream, Jus passes it off as Nonam's infatuation with the Overlord. If the Overlord marries Nonam, and then she dies, does Nonam take her place? Jus briefly wonders.
"Yeah, poison protection would be nice," Jus says, remembering that he seems to have a weakness for poison; falling almost anytime he's been in contact with it.
"Domi said not to align with Morlas?" Jus asks when Gareth mentions it. "I must have missed that, but it does make the decision much easier."
"Let's head off to the altar, than," Jus excitedly says, hoping it'll get things moving. "We can talk on the way or after we get there if we transport."
Onrad d20+22=39 d20+26=38 Friday May 21st, 2004 9:26:44 AM
"I say we sit here for a few minutes more and watch Jus squirm with excitement!"
He turns to watch Jus with fake intensity.
'He gulfs down 2 cups of tea and fills his pockets with strawberries."
After a few seconds, he jumps up doing a reverse somersault from a sitting position and runs upstairs skipping steps.
[Jump check of 39] [Tumble check of 38] [Acrobatic charge up the stairs for fun.]
"Let me get my stuff."
Nonam Friday May 21st, 2004 10:15:27 AM
"I assume everyone is wanting to use the ring to teleport back to the alter. Just remember that if we use it to get there, we're stuck there until dawn tomorrow."
A dire warning
Time to meet the natives
Run through the Jungle
To Feast on Blood and Ash
A second course is served
A brief respite
An official meeting
A dire warning
Packing up and heading out - Dm Ian Friday May 21st, 2004 7:02:20 PM
The group gathers back in the dining hall of their manor to ready the teleport and make sure any last minute spells are cast. Rations are packed, weapons sharpened and stowed, and clothing cleaned of the signs of the jungle travel.
Making your last minute preparations, each of the group sees at about the same time an image begin to form over the table. Its clearly an illusion of moderate strength to Nonam's enhanced perceptions.
The illusion is a robed figure about a foot tall, a representation of a shadowed form of indistinct features, with two fiery pinpoints for eyes and a solid staff of darkness carried in one hand.
"I have watched your movements for some time. You have been successful in some things, but your travels have brought you to a threshold that you seem unaware of."
"Legends do not rise alone. Name one hero who has no band of brothers, or nation to fight for, or enemy who is as reknowned as the hero, if not more. I am such a being rising into legend."
"You have chosen to tie yourselves to me time and time again, interfering with my allies, my works, my friends. The visions only made more clear this reality. Alliance or enemy, there can be nothing between on the road to legend. Yet, I think you know too little of me and my true works to make your decision, so I make you a proposal."
"Some time past, two Houses of Drow assaulted my forces and lost. They chose poorly, and huddle in the nearby mountains, thinking they have outrun my retribution. I will allow them one day from today for each of the Gods of Testing to prepare themselves, and then I will reach my hand for them. You can inform them or not, stand with them or not, watch or not. This act will be my testimony to you."
"We are enemies, or we are allies. Once the drow are dealt with, your decision will be made."
With this, the image fades.
(Any spells cast? What is your destination, and method of travel?"
Jandar Saturday May 22nd, 2004 1:07:33 AM
Jandar says,"I suppose that was Morlas? Well, I still think we should wait until we see what we'll find at the alter, just in case it has some bearing on what we do. If he does attack the drow cities, and we help them defeat him, especially if we are instrumental in defeating him, then we will earn some measure of treaty and probably a strong alliance, if not friendship with the drow. Of course, that will last only as long as anything does with the drow...present company and family excluded, of course."
Nonam Saturday May 22nd, 2004 11:57:10 AM
Nonam says dryly, "I think we need to buy something to keep people from scrying on us."
Gareth Sunday May 23rd, 2004 9:00:44 AM
"Maybe we could ask the Overlord for assistance in that? I expect she has her palace and herself protected.". "Yes, Jandar. I'd say we go find out what we can from the altar, speak to the drow, see if we can find out where Lathiese is, and take out Byron and his cohort - and get their access into Black Dragon castle. Then maybe Jandar and/or Tericus can find the other dragon and maybe Jandar can ask Domi some more questions. And then maybe we can get our place protected from scrying... All in a day's work, eh?". "Oh and Jus, Jandar asked Domi and he said not to ally with Morlas.".
Tericus Sunday May 23rd, 2004 9:53:34 AM
"I can scry for the dragon tommrow, but in the meantime lets get ready for going to the temple."
Jus Sunday May 23rd, 2004 4:38:29 PM
"I hear you, Gareth," Jus says with a shrug. "I'm not about to go against Domi, but I'm not going to shake this bad feeling anytime soon."
"So," Jus says, acknowledging Tericus' comments about preparing, "we need protection from poison, some anti-scrying device, and could probably use some protection against life-draining. As for the Teleport, I can get me and 3 others out in a pinch. I'm pretty set with Armor and Weapons, although some of it depends on setup spells.
"Unfortunately," Jus continues, "I have just under 7000gp to put towards this. Maybe less, I don't recall if that amount was after my last purchase."
Onrad Monday May 24th, 2004 9:29:40 AM
Onrad plops 3 incredible looking diamonds down on the table. Here's 6K in stone I saved and brought with me to add to the pot when the time came.
In my mind, the priority is:
First healing. We need at least 2 wands of Cure Serious or better and some potions for the non-casters incase a caster goes down.
Second resurrection. This will be tough. Tough as the dragon you guys fought. Tough as our drow campaign. Tough as when we infiltrated Marteaus army and changed their attack plans. It's very possible that one or more of us may die. We need at least one True Res. More if Tericus and Jandar can't cast them yet.
Third restoration--greater if we can afford it: Liches drain. All know that. We need to be able to put ourselves right after battle. Nonam shouldn't have to walk around partially drained like he's doing now.
Then if we can afford it, we need greater dispels to remove the lich preparations for battle and anti-scrying so he doesn't know our preparations and locations so easily. We need 2 or 3 locations--they don't need to be fancy--where we can rest and recuperate without being found.
Yah, I know we can't probably do all that right now, but we're stepping up into new and dangerous territory when our opponents can see us in visions as Morlas claims and appear to us in our own place without us stopping it.
In the meantime, use those rocks for the good of the group. I have a bit of pettycash left....about 500.
Debating shopping - Dm Ian Monday May 24th, 2004 11:07:53 PM
The conversation continues.
(If possible, lets try to wrap this up tomorrow or wednesday. I will not move the party until they state a willingness to travel, or invoke movement magic.)
Jandar Tuesday May 25th, 2004 1:20:43 AM
Jandar pats Onrad on the shoulder and says,"I can't speak for Tericus, but I can cast Resurrection and Greater Restoration. More than once in a day, as well. Of course, if I get killed, then I won't be of much use to you all. But, I have a special gift from Domi when fighting liches and all other undead for that matter.....but that's something for another time. You needn't worry about that. I'm ready to go whenever you all are. I have what I need."
He taps his holy symbol and his warhammer.
Gareth Tuesday May 25th, 2004 5:43:20 AM
The warrior nods to Onrad at his sacrifice for the group. We currently have 20,000 GP in gems, 6,653 PP, and that largechunck of gold from Lathiese. I don't think we ever got that appraised. So what do you other guys think we need? We certainly need what Onrad suggests. I do think we might not need much for our trip to the temple."
Onrad Tuesday May 25th, 2004 9:28:34 AM
Onrad grins at both Tericus and Jandar.
"I DO feel very blessed and comforted at the presence of both of you here. However, I believe we're gonna need multiples of those things I listed. A lich if he has partners, can drain us of ability scores in double digits. We could run into a situation where we have to greater dispell, not simply dispell, 5 or 6 times to take the momentum in a battle and more later to maintain it. And to maintain our strength of power, we need True Resurrections, not just Resurrections.
"Most of all, however, we need this capability WITHOUT cutting into your spellpower. We need this in addition to your vast set of spells.
"I understanding having the faith that the gods will not deliver you unto evil that is more than you can handle. I believe in that too.
"But I believe even more in being overprepared. Liches are totally paranoid about protecting their life--what there is of it that is left. Even more than dragons. ALL their resources go into preparing for that enemy that will eventually come to kill them. So we have to assume that Morlas IS overprepared. And he has experience with us. So he's brooded over the best strategies to use against us. And he's done this much more than we've thought about him.
"So I say we go after him loaded for bear as much as we possibly can. Then we throw our faith, and acts of heroism and sacrifice on top of that fighting like we always do--leaving nothing on the combat floor undone so that there is regret."
"My gift (pointing at the diamonds) is to be kept by the group. My suggestions have been made. And despite all the bickering and nitpicking we're famous for, you have my sword and my life--just as in the old days of our youth."
He bows formally then removes himself into the hallway to stretch.
Tericus Tuesday May 25th, 2004 9:40:17 AM
"Well, I dont have that much gold, but your welcome to what I have." Tericus says as he places 3500gps on the table. "Use it as you see fit."
Nonam Tuesday May 25th, 2004 12:00:08 PM
"I have enough protection from poison and cure potions for myself. Restoration and negative energy protection would be most useful. If you want that other stuff go get it. If one us dies though, we need to get back home and not try to do a resurrection in the field though. I have a few spells that will help, but I won't say what they are in case he's listening."
Shopping prep - Dm Ian Tuesday May 25th, 2004 7:29:15 PM
The party prepares to go shopping.
(I have sent an email to the group to have an offline discussion about direction and inertia.)
Jus Tuesday May 25th, 2004 9:23:42 PM
Jus lets Gareth know that his money is on deposit. "Just shop with it and use what you need. Meanwhile, I'm going to look for some of my old friends. Contact me with the rings when we're ready."
Jus goes outside, and starts looking for kids. Before the city moved, Jus had quite a few kids that he was able to get some good info from. Perhaps they are still around. He keeps a lookout for anyone he knows, and looks for the ladybug pins he used to give out -- which reminds him, he'd better get some more.
He cheerfulness returns as he wanders outside. It's been way too long since he's done this, and the prospect of seeing old friends again (no matter how young they are) lifts his spirits to heights he hasn't seen in ages.
If Jus finds anyone, he'll let him know that he's looking for any interesting rumors. Especially any about Dragons and Undead.
Gareth Wednesday May 26th, 2004 6:31:38 AM
"Sounds to me like you have a plan, Onrad. Take the cash and go get what you feel we need. I wouldn't mind not being brought to my knees with a scratch from one of those abominations. Once done we'll depart. I'll go with you if you;d like.".
Onrad Wednesday May 26th, 2004 10:21:16 AM
Onrad finishes stretching in the hallway and says, "Very well. I'll make some decisions for us then. I will not spend it all. That also would be stupid. Nonam, if you'll let me borrow your communications ring, I'll send in my recommendations (by email) before I actually make the purchases.
He pauses at Tericus to see if he wants to denote anything and then he's springing out the door.
"I hope I remember how to find this place again....or can find a place to get what we want. Hehe."
Tericus Wednesday May 26th, 2004 11:43:54 AM
Tericus watches Onrad go, then says to the others, "When are we planning to leave? I need to pray for some different spells if we're going after the liche."
Nonam Wednesday May 26th, 2004 4:09:21 PM
Nonam looks at Onrad, "Why my ring?" Nevertheless, he hands it over.
Preparations continue - Dm Ian Wednesday May 26th, 2004 8:01:19 PM
Wandering around the streets, Jus doesn't see any of his old contacts. In fact, the street traffic is very different from what hes used to. Asking around, he hears that many youths have been become involved, at least for a time with the large scale food gathering going on for the city. A streetcorner merchant is happy to spend some time talking describing the adjustments the city is making replanting crops outside the walls, cutting timber, and such. It seems most of the city has turned to its immediate needs, but that if Jus wanted to spend time on the docks, or in the traffic near the gates, that would be the best place to start rebuilding his network.
Just does hear an interesting rumor about a few of the turtle-crews reporting distant sightings of what looked like a silver dragon swimming.
Onrad goes shopping, and easily finds a Catacombs store.
Thinking a bit, both Jandar and Tericus remember various bits of lore about liches. In discussion, the pieces come together.
In addition to the commonly known lore about phylacteries and the process of becoming a lich requiring an unrepentantly evil heart, several old stories state that liches created the first vampires. Of course, this detail clashes with several other legends, but the fact is clear that more often than not, liches are served by vampires. Also, the old stories state that while liches rely primarily on intelligence and spellcasting, their touch is capable of permanent paralysis. Any additional research would require a trip to a library, or speaking to a sage.
Jandar d20+20=31 d100+16=99 d100+16=47 d100+16=87 Thursday May 27th, 2004 2:30:12 AM
Jandar will indeed spend the time in the library, looking for books and passages dealing with liches. After he searches, he sits down to piece together what he finds and what he already knows(Knowledge, Arcana dc 31).
Upon finishing some short research, he finds a quiet spot in the room the Storms have loaned him and casts 3 more Divinations as to the identity of Lathiese's mate, since he is now more familiar with him.(99%, 47%, 87%)
Onrad Thursday May 27th, 2004 9:09:39 AM
::singing::
Shopping with my friends. The fun never ends. Everybody spends. When we go shopping.
[scrolling up to see the total I have to work with]
3500 from Tericus 6000 in gems from Onrad 20,000 in gems from the group fund 6,653 pp from group fund 6000 from Jus (he offered 7K, but said he might not have that much so I lowered it to 6K)
Total of ....ok I forget. What is the ration for pp to gp. Heading to the LnB to ask my stupid question.
Jerry edit: Ok, total of 102,030. Off to the Catacombs.
Jus Thursday May 27th, 2004 10:10:18 AM
Jus heads down to the lake for a little relaxation. He hires a turtle driver. "Just meander through the lake a few times," he tells the driver. "I need some serious down time to relax."
Sitting down, closing his eyes, Jus indeed appears to relax. In his mind, though, Jus begins attempting to call to the silver, hoping she can read minds and is nearby.
Silver Lady, if you're there, I'd like to talk with you. Please come up to the Storm Castle today, ask for Jus.
Jus repeats these thoughts several times in several ways. Finally, after about about 20 minutes has passed, Jus stands and asks the driver to take him back to the city.
On the way, Jus creates a song and sings it quietly, but out loud.
"Silver Lady, talk a walk by my side. We need to talk, we need to see eye to eye. Silver Lady, I want to see you. Come visit my castle, come be my friend. Come, let us talk; let's not let this end. Silver Lady, talk a walk by my side."
Nonam d20+28=45 d20+17=23 d20+14=31 d20+24=41 Thursday May 27th, 2004 5:40:16 PM
Nonam is more than happy to head off to the library to look for information about liches, and he trots along after Jandar and Tericus. "You know we might also check with the Scribes in the Undercity. They keep records of everything."
[Knowledge arcana=45 Knowledge history=23 Knowledge nature=31 and concentration=41 for good measure]
Gareth Thursday May 27th, 2004 8:02:49 PM
The warrior decides to go over his gear again to make sure it is in order - as it always is. Feeling a bit stronger of late he begins to to train a bit to explore some new fighting technique ideas with Max (e.g. he went up a level).
John (Jus) Thursday May 27th, 2004 8:53:40 PM [OOC: We are looking for an apartment, with a move in date sometime next week. It is likely that I won't have Internet access for a week or two once we move. Add to that vacation to Wichita Falls, and I'll probably be out for 4 out of the next 6 weeks.]
(Anyone able to pick up posting for him in that time? - Ian)
Research - Dm Ian Friday May 28th, 2004 3:36:37 AM
Jus takes a turtle ride, but doesn't see the silver himself. However, it is unknown whether his message was received.
Part of the way through the trip, Jus hears the mental voice of Kieran start up again. Apparently hes done sleeping off his meal, and now hes playing with a bunch of metallic objects. It goes on for hours...
Nonam, Tericus, and Jandar spend hours pouring over old tomes, and find three sources of particular interest.
The first is an old adventuring journal written by a warrior about two hundred years before, who makes mention of hunting a particular lich for three years. Apparently the warrior and his companions caught and destroyed the material form of the lich on four occasions, but simply could not find the liches phylactery until the end of that time. Apparently, in some case, the lich actually threw away its life in fights with the party to be moved back to the location of its phylactery.
The second source is a yellowing treatise about fifty years old in which two rival sages recorded an arguement about the nature of a liches transformation. The arguement is fairly dry, but sites evidence that the prerequisites for the transformation is strength in arcane spellcasting, and little more, leading to ancient liches coming from various professions and even races. One tale mentions a particularly obnoxious bard undertaking the transformation in an attempt to preserve his life, but incurring the wrath of the Temple of Alemi in doing so.
The third source is little more than a few sheaves of recently prepared parchement with no identifying signature or marks. It is a list of names, some of which are clearly not human, or of the current era. A number of the names are checked off, some have question marks, and two have 'confirmed lich' scrawled in the margin next to the names.
The first name is 'the Spellthief'. The second name is 'Boarheart'.
Jandar's divinations return the answer, "Seeking the sister of the Black Dragon will reveal the mate."
Tericus Friday May 28th, 2004 10:01:59 AM
"Some interesting stuff." Tericus tells Nonam and Jandar, "Though im not sure how useful it is."
Nonam Friday May 28th, 2004 10:27:19 AM
"If only we could return to the library in Myth Drannor."
Nonam checks the list of names to see if anything remotely similar to Morlas is there.
Preparations continue - Dm Ian Friday May 28th, 2004 9:53:58 PM
Preparations continue.
Gareth Saturday May 29th, 2004 9:11:03 AM
The warrior completes his preparations and stands ready. He listens to the others' info gathering stuff, etc.
Tericus Monday May 31st, 2004 11:33:46 AM
"Im going to go re-memorize my spells. Ill see you when im done." Tericus tells the others, then he retires to his room.
Nonam Monday May 31st, 2004 1:21:46 PM
Enjoying the time in the library, Nonam keeps reading.
Onrad Monday May 31st, 2004 3:07:06 PM
Onrad uses the ring.
"I'm getting things priced now. Should be back soon."
Jus Monday May 31st, 2004 8:43:36 PM
Jus heads back to home, and lets the staff know that a young girl with silver hair may be visiting.
"If she arrives and I am not here, please let her feel welcome and know that she may visit and rest here at any time. Of course, if I am in, get me at once."
While he awaits Onrad's return, Jus talks with Kieran, asking how things are going and what type of things he likes to do.
Shopping, and research, and dragons,.. oh my! - Dm Ian Tuesday June 1st, 2004 1:04:01 AM
Returning back to the manor, Jus finds that the young silver dragoness has not stopped by. The manor staff are informed.
Kieran apparently has some fair number of shiny coins with him in his 'cave'. Inarticulate as the hatchling may be, he's obviously playing and sleeping a great deal. Apparently, Kieran has inventing some sort of building game with the cleaned bones of his prey from the jungle, and the shiny coins his daddy gave him to play with. He calls the game 'lair'.
Its almost charming. Almost.
Continuing his research Nonam finds that many of the texts that concern lichdom are incomplete, damaged, or otherwise less than helpful. Checking against other books, Nonam finds the texts to be in far worse condition across the board. Its almost as if the librarians or one of the visitors didn't want someone to know alot of fine detail about liches or lichdom in general.
The list of names doesn't uncover anything specifically pointing to Morlas, but the two names, 'the Spellthief', and 'Boarheart' are both mentioned in three different texts stored in the library.
The first is about a hundred and twenty years old, and was penned by a former watchman of the city who turned to adventuring, and found his calling as a judicar. He made a study of unsolved crimes, often accepting as his share of rewards divinatory spells and research services on the activities of criminals. The Spellthief was never caught, often pursued, and was known for (as the name suggests) primarily targetting wizards, and other arcanists with tangible spellcasting materials. Over the entries, a pattern emerges regarding the spellthief, that he or she was a skilled infiltrator, using illusion and enchantment to find a way into positions of trust.
The watchman's pursuit of this being comes to a dead end at a campsite where tracks and signs show that the Spellthief was approached by undead and wolves, and taken with some struggle before the watchman could arrive on the scene.
The name Boarheart is found in military records in two places. First, eighty years prior, the city guard documented an outbreak of lycanthropy. Specifically, the magical contagion was somehow introduced into the city food supply, leading to a number of citizens being infected as wereboars. The leader of these creatures that emerged was as much sorcerer as warrior, organizing his mad followers in a bid to force a battle with an untrained group of watch recruits. Luckily, adventurers intervened, killing many of the beasts, and stemming the spread of the disease.
In more recent records, the name Boarheart is listed as a name of a champion in the army of Marteus in documents gathered from a seized enemy courier. Apparently this champion was in the chain of command under Morlas, but did not take the field in any battles with the city forces.
Otherwise, preparations are made, spells are memorized, and shopping is undertaken with a fiery fanfare.
Onrad Tuesday June 1st, 2004 8:17:46 AM
::shops till he drops::
Nonam Tuesday June 1st, 2004 9:07:55 AM
Nonam resolves to check with the records in Star Tower next time he has a chance, and then he turns his pursuits to vampires... just in case.
Gareth Tuesday June 1st, 2004 7:02:42 PM
The warrior speaks to the cleric of Domi. "So Jandar, how did you fare in finding out about Latheise' mate? Any clues?".
Jus Tuesday June 1st, 2004 9:54:44 PM
Jus gets a chill down his back with the talk of "playing" lair. Perhaps he should talk with Tericus and Jandar a bit about this.
The concept of "good" and "evil" have always been too vague and ill-defined to Jus; thinking on what Keiran may become forces Jus to think of possibilities that he doesn't want to see.
Heading to the library, Jus talks a bit with Nonam, Jandar, and Tericus. He helps research whatever he can find on these creatures, using the sight of the were-creatures he saw to determine if their picture is in the book [Wereboar?]. Jus then sees what it will take to kill one of those creatures.
I idea comes to Jus: "Why not determine the name of a book we think may help, then contact the Catacombs to see if they can handle an inter-library loan of that book?"
Jandar Wednesday June 2nd, 2004 1:45:23 AM
Jandar tells everyone about his divination results with Lathiese and patiently waits for everyone to get ready to go.
A bit more research - Dm Ian Wednesday June 2nd, 2004 4:16:42 AM
Nonam uncovers a fair amount of information obvious to a mage of his caliber on vampires, and little new.
Vampires are often found with vampiric spawn, or wolves, or bats. Some stories place them as masterminds behind groups of wererats, and some place them as the servants or creations of liches. Typically, vampires are very agile and strong, using their immortal natures to gain valuable insights and dark wisdom to reinforce their previous mortal experiences.
One fact does stick out. One text includes a reminder that not all vampires are created from human stock, and warns of the vastly different tactics employed by a sahuagin vampire in one circumstance, and a derro vampire in another. The solution is simple, the book states, remember that vampires were people first, and vampirism simply distills 'inherent darkness'.
With a bit of reading, Jus is able to come up with a picture of a Rakshasa, and identify it as close to the rotting tiger creatures he saw under the illusion in the Temple of Eternal Life. Combining his research and Nonams, a disturbing possibility emerges... a nest of rakshasa vampires. Does that mean that perhaps a rakshasa lich commanded them?
Returning to the text on wereboars yields easy solutions to a wereboar. Silver and alchemical silver weapons damage them most easily, but they are not known for any special immunities. They are, however, rumored to be immensely strong. One tale describes a transformed wereboar tearing a reinforced shield apart with its bare hands.
In the midst of this, Max speaks telepathically to Gareth, stating that there has been some sort of dragon assault at or near the Star Tower, but it sounds as if the Golds have repulsed it.
Tericus Wednesday June 2nd, 2004 12:11:41 PM
coming back from memorizing spells, Tericus goes to the library and says "Any luck on finding anything?"
Jus Wednesday June 2nd, 2004 7:47:43 PM
Since there is still time to research, since Onrad is still shopping his heart out, Jus starts looking up the Rakshasa and their weaknesses. He'll then see if there is any information on the Black Dragons -- specifically the lady they keep meeting.
Following up - Dm Ian Wednesday June 2nd, 2004 7:58:31 PM
(sorry about the odd posting times... should be back on track for the most part.)
Jus is able to find a few references to rakshasa. They are a fallen race of humanoid spirits, flesh eaters by nature and powerful sorcerers. They are said to have originated somewhere in the Shadowlands, but were driven out into the Wold for some forgotten offense.
One particular legend speaks of an ancient holy warrior who slew the rakshasa with arrows blessed by an unnamed power of light the rakshasa had wronged. Perhaps a similar approach would work here.
Tericus returns to find Nonam, Jus, and Jandar knee deep in books, and apparently happy. However, even working together there is no information here on the Black Dragons, and not much information on any other topic in the last two or three years.
Gareth Wednesday June 2nd, 2004 9:06:50 PM
The warrior tels the others about the assault on Star Tower. "Jandar, can you check with the Golds to get details?".
Onrad Wednesday June 2nd, 2004 10:34:32 PM
Onrad calls in.
"On my way back. Let's prepare to head out if everyone else is ready."
[OOC, it may be a few more days in the Catacombs. So I suggest we move on and then I'll hand out the stuff I bought when it "arrives." We can say that the Catacombs is gathering the items and will deliver them to us personally by teleport when they are ready. How's that?]
(sounds good to me... - Ian)
Jandar Thursday June 3rd, 2004 10:35:08 AM
At Gareth's request, Jandar activates his earpiece, and contacts the Golds. He listens for a minute and tells Gareth,"Well, apparently there is a major battle going on. They couldn't say much, but apparently, some six dragons have attacked Plateau City, three reds and three blues. The city has killed or run off three so far, but there are many fires and lots of destruction. The Golds took out one rather quickly, and are helping the citizens out of some buildings. Sturdevant took out one, the Star Tower killed one, and the other ragons are being fought by some adventurers. Interestingly enough, none of the Golds even took any damage from the blue. They have been joined by a druid of some power called 'Myrridan'. Never heard of him myself, but apparently, between his potent magic, Nick's protection spells and there quick strike, they forced their dragon to teleport away before it could do much harm. Anyway, it sounds as though they have their hands full.
I would venture a guess that Floating City would do well to send as many citizens as possible underground. It is just a matter of time before the dragons hit here. We must be ready."
Tericus Thursday June 3rd, 2004 10:38:28 AM
"Im ready when you all are." Tericus says to the others
Onrad Thursday June 3rd, 2004 4:31:11 PM
Onrad ponders things a bit after returning.
"If we leave via teleport and dragons come here to attack, we will not be able to return and help until the next day when it will be too late."
Discussion of direction - Dm Ian Thursday June 3rd, 2004 7:05:43 PM
The group debates their next move.
Jus Friday June 4th, 2004 8:46:01 AM
Jus asks Tericus and Jandar about getting some of his arrows blessed by Alemi, and some by Domi. "How long would this blessing last?", he asks.
If needed, Jus heads off to a temple, to see how much it would cost to have this done.
Tericus Friday June 4th, 2004 11:06:22 AM
"The bless will only last about 15 minuets." Tericus tells Jus. "They would have to be done before we go into battle."
The discussion continues - Dm Ian Friday June 4th, 2004 7:11:12 PM
The group continues to discuss, research, shop, eat, and relax a little, late into the day on their first day back.
Kieran continues to babble into the back of Jus' mind about playing lair, apparently frolicing around in the coins and pouncing on imaginary adventurers as they invade.
Max continues to listen telepathically, but it seems nothing major is happening in the city this day, much less dragons attacking.
A courier from the catacombs drops by just before dinner, and informs the group that for a purchase of this size, and for the prestige of the customer, the Catacombs will be happy to arrange delivery by teleportation of the goods requested. He states that it will be between four hours and two days to provide the items.
Nonam Friday June 4th, 2004 7:30:20 PM
Nonam mutters that he's met Myrridan and frowns. Then wondering if it's possible for one of the undead to be afflicted with lycanthropy (or for a lycan to become one of the undead), he directs his study in that direction.
Gareth Monday June 7th, 2004 7:21:25 AM
The warrior takes in all the news. "OK, lets go to the ruined temple altar and see what we can see. Then lets contact the drow and form an attack plan against the liches. Perhaps Jandar or Tericus or both can attempt more information about Lathiese' mate, and we need to inform the Overlord about the dragon attacks in Plateau City as well as recommed we prepare. Perhps we can avert a situation involoving the liches, drow, AND dragons - not to mention the Blacks. Let's set'em up and knock'em down. Nonam, teleport us to the temple when everyone is ready...". The warrior gets his things.
Nonam Monday June 7th, 2004 10:26:56 AM
"There is no reason for the Dragon Nation to attack Floating City. We are no longer part of the Nation of New Elenna. There's better than an even chance that they don't even know that we're here. We barely even know where we are. Let them see to their own problems while we attend ours."
The mage pauses a moment, "That sounds more callous than I intended. I simply mean that we have enough problems on our plate at the moment without adding more."
Tericus Monday June 7th, 2004 11:38:03 AM
"Im sure if the dragon nation wanted to find us, they would. That they are not here right now tells me that at the moment they are not interested in us." Tericus says. a moment later he says"Im ready to go to the temple. Im very curious about it."
Jus Monday June 7th, 2004 1:32:15 PM
"I thought we were going to the temple to get more information on our decision. Or is the decision now already made?" Shrugging, Jus doesn't really care too much. This sounds like a choice between evils anyway.
I like adventuring more than playing lair, Jus thinks to Kieran. Especially the part of fighting evil and getting rewards and huge praise from the people you help. It's pretty cool being a hero. We even got a castle because of the good things we've done.
Gareth Monday June 7th, 2004 5:56:32 PM
"I am hoping, Jus, that the information we get at the altar will help us make our decision.".
LOG ON